Corbin Russwin Product Catalog Corbincatalog

User Manual: Corbin Russwin Corbin Russwin Product Catalog Catalog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 742 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

MULTI-SERIES CATALOG
Access Control __________________________________________________
Access 800 AC2 Catalog ______________________________________________ 2
Auxiliary Lock ___________________________________________________
Auxiliary Lock ______________________________________________________ 43
Cylindrical Locksets _____________________________________________
CL3100 Series ______________________________________________________ 55
CL3300 Series ______________________________________________________ 71
CL3500 Series ______________________________________________________ 91
CL3700 Series _____________________________________________________ 103
CL3800 Series _____________________________________________________ 111
CK4200 Series _____________________________________________________ 127
CK4400 Series _____________________________________________________ 143
CK4700 Series _____________________________________________________ 155
Key Systems/Cylinders ___________________________________________
Key Systems ______________________________________________________ 167
Pyramid __________________________________________________________ 223
Door Closers ____________________________________________________
DC3000 Series _____________________________________________________ 243
DC5000 Series _____________________________________________________ 259
DC6000 Series _____________________________________________________ 271
DC62900 Series ____________________________________________________ 296
DC8000 Series _____________________________________________________ 312
Exit Devices ____________________________________________________
ED4000 Series _____________________________________________________ 343
ED5000 Series _____________________________________________________ 383
ED6000 Series _____________________________________________________ 447
ED7000 Series _____________________________________________________ 487
ED8000 Series _____________________________________________________ 515
Decorative Levers and Trim _______________________________________
Museo ___________________________________________________________ 535
Vineyard _________________________________________________________ 551
Mortise Locksets ________________________________________________
ML2000 & ML20900 ECL Series ______________________________________ 563
Multi-point Locks ________________________________________________
FE5400S Series ____________________________________________________ 639
FE6700 Series ____________________________________________________ 663
FE6800 Series _____________________________________________________ 675
Speciality Hardware ______________________________________________
Speciality Hardware ________________________________________________ 687
Tubular Locks ___________________________________________________
TL3700 Series _____________________________________________________ 719
Unit Locksets ___________________________________________________
Unit Locksets _____________________________________________________ 731
Stand-alone Access Control
Applications
2
Index
Applications .................................... 2
Overview .....................................3-4
Features ..........................................5
100 User Mode (M800) Features .....6
2000 User Mode Features ............7-8
ML20800 Mortise Locks
Features ..........................................9
Functions ...................................... 10
Escutcheons & Cylinders ............... 11
Options & Accessories ................... 12
Available Trim Options .............13-14
How to Order ..........................15-16
Quick Codes ................................. 17
CL33800 Cylindrical Locks
Features ........................................18
Features & Functions .....................19
Options & Accessories ................... 20
Available Trim Options &
How to Order ..............................21
Quick Codes ................................. 22
ED5000 Series Exit Devices
Features ................................... 23-24
Functions ...................................... 25
Options & Accessories ................... 26
Available Trim Options .............27-28
How to Order ..........................29-30
Quick Codes ............................30-31
WM800 Reader/Controller
Features ........................................32
SoloPlus™ Software ..................... 33
ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device ... 33
Options & Accessories ..............34-36
Architectural Specifications . .........37
Quick Code Index ....................38-39
The Access 800 AC2 series of stand-alone access control products provides
the user with a broad selection of technologies, features and mechanical
locking means housed in a sleek, architecturally pleasing design. From the basic
keypad-programmed M800 option to the full-featured M806, programmed
via data transfer device (DTD) or a PDA, all units utilize a battery-powered micro-
processor-based controller with non-volatile memory to preserve user coding. All
technology features are supported by the physical security of a Corbin Russwin
ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 mechanical locking device: mortise, cylindrical or exit device.
These locking devices allow for electronic control over the optimum mechanical
lock and are UL Listed for use on fire doors*. Trims and finishes along with the
various technology offerings combine for a cost effective continuity of design.
The keypad option features user codes that can vary from 1 to 6 digits and utilizes
a master code to program the lock in a variety of modes. These modes allow the
operation of the lock to be tailored to the opening and individual user. Typical
modes include panic, adjustable momentary unlock and passage.
SoloPlus software allows you to meet your facility’s needs while maintaining a
stand-alone, single door electronic access control system.
* Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact the fire rating of
the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or warranties concerning what such
impact may be in any specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated opening,
or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.
Applications
• Remote locations
• Building perimeter
• High security areas
• Restricted access
• Retrofit applications
where hardwiring is
not practical
Advantages
• Bundled unit
• Economic (low cost) versus
hard wired magnetic lock/
stand-alone reader
• Backwards compatibility
and audit trail capable
• Similar features to online
systems such as programmable
time zones, holidays
• User groups (2000 users)
& access level oriented format
3
Overview
Access 800® AC2 - Features
Corbin Russwin Access 800 AC2 Series’ product enhancements help to further distinguish it as the right choice for a wide range of
applications.
• Forced Master Code Change – from factory default for added security
• Enrollment Station enrolls 125 kHz Wiegand-format HID prox cards into SoloPlus™ software.
• Force/Propped Door Alarm provides an audible alarm if the door is held open for an extended period of time or forced open
without the use of valid credentials.
• Dorm Room Function for Mortise Option prevents students from locking themselves out of their dorm room.
• Temporary User Codes allows temporary codes by number of uses, start and stop dates or total days after first use.
corbinrusswin.com
3
Overview
4
100 user keypad only Stand-alone access control products are designed for areas that require
authorized entry, such as stairwell doors, meeting rooms, company health clubs, etc. Microprocessor
based technology with non-volatile solid state memory ensures that codes will not be lost even if the
batteries stop functioning. The controller will hold a total of 100 different user codes and these codes
can vary in length from one to six digits. All programming is done through the keypad.
2000 user keypad only The M801 is ideal for dormitories, assisted living facilities, hospitals, retailers,
apartments and office complexes. Programming is accomplished through the keypad for most basic
functions or via SoloPlus™ software.
2000 user proximity only The M802 provides a higher level of security. All programming must be
handled through the SoloPlus software. It is ideal for high traffic applications where keypad
usage is not desirable: universities, laboratories or hospitals. A “master” Comm Enable proximity card or
fob is required to initiate programming of the lock.
2000 user proximity/keypad The M803 stand-alone access control products offer the highest level
of security and flexibility. These products can be programmed via keypad or SoloPlus requiring both
a code (1-6 digits) and proximity card/key/tag presentation to gain entry. It can also be programmed for
keypad or proximity presentation only.
2000 user keypad and RF technology The M804 offers the convenience of the keypad along with
the RF technology which allows for remote unlocking and locking of the unit. This configuration is ideal
where security is a concern (offices and medical clinics).
2000 user proximity and RF technology The M805 offers the additional security of eliminating
the keypad with the convenience of remote unlocking and locking through the RF technology.
2000 user keypad, proximity and RF technology The M806 offers all three technologies
allowing the lock to be programmed to respond to any of the technologies as needed.
M800
M801
M802
M803
M804
M805
M806
Cylindrical Lock - CL33800 Exit Device - ED5000 x 9800 Mortise Lock - ML20800
5
Features
Access M800 M801 M802 M803 M804 M805 M806
Stand-alone Unit Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Keypad Yes Yes -Yes Yes -Yes
Proximity - - Yes Yes -Yes Yes
RF Technology - - - - Yes Yes Yes
Programming Keypad DTD or a
PDA/Keypad
DTD or a
PDA
DTD or a
PDA/Keypad
DTD or a
PDA/Keypad
DTD or a
PDA
DTD or a
PDA/Keypad
Supports all HID Proximity Bit Format No - Yes Yes - - Yes
DTD or a PDA - Yes Required Yes Yes Required Yes
Directly Supports 26, 33 & 34 bit 125kHz HID
Wiegand Formats1No - Yes Yes -Yes Yes
Supports all 125kHz HID Wiegand
(up to 40) Bit Formats with Enrollment Station No - Yes Yes -Yes Yes
Non-volatile Memory Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Power Requirements
Battery Life (Estimate) 80,000
cycles
80,000
cycles
80,000
cycles
80,000
cycles 4-1/2 Mo. 4-1/2 Mo. 4-1/2 Mo.
Batteries 6 AA 6 AA 6 AA 6 AA 6 AA 6 AA 6 AA
Low Battery Indication Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Hard Power Available Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Users & Codes
Users Supported per Lock 100 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
Users Supported by Database - 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000
Audit Trail 1,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000
Code: Number of Digits 1 to 6 Digits 1 to 6 Digits - 1 to 6 Digits 1 to 6 Digits - 1 to 6 Digits
Master, Emergency & Supervisory Codes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Standard, Extended Passage Codes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Panic, Lockout Codes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Comm Unlock, Relock Codes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Temporary User Codes No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Features
Real Time Clock with Date & Time No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Up to 8 Time Zones per Lock No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Holidays (16 Single & 16 Blocked) No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Daylight Saving Time No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auto Unlock No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Auto Unlock with First In No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Unlock Time Adjustability 1-255 Sec 1-255 Sec 1-255 Sec 1-255 Sec 1-255 Sec 1-255 Sec 1-255 Sec
Audible Keystroke Beep Available Yes Yes -Yes Yes -Yes
Remote Unlocking Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
UL Listed for Fire Doors2Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Note: Dash (-) Means either Not Available or Not Applicable
1. Directly supports credential formats with special requirements. Consult factory.
2. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or warranties concerning what such
impact may be in any specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local
code official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.
100 User Mode (M800) Features
6
Quick Code Option M800
Keypad Operated Products
The Corbin Russwin 100 user, keypad-
only stand-alone access control products
are designed for areas that require
authorized entry, such as stairwell doors,
meeting rooms, company health clubs,
etc. Microprocessor based technology
with non-volatile solid state memory
ensures that codes will not be lost
even if the batteries stop functioning.
The controller will hold a total of 100
different user codes and these codes
can vary in length from one to six
digits. All programming is done
through the keypad.
Access M800
Stand-alone Unit Yes
Keypad Yes
Proximity -
RF Technology -
Programming Keypad
Supports HID Proximity Bit Format -
DTD or a PDA -
Supports 26, 33 & 34 bit 125kHz HID
Wiegand Formats1-
Non-volatile Memory Yes
Power Requirements
Battery Life (Estimate) 80,000 cycles
Batteries 6 AA
Low Battery Indication Yes
Hard Power Available Yes
Users & Codes
Users Supported per Lock 100
Audit Trail 1,000
Code: Number of Digits 1 to 6 Digits
Master, Emergency & Supervisory Codes Yes
Standard, Extended Passage Codes Yes
Panic, Lockout Codes -
Comm Unlock, Relock Codes -
Temporary User Codes -
Features
Real Time Clock with Date & Time -
Up to 8 Time Zones per Lock -
Holidays (16 Single & 16 Blocked) -
Daylight Saving Time -
Auto Unlock -
Auto Unlock with First In -
Unlock Time Adjustability 1-99 Sec
Audible Keystroke Beep Available Yes
Remote Unlocking Yes
UL Listed for Fire Doors2Yes
1. Directly supports credential with special requirements. Consult factory.
2. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no representations
or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Mortise shown
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only M800
7
2000 User Mode Features
Standard Features
• Audit Trail provides parameters such as access
granted in, access denied, entry into programming
mode, date, time, user and door information
• Low battery indication – four chirps after code
entry. Master and emergency code will operate
lock after the low battery indication period has
passed and user codes no longer operate the lock
• Moisture resistant coating on electronics
• Entry of three wrong user codes in succession
disables all codes for ten seconds
• UL Listed to U.S. and Canadian safety standards
• Forced and propped door option
• Weatherseal gaskets and conduit provided for use on
exterior doors
• Remote power and request to enter available –
requires wire harness and hard wiring
• One master code – forced master code change
from factory default. Assigns emergency,
supervisory and user codes and allows entry
when deadbolt is thrown (mortise locks)
• Multiple supervisory codes – allow temporary
lockout of selected users, change unlock time
duration, request audit log and add user codes
• Emergency code – allows entry when deadbolt
is thrown (mortise locks). Unlocks after the low
battery indication period has passed and user
codes no longer operate lock
• Temporary codes by number of uses (1-500),
start and stop dates or total days after first
use (24 hour specific)
• Maintained (passage) code – unlocks
Keypad Features
• LEDs on unit indicate status – green indicates
unlocked; yellow indicates programming mode
Proximity Features
• Supports all HID 125 KHz Wiegand formats (up
to 40 bit) by keypad presentation or when using
proximity enrollment station with SoloPlus™
software
• Supports 26, 34 & Corporate 1000 (35 bit) HID
formats with SoloPlus software programming
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
2000 User Mode Features
8
Software Features
SoloPlus™ Software
SoloPlus Software allows simple programming and interrogation of the Access 800 access control products. This
software provides the means for fast, convenient assignment of access levels, doors, users, time zones and
management of multiple doors with full audit trail capability. Communication between the computer and lock
controller is via DTD or a PDA that allows for quick and efficient program transfer and audit trail retrieval. For
more information see page 33.
RF Fob
RF technology offers stand-alone access control
enhancement by allowing the user to remotely
control the lock by means of a hand-held
transmitter (RF fob).
The Access 800 lock is easily programmed for three
primary RF actuation modes: Passage, Standard or
Panic. RF technology is an additional means of
operating the lock to direct keypad code entry
or proximity credential presentation.
Three Primary Modes of RF Technology
Passage: Remotely toggle (lock/unlock) the unit
which remains locked/unlocked until the RF Fob is
pressed again. Convenient applications: To unlock
doors for extended periods of time; employee
entrances, office suites, etc.
Unlock/Relock: Remotely unlock for a defined period
of time (1 to 255 seconds) and then automatically
relock at the end of that time period. Typical
applications: Security entrances, guard stations,
anywhere an electric strike is not feasible and/or an
audit trail is desired.
Panic: An RF fob set as a “Panic User” can be used
to quickly and easily remotely lock entry doors during
emergency situations to prevent entry by intruders.
Remains locked until reset by Master code.
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
Features
• Available with keypad, keypad/proximity
and proximity only models
• C-UL US Listed for re doors1
• Typical operating distance of 35 to 75 feet on
inside of door; 10 to 25 feet on outside of door2
• Ideal for retrot applications: Minimal door prep
with no frame prep, wiring or external power
supply needed
• Multiple RF Fobs may be programmed into
a single lock
• LED indicator on inside escutcheon shows when
RF lock is actuated
• Cylindrical, Mortise Lock and Exit Device versions
• Supported by SoloPlus software
• All user types, features for Access 800 supported
1. Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no
representations or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated
opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.
2. Operating distance may vary depending on building construction
RF Fob
Outside Escutcheon
cylindrical shown
Inside Escutcheon
RF Actuation
Indicator
9
Features
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
Mortise Lock
ML20800
The one-piece escutcheon of the motorized mortise lock product has a clean, crisp design and is available
with a variety of lever designs and hardware finishes. ML20800 mortise locks are ideal for business and
facility entrances, computer room areas, telephone rooms, health clubs, and child care facilities.
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversibility. The lockset can be
re-handed without disassembling the lock body
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional 2" (50mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm).
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge chrome plated steel,
5-7/8" (149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm)
x 3/32" (2mm). Accommodates non-beveled and
beveled doors 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel attached
by machine screws to lockcase front.
Latch
Patented, quick, reversible 2-piece mechanical with
anti-friction insert 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm). U.S. Patent #6,349,982.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and 3/8" (10mm)
effective auxiliary latch deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Lever Trim
Free floating, to fit doors 1-3/4" (44mm)
to 2-1/4" (57mm).
Hub
Steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Strike
Wrought brass or stainless steel ANSI straight
lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm)
x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available.
Cylinder
1000-138-A01, 6-pin, L4, keyed random,
furnished standard for 1-3/4" (44mm) door.
Optional cylinders available.
Batteries
Operates with 6 AA batteries (included).
Operations
Typical 80,000 per set of batteries.
RF technology will limit battery life to
approximately 4-1/2 months.
Optional Power Supply
9VDC output. Operates 2 each Access 800
locks. Specify 784 when ordering.
Warranty
10-year limited mechanical.
2-year limited electrical.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13, Grade 1 requirements.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Meets A156.25 requirements.
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only M800
Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
Functions
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
10
Outside Inside Series/Function Type Function Description
ML20833 • Deadlocking latch
Without Cylinder Entry • Latch retracted by inside lever at all times
or Deadbolt • Outside lever rigid except when in
"passage" mode or valid user code entered
• Deadlocking latch
ML20834 • Latch retracted by inside lever at all times
With Cylinder Entry • Outside lever rigid except when in
Without Deadbolt "passage" mode or valid user code entered
• Key outside retracts latch
• No deadbolt function
• Deadlocking latch
ML20835 • Latch and deadbolt retracted by inside
Without Cylinder Entry lever at all times
With Deadbolt • Outside lever rigid except when in
"passage" mode or valid user code entered
• When deadbolt thrown, outside lever operable
only with emergency code or master code
• Deadlocking latch
• Latch and deadbolt retracted by inside
lever and deadbolt at all times
ML20836 • Outside lever rigid except when in
With Cylinder Entry "passage" mode or valid user code entered
and Deadbolt • Key outside projects or retracts deadbolt
and retracts latch
• When deadbolt projected, outside lever
operable only with emergency code, master
code, or key (key retracts deadbolt and latch)
• Deadlocking latch
• Dorm room application for students
using proximity cards
ML20837 Dormitory • Prevents students from locking
With Deadbolt Entry themselves out of dorm rooms
and Inside • Controller to be congured at factory for
dorm room application
• Available with M802 and M803 Quick Codes
• Latch and deadbolt retracted by inside lever,
placing lock in passage mode; must present
valid user code to secure door upon exit
11
Escutcheons & Cylinders
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
Escutcheons
• Zinc die cast
• Lowest projection 11/16" (17mm)
less lever
• Highest projection 1-5/8" (41mm)
• Tactile keypad
• Operating temperature -40°F (-40°C)
to 135°F (57°C)
• LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries
• Keys/buttons with double shot mold
construction prevents wear
4"
(102mm)
13-1/8"
(333mm)
4"
(102mm)
13-1/8"
(333mm)
2"
(51mm)
Cylinders
• Conventional (standard for ML2000)
• Security (standard for ML2000HS)
• Pyramid
• Interchangeable Core (IC)
• 2 nickel silver keys
• Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
Cylinder Quick Codes
Mortise Cylinder Type Keyed Functions for 1-3/4" Door
Pyramid High Security (PHS) 1020-114-A01
Pyramid High Security Interchangeable Core (PCHS) 1030-138-A01
Pyramid Security (PS) 1027-114-A01
Pyramid Security IC (PCS) 1037-138-A01
Conventional 6-pin 1000-138-A01
7-pin (7P) 1000-138-A01-7
6-pin IC (C6) 1080-138-A01
7-pin IC (C7) 1080-112-A01-7
Security IC (CHS) 1090-138-A01
Security (HS) 1010-138-A01
Conventional
(Fixed Core)
Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Pyramid
Shown
For complete Pyramid information and options refer to Pyramid catalog.
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 17.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 1000-138-A01 x L4 x 626).
Outside Inside
Options & Accessories
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
12
Strikes
ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center
Optional lip lengths: 7/8" (22mm), 1-1/4"
(32mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4"
(70mm), 3" (76mm)
S
trike Bo
x
ANSI Curved Lip
Brass, Bronze or Stainless Steel
Handed 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center
Optional lip lengths: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2"
(38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4"
(57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset; see Quick Codes, page
17. To order separately, specify 120F768.
Part No. Description
To order strike with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 17. To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1/2" x 626).
236L72 Straight Lip
340L60 Curved Lip for RH, LHR
340L61 Curved Lip for LH, RHR
236L73 Straight Lip
340L62 Curved Lip for RH, LHR
340L63 Curved Lip for LH, RHR
Open Back
Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm)
Hand Door Thickness Part
LHL
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L63016
2" (51mm) 411L63018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L63020
RHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L62016
2" (51mm) 411L62018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L62020
Part No. Hand
Latchbolt x
deadbolt
318F66
318F69
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Latchbolt
only
318F64
318F67
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Rabbeted Front and
S
trik
e
O
p
en Back Strike
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze. For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset; see Quick Codes, page 17.
To order separately, specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).
To order with lockset; see Quick Codes, pg. 17.
To order separately, specify Part No. x Door
Thickness x Finish (e.g., 411L62 x 2" x 626).
Latchbolt X Deadbolt
Latchbolt Only
Standard
ML20800
Armstrong ASZ
Newport NSZ
Princeton PSZ
Citation CSZ
Dirke DSZ
Essex ESZ
Lustra LSZ
Regis RSZ
Vineyard™
Frascati FSZ
Merlot MSZ
Tuscany TSZ
Zinfandel ZSZ
Muséo®
Georgia
102 102Z
103 103Z
104 104Z
124 124Z
125 125Z
salvador
106 106Z
107 107Z
108 108Z
109 109Z
110 110Z
123 123Z
128 128Z
129 129Z
Marc
111 111Z
112 112Z
113 113Z
114 114Z
115 115Z
116 116Z
130 130Z
131 131Z
132 132Z
pablo
117 117Z
126 126Z
Jackson
119 119Z
121 121Z
122 122Z
127 127Z
PIET
21G 21GZ
21L 21LZ
21M 21MZ
21S 21SZ
21W 21WZ
23M 23MZ
25M 25MZ
27M 27MZ
13
Available Trim Options
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Locks
Part No. Description
*Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Armstrong Citation Dirke Essex*
Newport* Princeton* Regis
Lustra*
Frascati Merlot Tuscany* Zinfandel
104103102 124* 125*
106 107 108
110 123*
109*
128* 129*
116
111 112 113 114 115
130* 131* 132*
126*
119 121 122 127*
21W21S21M21L 23M 27M
117
21G
Available Trim Options
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Locks
14
Muséo® Piet Lever Collection Trim and Finish Options
* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.
** Grip finish must match shank finish
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank Finish Specify Insert Finish Specify Grip Finish* Specify
21L 629 or 630 29 or 30 Black or Brown BK or BN 629 or 630 29 or 30
21S 629 or 630 29 or 30 Black BK 629 or 630 29 or 30
21W 629 or 630 29 or 30 Birch BH 629 or 630 29 or 30
25M 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
27M 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank Finish Specify Insert Finish Specify Grip Finish Specify
21G 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
21M 629 29 630 30 629 29
23M 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
Leather Insert Santoprene™ Insert Wood Insert Plain Plain with Two Grooves
21L 21S 21W 25M 27M
Grooved Insert
21G
Polished with Satin Insert
21M
With Raised Band
23M
15
How to Order
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Locks
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection
Stock Order
Quantity Series/
Function
Technology
Code Trim Lever
Finish
Lock
Finish* Hand Credential
Quick Code
2 ML20834 TCAC2 21MZ 293029 625 RHR M803
Quantity Series/Function Technology Code Trim Lever Finish Lock
Finish* Hand Credential
Quick Code
2 ML20834 TCAC2 21WZ 29BH29 625 RHR M803
› Muséo® Piet Lever 21M - Polished with Satin Insert
› 293029 Lever Finish
Polished with satin stainless steel insert (630), polished stainless steel (629) shank and polished stainless steel (629) grip
› 625 Lock Finish
› Muséo® Piet Lever 21W - Wood Insert
› 29BH29 Lever Finish
Wood insert with polished stainless steel (629) shank and polished stainless steel (629) grip
› 625 Lock Finish
* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.
Stock Order
RH
RHR
LH
LHR
Left Hand
Left Hand Reverse
Right Hand
Right Hand Reverse
Handing
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.
25M, 27M21G, 21L, 21M, 21S, 21W 23M
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
How To Order
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
16
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset
Series/
Function
Technology
Code Trim Finish Hand
Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Credential
Quick
Code
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML20834 TCAC2 LSZ 626 RHR D214 SA200 M803 C7 VKC3
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function
Technology
Code Trim Finish Hand
Credential
Quick Code
24 ML20834 TCAC2 LSZ 626 RHR M803
Split Trim/Finish Order
Quantity Series/Function
Technology
Code
Trim
Outside Inside
Finish
Outside Inside Hand
Credential
Quick Code
24 ML20834 TCAC2 LSZ CSZ 626 606 RHR M803
RH
RHR
LH
LHR
Left Hand
Left Hand Reverse
Right Hand
Right Hand Reverse
Ordering Examples
Handing
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.
17
Quick Codes
ML20800 AC2 Mortise Lock
Finish
Description Specify
Polished Brass, Clear Coated 605
Satin Brass, Clear Coated 606
Polished Bronze, Clear
Coated
611
Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 612
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
613
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated
613L
Polished Nickel 618
Satin Nickel 619
Polished Chrome 625
Satin Chrome 626
Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®
626C
Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
722
Cylinders and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less Cylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
CI 6-pin Less Core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core CT6SD
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin Less Core CL7
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core CT7SD
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid IC PCHS
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
CTP
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-pin Disposable Core CT7D
Keyed Random (Standard) KR
Construction Master Eyed (not
available for Pyramid)
CMK
Visual Key Control
- No Keying Data Stamped
- on Key or Cylinder
VKC0
- Keys Only VKC1
- Cylinders and Keys
-(not for HS, CHS, PHS
- or PCHS)
VKC2
- Cylinders Only (not for -
HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
VKC3
Strikes
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Straight Lip
Specify
Curved
Lip
Specify
7/8" (22mm) SS078 N/A
1-1/8" (29mm) (standard) N/A
1-1/4" (32mm) SS114 SA114
1-3/8" (35mm) SS138 SA138
1-1/2" (38mm) SS112 SA112
1-3/4" (44mm) SS134 SA134
2" (51mm) SS200 SA200
2-1/4" (57mm) SS214 SA214
2-1/2" (64mm) SS212 SA212
2-3/4" (70mm) SS234 SA234
3" (76mm) SS300 SA300
Open Back Strike Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) SB134
2" (51mm) SB200
2-1/4" (57mm) SB214
Rabbeted front and strike - Specify SR118
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only M800
Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand RH
Left Hand LH
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx® head screws M04
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Knurling outside and inside* M20
Knurling outside only* M21
Knurling inside only M22
Abrasive coat outside and
inside*
M23
Abrasive coat inside only* M24
Abrasive coat outside only M25
Power/Remote Unlocking
Harness
M35
Forced/Propped Door** M861
*not available with Vineyard or Museo levers.
**not compatible with M800
Cylinders and Keying (Cont.)
Description Specify
Concealed Key Control
(CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with
VKC Keys
CKC2
- CKC Cylinders Only
(not for PHS, PCHS)
CKC3
2 Keys per Lock (standard)
More than 2 Keys
KY#
(e.g.,
KY6)
Features
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
1818
Features
Non-handed
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) to 2" (50mm) standard,
2" (50mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm) optional
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3/4" (95mm) and 5" (127mm).
Latchbolt
Stainless steel, 1/2" (13mm) throw.
Optional: 3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking fire
latch for pair of doors.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents manipulation
when door is closed.
Front
Wrought brass or stainless steel,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Accommodates non-beveled and beveled
doors 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Optional: rounded corners.
Strike
Wrought brass or stainless steel ANSI curved lip
standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI wrought
strike box available
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master Keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid
Pyramid IC
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Batteries
Operates with 6 “AA” batteries (included)
Operations
Typical 80,000 per set of batteries. RF
technology will limit battery life to
approximately 4-1/2 months.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Key Override
Standard not available without key override.
Optional Power Supply
9VDC output. Operates 2 each Access 800
locks. Specify 784 when ordering.
Warranty
7-year limited mechanical;
2-year limited electrical.
The motorized Access 800 CL33800 design provides uniformity when used with other Corbin Russwin
CL3300 locks at a facility. Access 800 products offer access control solutions for meeting rooms, country
club locker rooms and assisted living facilities. The product features three different lever designs, seven
hardware finishes and cylinder override.
19
Features & Functions
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
Certification/Compliance
ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.2 Grade 1 requirements.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard) All levers with returns
comply; levers return to within 1/2"
(13mm) of door face.
CL33834
With Cylinder
• Latch retracted by inside
lever at all times.
• Key outside retracts latch.
• Outside lever locked
(freewheeling) except when
in “passage” mode or valid
user code entered.
Entry
Outside Inside Series/Function Type Function Description
Escutcheons
• Zinc die cast
• Lowest projection 11/16"
(17mm) less lever
• Highest projection 1-5/8"
(41mm)
• Tactile keypad
• Operating temperature -40°F
(-40°C) to 135°F (57°C)
• LEDs indicate valid/invalid entries
• Keys/buttons with double shot
mold construction prevents wear
• Freewheeling outside lever when
locked
Outside
13-5/8"
(346mm)
4"
(102mm)
2-1/2"
(63.5mm)
Inside
4"
(102mm)
13-5/8"
(346mm)
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only M800
Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
C-UL US
All locks with 1/2" (13mm) throw
latchbolt listed for A label and lesser class
4' x 10' single doors. All locks with 3/4"
(19mm) throw latchbolt listed for A label
and lesser class 8' x 10' pairs of doors.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.
Options & Accessories
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
20
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass or stainless steel,
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes on page 22.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x
Lip Length x Finish.
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass, 4" (102mm) x 5/8"
(16mm) for 1/2" (13mm) rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes
on page 22.
To order separately, specify 601F28
x Finish.
Curved Lip Box
Brass, 2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm), 1-1/8" (29mm),
1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes on page 22.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x
Lip Length x Finish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes on page 22.
To order separately, specify 120F768.
Electrified Accessories
Description Specify
Power Supply, 9VDC
Output Operates 2 each
Access 800 locks
784
21
Available Trim Options and How to Order
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
Standard
CL33800
Armstrong AZZ
Newport NZZ
Princeton PZZ
Vineyard™
Frascati FZZ
Armstrong Newport* Princeton*
Frascati
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset
Series
Function
Technology
Code Trim Finish Hand
Door
Thickness Backset
Optional
Strike
Credential
Quick Code
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 CL33834 TCAC2 NZZ 626 RHR D214 B334 SC114 M802 C6 VKC3
Stock Order
Quantity
Series/
Function
Technology
Code Trim Finish Hand
Credential
Quick Code
100 CL33834 TCAC2 NZZ 626 RHR M803
Split Trim/Finish Order
Quantity
Series/
Function
Technology
Code
Trim
Outside Inside
Finish
Outside Inside Hand
Credential
Quick Code
12 CL33834 TCAC2 NZZ AZZ 626 625 LH M803
Ordering Examples
Quick Codes
CL33800 AC2 Cylindrical Lock
22
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx® head screws M04
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for
Schlage® cylinder
M06
Lever to accept Best® type core
(NZD & PZD designs only)
M08
Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder
(NZD & PZD design only)
M09
Rounded corners on latch front M13
3/4" (19mm) throw fire latch M16
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Knurling outside and inside M20
Knurling outside only M21
Knurling inside only M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside only M24
Abrasive coat outside only M25
Power/Remote Unlocking Harness M35
Lever to accept Schlage®
interchangeable core (NZD & PZD
design only)
M69
Forced door/propped door* M861
*not compatible M800
Cylinders and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less Cylinder(s) LC
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core CTP
Pyramid Less Core CLP
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin Less Core CL6
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin Less Core CL7
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-pin Disposable Core CT7D
SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format
Disposable Core CTSD
0-Bitted with 2 Blank Keys (standard)
Keyed Random KR
Construction Master Keyed CMK
Visual Key Control (VKC)
- No Bitting or Keyset
Stamping on Keys VKC0
- Keys Only VKC1
- Cylinders and Keys (not for
HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS) VKC2
- Cylinders Only (not for HS,
CHS, PHS or PCHS) VKC3
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with VKC Keys CKC2
- CKC Cylinders Only (not for
PHS, PCHS) CKC3
2 Keys per Lock (standard)
More than 2 Keys KY#
(e.g., KY6)
Schlage® C Keyway cylinder1C
Schlage® LA Keyway cylinder2LA
1 Available 0-bitted & keyed random (KR) only
2 Available 0-bitted only
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) - 2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/4" (70mm) (standard)
3-3/4" (95mm) B334
5" (127mm) B500
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only M800
Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
Finish
Description Specify
Polished Brass, Clear Coated 605
Satin Brass, Clear Coated 606
Polished Bronze, Clear Coated 611
Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 612
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
613
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated
613L
Polished Nickel 618
Satin Nickel 619
Polished Chrome 625
Satin Chrome 626
Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
722
Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®
626C
Strikes
Lip to Center
ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify
Curved Lip
Box Specify
1" (25mm) SA100 SC100
1-1/8" (29mm) SA118 SC118
1-1/4" (32mm) (standard) SC114
1-3/8" (35mm) SA138 SC138
1-1/2" (38mm) SA112 SC112
1-3/4" (44mm) SA134 SC134
2" (51mm) SA200 SC200
2-1/4" (57mm) SA214 SC214
2-1/2" (64mm) SA212 SC212
2-3/4" (70mm) SA234 SC234
3" (76mm) SA300 SC300
Rabbeted front and strike Specify SR118
23
Features
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Access 800 products for Corbin Russwin’s ED5000 Series rim, SecureBolt® and mortise exits provide
access control in areas where life safety is a concern. This includes stairwell areas or tenant occupied
facilities where stand-alone access control is required. Corbin Russwin Access 800 exit devices are
available with a variety of lever design styles and hardware finishes.
Features
Handing
Rim device is non-handed. Lever trim is handed.
Mortise device is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30" (762mm)
to 36" (914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36" (914mm)
to 48" (1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel pullman-type
with stainless steel deadlocking latch.
Latchbolt - for ED5200S(A) SecureBolt
Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1" (25mm)
strike engagement, positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic-rated devices;
single-point 1/4 turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on
fire-rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts
and bolts for use on wood, composite or
unreinforced metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Surface-mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with positive locking plate and
shims, assuring low friction relocking for a long,
trouble-free life.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever trim available with wide
range of functions; see Trim, pages 27-28.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.
Key Override
Standard. Available with non-key override.
Batteries
Operates with 6 AA batteries (included).
Operations
Typical 80,000 per set of batteries. RF technology
will limit battery life to approximately 4-1/2 months.
Optional Power Supply
9VDC output. Operates 2 each Access 800
locks. Specify 784 when ordering.
Warranty
5-year limited mechanical.
2-year limited electrical.
Features
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
24
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only M800
Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 1 & 3, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for
panic hardware. Three-hour fire-rated*
devices listed as fire exit hardware for A label
and lesser class 4' x 8' single or 8' x 8' double
doors; UL symbol on active case cover
indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
with NFPA 80 Fire Doors* and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
* Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes no
representations or warranties concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion of an existing fire rated
opening, or specifying and installing a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to
ensure compliance with all applicable codes and ratings.
Outside Lever
Control
• Cast lever
• Forged escutcheon
• Free wheeling lever
when locked (9833
and 9834 only)
3-3/8"
(96mm)
10-1/4"
(260mm)
Escutcheons
• Zinc die cast
• Projection at top
1-5/8” (41mm)
• Tactile Keypad
• Operating temperature
– 40°F (-40°C) to 135°F
(57°C)
• LEDs indicate valid/
invalid entries
• Keys/buttons with double
shot mold construction
prevents wear
3-7/8"
(98mm)
8-3/4"
(222mm)
Outside
8-3/4"
(222mm)
3-7/8"
(98mm)
Inside
25
Functions
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Outside Inside Series/Function Type Function Description
ED5200(A) & ED5200S(A)
*9833
Without Cylinder
Entry
• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever locked (freewheeling) except when
in passage mode or valid user code entered
ED5200(A) & ED5200S(A)
*9834
With Cylinder
Entry
• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever locked (freewheeling) except when
in passage mode or valid user code entered
• Outside cylinder override allows lever to retract latch
ED5633(A)L
*9M833
Without Cylinder
Entry
• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in passage mode
or valid user code entered
ED5634(A)L
*9M834
With Cylinder
Entry
• Latch retracted by inside push pad at all times
• Outside lever rigid except when in passage mode
or valid user code entered
• Outside cylinder override retracts latch
*Lever Design (prefix)
Note: 9M833 and 9M834 cannot be retrofitted to an existing ED5600 Series mortise device. When ordered as “Trim Only”, 9M833 and 9M834 will
be furnished with the appropriate mortise lock. If a “Trim Only” order is intended for retrofitting an exit device with a M91 Bolt Monitor or M93 Trim
Monitor function, that function must be specified with the trim order to ensure the correct lock is furnished.
Option & Accessories
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
26
SecureBolt® and Fire-Rated
Rim Strike and Rim Strike
Standard on ED5200S, ED5200SA, ED5200A
and ED5200 devices. Supplied with locking
plate and two 1/16" (1.6mm) shims.
For doors with 1/2" (13mm) or 5/8"
(16mm) stop. Adjustable to compensate
for shrinkage and swelling of door.
3-1/2" x 1-1/4" (99mm x 32mm).
Black finish only. To order separately
specify 650F30-8.
Mortise Strikes
Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600(A) Series.
Non-handed, ANSI curved lip, 4-7/8"
x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" (124mm x 32mm x
32mm) lip to center. To order separately,
specify 650L657020.
Mortise Strike for Pairs of Doors
with Astragal
Optional for use with ED5600(A) Series
devices where an astragal is to be
installed. Non-handed, ANSI straight lip,
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 7/8" (124mm x 32mm
x 22mm) lip to center. To order with exit
device, specify SS078. To order separately,
specify 653L157014.
Open Back Strike
Optional for use with ED5600 x vertical
rod devices on a pair of doors. Non-handed,
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" (124mm x 32mm). To order
with exit device, specify SB134 for 1-3/4"
doors, SB214 for 2-1/4"doors. To order
separately, specify Part No. listed below.
Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600 and ED5600(A)
devices on 2" (51mm) (D200) and 2-1/4"
(57mm) (D214) thick doors. Handed ANSI
curved lip, 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/2" (124mm
x 32mm x 38mm) lip to center. To order
separately, specify 656L677024 for RH,
656L687024 for LH.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Optional for use with ED5600 and
ED5600A devices. To order with exit
device, specify M17. To order separately,
specify 120F76-8.
Filler Plates
Optional for use on stock metal doors
when required. To order, specify
334F99-8 600.
Optional for use on stock metal doors
when required. To order, specify
236L708018 x Fin.
Optional for use on stock metal doors
when required. To order, specify
077F19-8 600.
Door Thickness Type Part No.
1-3/4" (44mm) Curved lip 653L183016
Straight lip 653L163016
2-1/4" (57mm) Curved lip 653L183020
Straight lip 653L163020
126*117
Standard
ED5200N ED5600N
Armstrong A9800 A9M800
Newport N9800 N9M800
Princeton PR9800 PR9M800
Citation C9800 C9M800
Dirke D9800 D9M800
Essex E9800 E9M800
Lustra L9800 L9M800
Regis R9800 R9M800
27
Available Trim Options
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
*Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Armstrong Citation Dirke Essex*
Newport* Princeton* RegisLustra*
106 107 108
110 123*
109*
116
111 112 113 114 115
130* 131* 132*
119 121 122 127*
104103102 124* 125*
Frascati Merlot Tuscany* Zinfandel
128* 129*
Vineyard™
Frascati F9800 F9M800
Merlot M9800 M9M800
Tuscany TS9800 TS9M800
Zinfandel Z9800 Z9M800
Muséo®
Georgia
102 1029800 1029M800
103 1039800 1019M800
1039M800
104 1049800 1049M800
124 1249800 1249M800
125 1259800 1259M800
salvador
106 1069800 1069M800
107 1079800 1079M800
108 1089800 1089M800
109 1099800 1099M800
110 1109800 1109M800
123 1239800 1239M800
128 1289800 1289M800
129 1299800 1299M800
Marc
111 1119800 1119M800
112 1129800 1129M800
113 1139800 1139M800
114 1149800 1149M800
115 1159800 1159M800
116 1169800 1169M800
130 1309800 1309M800
131 1319800 1319M800
132 1329800 1329M800
pablo
117 1179800 1179M800
126 1269800 1269M800
Jackson
119 1199800 1199M800
121 1219800 1219M800
122 1229800 1229M800
127 1279800 1279M800
PIET
21G 21G9800 21G9M800
21L 21L9800 21L9M800
21M 21M9800 21M9M800
21S 21S9800 21S9M800
21W 21W9800 21W9M800
23M 23M9800 23M9M800
25M 25M9800 25M9M800
27M 27M9800 27M9M800
21W21S21M21L 23M 27M21G
Available Trim Options
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
28
Muséo® Piet Lever Collection Trim and Finish Options
* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.
** Grip finish must match shank finish
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank Finish Specify Insert Finish Specify Grip Finish* Specify
21L 629 or 630 29 or 30 Black or Brown BK or BN 629 or 630 29 or 30
21S 629 or 630 29 or 30 Black BK 629 or 630 29 or 30
21W 629 or 630 29 or 30 Birch BH 629 or 630 29 or 30
25M 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
27M 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank Finish Specify Insert Finish Specify Grip Finish Specify
21G 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
21M 629 29 630 30 629 29
23M 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
Leather Insert Santoprene™ Insert Wood Insert Plain Plain with Two Grooves
21L 21S 21W 25M 27M
Grooved Insert
21G
Polished with Satin Insert
21M
With Raised Band
23M
29
How to Order
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Trim Only
Quantity Trim/
Function
Technology
Code
Lever
Finish
Lock
Finish* Hand Credential
Quick Code
2 21M9833 TCAC2 293029 625 RHR M803
Quantity Exit
Device
Trim/
Function
Technology
Code
Lever
Finish
Lock
Finish* Hand Cylinder
Option Door
Thickness Optional
Strike Door
Width
Credential
Quick Code
2 ED5634L 21W9M834 TCAC2 29BH29 625 LHR 6P D200 SB134 W048 M803
› Muséo® Piet Lever 21M - Polished with Satin Insert
› 293029 Lever Finish
Polished with satin stainless steel insert (630), polished stainless steel (629) shank and polished stainless steel (629) grip
› 625 Lock Finish
› Muséo® Piet Lever 21W - Wood Insert
› 29BH29 Lever Finish
Polished with stainless steel insert (630), polished stainless steel (629) shank and polished stainless steel (629) grip
› 625 Lock Finish
* Escutcheons (lock finish) are plated to match polished stainless steel (629) and satin stainless steel (630) finishes.
Exit Device with Trim
Handing
RHR
LHR
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection
25M, 27M
21G, 21L, 21M, 21S, 21W 23M
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
How To Order & Quick Codes
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
30
Electrified Options for Exit Devices
Description Specify
Exit Alarm Device
(cylinder not included) M61
Bolt Position Monitoring M91
Touchbar Monitoring
or Signaling M92*
Outside Trim Monitoring
or Signaling M93
Electric Latch Pullback M94
Electric Dogging M97
Delayed Egress Options
Description Specify
Delayed Egress
(15-second delay) D
- 30-second delay
(may be accepted
by local jurisdiction)
M88
- BOCA 15-second delay M89
- BOCA 30-second delay M90
Electrified Accessories - specify part number
Description Specify
Controller (Required for Electric Latch Pullback) 781N
Power Supply 9VDC Output 784
Power Supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-1
Power Supply 2 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-2
SPDT Maintained Switch (includes LED) MKA,
MKAN
SPDT Momentary Switch (includes LED) MK
SPDT Momentary Switch (illuminated) PB3
SPDT Maintained (Alt. Action) Switch PB3EA
Sonalert 90lbs. @ 2ft. 12-24VDC mounted on one gang
stainless steel plate PZ1
Alarm Kit (cylinder is not included)* ED50AK
Concealed transfer for over 120° swing doors EPTL
* Alarm Kit cannot be installed in the field to surface vertical rod device.
Any attempt to do so voids all warranties.
*M92 is included with M861 option.
RHR
LHR
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Ordering Examples
Trim Only
Quantity Trim/Function
Technology
Code Finish Hand
Credential
Quick Code
24 N9833 TCAC2 625 RHR M803
Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Exit Device Trim/Function
Technology
Code Finish Hand
Cylinder
Option
Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Door
Width
Misc.
Options
Credential
Quick Code
65 ED5634L N9M834 TCAC2 605 LHR 6P D200 SB134 W048 M51-M54 M802
Contract/Detailed Order - Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Keyset Exit Device Trim/Function
Technology
Code Finish Hand
Door
Width
Credential
Quick Code
Cylinder
Option
36 AA1 ED5200 C9834 TCAC2 626 LHR W048 M804 7P
Handing
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door
31
Quick Codes
ED5000 x 9800/9M800 AC2 Exit Device
Cylinders and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less Cylinder(s) standard
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin Less Core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
CT6SD
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin Less Core CL7
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
CT7SD
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
CTP
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-pin Disposable Core CT7D
0-bitted with 2 Blank Keys
Standard
with
Cylinder
Keyed random KR
Construction Master Keyed (not
available for Pyramid)
CMK
Visual Key Control
- No Keying Data Stamped on Key
or Cylinder
VKC0
- Keys Only VKC1
- Cylinders and Keys (not for HS,
CHS, PHS or PCHS)
VKC2
- Cylinders Only (not for HS, CHS,
PHS or PCHS)
VKC3
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with
-VKC Keys
CKC2
- CKC Cylinders Only (not - for
PHS, PCHS)
CKC3
2 Keys per Cylinder standard
Other than 2 Keys KY#
(e.g., KY6)
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) standard
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Door Width
Door Width Specify
24" (610mm) W024
36" (914mm) standard
48" (1219mm) W048
Strikes
Description Specify
Mortise ANSI strike
for pairs of doors with
astragal
SS078
Open back strike for
1-3/4" doors
SB134
Open back strike for
2-1/4" doors
SB214
Credential Quick Codes
Description Specify
Credential for 100 User
Keypad Only M800
Credentials for 2000 User
Keypad Only M801
Prox Only M802
Keypad/Prox M803
Keypad/RF M804
Prox/RF M805
Keypad/Prox/RF M806
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Finishes
Description Specify
Polished Brass, Clear Coated 605
Satin Brass, Clear Coated 606
Polished Bronze, Clear
Coated
611
Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 612
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
613
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated
613L
Polished Nickel 618
Satin Nickel 619
Polished Chrome 625
Satin Chrome 626
Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®
626C
Polished Stainless Steel* 629
Satin Stainless Steel* 630
Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield*
630C
Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
722
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx® Head Screws M04
ANSI wrought strike box
(mortise) M17
Knurling outside & inside
(embossed touchbar -
device side)*
M20
Knurling outside only
(trim side)* M21
Knurling inside only
(embossed touchbar -
device side)
M22
Abrasive coat outside and
inside (trim and device)* M23
Abrasive coat inside only
(device side) M24
Abrasive coat outside only
(trim side)* M25
Power/Remote Unlocking
Harness M35
Less dogging M51
Cylinder dogging M52
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs) M54
Shim kit (for vision light) M58
Wood screws for use on
fire-rated solid wood or
wood core doors
M64
Forced/Propped Door** M861
*not available with Vineyard or Museo levers.
**not compatible M800
*Lever only. Escutcheons plated to match.
Features
WM800 Wall Proximity Reader/Controller
32
The WM800 is a self-contained hardwired access control system for use with controlled locking devices
on single door openings. The unit can be mounted on any flat wall surface including glass (with included
glass mounting kit). The proximity reader can be remotely mounted up to 10 feet away from the keypad/
controller on the unsecured side of an opening, providing a higher level of security and access control.
Features
Integrated Reader and Controller
Keypad and Proximity
Hardwired
12 or 24 volts DC
Audit Trail
Reports on the last 2000 events
2000 Users
Per each reader/controller
Programming Flexibility
8 time zones
32 holidays: 16 single & 16 block
Weather Resistant
Weather resistant electronics
Weather gasket included
HID Technology
Supports all HID formats
Door Monitoring Capability
Audio alert for propped and forced door
Request To Exit (REX) Capability
Can be mounted on secure side of door
with internal Request to Exit switch
capability
Main Relay
Switch up to 2 amps
Auxiliary Relay Switch
2 amp relay to signal alarm shunt, propped
door or forced door (must use separate door
status switch)
3 Different Mounting Options
1) One-piece stand-alone
2) Two-piece stand-alone (HID antenna
remotely mounted)
3) One-piece glass mounted (secure electronics, card
presented through glass door or window)
Specifications
Voltage
12/24 VDC
Current
60mA @ 12VDC or 69mA @24VDC
Inputs
1 REX
Relays
2 each; voltage 2 amps @ 12-24VAC/DC
LEDs
Bi-color (Red/Green)
Yellow
Dimensions
2.75" W x 5.27" H x 1.60" D
Ordering Example
Quantity Series Part No.
24 WM800 708F969
• Master code entry at keypad or
presentation of “Master” or “Comm
Enable” proximity credential at lock
initiates PC download programming
• Designed for operation with data transfer
device (DTD) or a PDA
• The DTD or PDA provides convenient
(wireless) means of transferring door
information to and from lock using
SoloPlus software
• Capable of up/downloading door
information for 250 doors
• User-friendly help feature
• Extensive report generating feature
• Directly supports HID 26, 33 and 34 bit
formats and 35 bit Corporate 1000
format
SoloPlus™ Software Order Part Number
SoloPlus™ 790F139
System Requirements
• Operating System:
Windows XP Home
Windows XP Professional
Windows Vista Home Premium
Windows Vista Business
Windows 7 Home Premium
Windows 7 Professional
Windows Server 2003
Windows Server 2008
• CD-ROM drive
• Data Transfer Device (DTD) or a PDA*
Data Transfer
Device (DTD) Order Part Number
DTD 790F109
* DTD required for Windows Vista and later.
The DTD package includes: handheld DTD,
SoloPlus software CD, USB cable, four (4) AA
batteries, instructions and lanyard.
A Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) can also
be used with SoloPlus. Compatible PDAs are
listed below.
1. Specify M861 to order the Forced door/propped door
option with the Access 800® AC2. Not compatible with
the Access 800 AC2 M800 (100 user version).
2. Palm PDAs are only compatible with Windows XP.
33
ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device
(DTD) and SoloPlus™ Software
ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) and SoloPlus™ Software
The ASSA ABLOY Data Transfer Device (DTD) is a handheld device that allows users to upload programming
and configuration files to the lock and download audit trails. Communication between the DTD and the lock
is accomplished through infrared technology. The device is capable of programming and auditing up to 250
doors, and programming up to 2000 users. The DTD can also be used with the Access 800® AC2 (M800 -
100 user version only) to retrieve audit trails.
ASSA ABLOY SoloPlus software is included with the DTD for use with PCs and for storing information
received from audit trails. SoloPlus software is compatible with either the DTD or PDAs currently being used
with Accessware v2.0 software. SoloPlus offers an updated user interface, a conversion utility from older
Accessware databases, and the ability to choose whether to use a DTD or PDA for programming by site.
SoloPlus Features
• Updated user interface and improved
access level management
• iUpdate feature to check for software
updates
• Replacement for Infrared Portable
Printers with a printer application to
retrieve audit trails - Access 800 AC2
(M800 - 100 user version only)
• Password protected
• 20,000 user name database
• Supports 2,000 users per lock
• Allows customized access levels
managed at PC
• User name import from an external
database
• Easy to follow data entry
• Real-time clock with date and time
• Eight different time zones per lock
• Holidays (16 single days; and 16 blocks
of days)
• Daylight saving time
• Auto Unlock with or without “rst in”
authorization
• Forced door/propped door1
• Forced change to master code
• Temporary user codes
• 2,000 event transaction history – audit
trail to include user entry, date, time,
user number, access denied, passage
on, passage off, auto unlock, time
zone denied, print, audit trail release,
program mode, program mode denied,
etc.
Data Transfer Device
PDA Manufacturer Model
Aceeca Meazura
Handspring Visor
Kyocera 7135 Smart Phone
Palm2IIIc
Palm2IIIx
Palm2IIIxe
Palm2m105
Palm2m125
Palm2m130
Palm2m500
Palm2m505
Palm2m515
Palm2V
Palm2Vx
Palm2VIIx
Palm2Tungsten C
Palm2Tungsten E
Palm2Tungsten E2
Palm2Tungsten T
Palm2Tungsten W
Palm2TX
Palm2Zire
Palm2Zire 21
Palm2Zire 31
Palm2Zire 71
Palm2Zire 72
Sony Clie SJ20
Options & Accessories
34
Credential Features
• Allows integration into existing facilities
with HID-based technology
• Standard credentials available with
26 bit Wiegand format and Corbin
Russwin assigned site code
• HID credentials available with 26 bit and 33
bit format and customer assigned site code.
For a higher level of security, custom cards, fobs or
tags with unique site codes are available; consult
factory.
Corbin Russwin HID ProxCard® II
• 26 bit format
• Blank (white) card or Corbin Russwin
logo card
• 25/pkg.
• Dimensions: 2-1/8" x 3-3/8"
(54mm x 85.7mm)
• Thickness: .070" nom. (1.8mm)
ISOProx® II Card
• 26 bit format
• Blank (white) card or Corbin Russwin
logo card
• Blank card can be printed with
customer’s text and graphics – by others
• 25/pkg.
• Dimensions: 2-1/8" x 3-3/8"
(54mm x 85.7mm)
• Thickness: .033" nom. (.84mm)
DuoProx® II Card
• Multiple Technology Proximity Cards
DuoProx – dual technology, proximity
and magnetic stripe technology. Enables
integration into systems with existing
magnetic swipe card readers
• Minimum order quantity: 100 each
• Custom cards or fobs with unique site
codes for higher level of security
Note 1: Access 800® will support all HID bit formats
when proximity credentials are programmed directly
into keypad (Presentation Method).
MicroProx® Tag
• 26 bit format with Corbin Russwin
site code or customer site code
• Sequence numbers marked on each tag
• Gray color with HID Logo
• 10/pkg. (100 minimum order quantity)
• Dimensions: 1.285" x 0.070"
(32.6mm x 1.78mm)
• For MicroProx Tag with customer site code,
consult factory for minimum quantities
ProxKey® II
• 26-bit format
• 794F69: Site code controlled by Corbin
Russwin 794F479: Customer requested site
code or range of fob numbers
• 10/pkg.
• Dimensions: 1.9" x .09" x .05" (43mm x
22.9mm x 14mm)
794F349 C/R 26 bit ProxCard II blank
794F339 C/R 26 bit ProxCard II with logo
794F379 HID 26 bit ProxCard II with logo
794F389 HID 26 bit ProxCard II without logo
794F329 C/R 26 bit ISOProx II Card blank
794F319 C/R 26 bit ISOProx II Card with logo
794F359 HID 26 bit ISOProx II Card with logo
794F369 HID 26 bit ISOProx II Card without logo
794F399 C/R DuoProx II - prox and magstripe with logo
794F409 C/R DuoProx II - prox and magstripe w/o logo
794F419 HID 26 bit DuoProx II - prox and magstripe
794F469 C/R 26 bit ProxKey II
794F479 HID 26 bit ProxKey II
The access credentials below are only compatible with the M802 (125 kHz reader) option. Other credentials (125 kHz proximity and
13.56 MHz iCLASS®, 26-39 bit formats) can be purchased from HID®.
35
Options & Accessories
RF Fob
• Used with RF Technology (M804, M805, M806)
• Operating frequency: 418MHz
• Operating distance: 35-75 ft inside door
10-25 ft outside door
• Sold separately. To order specify 708F999
784 Power Supply
• Provides a ltered and regulated
9 VDC remote power for Access 800 locks
• Each unit can supply power to 2 Access
800 products
• Requires raceway through the door*
• Optional 12 VDC gel cell battery
Includes:
• Plug-In Wall Transformer with approximately
12' (3.6m) of shielded wire that provides input
power to the power supply
• Includes 12' (3.6m) of shielded wire for
connection between power transfer and
power supply
• To order separately, specify 793F039
* Recommended for new opening. Retrofit application may
require surface mounted wire mold and transfer loop by others.
Enrollment Station
Enrolls 125kHz Wiegand Format HID proximity
cards, up to 40 bit format, into SoloPlus™
software. Specify 712F089.
Power Supply Replacement Parts
Plug-In Wall Transformer
• Provides input power to 784 power
supply module
• Output 16.5 VAC, 2.4 amps
• C-UL US listed
• To order, specify 793F049
Cable Assembly
• 12' (3.6m) shielded cable from the
power supply to the power transfer
• To order, specify 793F059
Power Supply Circuit Board
• Replacement circuit board assembly
• 9 VDC, 700 ma
• To order, specify 794F309
Gel Cell Battery
• Optional for use with 784 power supply
• Provides continuous operation of
Access 800 in the event of a power
failure (Strongly recommended for
applications without cylinder override
to prevent lock-out)
• 12 VDC 1.2 A/Hr rating
• 10,000 cycles typical in the event of
power failure
• To order, specify 793F089
Application ElectroLynx Door *Non-Electrolynx Door
M861 QC4A CC4
M35 QC8 CC4
M861 X M35 QC12 CC6
Application ElectroLynx® Door *Non-Electrolynx Door
M861 QC4A CC4
M35 QC8 CC4
M861 X M35 QC12 CC6
Weatherseal Gasketing Kit
• Includes rubber gasket(s) and durable ABS Conduit
• Gaskets provide sealing between escutcheons and
door for exterior applications
• Conduit provides weather protection inside of door
• Gasketing and conduit for use on non-re
rated exterior applications only
• To order separately, specify kit part number
Access 800 Product Kit Part Number
ML20800 Series Mortise Lock 794F929
CL33800 Series Cylindrical Lock 794F919
9800/9M800 Series Exit Trim 794F909
Keypad Keypad Prox
Keypad
Prox
Keypad
RF
Prox
RF
Keypad
Prox, RF
Assembly Products M800* M801* M802* M803* M804* M805* M806*
Controller
Cylindrical 708F819 712F009 712F019 712F019 712F029 712F039 712F039
Mortise 708F829 712F049 712F059 712F059 712F069 712F079 712F079
Mortise x Dorm N/A N/A 794F199 794F199 N/A N/A N/A
Exit 708F829 712F049 712F059 712F059 712F069 712F079 712F079
Reader All 708F809 708F089 708F099 708F089 708F089 708F099 708F089
* Assemblies include circuit board and housing. Batteries not included.
Keypad/Prox/RF Assemblies
Conduit
Mortise
Escutcheon Cylindrical
Escutcheon
Exit Trim
Escutcheon
Exit Keypad
Escutcheon
Keypad/Proximity
Proximity
no keypad
* Non- ElectroLynx door applications require raceway with wire harness through
door and power transfer
* Non- ElectroLynx door applications require raceway with wire harness through
door and power transfer
Readers:
Controller:
Power/Remote Unlocking Harness
• Wire harness for remote power and remote unlocking
of lock
• Requires raceway through the door
• Requires power transfer*
• If ordering with Access 800® specify M35 Quick Code. If
ordering separately, specify 711F989
Forced/Propped Door Alarm - M861
• Sounds audible local alarm if door is held open for
extended period of time or door is forced open without
use of valid credentials.
• Programmable through SoloPlus™.
• Alarm is shunted during egress by internal REX switch.
• Internal REX switch, external door position switch and
internal wire harness included.
• If ordering with Access 800 specify M861 Quick Code.
Forced/Propped Door Harness - M861
• Packed with lock assembly
• When ordering harness only, use 712F119
• Door status switch included
Options & Accessories
36
37
Architectural Specifications
Keypad Keypad Prox
Keypad
Prox
Keypad
RF
Prox
RF
Keypad
Prox, RF
Assembly Products M800* M801* M802* M803* M804* M805* M806*
Controller
Cylindrical 708F819 712F009 712F019 712F019 712F029 712F039 712F039
Mortise 708F829 712F049 712F059 712F059 712F069 712F079 712F079
Mortise x Dorm N/A N/A 794F199 794F199 N/A N/A N/A
Exit 708F829 712F049 712F059 712F059 712F069 712F079 712F079
Reader All 708F809 708F089 708F099 708F089 708F089 708F099 708F089
ML20800 Series Mortise Locks
Access Control Mortise Locks
1. Access control mortise locks shall be ML20800 Series as
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of
Berlin, CT.
2. Provide access control mortise lock series, type and
functions where specified in hardware groups, with the
provisions below.
a. Cylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING, keying requirements.
b. Backsets: 2-3/4 inches.
c. Strikes: Provide wrought boxes and strikes with proper lip
length to protect trim but not to project more than 1/8
inch beyond trim, frame or inactive leaf. Where required,
provide open back strike and protected to allow practical
and secure operation
3. Provide access control products with non-volatile memory.
4. Provide keypad-operated products with a maximum of 100
user codes (M800) or 2,000 user codes (M801).
5. Provide keypad/proximity (M803) and proximity only
(M802) products with a maximum of 2,000 user codes and
the ability to audit the last 2,000 transactions.
6. In addition to user codes, provide a Master Code as
standard. The Master Code assigns emergency, supervisory,
and user codes.
7. Provide SoloPlus™ Software (M801, M803), capable of
working with Microsoft Windows based operating systems,
required to program time zone periods, blocked holidays,
automatic unlock with or without first entry, and listing
2,000 event transaction history – unlock, egress activation,
entry into programming mode, date, time, user number, and
door number.
8. Locking and unlocking of the lever handle shall be done
by a motor-driven battery powered unit (solenoids not
acceptable) contained completely within the body of the
mortise lock. The inside lever is always free for egress.
Provide lever design to match lock levers.
9. Locks shall have the option to be remotely controlled via
handheld radio frequency (RF) transmitter, allowing lock/
unlock capabilities from up to 75 feet away from the lock.
10. Locks shall have LEDs to indicate status – unlocked and
programming mode.
11. Provide twenty-five (25) HID Prox Card II for keypad/
proximity (M803) and proximity only (M802) products.
12. Doors to stairs (other than exit stairs), loading platforms,
boiler rooms, stages and doors serving other hazardous
locations shall have knurled or other similar approved
marking of door lever handles or cross bars in accordance
with local building codes.
CL33800 Cylindrical Locks
Access Control Cylindrical Locks
1. Access control cylindrical locks shall be CL33800 Series as
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of
Berlin, CT.
2. Provide cylindrical lock series and functions where specified
in hardware groups, with the provisions below.
a. Cylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING, keying requirements.
b. Backsets: 2-3/4 inches.
c. Strikes: Provide wrought boxes and strikes with proper lip
length to protect trim but not to project more than 1/8
inch beyond trim, frame or inactive leaf. Where required,
provide open back strike and protected to allow practical
and secure operation.
3. Provide access control products with non-volatile memory.
4. Provide keypad-operated products with a maximum of 100
user codes (M800) or 2,000 user codes (M801).
5. Provide keypad/proximity (M803) and proximity only
(M802) products with a maximum of 2,000 user codes and
the ability to audit the last 2,000 transactions.
6. In addition to user codes, provide a Master Code as
standard. The Master Code assigns emergency, supervisory,
and user codes.
7. Provide SoloPlus™ Software (M801, M802, M803),
capable of working with Microsoft Windows based
operating systems, required to program time zone periods,
blocked holidays, automatic unlock with or without first
entry, and listing 2,000 event transaction history – unlock,
egress activation, entry into programming mode, date, time,
user number, and door number.
8. Locking and unlocking of the lever handle shall be done
by a motor-driven battery powered unit (solenoids not
acceptable) contained completely within the body of the
cylindrical lock. The inside lever is always free for egress.
Provide lever design to match lock levers.
9. Locks shall have the option to be remotely controlled via
handheld radio frequency (RF) transmitter, allowing lock/
unlock capabilities from up to 75 feet away from the lock.
10. Locks shall have LEDs to indicate status – unlocked and
programming mode.
11. Provide twenty-five (25) HID Prox Card II for keypad/
proximity (M803) and proximity only (M802) products.
12. Doors to stairs (other than exit stairs), loading platforms,
boiler rooms, stages and doors serving other hazardous
locations shall have knurled or other similar approved
marking of door lever handles or crossbars in accordance
with local building codes.
ED5000 Series Exit Devices
with 9800/9M800 Series Access
Control Trim
Access Control Exit Devices and Trim
1. Access control exit devices shall be ED5000 Series as
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of
Berlin, CT.
2. Provide access control exit device series, type, and functions
where specified in hardware groups. Corbin Russwin
product numbers are referenced in the Hardware Groups.
3. All exit devices shall be UL listed for panic. Exit devices for
labeled doors shall be UL listed as “Fire Exit Hardware”.
4. Provide access control products with non-volatile memory.
5. Provide keypad-operated products with a maximum of 100
user codes (M800) or 2,000 user codes (M801).
6. Provide keypad/proximity (M803) and proximity only
(M802) products with a maximum of 2,000 user codes and
the ability to audit the last 2,000 transactions.
7. In addition to user codes, provide a Master Code as
standard. The Master Code assigns emergency, supervisory,
and user codes.
8. Provide SoloPlus™ Software (M801, M802, M803),
capable of working with Microsoft Windows based
operating systems, required to program time zone periods,
blocked holidays, automatic unlock with or without first
entry, and listing 2,000 event transaction history – unlock,
egress activation, entry into programming mode, date, time,
user number, and door number.
9. Locking and unlocking of the lever handle shall be done
by a motor-driven battery powered unit (solenoids not
acceptable) contained completely within the body of the
outside trim. Egress from the inside at all times. Provide
lever design to match lock levers.
10. Access control exit devices shall have the option to be
remotely controlled via hand-held radio frequency (RF)
transmitter, allowing lock/unlock capabilities from up to 75
feet away from the exit device.
11. Locks shall have LEDs to indicate status – unlocked and
programming mode.
12. Provide twenty-five (25) HID Prox Card II for keypad/
proximity (M803) and proximity only (M802) products.
13. Provide cylinder-dogging feature for non-rated exit devices.
14. Provide keyed removable mullions, as specified in the
Hardware Groups.
15. Provide clear powder coating at exit devices used in full
exterior application, highly corrosive areas, and where noted
in the hardware groups.
16. Provide cylinders for exit devices with cylinder override and
cylinder dogging.
a. Cylinders: Refer to 2.04 KEYING, keying requirements.
Controllers - Mortise
Part No./
Quick Code Description
708F829 ML20800 x M800 (100 User)
712F049 ML20800 x M801 (2000 User)
712F059 ML20800 x M802 (2000 User)
712F059 ML20800 x M803 (2000 User)
712F069 ML20800 x M804 (2000 User)
712F079 ML20800 x M805 (2000 User)
712F079 ML20800 x M806 (2000 User)
Controllers - Dorm
794F199 ML20837 x M802 Dorm room function (2000 User)
794F199 ML20837 x M803 Dorm room function (2000 User)
Controllers - Cylindrical
708F819 CL33800 x M800 (100 User)
712F009 CL33800 x M801 (2000 User)
712F019 CL33800 x M802 (2000 User)
712F019 CL33800 x M803 (2000 User)
712F029 CL33800 x M804 (2000 User)
712F039 CL33800 x M805 (2000 User)
712F039 CL33800 x M806 (2000 User)
Controllers - Exit Devices
708F829 9800/9M800 x M800 (100 User)
712F049 9800/9M800 x M801 (2000 User)
712F059 9800/9M800 x M802 (2000 User)
712F059 9800/9M800 x M803 (2000 User)
712F069 9800/9M800 x M804 (2000 User)
712F079 9800/9M800 x M805 (2000 User)
712F079 9800/9M800 x M806 (2000 User)
Readers - Mortise
Part No./
Quick Code Description
708F809 ML20800 x M800 (100 User)
708F089 ML20800 x M801 (2000 User)
708F099 ML20800 x M802 (2000 User)
708F089 ML20800 x M803 (2000 User)
708F089 ML20800 x M804 (2000 User)
708F099 ML20800 x M805 (2000 User)
708F089 ML20800 x M806 (2000 User)
Readers - Dorm
708F099 ML20837 x M802 Dorm room function (2000 User)
708F089 ML20837 x M803 Dorm room function (2000 User)
Readers - Cylindrical
708F809 CL33800 x M800 (100 User)
708F089 CL33800 x M801 (2000 User)
708F099 CL33800 x M802 (2000 User)
708F089 CL33800 x M803 (2000 User)
708F089 CL33800 x M804 (2000 User)
708F099 CL33800 x M805 (2000 User)
708F089 CL33800 x M806 (2000 User)
Readers - Exit Devices
708F809 9800/9M800 x M800 (100 User)
708F089 9800/9M800 x M801 (2000 User)
708F099 9800/9M800 x M802 (2000 User)
708F089 9800/9M800 x M803 (2000 User)
708F089 9800/9M800 x M804 (2000 User)
708F099 9800/9M800 x M805 (2000 User)
708F089 9800/9M800 x M806 (2000 User)
Gaskets
794F509 Gaskets Exit device - Reader
794F519 Gaskets Exit device trim
794F529 Gaskets Cylindrical lock
794F539 Gaskets Mortise lock
Data Transfer Device (DTD)
790F109 DTD
Software
790F139 SoloPlus™
Technology Options
M800 100 User, keypad only
M801 2000 User, keypad only
M802 2000 User, proximity only
M803 2000 User, keypad and proximity
M804 2000 User, keypad and RF actuation
M805 2000 User, proximity and RF actuation
M806 2000 User, keypad, proximity and RF actuation
M861 Forced/Propped Door (M801 thru M806)
Quick Code Index
38
39
Quick Code Index
Keying Options
CKC2 CKC-Cylinders with VCK keys
CKC3 CKC-Cylinders Only
VKC0 VKC-No Stamping
VKC1 VKC-Keys Only
VKC2 VKC-Cylinders & Keys
VKC3 VKC-Cylinders Only
Hardware
Part No./
Quick Code Description
784 Optional Power Supply - Gel Cell Battery,
ordered with Device
708F979 Conduit
711F989 Power/Remote Unlocking Harness;
when ordered separately
712F089 New Enrollment Station
712F119 Forced/Propped Door Harness; when ordered separately
793F029 Ribbon Cable
793F039 784 Remote power supply (includes plug-in wall trans-
former & 12 feet of shielded wire)
793F049 Plug in wall transformer
793F059 Cable assembly - power supply
793F069 Power/remote unlocking harness
793F089 12 V 1.2 A/Hr. Gel Cell Battery
793F199 Battery, Alkaline (AA) (single battery)
793F309 Power Supply Circuit Board
M35 Power/Remote Unlocking Harness; ordered with device
Cylinder Options
Part No./
Quick Code Description
(standard) Conventional 6-pin
6P Conventional 6-pin [Exits Only]
7P Conventional 7-pin
CLockset furnished in Schlage® C Keyway [Cylindrical
Only]
C6 IC 6-pin
C7 IC 7-pin
CHS Security IC
CL6 IC 6-pin Less Core
CLS6 SFIC 6-pin with Less Core (Mortise Locks and Exit
Devices only)
CT6SD SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core (Mortise
Locks and Exit Devices Only
CL7 IC 7-pin Less Core
CLS7 SFIC 7-pin with Less Core (Mortise Locks and Exit
Devices only)
CT7SD SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core (Mortise
Locks and Exit Devices only)
CLP Pyramid IC Less Core
CMK Construction master keyed
CT6B IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Blue)
CT6D IC 6-pin with Temporary Disposable Core
CT6G IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Green)
CT6R IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Red)
CT7B IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Blue)
CT7D IC 7-pin with Temporary Disposable Core
CT7G IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Green)
CT7R IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction Core (Red)
CTP Pyramid IC with Temporary Construction Core [Mortise
& Exits Only]
CTPD Pyramid IC with Temporary Disposable Core [Mortise &
Exits Only]
CTSD IC 6-pin Small Format Disposable Core [Cylindrical Only]
HS Security
KR Keyed random
LA Lockset furnished in SARGENT® LA Keyway [Cylindrical
Only]
LC Less Standard Cylinder [Mortise & Cylindrical Only]
PCHS Pyramid High Security IC
PCS Pyramid Security IC
PHS Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
PS Pyramid Security Fixed Core
Credentials
794F319 C/R 26 bit ISO Prox II with logo
794F329 C/R 26 bit ISO Prox II blank
794F359 HID 26 bit ISO Prox II with logo
794F369 HID 26 bit ISO Prox II without logo
794F339 C/R 26 bit ProxCard II with logo
794F349 C/R 26 bit ProxCard II blank
794F379 HID 26 bit ProxCard II with logo
794F389 HID 26 bit ProxCard II without logo
794F399 C/R DuoProx II - Prox and magstripe with logo
794F409 C/R DuoProx II - Prox and magstripe without logo
794F419 HID 26 bit DuoProx II - Prox and magstripe
794F429 C/R MicroProx tag
794F449 HID MicroProx tag with customer site code
794F469 C/R 26 bit ProxKey II
794F479 HID 26 bit ProxKey II
708F999 RF FOB
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
45014-7/11R
Corbin Russwin and Design® and Access 800® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All
contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design,
construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2007, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part with-
out the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
ElectroLynx
®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands
offer ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening. ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark
of ASSA ABLOY Inc.
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a
silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company.
Padlocks & Deadlocks
PL5000, DL2200/DL3200, DL3000 &
DL4100 Series
Padlocks PL5000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.2
Features
Case
Extruded brass.
Shackle
11/32" (8.7mm) diameter hardened steel
(PL5000 Series), brass (PL5100 Series) or
stainless steel (PL5200 Series).
Locking
Ball-bearing locking heel and toe.
Cylinder
RFC model: 6-pin Fixed Core (2300)
IC model: 6-pin & Pyramid IC (8000 series)
L4 keyway standard
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Interchangeable core (IC) 6-pin
IC security
Concealed key control
Visual key control (not for HS)
Pyramid (IC only)
Rekeyable Fixed Core (RFC) and
Interchangeable Core (IC) Models
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Finish
BHMA 606 Satin Brass (US4) only.
RFC IC
Model Series Shackle Diameter Shackle Clearance Height Width Thickness
A B C W T
RFC
PL5000R
PL5100R
PL5200R
11/32" (9mm) Std: 7/8" (22mm)
258: 2-5/8" (67mm) 2" (51mm) 1-15/16" (49mm) 1" (25mm)
IC
PL5070
PL5170
PL5270
11/32" (9mm) Std: 7/8" (22mm)
258: 2-5/8" (67mm) 2" (51mm) 1-15/16" (49mm) 1" (25mm)
RFC MODEL IC MODEL
Padlocks PL5000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.3
Series/Function
Description
Series/Function
Hardened
Steel Shackle
Brass
Shackle
Stainless
Steel Shackle
Rekeyable Fixed Core
(RFC) PL5000R PL5100R PL5200R
Interchangeable core
(IC) less core PL5070 PL5170 PL5270
IC 6-pin PL5080 PL5180 PL5280
IC security PL5090 PL5190 PL5290
Pyramid High
Security (IC) PL5030 PL5130 PL5230
Pyramid Security (IC) PL5037 PL5137 PL5237
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Shackle Length Misc. Options
4 AJ3 PL5080 258 M45 x S19866
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function
10 PL5000
Ordering Examples
Quick Codes
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Chain and clevis attached M44
Custom die stamped case
(specify existing die number, or provide lettering
specifications or artwork)
M45 x #
Shackle Clearance
Description Specify
7/8" (22mm) (standard)
2-5/8" (67mm) 258
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Keyed random
(standard for Pyramid & IC security padlocks) KR
0-bitted
(not available for Pyramid & IC security padlocks) (standard)
Construction Master Keyed (RFC & IC 6-pin padlocks only) CMK
Temporary construction core (Red)
(IC 6-pin padlocks only) CT6R
Temporary Construction Core (Blue)
(IC 6-pin padlocks only) CT6B
Temporary Construction Core (Green)
(IC 6-pin padlocks only) CT6G
Visual key control (VKC)
- Keys only VKC1
- Locks and keys
(RFC & IC 6-pin padlocks only) VKC2
- Locks only
(RFC & IC 6-pin padlocks only) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
(IC 6-pin & IC security padlocks only)
- CKC cores and VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cores only CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys KY#
(e.g., KY6)
Rekeyable FC (RFC) Less Cylinder LC
Deadlocks DL2200/DL3200 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.4
Strikes
Features
Handing Non-handed.
Door Thickness Standard: 1-3/4"
(44mm). Optional door thicknesses
available; see Quick Codes.
Backset Standard: 2-3/4" (70mm)
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm)
Front Standard: brass or stainless
steel, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Optional: 1" width; see Quick Codes.
Deadbolt 1" throw, solid steel deadbolt
with hardened, free spinning, steel pin
insert.
Strike Standard; 2-3/4" (70mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm). Optional strikes and
wrought boxes available; see Strikes, this
page.
Cylinder Standard: brass, 6-pin, L4
keyway, 0-bitted. Security cylinder
optional; see Quick Codes.
Keys Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Security
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Warranty One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
UL
UL listed to US and Canadian safety
standard.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
ANSI
DL2200 - 156.5 Grade 2
DL3200 - 156.5 Grade 1
Functions
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI
No. Function Description
DL2213
DL3213
Single
Cylinder
E0150
Series
- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
DL2212
DL3212
Double
Cylinder
E0140
Series - By key either side.
DL2217
DL3217 Classroom E0170
Series
- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will retract
but not project deadbolt.
DL2211
DL3211
Cylinder
x Blank
E0160
Series
- By key one side only;
opposite side blank.
DL2260
DL3260
Thumbturn
x Blank
E0190
Series
- By thumbturn one side
only; opposite side blank.
Metal Frame Strike
Standard
2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately, specify
781F568 x Finish
Wood Frame Strike
Standard
2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately, specify
781F558 x Finish.
Strike Box
Standard with standard strikes.
To order separately, specify
781F599.
ANSI Strike
Optional; see Quick Codes.
To order separately, specify
423L71 x Finish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Optional for use with ANSI
strike; see Quick Codes. To order
separately, specify 120F768.
Deadlocks DL2200/DL3200 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.5
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Finish Strike Options
24 AA1 DL2213 626 SS078 HS-CKC2
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Finish
24 DL2213 626
Ordering Examples
Cylinder Only (less housing)
Function Part Number Cylinder Type Door Thickness
11,13,17
4400-134-A51 6-Pin Conventional 1-3/8" (35mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
4400-134-A51-7 7-Pin Conventional
4410-134-A51 Security
4420-134-A51 Pyramid High Security
4427-134-A51 Pyramid Security
12
4400-134-A52 6-Pin Conventional
1-3/8" (35mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
4400-134-A52-7 7-Pin Conventional
4410-134-A52 Security
4420-134-A52 Pyramid High Security
4427-134-A52 Pyramid Security
4400-214-A52 6-Pin Conventional
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
4400-214-A52-7 7-Pin Conventional
4410-214-A52 Security
4420-214-A52 Pyramid High Security
4427-214-A52 Pyramid Security
11,12,13,17
8000 6-Pin IC
See the Housing Assembly
for Interchangeable Core
Cylinder chart below.
8000-7 7-Pin IC
8010 Security IC
8020 Pyramid High Security IC
8027 Pyramid Security IC
Housing Assembly - Interchangeable Core Cylinder
Function Part Number Accept Cylinder Door Thickness
11,13,17
4440-134-A51 6 & 7 Pin SFIC 1-3/8" (35mm)
1-3/4" (44mm)
2" (51mm)
2-1/4" (57mm)
4470-134-A51 6-Pin LFIC
4470-134-A51-7 7-Pin LFIC
12
4440-138-A52-XX (*) 6 & 7 Pin SFIC
1-3/8" (35mm)4470-138-A52-XX 6-Pin LFIC
4470-138-A52-7-XX 7-Pin LFIC
4440-134-A52-XX 6 & 7 Pin SFIC
1-3/4" (44mm)4470-134-A52-XX 6-Pin LFIC
4470-134-A52-7-XX 7-Pin LFIC
4440-200-A52-XX 6 & 7 Pin SFIC
2" (51mm)4470-200-A52-XX 6-Pin LFIC
4470-200-A52-7-XX 7-Pin LFIC
4440-214-A52-XX 6 & 7 Pin SFIC
2-1/4" (57mm)4470-214-A52-XX 6-Pin LFIC
4470-214-A52-7-XX 7-Pin LFIC
(*) Specify "OS" for outside of door or "IS" for inside of door.
Cylinders
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Less cylinder(s) LC
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Interchangeable core (IC)
6-pin C6
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core CLS6
IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core CT6
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin less core CL7
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core CLS7
IC 7-pin with temporary
construction core CT7
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid High Security Fixed
Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid Security Fixed Core PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction Master Keyed
(not available for Pyramid &
Security cylinders)
CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys
(not available with HS or CHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only
(not available with HS or CHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders and VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys
(e.g., KY6) KY#
Deadlocks DL2200/DL3200 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.6
Quick Codes
Finish
Description Specify
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US10B Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed 613
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Plastic box for standard strike (standard)
Door Thickness
Description Specify
1-3/8" (35mm) D138
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Strike
Lip to Center ANSI Straight Lip
Specify
7/8" (22mm) SS078
1-1/8" (29mm) SS118
1-1/4" (32mm) SS114
1-3/8" (35mm) SS138
1-1/2" (38mm) SS112
1-3/4" (44mm) SS134
2" (51mm) SS200
2-1/4" (57mm) SS214
2-1/2" (64mm) SS212
2-3/4" (70mm) SS234
3" (76mm) SS300
Bolt Assembly
Description Part No. Specify
2-3/8" (60mm) Backset 781F528 B238
2-3/4" (70mm) Backset 781F538 (standard)
Front Trim Plates
1" (25mm) Wide 781F50M x Finish M14
1-1/8" (29mm) Wide 781F51M x Finish (standard)
Functions
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
DL3013 Single
Cylinder
E0150
Series
- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
DL3012 Double
Cylinder
E0140
Series - By key either side.
DL3017 Classroom E0170
Series
- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will retract but not
project deadbolt.
DL3011 Cylinder
x Blank
E0160
Series
- By key one side only; opposite
side blank.
DL3060 Thumbturn
x Blank
E0190
Series
- By thumbturn one side; opposite
side blank.
Deadlocks DL3000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.7
Features
Handing
Non-handed, except DL3017, which is
handed and field reversible.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3/4" (44mm) - 2-1/4" (57mm).
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes.
Backset
Standard: 2-3/4" (70mm)
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm)
Front
Standard: wrought brass or bronze,
2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Deadbolt
Zinc diecast hardened steel insert. 1"
(25mm) throw, 5/8" (16mm) wide x 3/4"
(19mm) high.
Strike
Standard; 2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm).
Optional strikes and wrought boxes
available; see Strikes, this page.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted. Security
cylinders optional; see Quick Codes.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
7-pin (FC) conventional
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security (IC)
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid (FC)
Pyramid (IC)
Warranty
One-year limited.
Strikes
Standard Strike
2-3/4" (70mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately,
specify 424F83 x
Finish.
Wrought
Strike Box
Standard with
Standard Strike.
To order separately,
specify 496F71-8.
Optional Strike
3-1/2" (89mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm); see
Quick Codes.
To order separately,
specify 394F19 x
Finish.
ANSI Strike
Optional; see Quick
Codes.
To order separately,
specify 423L71 x
Finish.
ANSI Wrought
Strike Box
Optional for use
with ANSI Strike; see
Quick Codes.
To order separately,
specify 120F76-8.
Deadlocks DL3000 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.8
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Finish Optional
Strike
Door
Thickness
Misc.
Options
24 AA1 DL3013 613 SS118 D214 C6-M17
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Finish
24 DL3013 626
Ordering Examples
Quick Codes
Finish
Description Specify
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US10B Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, oil rubbed 613
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Strike
Lip to Center ANSI Straight
Lip Specify
7/8" (22mm) SS078
1-1/8" (29mm) SS118
1-1/4" (32mm) SS114
1-3/8" (35mm) SS138
1-1/2" (38mm) SS112
1-3/4" (44mm) SS134
2" (51mm) SS200
2-1/4" (57mm) SS214
2-1/2" (64mm) SS212
2-3/4" (70mm) SS234
3" (76mm) SS300
Other Strikes (no lip) Specify
2-3/4" (70mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm) (standard)
3-1/2" (89mm) x
1-1/8" (29mm SD001
Door Thickness
Description Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) -
2" (51mm) (standard)
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
1-3/8" (35mm) D138
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Wrought box for
standard strike (standard)
Bolt and Front
Description Part No. Specify
2-3/4"
(70mm)
backset bolt
(less front)
467F35-8 (standard)
2-3/8"
(60mm)
backset bolt
(less front)
693F20-8 B238
1-1/8"
(29mm) front 467F36 —
Cylinder Only
Specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
Description Number
Conventional 6-pin 1000-118-A03
Conventional 7-pin 1000-114-A03-7
IC 6-pin 1080-114-A03
IC 6-pin less core 1070-114-A03
Security 1010-118-A03
Security IC 1090-114-A03
Pyramid (FC)
Conventional 1020-114-A03
Pyramid (IC) 1030-114-A03
Inside thumbturn
cylinder 1300-118-A03
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Less cylinder(s) LC
Conventional 7-pin 7P
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core CLS7
Interchangeable core (IC)
6-pin C6
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core CLS6
IC 6-pin with temporary
construction core CT6
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid (FC) PHS
Pyramid (IC) PCHS
Pyramid Temp Core CTP
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys
(not available with HS or CHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only
(not available with HS or CHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders and VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys
(e.g., KY6) KY#
Note: Interchangeable core not available with 1-3/8" door
thickness (D138) option and 2-3/8" backset (B238) option.
Functions
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
DL4113 Single
Cylinder
E6070
Series
- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
DL4112 Double
Cylinder
E6060
Series - By key either side.
DL4117 Classroom E6090
Series
- By key outside and by
thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will retract but
not project deadbolt.
DL4111 Cylinder
x Blank
E6080
Series
- By key one side only;
opposite side blank.
DL4122
Double
Cylinder x
Thumbturn
—
- By key either side and
by thumbturn inside.
- Thumbturn will
retract but not project
deadbolt.
DL4160 Thumbturn
x Blank —
- By thumbturn inside
only; opposite side
blank.
Deadlocks DL4100 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.9
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3/4" (44mm). Optional door
thicknesses available; see Quick Codes.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy wrought steel; zinc dichromate
finish.
Front
Brass, bronze, stainless steel.
4-5/8"(117mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Adjustable for flat or beveled doors (bevel
adjustment 1/8"(3mm) in 2"(51mm).
Deadbolt
Steel with hardened pin; 1" (25mm)
throw.
Strike
Standard: wrought brass or bronze,
3-1/2" (89mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
Optional strikes available; see Strikes, this
page.
Cylinder
6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted. Security
cylinder optional; see Quick Codes.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
7-pin (FC) conventional
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security (IC)
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid (FC)
Pyramid (IC)
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
UL
Listed for use on fire doors.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Strikes
Standard Strike
3-1/2" (89mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm).
To order separately, specify
796F34 x Finish.
Strike Box
Optional with Standard Strike;
see Quick Codes.
To order separately, specify
466F27-9.
ANSI Strike
Optional; see Quick Codes. To
order separately, specify 240L08
x Finish.
ANSI Wrought
Strike Box
Optional for use with ANSI
Strike; see Quick Codes. To order
separately, specify 120F76-8.
Deadlocks DL4100 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.10
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Finish Optional
Strike
Door
Thickness
Misc.
Options
7 AA13 DL4112 626 SS118 D234 C6-VKC2
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Finish
24 DL4113 626
Ordering Examples
Quick Codes
Strike
Lip to Center ANSI Straight Lip
Specify
7/8" (22mm) SS078
1-1/8" (29mm) SS118
1-1/4" (32mm) SS114
1-3/8" (35mm) SS138
1-1/2" (38mm) SS112
1-3/4" (44mm) SS134
2" (51mm) SS200
2-1/4" (57mm) SS214
2-1/2" (64mm) SS212
2-3/4" (70mm) SS234
3" (76mm) SS300
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Less cylinder(s) LC
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Interchangeable core (IC) 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin less core CL6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin less core CL7
IC 7-pin with temporarY construction core CT7
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid (FC) (Conventional) PHS
Pyramid (IC) PCHS
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys (not available with HS or CHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only (not available with HS or CHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders and VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys (e.g., KY6) KY#
Finish
Description Specify
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze 611
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA 613 (US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed 613
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated 613L
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel 618
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel 619
BHMA 625 (US26) Bright Chromium Plated 625
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated 626
Deadlocks DL4100 Series
Padlocks & Deadlocks
Padlocks & Deadlocks.11
Door Thickness
Description Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) (standard)
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
2-1/2" (64mm) D212
2-3/4" (70mm) D234
3" (76mm) D300
3-1/4" (83mm) D314
3-1/2" (89mm) D312
3-5/8" (92mm) D358
3-3/4" (95mm) D334
3-7/8" (98mm) D378
4" (102mm) D400
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Lead wrapped case M29
Ergonomic thumbturn M34
Box for standard strike M40
Cylinder Only
Specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
Description Number
Conventional 6-pin 1000-118-A07
Conventional 7-pin 1000-114-A07-7
IC 6-pin 1080-114-A07
IC 6-pin less core 1070-114-A07
IC 7-pin 1080-112-A07-7
IC 7-pin less core 1070-112-A07-7
Security 1010-118-A07
Security IC 1090-114-A07
Pyramid (FC) Conventional 1020-114-A07
Pyramid (IC) 1030-114-A07
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets, Exit Devices,
Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your authorized Corbin Russwin
Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45012-8/11R
CL3100 Series
Vandal Resistant Lever Locksets
Overview
CL3100
Table of Contents
Overview .................................2
Features ...................................3
Functions ................................. 5
Trim Designs ............................ 7
Options and Accessories ..........8
How to Order ........................11
Quick Codes ..........................12
How to Specify ..................... 14
www.corbinrusswin.com
CL3100.2
Quality
The CL3100 series is a Grade 1 lever
lockset manufactured with the highest
quality materials to ensure strength,
durability and quiet operation. Available
in all standard architectural finishes,
the CL3100 series subtly complements
any high-use commercial, industrial and
institutional application.
T-Zone Construction
Direct linkage with fixed alignment
between the hub and the latchbolt is
the best construction for quietly and
effectively operating the latchbolt. For
this reason, Corbin Russwin interlocks the
aligning and latch tubes, which form a
rugged torque resistant “T” in the critical
twist area. This “T-Zone” construction,
combined with long lasting components,
makes T-Zone Lever locks outstanding!
Vandal Resistance
The Corbin Russwin CL3100 Series*
follows a higher standard for Grade
1 bored locks. The unique T-Zone
construction provides strength and
durability by true interlocking between the
lockbody and the latch far exceeding the
156.2 Series 4000 Grade 1 standards.
Applications
• HighTrafcareas
• Ofces
• Publicbuildings
• Hospitals
• Institutions
• Educationalfacilities–K-12and
Universities
• Retail
Key Advantages
• Severalsecuritykeysystemsavailable
(Pyramid,etc.)
• Fitsmoststandard161doorprep
• Only45degreesofleverrotation
required to retract latchbolt
• 18functions.Manyofwhichareeasily
field changeable
• 3leversand4rosesavailabletocovera
wide variety of door preps and design
requirements
• Simplecylinderremoval.Easychange
outs.
• T-Zoneconstructiontestedtoover15
millioncycles,exceedingBHMAGrade1
standards by 15 times.
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA
ABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology, a silverbased antimicrobial coating
designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
*U.S.PatentNo.6,626,018
Features
CL3100
CL3100.3
Features
Hand
Non-handed
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4"(44mm)-2"(51mm)standard.
Optional:Over2"(51mm)-2-1/4"
(57mm);seeQuickCodes,page12.
Door Prep
ANSIA115.2(161)
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Backset
2-3
/
4"(70mm)standard.
Optional: 3-3
/
4"(95mm)and
5"(127mm);seeQuickCodes,page12.
Bearing Assembly
Cast and machined stainless steel
Latchbolt
Stainlesssteelbolt7/8"(22mm)diameterx
1
/
2"(13mm)throw.
Optional:3/4"(19mm)throwrelatch.
Front
Wrought brass or stainless steel,
2-1
/
4"(57mm)x1-1
/
8"(29mm).
Accommodates flat front doors and doors
beveled 1
/
8"(3mm)in2"(51mm).
Strike
WroughtbrassorstainlesssteelANSI
curved lip standard, 4-7
/
8"(124mm)x
1-1
/
4"(32mm)x1-1
/
4"(32mm)lipto
center.
Optional:strikes,liplengthsandANSI
wrought strike box available.
See Quick Codes, page 12-13.
Levers
Secured with 6 lobe security set screw
standard
Roses
Brass
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Masterkeying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeablecore(IC)
Security
SecurityIC(notavailablewithCL3129)
Pyramid(notavailablewithCL3129)
PyramidIC(notavailablewithCL3129)
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
Ten-year limited.
Classroom Security
The CL3152 Classroom
Intruderfunctionisthe
solution to classroom
security: a double cylinder
lockset that allows
locking of the outside lever
fromeitherside.Egressisalwayspossible
with the standard anti-panic feature,
whether the door is locked or not. And
because a key is needed to secure the door
from either side, students cannot lock a
teacher out of the classroom.
Sound Transmission Class Rated
Product (M112)
Corbin Russwin CL3100 Series Lever Locks
are part of the STC 55 Acoustical Door
System from ASSA ABLOY Group brand
SecurityMetalProducts(SMP).TheSTC55
Acoustical Door System is the perfect
choice for any room where sound
transmission needs to be kept to a
minimum. This solution encompasses door,
frame, sounds seals and threshold, and a
special version of the CL3100 Lever Lock.
To order the CL3100 Series Lever Lock
for use with this door system, include the
M112quickcode.Itwillbeconguredfor
use with the Acoustical Door System.
TolearnmoreaboutSMPandtheSTC55
Acoustical Door System, please visit www.
secmet.com
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
ExceedsA156.2Series4000,
Grade 1.
MeetsA117.1AccessibilityCode.
Federal
MeetsFF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)
Allleverswithreturnscomply;leversreturn
towithin1/2"(13mm)ofdoorface.
UL
UL and cUL listed to Canadian Safety
Standards
Listed for 3 Hour Doors
C-UL US
Alllockswith1/2"(13mm)throwlatchbolt
listed for A label and lesser class 4' x 10'
singledoors.Alllockswith3/4"(19mm)
throw latchbolt listed for A label and lesser
class 8' x 10' pairs of doors. Letter F and
UL symbol on latch front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire-rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin,Inc.makesnorepresentationsor
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
A.D.A.
All levers conform to ADA
requirements for barrier-free
accessibility.
Windstorm
ULListed:ANSI/SDI-BHMAA250.13;ANSI/
ASTME330-2002
ANSI/ASTM31886-2005&ASTM31996-
1009
ULCerticationDirectoryZHEM.R21744
Latching Hardware
Listed on Florida Building Code Website:
FL4351-R1
Features
CL3100
CL3100.4
Finishes
BHMA605(US3) Bright Brass
BHMA606(US4) Satin Brass
BHMA611(US9) Bright Bronze
BHMA612(US10) Satin Bronze
BHMA613(US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated
BHMA618(US14) BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619(US15) SatinNickelPlated
619C SatinNickelPlatedwithMicroshield®
BHMA625(US26) BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626(US26D) SatinChromiumPlated
626C SatinChromiumPlatedwithMicroShield®
BHMA722(US10A) Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed
ZincleversareplatedtomatchBHMAnish.
Cast and Stainless Steel
Bearing Assembly
3 Solid Cast Lever Options
6 Lobe Security Set Screw
StainlessSteel1/2"(13mm)
Throw Latch
4 Rose Styles Available
3 Lever Designs Available
CL3100.5
Indicatesoptionalinterchangeablecore 
available;seeQuickCodes,page12.
Functions
CL3100
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3110 Passageor
Closet F75 •Latchboltbylevereitherside.
•Bothleversalwaysfree.
CL3120
Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
• Throw-offlatchboltbylever.
• Outsideleverlockedbypushbuttononinsidelever.
• Outsideleverunlockedbyemergencyreleasetooloutside,by
rotating inside lever or by closing door.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3120H Hospital
Privacy —
•Outsideleverlockedbypushbuttononinsidelever.
• Outsideleverunlockedbyrotatingthumbturnonoutsideleverand
releasing inside push button.
• Rotating inside lever or closing door also unlocks outside lever.
CL3129 Hotel or
Motel F93
• Deadlockinglatchboltbyleverinsideorbykeyoutside.
• Pushbuttonshutsoutallkeysexceptemergencykey,andprojects
occupancy indicator in face of cylinder.
• Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsidelever.
• Outsideleveralwayslocked.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
• Notavailablewithothermanufacturerskeyways
• Pushbuttonwillnotdepressunlessdoorisinclosedposition
• Lockoutkeyxespushbuttoninlockedposition,shuttingoutall
keys except emergency key.
• Lockoutkeyorderedseparately.
CL3132 Institutional
or Utility F87 • Deadlockinglatchboltbykeyeitherside.
• Shouldbeusedonlyinofceorroomwithmultipleentries.
CL3140NT ExitLatch F89
• Deadlockinglatchboltbyleverinside.
• Outsideleveralwayslocked.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3150
Half
Dummy
Trim
—• Leveractsaspullonly;nooperation.
• Leverisrigid.
CL3151 Entranceor
Office F81
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenturnbutton
locks outside.
• Turningbuttonlocksoutsidelever,requiringkeyatalltimes.
•Turninginsideleverdoesnotunlockoutsideleveruntilbuttonis
manually turned to unlocked position.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3152 Classroom
Intruder —
• Deadlockinglatchboltbyinsideleveroroutsideleverexceptwhen
key inside or outside locks outside lever.
• Keyineitherleverlocksorunlockstheoutsideleverexceptwhen
inside locks the outside lever - then only the inside key can unlock
the outside lever. The outside key only retracts the latchbolt unless
the outside lever is unlocked by the inside key.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
Functions
CL3100
CL3100.6
Indicatesoptionalinterchangeablecore 
available;seeQuickCodes,page12.
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3155 Classroom F84
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenkeyoutside
locks outside lever.
• Outsideleverlockedorunlockedbykeyoutside.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3157 Storeroom
or Closet F86
• Deadlockinglatchboltbykeyinoutsideleverorbyrotatinginside
lever.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
• Outsideleverrigidatalltimes.
CL3161 Entryor
Office F82
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenpush
button locks outside lever.
• Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsideleverorbykeyinoutside
lever.
• Closingdoordoesnotreleasepushbutton.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3162 Communicating F80
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenkeyin
either lever locks and unlocks the lever independently of the other.
• Keyedalikeunlessotherwisespecied.
• Shouldbeusedonlyinofceorroomwithmultipleentries.
CL3170
Full
Dummy
Trim
—• Leversactaspullsonly;nooperation.
• Leversarerigid.
CL3172
Apartment,
ExitorPublic
Toilet
F88
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenkeyinside
locks outside lever.
• Keyoutsideretractslatchboltwhenoutsideleverislockedbykey
inside.
• Keyinsideunlocksoutsidelever.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
• Keyedalikeunlessotherwisespecied.
CL3175 Corridor/
Dormitory Lock F90
• Throw-offlatchboltbylevereithersideexceptwhenpushbuttonor
key locks outside lever.
• Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsideleverorbyclosingdoor.
• Depressedpushbuttonindicatesdoorislocked.
• When outside lever is locked by key, it can only be unlocked by key.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
• Outsideleverrigidwhenlocked.
CL3180
Passage
Lever x
BlankPlate
—
• Latchboltbylever.
• Leverononeside;blankplateonotherside.
• Leveralwaysfree.
• Forsingleordoublecommunicatingdoors.
CL3193 Service
Station F92
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylever.
• Outsideleverlockedbypushbutton.
• Keyretractslatchboltwhenoutsideleverislocked.
• Pushbuttonwillnotdepressunlessdoorisinclosedposition
• Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsideleverorbykeyinoutside
lever, unless pushbutton is fixed in locked position by turning coin
slot in inside lever.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
2-7/8"
(73mm)
5"
(127mm)
3-1/2"
(89mm)
2-7/8"
(73mm)
4"
(102mm)
3-1/2"
(89mm)
Trim Designs
CL3100
CL3100.7
Newport
Complies with codes requiring lever to return
to within 1
/
2"(13mm)ofdoorface.
NZD, NZC, NZE, or NZK
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Brass
Roses
D Rose (standard)
3-1/2" Dia.
Brass
C Rose
2-3/4" Dia.
Brass
E Rose
3-1/8" Sq.
Brass
K Rose
2-3/4" Dia.
Brass
4-1/2"
(115mm)
3-1/2"
(89mm)
2-7/8"
(73mm)
NZD
Levers
Armstrong
Complies with codes requiring lever to return
to within 1
/
2"(13mm)ofdoorface.
AZD, AZC, AZE, or AZK
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Brass AZD
Princeton
Complies with codes requiring lever to return
to within 1
/
2"(13mm)ofdoorface.
PZD, PZC, PZE, or PZK
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Brass
PZD
AZD shown
NZDshown
PZDshown
Options&Accessories
CL3100
CL3100.8
Security Type Pins Standard Cylinder Interchangeable Core
Conventional 6-Pin 2000-031(standard) 8000
7-Pin 2000-031-7 8000-7
Hotel 6-Pin 2001-031 8001-031
7-Pin 2001-031-7 8001-031-7
Security 6-Pin 2010-031 8010
HighSecurityPyramid 7-pin 2020-031 8020
SecurityPyramid 7-pin 2027-031 8027
Latches
To order optional latch with lockset, see Quick Codes, pages 12-13.
Toorderlatchseparately,specifyPartNo.xFinish(e.g.,780F81x626).
Plugdiameterforstandardcylindersis.509,.552forsecuritycylindersand.496forPyramidcylinders.
Cylinders are brass and come with 2 nickel silver keys.
Finishes for standard cylinders include 606 or 626. Finishes for interchangeable core cylinders include 605, 606,
611, 612, 613, 625, 626.
Toordercylindersseparately,specifyPartNo.xKeywayxFinish(e.g.,2000-031xL4x626).
Corbin Russwin Cylinders
Part Code Functions
Standard 2-3/4" (70 mm) Backset
780F81 A 10
780F82 B 32,40NT,51,52,55,57,62,72,80
780F83 C 20, 20H
780F84 D 29, 75, 93
780F85 K 61
B334 option 3-3/4" (95mm) Backset
780F86 A 10
780F87 B 32,40NT,51,52,55,57,62,72,80
780F88 C 20, 20H
780F89 D 29, 75, 93
780F90 K 61
B500 option 5" (127mm) Backset
780F91 A 10
780F92 B 32,40NT,51,52,55,57,62,72,80
780F93 C 20, 20H
780F94 D 29, 75, 93
780F95 K 61
M16 option 3/4" (19mm) Throw
780F96 — 10, 51, 55, 57, 72, 80
Note:Codeletterstampedoninsidecorneroflatchfrontidentiesfunction(s)compatiblewithlatchassembly.
CL3100.9
Cylinders with Keyways From Other Manufacturers*
Levers That Accept Interchangeable
Core Cylinders From Other Manufacturers*
Adapters Required to Accept
Cylinders From Other Manufacturers*
*0-Bittedcylindersare6-pin.Keyedrandomcylindersare5-pinonly.
*Cylinder not included.
*Cylinder not included.
Competitive Keyway Number
Schlage® C (0-bitted) 2400-031-C
Schlage® C (keyedrandom) 2400-031-C-KR
Sargent®LA(0-bittedonly) 2400-031-LA
Cylinder Type Quick Code Part Number
SFIC6or7-pinCylinder SpecifyM08 780F658 TailpieceKit
Schlage®LFIC6-pinCylinder SpecifyM69 780F662 TailpieceKit
Competitive Cylinder Part Number
Schlage®Conventional(21-002,23-001,23-013)or
Primus® (20-548, 20-550, 20-748, 20-750)
778F78-8 Tailpiece
included with M06 option
Sargent® 13-4145 775F948 Tailpiece kit and special
leverincludedwithM09option
Options&Accessories
CL3100
CL3100.10
Options&Accessories
CL3100
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel, 4-7
/
8"(124mm)x
1-1
/
4"(32mm)x1-1
/
4"(32mm)liptocenter.
Optionalliplengths:1"(25mm),
1-1
/
8"(29mm),1-3
/
8"(35mm),1-1
/
2"(38mm),
1-3
/
4"(44mm),2"(51mm),2-1
/
4"(57mm),
2-1
/
2"(64mm),2-3
/
4"(70mm),3"(76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 12.
To order separately, specify
217L13 x Lip Length x Finish.
Curved Lip "T" Strike (option)
Brass,bronze,orstainlesssteel2-3/4"(70mm)x
1-1/8"(29mm)x1-1/4"(32mm)liptocenter
Optionalliplengths:1"(25mm),1-1/8"(29mm),
1-3/8"(35mm),1-1/2"(38mm),1-3/4"(44mm),
2"(51mm),2-1/4"(57mm),2-1/2"(64mm),2-3/4"
(70mm),3"(76mm)
To order optional strike with lockset, see Quick
Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x
Lip Length x Finish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 13.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.
How to Order
CL3100
CL3100.11
Split Trim / Finish Order
Stock Order
Contract / Detailed Order
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Series/Function Pages5-6
TrimDesigns Page7
Latches Page8
Finish Page12
DoorThickness Page12
Backset Page12
Strike Page10
CylindersandKeying Page12
MiscellaneousOptions Page12
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 CL3155 NZD 626 RHR
Quantity Series/
Function
Trim Finish Hand
Outside Inside Outside Inside
12 CL3155 NZD NZD 626 625 LH
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness Backset Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 CL3155 NZE 626 RHR D214 B334 SC114 M04-M16 C6 VKC3
Quick Codes
CL3100
CL3100.12
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Lesscylinder(s) LC
LFIC6-pin C6
LFIC6-pinwithTemporaryConstructionCore(Red) CT6R
LFIC6-pinwithTemporaryConstructionCore(Blue) CT6B
LFIC6-pinwithTemporaryConstructionCore(Green) CT6G
LFIC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore CT6
LFIC6-pinlesscore3CL6
LFIC7-pin C7
LFIC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore CT7
LFIC7-pinlesscore3CL7
LFIC7-pinwithTemporaryConstructionCore(Red) CT7R
LFIC7-pinwithTemporaryConstructionCore(Blue) CT7B
LFIC7-pinwithTemporaryConstructionCore(Green) CT7G
Security3HS
SecurityLFIC3CHS
PyramidHighSecurityFixedCore3PHS
PyramidHighSecurityLFIC3PCHS
PyramidLFICLessCore3CLP
Pyramidwithtemporaryconstructioncore3CTP
PyramidSecurityFixedCore3PS
PyramidSecurityLFIC3PCS
PyramidDisposableCore3CTPD
6-PinDisposableCore3CT6D
7-PinDisposableCore3CT7D
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyedrandom KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visualkeycontrol(VKC)
Nobittingorkeysetstampingonkeys VKC0
Keysonly VKC1
Cylindersandkeys(notforHS,CHS,PHSorPCHS) VKC2
Cylindersonly(notforHS,CHS,PHSorPCHS) VKC3
Concealedkeycontrol(CKC)
CKCcylinderswithVKCkeys CKC2
CKCcylindersonly(notforPHS,PCHS) CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
Morethan2keys KY#(e.g.,KY6)
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA605(US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA606(US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA611(US9) Bright Bronze 611
BHMA612(US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA613(US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed 613
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated 613L
BHMA618(US14) BrightNickelPlated 618
BHMA619(US15) SatinNickelPlated 619
619C SatinNickelPlatedwith
Microshield®619C
BHMA625(US26) BrightChromiumPlated 625
BHMA626(US26D) SatinChromiumPlated 626
626C SatinChromiumPlatedwith
MicroShield®626C
BHMA722(US10A) Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed 722
Strikes
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Curved Lip Specify
Curved Lip Box
Specify
1"(25mm) SA100 SC100
1-1
/
8"(29mm) SA118 SC118
1-1
/
4"(32mm) (standard) SC114
1-3
/
8"(35mm) SA138 SC138
1-1
/
2"(38mm) SA112 SC112
1-3
/
4"(44mm) SA134 SC134
2"(51mm) SA200 SC200
2-1
/
4"(57mm) SA214 SC214
2-1
/
2"(64mm) SA212 SC212
2-3
/
4"(70mm) SA234 SC234
3"(76mm) SA300 SC300
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4"(44mm)-2"(51mm) (standard)
Over2"(51mm)-upto21/4"(57mm) D214
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/4"(70mm) (standard)
3-3/4"(95mm) B334
5"(127mm) B500
1Available0-bitted&keyedrandom(KR)only
2 Available 0-bitted only
3NotavailableinCL3129functions
Cylinder and Keying from other Manufacturers
Description Specify
SFIC6-or7-pinSmallFormatDisposableCore3 CTSD
Schlage® C keyway cylinder1C
Sargent® LA keyway cylinder2LA
Quick Codes
CL3100
CL3100.13
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder M06*
LevertoacceptSFIC6or7-pininterchangeable core M08*
Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder M09*
3/4"(19mm)throwrelatch M16
ANSIwroughtstrikebox M17
Knurlingoutsideandinside M20
Knurlingoutsideonly M21
Knurlinginsideonly M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside only M24
Abrasive coat outside only M25
Leadlining(roses) M28
Lever to accept Schlage®LFIC M69*
Security Lever M111
STC55DoorKit M112
*NotavailableinCL3129functions
How To Specify
CL3100
CL3100.14
All locksets shall be CL3100 Series Vandal Resistant Lever Locksets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
Asinglelockchassisshallaccommodate1-3/4"(44mm)to2-1/4"(57mm)doorthickness.Locksetsshallbenon-handed.
Locksets shall be able to withstand 3000 inch pounds of torque applied to the locked lever without gaining access.
Locksetsshallhavesolidcastleverswithoutplasticllers.Outsideleverhandlesshallbeaminimumof4-5/8"(117mm)inlengthand
shallprovideaminimumof2"(51mm)clearancefromthesurfaceofthedoortotheinsideoftheleveratthemidpoint.Outsidelever
handlesmayreturntowithin1/2"(13mm)ofthedoorsurface.Leversonkeyedlocksetsshallberemovableonlywhenthedesignated
key is in the cylinder.
Locksetsshallbeabletotastandard2-1/8"(55mm)borewithouttheuseofthru-bolts.Standardrosesizeshallbe3-1/2"(89mm)in
diameter.
Latchbolt head shall be one piece stainless steel. Latchbolt assembly shall be encased within the lock body.
Locksetshallhave2-3/4"(70mm)backset,standard.
A single lockset shall accommodate a 6 or 7-pin conventional cylinder and all levers of master keying, construction master keying,
visual key control, security, high security and interchangeable core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever without
disassembling the lockset.
LocksetsrequiredforredoorsshallbelistedbyULforratingsofAlabel(3hours)andless,fordoorsupto4'0"(1.2m)x10'0"(3m)
andpairsofdoors8'0"(2.4m)x10'0"(3m).A3/4"(19mm)throwLatchboltforpairsofredoorsshallbestandard.
LocksetsshallbecycletestedperANSIA156.2,1996,toeight(8)millioncycleswithoutanyvisibleleversag.
Certification:
MeetsFF-H-106C
ExceedsANSIA156.2Series4000,Grade1
UL and cUL listed to Canadian safety standards
Listed for 3 Hour doors
All levers conform to ADA requirements for barrier free accessibility
MeetsUL10CandUBC7-2(1997)
ULListed:ANSI/SDI-BHMAA250.13;ANSI/ASTME330-2002
ANSI/ASTM31886-2005&ASTM31996-1009
ULCerticationDirectoryZHEM.R21744LatchingHardware
Listed on Florida Building Code Website: FL4351-R1
MeetsANSIA117.1AccessibilityCode.
CaliforniaStateReferenceCode,1989(formerlyTitle19,Cal.StateFireMarshalStandard).
Locksetshallcarryaten(10)yearlimitedwarranty.
CL3100 Series
Suggested Specification
CL3100.15
Notes
CL3100
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
CanadaL4K4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.LeverRelease™isatrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes
only.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupCompany,reservesthe
righttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2012CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
45237-8/12N
ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer
ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx®isaregisteredtrademarkofASSAABLOYInc.
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology, a
silverbased antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
CL3300 Series
Extra Heavy-Duty Cylindrical
Lever Locksets
Overview
CL3300
Table of Contents
Overview .................................2
Features ...................................3
Functions ................................. 5
Electrified Lockset ....................8
Trim Designs .......................... 11
Options and Accessories ........12
How to Order ........................15
Quick Codes ..........................16
How to Specify ..................... 18
www.corbinrusswin.com
CL3300.2
Quality
The CL3300 series is a Grade 1
cylindrical lockset manufactured
with the highest quality materials to
ensure strength, durability and quiet
operation. Available in all standard
architectural finishes and four lever
designs, the CL3300 series subtly
complements any high-use commercial,
industrial and institutional application.
Classroom Security
The CL3352 Classroom Intruder function
is the solution to classroom security:
a double cylinder lockset that allows
locking of the outside lever from either
side. Egress is always possible with the
standard anti-panic feature, whether the
door is locked or not. And because a key
is needed to secure the door from either
side, students cannot lock a teacher out of
the classroom.
Vandal Resistance
Engineered to meet today’s increased
security needs, the CL3300 series offers
several advantages. All functions feature
the Lever Release™ design for vandal
resistance, allowing the outside lever to
rotate when in the locked position. All
CL3300 series locksets, including the
CL33900 series, are available with Corbin
Russwin Pyramid patented security or high
security cylinders, the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid is especially
recommended for installations that require
superior protection against picking,
drilling and other surreptitious entry.
See the Pyramid catalog for additional
information.
Access Control
For access control, the CL33900 Series
Electrified Cylindrical lockset utilizes the
proven CL3300 series lockset and features
an integral continuous duty solenoid that
allows installation in a standard cylindrical
prep. Available in Fail Safe or Fail Secure,
the CL33900 is ideal for door control
where increased security is necessary at all
times, while meeting life safety codes.
Key Advantages
• EZ-Install components signicantly
reduce installation time
• Lever Release™ lever design for vandal
resistance
• Pyramid cylinders for increased
security
• Access control available with
CL33900 Electrified lockset
• ElectroLynx® connectors are standard on
all Corbin Russwin electrified products.
McKinney QC hinges are recommended
to make a complete plug and play
application.
• Independent return springs
prevent lever sag
• Covers ANSI/DHI Door Prep A115.18
Features
CL3300
CL3300.3
Features
Non-Handed (Except FZD trim)
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) standard.
Optional: Over 2"(51mm) - 2-1
/
4"
(57mm); see Quick Codes, page 16.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Backset
2-3
/
4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3
/
4" (95mm) and
5" (127mm); see Quick Codes, page 16.
Latchbolt
Stainless Steel, 1
/
2" (13mm) throw.
Optional: 3
/
4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
fire latch for pair of doors; see Quick
Codes, page 17.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Front
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel,
2-1
/
4" (57mm) x 1-1
/
8" (29mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1
/
8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Optional: rounded corners; see Quick
Codes, page 17.
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel
ANSI curved lip standard, 4-7
/
8" (124mm)
x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 16.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC (not available with CL3329)
Pyramid
Pyramid IC
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
Seven-year limited.
Classroom Security
The CL3352
Classroom Intruder
function lockset
allows locking of
the outside lever
from either side
with the key. In
a panic situation, the Key Turn Indicator
serves as a quick reference for locking the
door. And egress is always possible with
the “anti-panic” feature, which keeps the
outside lever locked if the inside lever is
activated.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
C-UL US
All locks with 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt
listed for A label and lesser class 4' x 10'
single doors. All locks with 3/4" (19mm)
throw latchbolt listed for A label and lesser
class 8' x 10' pairs of doors. Letter F and
UL symbol on latch front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire-rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Features
CL3300
CL3300.4
4 solid, cast lever options,
with LEVER RELEASE design
Anti-rotational
through-bolts at 6 and
12 o’clock positions
Heavy-duty lever
return springs
Expanded keying options
3-1
/2
" (89mm)
Rose scalp
design
Stainless Steel 1/2"
(13mm) throw latch
Infini-T is a technologically advanced finish produced by a coating process
called Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD).
Infini-T provides the ultimate surface protection against the elements and
everyday wear and tear.
Finishes
BHMA 605* (US3) Bright Brass
BHMA 606* (US4) Satin Brass
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 (US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil Rubbed
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel Plated
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA 625 (US26) Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed
Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA nish.
*Infini-T® PVD nish standard on 605 and 606 except on the Frascati (FZD) lever. Conventional 605 and
conventional 606 nishes will be supplied for the Frascati (FZD) lever.
CL3300.5
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3310 Passage or
Closet F75 • Latchbolt by lever either side.
• Both levers always free.
CL3320
Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
• Throw-off latchbolt by lever.
• Outside lever locked by push button. (Lever handle is
freewheeling in locked position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by emergency release tool outside,
by rotating inside lever or by closing door.
• Inside lever always free.
CL3320H Hospital
Privacy
• Outside lever locked by push button. (Lever handle is
freewheeling in locked position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by simultaneously depressing
outside pushbutton while rotating lever.
• Rotating inside lever or closing door also unlocks outside lever.
• Outside lever handle is freewheeling when locked.
CL3320TO Time Out
Lock
• Latchbolt by lever either side (passage) unless push button
depressed and held by caretaker (detention side becomes
freewheeling). Lock returns to passage mode upon release
of push button.
• Push button automatically releases when caretaker releases
push button.
• Both levers always free.
CL3329 Hotel or
Motel F93
• Throw-off latchbolt by lever inside or by key outside.
• Push button shuts out all keys except emergency key, and
projects occupancy indicator in face of cylinder. (Lever
handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by closing
door.*
• Outside lever always locked.
• Inside lever always free.
• Not available with other manufacturers keyways
CL3332 Institutional
or Utility F87
• Deadlocking latchbolt by key either side.
(Lever handles are freewheeling in locked position.)
• Should be used only in ofce or room with multiple entries.
CL3340 Patio or
Privacy F77
• Throw-off latchbolt by lever.
• Outside lever locked by push button.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.
• Should not be used in rooms that have no other entrance.
CL3340NT Exit Latch F89
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever inside.
• Outside lever always locked. (Lever handle is freewheeling in
locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.
Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 16.
Indicates freewheeling lever in locked position.
*Unless push button has been fixed in locked position by spanner key (furnished). When
push button is fixed by spanner key, lock is operable only by emergency key or by display
key.
Functions
CL3300
Functions
CL3300
CL3300.6
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3351 Entrance or
Office F109
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when turn
button locks outside lever. Pushing turn button in locks
outside lever, requiring use of key outside to unlock. (Lever
handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Turning inside lever unlocks outside lever.
• Pushing in and turning button locks outside lever, requiring
key at all times. Turning inside lever does not unlock outside
lever until button is manually turned to unlocked position.
• Inside lever always free.
CL3352 Classroom
Intruder —
• Deadlocking latchbolt by inside lever or outside lever except
when key inside or outside locks outside lever. (Lever handle
is freewheeling in the locked position.)
• Outside lever is locked and unlocked by turning the key in
the inside or outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.
CL3355 Classroom F84
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key
outside locks outside lever. (Lever handle is freewheeling in
locked position.)
• Outside lever unlocked by key outside.
• Inside lever always free.
CL3357 Storeroom
or Closet F86
• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside lever or by rotating
inside lever.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.
CL3359
Barrier Free
Storeroom or
Public
Restroom
—
• Deadlocking latchbolt by inside lever.
• Key outside unlocks outside lever to retract latchbolt.
• Key is retained in unlock mode.
• When key is removed outside lever is locked.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Inside lever always free.
CL3361 Entry or
Office F82
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when
push button locks outside lever.
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by key in
outside lever.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Closing door does not release push button.
• Inside lever always free.
CL3362 Communicating F80
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key
in either lever locks and unlocks the lever independently of
the other.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specied.
• Should be used only in ofce or room with multiple entries.
CL3372
Apartment,
Exit or Public
Toilet
F88
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side, except when key
inside locks outside lever. (Lever handle is freewheeling in
locked position.)
• Key outside retracts latchbolt.
• Key inside unlocks outside lever.
• Inside lever always free.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specied.
Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 16.
Indicates freewheeling lever in locked position.
CL3300.7
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3375
Corridor/
Dormitory
Lock
F90
• Throw-off latchbolt by lever either side except when
pushbutton or key locks outside lever.
• Pushbutton released by turning inside lever or by closing
door.
• Depressed pushbutton indicates door is locked.
• When outside lever is locked by key, it can only be
unlocked by key.
• Inside lever always free.
• Outside lever rigid when locked.
CL3380
Passage
Lever x
Blank Plate
—
• Latchbolt by lever.
• Lever on one side; blank plate on other side.
• Lever always free.
• For single or double communicating doors.
CL3381
Keyed
Lever x
Blank Plate —
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever, except when lever is
locked by key.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Lever on one side; blank plate on other side.
• Key unlocks lever
CL3390
Passage
Lever x
Turnpiece
—
• Latchbolt by lever or by turnpiece.
• Lever on one side; turnpiece on other side.
• Lever and turnpiece always free.
CL3391
Keyed
Lever x
Turnpiece
—
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever or turnpiece, except when
lever is locked by key.
• When lever is locked, latchbolt is operated by key in lever
or by turnpiece.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• Lever on outside; turnpiece on inside.
• Turnpiece always free.
CL3393 Service
Station F02
• Throw-off latchbolt by lever.
• Outside lever locked by slotted push button.
(Lever handle is freewheeling in locked position.)
• When slotted push button is pushed in and turned,
outside lever becomes freewheeling and deadlocking latch
is activated. Outside lever is unlocked by using key or by
rotating inside lever, when slotted push button returned
to original position.
• Inside lever always free.
CL3350
Half
Dummy
Trim
—• Lever acts as pull only; no operation.
• Lever is rigid.
CL3370
Full
Dummy
Trim
—• Levers act as pulls only; no operation.
• Levers are rigid.
Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 16.
Indicates freewheeling lever in locked position.
Functions
CL3300
CL33900 Electrified Lockset
CL3300
CL3300.8
Applications
Provides remote locking and unlocking, utilizing
the proven CL3300 Series Cylindrical Lockset.
Ideal for door control where increased security is
necessary at all times, while meeting life safety
codes.
• Stairwell towers
• Tenant space
• Pharmacies
• Computer rooms
• High-security areas
Advantages
• Utilizes the CL3300 Series Cylindrical Lockset
with Lever Release™ Mechanism
• Self-contained integral solenoid allows
installation in modified cylindrical prep
• Minimal power requirements – device is
designed to lock or unlock as the
situation demands
• Available in either 12 or 24VAC/VDC
• Mechanical cylinder override
• Fail Safe and Fail Secure mode available
• Optional M92 Request to Exit (REX) switch
• ElectroLynx® 8-pin connector
ElectroLynx®
ElectroLynx®, a new quick-connect feature of
ASSA ABLOY Group companies, takes the
guesswork out of installing electrified door
hardware products. It’s ... Hardwiring Made Easy.
By using standard “plug and play” connectors,
a simple “click” links power from the incoming
source to electrified locking products, including
hinges, locks, exit devices, magnetic holders, and
strikes. What normally takes an hour or more can
be connected in virtually minutes.
Functions
Outside Inside Series/Function Function Description
CL33903
Fail Safe
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when power on locks outside
lever
• Power off/unlocks outside lever
• Inside lever always free
• Latchbolt retracted by key when locked electrically
CL33905
Fail Secure
• Deadlocking latchbolt by lever either side except when power off locks outside
lever
• Power on/unlocks outside lever
• Inside lever always free
• Latchbolt retracted by key when power is off
CL33900 Electrified Lockset
CL3300
CL3300.9
Features
Non-Handed (Except FZD trim)
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) standard.
Optional: Over 2" (51mm) - 2-1/4"
(57mm); see Quick Codes, page 16.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Backset
2-3
/
4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 3-3
/
4" (95mm) and 5" (127mm);
see Quick Codes, page 16.
Latchbolt
Stainless Steel, 1
/
2" (13mm) throw.
Optional: 3
/
4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
fire latch for pair of doors; see Quick
Codes, page 17.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Front
Wrought brass or bronze, 2-1
/
4" (57mm) x
1-1
/
8" (29mm). Accommodates flat doors
and doors beveled 1
/
8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Optional: rounded corners; see Quick
Codes, page 17.
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel,
ANSI curved lip standard, 4-7
/
8" (124mm)
x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see Quick
Codes, pages 16.
Trims
Available with all lever designs: Armstrong,
Newport, Princeton, Frascati.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid
Pyramid IC
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Voltage
Locks are universal for AC or DC. Available
with 12VAC/DC or 24VAC/DC. See Quick
Codes, page 17.
Electrical Specifications
250mA @ 12VAC/VDC
150mA @ 24VAC/VDC
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitoring Option
M92 - Request to Exit Monitoring
(Non-Handed)
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT
switch which monitors the activation
of the trim.
Warranty
Two-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1
/
2" (13mm) of door face.
C-UL US
All locks with 1
/
2" (13mm) throw latchbolt
listed for A label and lesser class 4' x 10'
single doors. All locks with 3
/
4" (19mm)
throw latchbolt listed for A label and lesser
class 8' x 10' pairs of doors. Letter F and
UL symbol on latch front indicate listing.
Finishes
BHMA 605* (US3) Bright Brass
BHMA 606* (US4) Satin Brass
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 (US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Oil Rubbed
613L Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Clear Coated
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel Plated
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA 625 (US26) Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
CL33900 Electrified Lockset
CL3300
CL3300.10
BPS Power Supply
Power supplies are designed to provide reliable filtered
and regulated power for long life to a variety of
electrified hardware components. All modular power
supplies are voltage specific and are designed to meet UL
1481 Standards.
Features
• Fire panel emergency release input
• PC Board mounted system LED indicator
• Voltage specic 12 or 24VDC
• Regulated and ltered with input and output
protection
• Battery charging is provided from a separate output
terminal
Model Input Output
BPS-12-1 115VAC @ 50/60 Hz
1 Amp @ 12VDC
BPS-12-3 3 Amp @ 12VDC
BPS-24-1 115VAC @ 50/60 Hz
1 Amp @ 24VDC
BPS-24-2 2 Amp @ 24VDC
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
To answer the demand for "smart" electronic access
control and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and
cost-effective installation, ASSA ABLOY Group brands
use the ElectroLynx® standardized plug-in connectors and
color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired
for easy hookup to the power source. Key to the system
is the transfer device hinge that carries power from the
frame to the locking hardware.
Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makes it easy to bring power to the locking hardware
• Wires have connectors that snap together, like
plugging a telephone into a jack
To connect a CL33900 series electrified cylindrical lock to
the electronic access control system, the following items
are required:
• CL33900 series electried cylindrical lock
• ASSA ABLOY Door Group pre-wired door, or
ElectroLynx retrofit cable (order from McKinney)
• Electronic transfer device (ElectroLynx electronic
transfer hinge or Electrical Power Transfer with
standard hinge, from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling
(order from McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge
requirements and order strings can be found in the
McKinney Transfer Device Solutions catalog. Consult
800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions on application
specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended
for the CL33903 function, the CL33905 function and the
M92 (REX) option.
Trim Designs
CL3300
CL3300.11
4-11/16"
119mm
5"
(127mm)
3-1/2"
(89mm)
2-13/16"
(71mm)
Armstrong AZD
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze
Newport
Complies with
codes requiring lever
to return to within
1
/
2" (13mm) of
door face.
NZD
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze
Princeton
Complies with codes
requiring lever to
return to within 1
/
2"
(13mm) of door face.
PZD
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze
Frascati FZD
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass or
bronze
Specify hand
Options & Accessories
CL3300
CL3300.12
Security Type Pins Standard Cylinder Interchangeable Core
Conventional 6-Pin 2000-033 (standard) 8000
7-Pin 2000-033-7 8000-7
Hotel 6-Pin 2001-034 8001-034
7-Pin 2001-034-7 8001-034-7
Security 6-Pin 2010-033 8010
High Security Pyramid 7-pin 2020-033 8020
Security Pyramid 7-pin 2027-033 8027
Latches
To order optional latch with lockset, see Quick Codes, pages 16-17.
To order latch separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g., 586F16 x 626).
Plug diameter for standard cylinders is .509, .552 for security cylinders and .496 for Pyramid cylinders.
Cylinders are brass and come with 2 nickel silver keys.
Finishes for standard cylinders include 606 or 626. Finishes for interchangeable core cylinders include 605, 606,
611, 612, 613, 625, 626.
To order cylinders separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 2000-033 x L4 x 626).
Corbin Russwin Cylinders
Backset and Front Description
Plain
For CL3320TO,
CL3310, CL3380,
CL3390
Deadlocking
Throw-Off
For CL3320,
CL3320H, CL3329,
CL3340,
CL3375,CL3393
3/4" (19mm) Throw
Deadlocking
Fire Latch for Pair of
Doors
2-3/4" (70mm) Backset
Square corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) 586F16 586F17 586F18
601F69
(Not available for CL3320,
CL3329, CL3340,
CL3375, CL3393)
605, 606 and 626
finishes available
Rounded corner front, 2-1
/
4"(57mm) x 1-1
/
8" (29mm) 596F66 596F67 596F68 Not available
3-3/4" (95mm) Backset
Square corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) 586F80 586F81 586F82 Not available
Rounded corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) 586F86 586F87 586F88 Not available
5" (127mm) Backset
Square corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) 598F20 598F21 598F22 Not available
Rounded corner front, 2-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) 601F24 601F25 601F26 Not available
CL3300.13
Cylinders with Competitive Keyways*
Levers That Accept Competitive Interchangeable
Core Cylinders*
Adapters Required to Accept Competitive Cylinders*
*0-Bitted cylinders are 6-pin. Keyed random cylinders are 5-pin only.
*Cylinder not included.
*Cylinder not included.
Competitive Keyway Number
Schlage® C (0-bitted) 2400-033-C
Schlage® C (keyed random) 2400-033-C-KR
Sargent® LA (0-bitted only) 2400-033-LA
Cylinder Type Quick Code Part Number
Best® 6 or 7-pin Interchangeable Core Specify M08 682F958 Tailpiece Kit
Schlage® 6-pin Interchangeable Core Specify M69 697F942 Tailpiece Kit
Competitive Cylinder Part Number
Schlage® Conventional (21-002, 23-001, 23-013) or
Primus® (20-548, 20-550, 20-748, 20-750)
682F39-8 Tailpiece
included with M06 option
Sargent® 13-3266 682F96-9 Tailpiece kit and special lever included
with M09 option
Options & Accessories
CL3300
CL3300.14
Options & Accessories
CL3300
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel, 4-7
/
8" (124mm) x
1-1
/
4" (32mm) x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1
/
8" (29mm), 1-3
/
8" (35mm), 1-1
/
2" (38mm),
1-3
/
4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1
/
4" (57mm),
2-1
/
2" (64mm), 2-3
/
4" (70mm), 3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 16.
To order separately, specify
217L13 x Lip Length x Finish.
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze 4" (102mm) x 5
/
8" (16mm) for
1
/
2" (13mm) rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 16.
To order separately, specify 601F28 x Finish.
Curved Lip Box
Brass or bronze
2-3
/
4" (70mm) x 1-1
/
8" (29mm) x 1-1
/
4"
(32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1
/
8" (29mm), 1-3
/
8" (35mm), 1-1
/
2" (38mm),
1-3
/
4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1
/
4" (57mm), 2-1
/
2" (64mm), 2-3
/
4" (70mm),
3" (76mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 16.
To order separately, specify
586L19 x Lip Length x Finish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 17.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.
How to Order
CL3300
CL3300.15
Electrified CL33900 Series
Split Trim / Finish Order
Stock Order
Contract / Detailed Order
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Series/Function Pages 5-7
Trim Designs Page 11
Finish Page 16
Door Thickness Page 16
Backset Page 16
Strike Page 16
Cylinders and Keying Page 16
Miscellaneous Options Page 17
Electric Accessories Page 17
Voltage Page 17
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 CL3355 NZD 626 RHR
Quantity Series/
Function
Trim Finish Hand
Outside Inside Outside Inside
12 CL3355 NZD AZD 626 625 LH
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness Backset Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 CL3355 NZD 626 RHR D214 B334 SC114 M04-M16 C6 VKC3
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage
6CL33903 AZD 626 RH 12AD
Quick Codes
CL3300
CL3300.16
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less cylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red) CT6R
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue) CT6B
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green) CT6G
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC 6-pin less core3CL6
SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format Disposable
Core3 CTSD
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core CT7
IC 7-pin less core3CL7
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Red) CT7R
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue) CT7B
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green) CT7G
Security3HS
Security IC3CHS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core3PHS
Pyramid High Security IC3PCHS
Pyramid IC Less Core3CLP
Pyramid with temporary
construction core3CTP
Pyramid Security Fixed Core3PS
Pyramid Security IC3PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core3CTPD
6-Pin Disposable Core3CT6D
7-Pin Disposable Core3CT7D
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
No bitting or keyset stamping on keys VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS) VKC2
Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS) CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys KY# (e.g., KY6)
Schlage® C keyway cylinder1C
Sargent® LA keyway cylinder2LA
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze 611
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA 613 (US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed 613
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear
Coated 613L
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel Plated 618
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel Plated 619
BHMA 625 (US26) Bright Chromium Plated 625
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated 626
626C Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®626C
BHMA 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, Oil Rubbed 722
Strikes
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Curved Lip Specify
Curved Lip Box
Specify
1" (25mm) SA100 SC100
1-1
/
8" (29mm) SA118 SC118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) (standard) SC114
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SA138 SC138
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SA112 SC112
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SA134 SC134
2" (51mm) SA200 SC200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SA214 SC214
2-1
/
2" (64mm) SA212 SC212
2-3
/
4" (70mm) SA234 SC234
3" (76mm) SA300 SC300
Rabbeted front and strike Specify SR118
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4"(44mm) - 2" (51mm) (standard)
Over 2" (51mm) - 2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/4" (70mm) (standard)
3-3/4" (95mm) B334
5" (127mm) B500
1 Available 0-bitted & keyed random (KR) only
2 Available 0-bitted only
3 Not available in CL3329 functions
Quick Codes
CL3300
CL3300.17
Electric Accessories
Description Part Number
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-1
Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-3
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-1
Power supply 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-2
Voltage Options
Description Specify
12 volt alternating current/direct current 12AD
24 volt alternating current/direct current 24AD
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder M06*
Lever to accept Best® type 6 or 7-pin interchangeable
core (NZD & PZD design only) M08*
Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder (NZD & PZD designs
only) M09*
Lever to accept Schlage® Interchangeable core
(NZD & PZD design only) M69*
Rounded corners on latch front M13
3/4" (19mm) throw re latch M16
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Knurling outside and inside M20
Knurling outside only M21
Knurling inside only M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside only M24
Abrasive coat outside only M25
Lead lining (roses) M28
Request to Exit (REX) Switch (CL33900 only) M92
*Not available in CL3329 functions
How To Specify
CL3300
CL3300.18
All locksets shall be CL3300 Series Extra Heavy Duty Cylindrical Lever Lockets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware.
A single lock chassis shall accommodate 1-3/4" (44mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm) door thickness. Locksets shall be non-handed. Locksets
shall have separate anti-rotation throughbolts, and shall have no exposed mounting screws.
Locksets shall have solid cast levers without plastic inserts. Levers shall operate independently, and shall have separate inside and
outside lever return springs to prevent lever sag. Outside lever handles shall be a minimum of 4-5/8" (117mm) in length and shall
provide a minimum of 2" (51mm) clearance from the surface of the door to the inside of the lever at the midpoint. Outside lever
handles may return to within 1/2" (13mm) of the door surface. Levers on keyed locksets shall be removable only when the designated
key is in the cylinder.
When the outside lever is locked, it shall rotate freely and it shall return to its horizontal position when released.
A single lockset shall accommodate 6 or 7-pin conventional cylinders and all levels of master keying, construction master keying,
visual key control, security, high security and interchangeable core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever without
disassembling the lockset.
A 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt for pairs of re doors shall be available. All locksets with a 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt shall be listed
by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class single doors, 4' x 10'. All locksets with 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt shall be
UL listed for A label and lesser class pairs of doors, 8' x 10'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
California State Reference Code, 1989 (formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal Standard).
Locksets shall carry a seven-year limited warranty.
Electrified locksets shall carry a two-year limited warranty.
CL3300 Series
Suggested Specification
CL3300.19
All locksets shall be CL33900 Series Extra Heavy Duty
Cylindrical Lever Lockets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
A single lock chassis shall accommodate 1-3/4" (44mm) to 2-1/4" (57mm) door thickness. Locksets shall be non-handed. Locksets
shall have separate anti-rotation throughbolts, and shall have no exposed mounting screws.
Locksets shall have solid cast levers without plastic inserts. Levers shall operate independently, and shall have separate inside and
outside lever return springs to prevent lever sag. Outside lever handles shall be a minimum of 4-5/8" (117mm) in length and
shall provide a minimum of 2" (51mm) clearance from the surface of the door to the inside of the lever at the midpoint. Outside
lever handles may return to within 1/2" (13mm) of the door surface. Levers on keyed locksets shall be removable only when the
designated key is in the cylinder.
When the outside lever is locked, it shall rotate freely and it shall return to its horizontal position when released.
The CL33900 Series shall be available 12 or 24 volt AC and DC (rectifier to be included) and Fail Safe or Fail Secure. The locking
solenoid shall be continuous duty and self-contained in the lock chassis.
A single lockset shall accommodate 6 or 7-pin conventional cylinders and all levels of master keying, construction master keying,
visual key control, security, high security and interchangeable core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever without
disassembling the lockset.
A 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt for pairs of re doors shall be available. All locksets with a 1/2" (13mm) throw latchbolt shall be
listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class single doors, 4' x 10'. All locksets with 3/4" (19mm) throw latchbolt
shall be UL listed for A label and lesser class pairs of doors, 8' x 10'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code
California State Reference Code, 1989 (formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal Standard)
Electrified locksets shall carry a two-year limited warranty.
CL33900 Electrified Series
Suggested Specification
How To Specify
CL3300
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design®, Infini-T® and Infini-T and Design® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Lever Release™ is a
trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners
and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc.,
an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2003, 2011
Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is
prohibited.
45029-3/11R
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silver-
based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer
ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of ASSA ABLOY Inc.
CL3500 Series
Heavy-Duty Cylindrical
Lever Lockset
Applications
CL3500
CL3500.2
Index
Applications ............................. 2
Features .................................. 3
Functions ................................. 4
Trim Designs ............................ 6
Options & Accessories .............. 7
How to Order .......................... 9
Quick Codes .......................... 10
How to Specify ...................... 11
www.corbinrusswin.com
Applications
A heavy-duty Grade 1 lever lockset, ideal
for commercial, institutional and multi-
family applications such as:
• Interioroffices
• Apartmentcomplexes
• Convalescentandelderlycarefacilities
• Hotels
• Restaurants
• Retailcenters
• Finehomes
Advantages
• Non-handed
• Solidcastlevers
• Independentreturnspringstoprevent
lever sag
• Through-boltedcylindrical
chassis prevents rotation and
ensures proper alignment
• ANSIGrade1certification
• Trimandkeyingcompatible
 withotherCorbinRusswin
locksets
Features
CL3500
CL3500.3
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" standard (fits doors 1-3/8" - 1-3/4")
Backset
2-3/4" standard.
Optional: 2-3/8", 3-3/4" and 5"; see Quick
Codes, page 10.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Front
Brass,BronzeorStainlessSteel.2-1/4"x
1-1/8" standard for 2-3/4", 3-3/4" and 5"
backset.2-1/4"x1"standardfor2-3/8"
backset. Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" in 2".
Optional: rounded corner fronts;
1" fronts; see Quick Codes, page 10.
Latchbolt
Brass, chrome plated with 1/2" throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
WroughtbrassorstainlesssteelANSIcurved
lip,4-7/8"x1-1/4"x1-1/4"liptocenter
standard.
Optionalstrikes,liplengthsandANSI
wroughtstrikeboxavailable;seeQuick
Codes, page 10.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional Cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 10.
Keying Features Available
7-pin
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeablecore(IC)
Security
SecurityIC
Pyramid Security
PyramidSecurityIC
Pyramid High Security
PyramidHighSecurityIC
Keys
Two nickel-silver standard.
Warranty
Seven-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1.
Meets 117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within 1/2" of door face.
C-UL US
All locks listed for “A” label and
lesserclasssingledoors,4'x10'.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin,Inc.makesnorepresentationsor
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofittinganyportionofanexistingfire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Finishes
1/2" throw latchbolt
accommodates
7/8" and 1" edge
bore preps
2-3/8", 2-3/4", 3-3/4" and
5" backsets available
Non-handed spring cassette
prevents lever sag
Solid cast levers
with no plastic inserts
Lever designs compatible
with Corbin Russwin
Mortise Locks, Exit Devices
and other Lever Locksets
Through-bolts prevent chassis
rotation; ensure proper alignment,
smooth operation and long life
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,
oil rubbed
613L DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,
Clear Coated
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 BlackOxidizedBronze,oil
rubbed
Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.
Functions
CL3500
CL3500.4
Indicatesoptionalinterchangeablecoreavailable;seeHowtoOrder,page9.
Indicatesleveralwaysrigid.
CL3493
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI No.
Series 4000 Function Description
CL3510 Passage
or Closet F75 • Latchboltbylevereitherside.
• Bothleversalwaysfree.
CL3520
Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
• Throw-offlatchboltbylevereitherside.
• Outside lever locked by push button.
• Outsideleverunlockedbyemergencyreleasetooloutside,byrotating
lever or by closing door.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3551 Entrance or
Office F109
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereithersideexceptwhenturnbutton
locks outside lever. Pushing turn button locks outside lever, requiring
use of key outside to unlock.
• Turning inside lever unlocks outside lever (when button is pushed in
but not turned).
• Pushing in and turning button locks outside lever, requiring key at all
times. Turning inside lever does not unlock outside lever until button is
manually turned to unlocked position.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3555 Classroom F84
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereithersideexceptwhenkeyoutside
locks outside lever.
• Outside lever unlocked by key outside.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3557 Storeroom or
Closet F86
• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside lever or by rotating inside lever.
• Outside lever always rigid.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3561 Entrance or
Office F82
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenpushbutton
locks outside lever.
• Push button released by turning inside lever or by key in outside lever.
• Closing door does not release push button.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
Functions
CL3500
CL3500.5
Indicatesoptionalinterchangeablecoreavailable;seeHowtoOrder,page9.
Indicatesleveralwaysrigid.
CL3493
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI No.
Series 4000 Function Description
CL3580
Passage
LeverxBlank
Plate ––
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylever.
•Leverononeside;blankplateonotherside.
•Leveralwaysfree.
•Forsingleordoublecommunicatingdoors.
CL3581
Keyed Lever
xBlankPlate ––
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylever,exceptwhenleverislockedbykey.
•Leverononeside,blankplateonotherside.
CL3582 Store Door F91
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenkeyeitherside
locks both levers.
•Keyedalikeunlessotherwisespecified.
CL3550 Half Dummy
Trim –– •Leveractsaspullonly;nooperation.
CL3570 Full Dummy
Trim –– • Levers act as pulls only; no operation.
Trim Designs
CL3500
CL3500.6
4-1/2"
3-1/2"
2-13/16"
Armstrong
AZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
NZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
4"
3-1/2"
2-13/16"
PZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
Princeton
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1
/
2" (13mm) of door face.
Newport
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
5"
Options & Accessories
CL3500
CL3500.7
Latches
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
Toorderlatchboltseparately,specifyPartNo.xFinish(e.g.,599F91x626).
Strikes
Curved Lip Box
Brass.
2-3/4"x1-1/8"x1-1/4"liptocenter.
Optional lip lengths: 1", 1-1/8",
1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4", 2-1/2",
2-3/4", 3".
To order with lockset, see How to Order,
page 9.
Toorderseparately,specify586L19xLip
LengthxFinish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see How to Order,
page 9. To order separately, specify
120F76.
A
NSI Strike curved lip
Spring Latches
(CL3510)
Deadlatches
(All other functions)
Deadlatches
withRelease
(CL3520)
Full Lip Strike
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass or stainless steel.
4-7/8"x1-1/4"x1-1/4"liptocenter.
Optional lip lengths: 1", 1-1/8",
1-3/8", 1-1/2", 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4", 2-1/2", 2-3/4", 3".
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
Toorderseparately,specify217L13xLipLengthx
Finish.
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze.
4"x5/8"for1/2"rabbet.
Nooptionalliplengths.
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
Toorderseparately,specify601F28xFinish.
Full Lip Strike
Brass.
2-3/4"xfulllipx1-1/8"liptocenter.
Nooptionalliplengths.Toorderseparatelyspecify
607F76.
Backset and Front Description Spring
Latches Deadlatches Deadlatches
with Release
2-3/8" Backset
1" width, square corner 599F91 599F92 599F93
1" width, rounded corner 599F94 599F95 599F96
1-1/8" width, square corner 599F97 599F98 599F99
1-1/8" width, rounded corner 600F00 600F01 600F02
2-3/4" Backset
1" width, square corner 600F03 600F04 600F05
1" width, rounded corner 600F06 600F07 600F08
1-1/8" width, square corner 600F09 600F10 600F11
1-1/8" width, rounded corner 600F12 600F13 600F14
3-3/4" Backset 1-1/8" width, square corner 600F62 600F63 600F64
1-1/8" width, rounded corner 600F65 600F66 600F67
5" Backset 1-1/8" width, square corner 600F68 600F69 600F70
1-1/8" width, rounded corner 600F71 600F72 600F73
Housing diameter 7/8" for all models. 1" diameter latch sleeve furnished with each latchbolt.
Options & Accessories
CL3500
CL3500.8
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
Toordercylinderseparately,specifyPartNo.xKeywayxFinish(e.g.,8000xL4x626).
Cylinders
Compatibility with Competitive Cylinders
For Assa® and Medeco® retrofit cylinders, consult those manufacturers' catalogs.
Standard Cylinder
.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter security
.496" plug diameter Pyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626
Interchangeable Core
.509" plug diameter conventional
.552" plug diameter security
.496" plug diameter Pyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613,
625, 626
Conventional 6-pin 2000-033 (standard) 8000
7-pin 2000-033-7 8000-7
Security 6-pin 2010-033 8010
Pyramid High Security 7-pin 2020-033 8020
Pyramid Security 7-pin 2027-033 8027
Schlage® C Keyway 6-pin 2400-033-C —
Sargent® LA Keyway 6-pin 2400-033-LA —
Competitive Cylinder Parts Required for Installation
Schlage conventional 21-002, 23-001 or 23-013 682F398 tailpiece included with M06 option.
Schlage Primus 20-548, 20-550, 20-748 or 20-750 682F398 tailpiece included with M06 option.
Schlage6-pinInterchangeable Core Specify M69 - 697F942 Tailpiece included with M69 option.
Best® style core, 6 or 7-pin 682F95-8tailpiecekitandspeciallever(NZDandPZDdesignsonly)includedwithM08option.
Accommodates 6 and 7-pin cores.
Sargent 13-3266 599F38-9Tailpiecekitandspeciallever.IncludedwithM09options.
See How to Order, page 9.
How to Order
CL3500
CL3500.9
Split Trim /Finish Order
Contract / Detailed Order
Stock Order
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and Quick
Codes
Series/Function Pages 4-5
Trim Designs Page 6
Finish Page 10
Door Thickness Page 10
Backset Page 10
Strike Page 10
Miscellaneous Options Page 11
Cylinder and Keying Page 10
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish
100 CL3555 NZD 626
Quantity Series/
Function
Trim Finish
Outside Inside Outside Inside
12 CL3555 NZD AZD 626 625
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Backset Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 CL3555 PZD 626 B238 SC200 M04-M17 C6 VKC1
Quick Codes
CL3500
CL3500.10
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze 611
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA 613 (US10B) DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,Oil
Rubbed 613
613L DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,Clear
Coated 613L
BHMA 618 (US14) BrightNickelPlated 618
BHMA 619 (US15) SatinNickelPlated 619
BHMA 625 (US26) Bright Chromium Plated 625
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated 626
626C Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®626C
BHMA 722 BlackOxidizedBronze,oilrubbed 722
Strikes
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify
Curved Lip Box
Specify
Full Lip
Specify
1" (25mm) SA100 SC100
1-1
/
8" (29mm) SA118 SC118 SF118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) (standard) SC114
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SA138 SC138
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SA112 SC112
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SA134 SC134
2" (51mm) SA200 SC200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SA214 SC214
2-1
/
2" (64mm) SA212 SC212
2-3
/
4" (70mm) SA234 SC234
3" (76mm) SA300 SC300
Rabbetedfrontandstrike SpecifySR118
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4"(44mm) (standard)*
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/8" (60mm) B238
2-3/4" (70mm) (standard)
3-3/4" (95mm) B334
5" (127mm) B500
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less cylinder(s) LC
IC6-pin C6
IC6-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core(Red) CT6R
IC6-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core (Blue) CT6B
IC6-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core (Green) CT6G
IC6-pinlesscore CL6
SFIC6-or7-pinSmallFormatDisposable
Core CTSD
IC7-pin C7
IC7-pinlesscore CL7
IC7-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core(Red) CT7R
IC7-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core (Blue) CT7B
IC7-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core (Green) CT7G
Security HS
SecurityIC CHS
PyramidHighSecurityFixedCore PHS
PyramidHighSecurityIC PCHS
PyramidICLessCore CLP
Pyramid with temporary
construction core CTP
PyramidSecurityFixedCore PS
PyramidSecurityIC PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-Pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-Pin Disposable Core CT7D
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
 Nobittingorkeysetstampingonkeys VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS) VKC2
Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS) CKC3
More than 2 keys KY# (e.g., KY6)
Schlage® C keyway cylinder C
Sargent® LA keyway cylinder LA
*Fits doors 1-3/8" -1-3/4"
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder M06
Lever to accept Best® type 6 or 7-pin interchangeable
core(NZD&PZDdesignonly) M08*
Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder(NZD&PZDdesigns
only) M09
Lever to accept Schlage®Interchangeable core
(NZD&PZDdesignonly) M69
Roundedcornersonlatchfront M13
1" latch front, square corners (standard for 2-3/8"
backset) M14
1" latch front, rounded corners M15
ANSIwroughtstrikebox M17
Knurling outside and inside M20
Knurling outside only M21
Knurling inside only M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside only M24
Abrasive coat outside only M25
1-1/8" front, square corners (standard for 2-3/4",
3-3/4"and 5" backsets) M32
Quick Codes & How to Specify
CL3500
CL3500.11
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be CL3500 Series Heavy-Duty Cylindrical
LeverLocksetsasmanufacturedbyCorbinRusswin
Architectural Hardware.
A single lock chassis shall accommodate 1-3/8" (35mm) to
1-3/4" (44mm) thick doors. Locksets shall be non-handed.
Locksets shall have through-bolted anti-rotation rose liners
andshallcontainnoexposedscrews.Chassismountingscrews
may be accessed only when the lever and rose are removed.
Locksets shall have solid cast levers with no plastic inserts, and
wrought roses on both sides. Locksets shall have lever return
spring cassettes to prevent lever sag.
Levers shall operate independently. Lever handles shall be a
minimum of 4" (102mm) in overall length and shall provide a
minimum of 2" clearance from the surface of the door to the
inside of the lever at the midpoint, and may also have a return
that comes to within 1/2" of the door surface. Levers on
keyed locksets shall be removable only when the designated
key is in the cylinder.
A single lockset shall accommodate 6 or 7-pin conventional
cylinders and all levels of master keying, construction master
keying, visual key control, high security and interchangeable
core. Cylinders may be easily changed by removing the lever
without disassembling the lockset.
All locksets shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A
labelandlesserclasssingledoors,4'x10'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
ANSIA117.1AccessibilityCode
CaliforniaStateReferenceCode,1989(formerlyTitle19,
California State Fire Marshal Standard)
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a seven-year limited warranty.
Miscellaneous Options
*M08 must be specified for levers that accept small format cylinders
FormoreinformationregardingCorbinRusswinLocksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorizedCorbinRusswinDistributororSalesRepresentative.
In U.S.
CorbinRusswin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax:800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax:905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksor
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
timeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupCompany,reservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/or
itsmaterials.Copyright©2005,2011CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.Reproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswritten
permissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
45519-3/11R
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a silver-
based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
CL3700 Series
Light/Medium-Duty Lever Locksets
Applications/Finishes
CL3700
CL3700.2
Index
Applications ......................... 2
Finishes ................................ 2
Features ............................... 3
Trim Designs ........................ 3
Functions ............................. 4
Options and Accessories ...... 5
How to Order/ ..................6-7
Quick Codes
Specifications ....................... 7
Quality
The CL3700 series is a Grade 2 light/
medium-duty cylindrical lockset which
provides an outstanding combination
of value and performance. It is the ideal
lever lockset for light commercial and
heavy-duty residential applications such
as interior offices, closets, multifamily
housing, restaurants and retail complexes.
Available in six architectural finishes
and three lever designs, the CL3700
series provides quality materials and
performance.
Aesthetics
Three lever designs offer variety when
deciding on visual appeal, functionality
and application. The Newport and
Princeton lever designs easily fit into
most commercial applications, while
the Frascati lever brings a touch of Italy
to residential and more sophisticated
applications.
Vandal Resistance
CL3700 series locksets are available
with Corbin Russwin’s Pyramid patented
security cylinder, the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid is especially
recommended for installations that
require superior protection against
picking and drilling. See the Key Systems
catalog for additional information.
Key Advantages
• ANSIGrade2certification
• UL1-1/2hourfirerating
• Pyramidcylindersforincreasedsecurity
• Interlockingtubularchassisand
latchbolt
• ISO9001designedandmanufactured
 inacertified9001facility
Finishes
*Simulated painted finish meeting ANSI standards for
wear and durability.
www.corbinrusswin.com
Description
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA612 Satin Bronze
BHMA613 Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.
Features/Trim Designs
CL3700
CL3700.3
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Leverlength: 5-7/32"(133mm)
Rose: Brass
Rosediameter: 2-9/16"(65mm)
Complies with codes requiring lever to
returntowithin1/2"(13mm)ofdoor
face.
Newport NZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Leverlength: 4-3/4"(121mm)
Rose: Brass
Rosediameter: 2-9/16"(65mm)
Frascati FZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Leverlength: 5-3/16"(132mm)
Rose: Brass
Rosediameter: 2-9/16"(65mm)
Complies with codes requiring lever to
returntowithin1/2"ofdoorface.
Princeton PZD
Features
Handing
Field reversible.
Right or left hand must be specified for
FrascatiCL3755,3759,3780and3750.
Door Thickness
1-3/8"(35mm)to1-3/4"(44mm).
Lock Chassis
Die-cast zinc for corrosion resistance.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm)standard.
Optional:2-3/8"(60mm).
Latches
1/2"(13mm)boltprojection.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents manipulation
when door is closed.
Strike
“T” Strike standard. Optional strikes, lip
lengths and ANSI wrought strike box
available; see How to Order, page 6.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, “0” bitted
standard.
Split Finishes
BHMA 605x625, 605x626, 606x625, and
606x626 are available in CL3720 privacy
function only. Outside finish specified first.
Front and strike finished to match inside
trim unless otherwise specified.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.2Series4000,Grade2.
MeetsA117.1AccessibilityCode.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
towithin1/2"ofdoorface.
C-UL US
All locks listed for B Label Single doors.
ULsymbolonlatchfrontindicateslisting.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Trim Designs
Outside Inside Series/
Function Type ANSI No.
Series 4000 Function Description
CL3710 Passage or Closet F75 • Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside.
• Bothleversalwaysfree.
CL3720 Privacy Bedroom
or Bathroom F76
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside.
• Outsideleverlockedbybutton.
• Outsideleverunlockedbyrotatinginsidelever.
• Emergencyreleaseinoutsidelever.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3751 EntranceorOffice F81/82
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenturn
button locks outside lever.
• Rotatingturnbuttonlocksoutsidelever,requiringkeyto
unlock.
• Rotatingbuttontheotherwayunlocksoutsidelever.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3755 Classroom F84
• Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenkey
outside locks outside lever.
• Outsideleverunlockedbykeyoutside.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3759 Storeroom or
Public Restroom ––
• Deadlockinglatchboltbyleverinside.
• Keyoutsideunlocksoutsidelevertoretractlatchbolt.
• Leverretractslatchbolt.
• Keyisretainedintheunlockedmode.
• Whenkeyisremoved,outsideleverislocked.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3780 ExitLatch ––
• Fortwincommunicatingorexitdoorswhereoneside
operation is required.
• Alsowhenspaceislimitedbetweendoorandswitchpanel.
• Deadlockinglatchbolt.
• One-leveroperation.
• Blankrose.
• Shouldbeusedonlywhereroomshavemorethanone
entrance.
CL3750
Half Dummy Trim
(Through-
bolted)
–– • Leveractsaspullonly;nooperation.
Functions
CL3700
CL3700.4
Options & Accessories
CL3700
CL3700.5
Dust Box for 2-3/4" (70mm) Curved Lip
“T” Strike
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
Toorderseparately,specify687F94.
Dust Box for 2-1/4" (57mm) Full Lip
Radius and Square Corner Strikes
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
Toorderseparately,specify687F95.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
Toorderseparately,specify120F76-8.
Full Lip Square Corner
2-1/4"x1-1/2"x1"(57mmx38mmx25mm)lip
to center
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
Toorderseparately,specify687F61xFinish.
Full Lip Radius Corner
2-1/4"x1-1/2"x1"(57mmx38mmx25mm)lip
to center
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
Toorderseparately,specify687F62x1-1/8"
(29mm)xFinish.
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip
4-7/8"x1-1/4"x1-1/4"(124mmx32mmx
32mm)liptocenter
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
Toorderseparately,specify217L13xLipLengthx
Finish.
Curved Lip “T” Strike (Standard)
2-3/4"x1-1/8"x1-1/4"(70mmx29mmx32mm)
lip to center
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
Toorderseparately,specify687F60xLipLengthx
Finish.
Latches
To order optional latchbolt with lockset,
see How to Order, page 6.
To order latchbolt separately, specify
PartNo.xFinish(e.g.,687F63x626).
All CL3700 latches are deadlocking.
Standard Cylinder
.509"(13mm)plugdiameterconventional
.552"(14mm)plugdiameterhighsecurity
.496"plugdiameterPyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626
Cylinders
UL Firecup
Part No. 687F66
Supplied standard with all CL3700’s.
FailuretouseinvalidatesULlisting.
Screw Pack
Part No. 687F96
Supplied standard with wood-machine screws combination.
Conventional 6-Pin (standard)2000-037
Schlage®
C Keyway 6-Pin 2400-037-C
“O” bitted or keyed random
Pyramid High Security 7-Pin 2020-037
Pyramid Security 7-Pin 2027-037
Backset and Front Description UL
Latches
2-3/4"(70mm) SquareCornerFront2-1/4"x
1-1/8"(57mmx29mm)faceplate 687F63
2-3/8"(60mm) SquareCornerFront2-1/4"x
1"(57mmx25mm)faceplate 687F64
2-3/8"(60mm) 1/4"RoundCornerFront2-1/4"x
1"(57mmx25mm)faceplate 687F65
1"(25mm)LatchSleeve 687F71
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish (e.g., 2000-037 x
L4x626).
How to Order/Quick Codes
CL3700
CL3700.6
Stock Order
Contract/Detailed Order
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick codes
Finishes Page 2
Handing Page 7
Trim Designs Page 3
Series/Functions Page 4
Door Thickness Page 6
Backsets Page 7
Strikes Page 5
Miscellaneous Options Page 7
Cylinders and Keying Page 6
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish
100 CL3755 NZD 626
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Backset Misc. Options Keying
24 AA1 CL3755 NZD 626 B238 M17 CKC2
Strikes
Strike Type Specify
Curved Lip “T” Strike (standard)
ANSI Curved Lip SA114
FullLip1/4"(6mm)RadiusCorner SFR114
Full Lip Square Corner SF114
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/8"(35mm)-1-3/4"(44mm) (standard)
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Lesscylinder(s) LC
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid Security Fixed Core PS
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visualkeycontrol(VKC)
No bitting or keyset stamping on keys VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
 orPCHS) VKC2
Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
 PCHS) VKC3
Concealedkeycontrol(CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
 CKCcylindersonly(notforPHS,PCHS) CKC3
Lockset furnished with Schlage® C Keyway
cylinder C
More than 2 keys KY#(e.g.,KY6)
* Simulated painted finish meeting ANSI standards for wear and durability.
** Split finish only available on CL3720 - see page 4.
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA605(US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA606(US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA612(US10)* Satin Bronze 612
BHMA613(US10B)* Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed, available
lacquered 613
BHMA625(US26) Bright Chromium Plated 625
BHMA626(US26D) Satin Chromium Plated 626
Zinc levers are plated to match BHMA finish.
Quick Codes/Specifications
CL3700
CL3700.7
Suggested Specification
Locksets shall be CL3700 Series Grade 2 Key-in-Lever
Locksets.
Locks shall have an interlocking tubular chassis and
latchbolt. Chassis mounting screws shall be accessible
only when the inside lever and rose are removed.
Thelatchboltshallhavea1/2"(13mm)throwandshall
include a deadlocking feature to inhibit manipulation
when the door is locked.
Locksets and latchbolts shall be reversible for ease of
installation.
Locksetsshallbeadjustablefor1-3/8"(35mm)and
1-3/4"(44mm)doorthickness.Leversshallhaveinside
and outside lever return springs to prevent lever sag.
Leverhandlesshallbeaminimumof4-3/4"(121mm)in
lengthandshallprovideaminimumof2-1/8"(54mm)
clearance from surface of door to the inside of the lever
at the midpoint.
Outside levers on keyed locksets shall be removable
only when the designated key is in the cylinder.
Locksets shall be furnished with two nickel silver keys.
All cylinder plugs shall be brass and furnished with
6-pin chambers for master keying capabilities.
Cylinders shall be easily changed by removing the lever
without disassembling the lockset.
Certification:
UL1-1/2HourFireRating
ANSIA156.2Series4000,Grade2
ANSIA117.1AccessibilityCode
All locksets shall carry a one-year warranty.
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/8"(60mm) B238
2-3/4"(70mm) (standard)
Description Specify
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder M06
1-1/8"(29mm)latchfront,squarecorners(standard
with2-3/4"(70mm)backset.)Availablein2-3/4"
(70mm) backset only
Standard
1"(25mm)latchfront,squarecorners(standardwith
2-3/8"(60mm)backset).Availablein2-3/8"(60mm)
backset only
Standard
1"(25mm)latchfront,roundedcorners.Availablein
2-3/8"(60mm)backsetonly M15
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Dust box for2-3/4"(70mm)strike M77
Dust box for2-1/4"(57mm)strike M78
Miscellaneous Options
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand RH
Left Hand LH
*MustspecifyhandforFrascatiCL3755,3759,3780and3750.
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax:800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160FourValleyDrive
Vaughan, Ontario
CanadaL4K4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
Fax:905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registeredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveownersandarementionedforreferencepurposesonly.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentat
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
itsmaterials.Copyright©2001,2011CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.Reproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswritten
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45038-3/11R
CL3800 Series
Standard-Duty Key-in-Lever Locksets
Index
Applications ................................ 2
Features ...................................... 3
Functions .................................4-6
Trim Designs ............................... 7
Options &
Accessories ............................... 8-9
How to Order ............................ 10
Quick Codes .........................11-12
How to Specify .......................... 13
An economical, Grade 2 standard-duty lever lockset which
provides an outstanding combination of value and performance.
It’s the ideal lever lockset for standard commercial applications.
When used in conjunction with the CL3300 Series Extra Heavy-Duty
Grade 1 and the CL3500 Series Heavy-Duty Grade 1 Cylindrical
Lever Locksets, the overall cost of many projects may be reduced
without compromising functionality and durability.
Typical applications
include:
Advantages
• LeverRelease™ for vandal
resistance
• Solidcastlevers
• ANSIGrade2certification
• UL3-hourfirerating
•Independentleverreturn 
springs
•Through-boltsondoorfor
solid attachment
• CoversANSI/DHIdoorprep
A115.18 - 1994 “Spider
Cut Out”
logo
•Interioroffices
•Closets
•Multi-familyhousing
•Restaurants
•Retailcomplexes
CL3800.2
Applications
CL3800
Features
CL3800
CL3800.3
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness Adjustment
Standard1-3/8"to1-3/4";factoryset
for1-3/4"doors.For2"and
2-1/4"doors,specifydoorthickness.
See Quick Codes, page 11-12.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for
corrosion resistance.
Backset
2-3/4"standard.
Optional:2-3/8",3-3/4"and5".
See Quick Codes, page 11-12.
Latchbolt
1/2"throwlatchwithuniversal
“floating” front to fit both flat and
beveled doors.
2-1/4"x1-1/8"squarecornerfront
for2-3/4"backsetstandard.Forother
latch options, See Quick Codes,
page 11-12.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
ANSIcurvedlipstrikestandard,4-7/8"
x1-1/4"x1-1/4"liptocenter.
Optionalstrikes,liplengthsandANSI
wroughtstrikeboxavailable;See
Quick Codes, page 11-12.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway,
“O” bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Conventional 6-pin
Conventional 7-pin
Masterkeying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Pyramid® Security
Pyramid High Security
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security IC
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
Seven-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.2Series4000,Grade2.
MeetsA117.1AccessibilityCode.
Federal
MeetsFF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard)
Allleverswithreturnscomply;levers
returntowithin1/2"ofdoorface.
UL /ULc
All locks listed for “A” label single
doors.
Letter“F”andULsymbolonlatch
front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification
to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening,
andCorbinRusswin,Inc.makes
no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may
be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing
fire-rated opening, or specifying and
installing a new fire-rated opening,
please consult with a code specialist
or local code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with
all applicable codes and ratings.
Through-bolts prevent
chassisrotation;ensure
proper alignment, smooth
operation and long life
Solid cast levers
with no plastic inserts
Lever designs compatible
withCorbinRusswinMortise
Locks, Exit Devices and other
Lever Locksets
1/2”throwlatchbolt
accommodates7/8”and
1” edge bore preps
2-3/8”,2-3/4”,3-3/4”
and 5” backsets available Non-handedspringcassette
prevents lever sag
Lever release design
for vandal resistance
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3810 Passage
or Closet F75 •Latchboltbylevereitherside
•Bothleversalwaysfree.
CL3820
Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
•Throw-offlatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenpushbutton
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position.)
•Outsideleverlockedbypushbutton.(Leverhandleisfree-wheeling
in locked position.)
•Outsideleverunlockedbyemergencyreleasetool,byrotatinginside
lever or by closing door.
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3832 Institutional
orUtility F87 •Deadlockinglatchboltbykeyeitherside.(Leverhandleisfree-
wheeling in locked position.)
CL3840 Patio or
Privacy F77
•Throw-offlatchboltbylevereithersideexceptwhenpushbutton
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position.)
•Outsideleverlockedbypushbutton.
•Outsideleverunlockedbyrotatinginsideleverorbyclosingdoor.
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
•Shouldnotbeusedinroomsthathavenootherentrance.
CL3840NT Exit Latch F89
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyleverinside.
•Outsideleveralwayslocked.(Leverhandleisfree-wheeling.)
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
•Shouldnotbeusedinroomswithnootherentrance.
CL3850 Half Dummy
Trim —•Leveractsaspullonly;nooperation.
•Leverisrigid.
CL3851 Entrance
or Office F109
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereithersideexceptwhenturn
button locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position).Pushingturnbuttonlocksoutsidelever,requiringuseof
key outside to unlock.
•Turninginsideleverunlocksoutsidelever.
•Pushinginandturningbuttonlocksoutsidelever,requiringkeyat
all times. Turning inside lever does not unlock outside lever until
button is manually turned to unlocked position.
•Turninginsideleverunlocksoutsidelever.
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
Functions
CL3800
CL3800.4
Functions
CL3800
CL3800.5
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3855 Classroom F84
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereithersideexceptwhenkeyoutside
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked
position.)
•Outsideleverunlockedbykeyoutside.
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3857 Storeroom
or Closet F86
•Deadlockinglatchboltbykeyinoutsideleverorbyrotatinginside
lever.
•Outsideleveralwayslocked(leverhandleisfree-wheelinginlocked
position).
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3861 Entry
or Office F82
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenpush
button locks outside lever.
•Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsideleverorbykeyinoutside
lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
•Closingdoordoesnotreleasepushbutton.
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
CL3862 Communicating F80
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereithersideexceptwhenkeyineither
lever locks or unlocks the lever independently of the other. (Lever
handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
•Shouldbeusedonlyinofficeorroomswithmultipleentries.
•Keyedalikeunlessotherwisespecified.
CL3870 Full Dummy
Trim —•Leversactaspullsonly;nooperation.
•Leversarerigid.
CL3872
Apartment,
Exit or
Public Toilet
F88
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylevereitherside,exceptwhenkeyinside
locks outside lever. (Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
•Keyoutsideretractslatchbolt.
•Keyinsideunlocksoutsidelever.
•Insideleveralwaysfree.
•Keyedalikeunlessotherwisespecified.
CL3880
Passage
Lever x
Blank Plate
––
•Deadlockinglatchboltbylever.
•Leverononeside;blankplateontheother.
•Leveralwaysfree.
•Forsingleordoublecommunicatingdoors.
Functions
CL3800
CL3800.6
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CL3881 Keyed Lever
x Blank Plate —
• Deadlockinglatchboltbyleverexceptwhenkeylockslever(lever
handle is free-wheeling in locked position).
• Leverononeside;blankplateonotherside.
•Keyunlockslever.
CL3890
Passage
Lever x
Turnpiece
—
• Latchboltbyleverorbyturnpiece.
• Leverononeside;turnpieceonotherside.
• Leverandturnpiecealwaysfree.
CL3891
Keyed
Lever x
Turnpiece
—
• Deadlockinglatchboltbyleverexceptwhenkeylockslever.
(Lever handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
•Whenleverislocked,latchboltisoperatedbyturnpiece.(Lever
handle is free-wheeling in locked position.)
• Leveronoutside;turnpieceoninside.
• Turnpiecealwaysfree.
•Keyunlockslever.
CL3893 Service
Station F92
• Throw-offlatchboltbylever,closingdoor,orbyturninginsidelever.
•Outsideleverlockedbyslottedpushbutton.(Leverhandleis
free-wheeling in locked position.)
•Whenslottedpushbuttonispushedinandturned,outsidelever
becomes free-wheeling and deadlocking latch is activated. Key
outside retracts latch.
•Turninginsideleverdoesnotunlockoutsideleveruntilbuttonis
manually turned to unlocked position.
• Insideleveralwaysfree.
AZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze
PZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze
NZD
Lever: Die-cast zinc
Rose: Wrought brass
or bronze
Armstrong
Newport
Complieswithcodesrequiringlevertoreturnto
within1/2"(13mm)ofdoorface.
Princeton
Complieswithcodesrequiringlevertoreturnto
within1/2"(13mm)ofdoorface.
CL3800.7
Trim Designs
CL3800
5"
4-1/2"
3-1/2"
2-13/16"
4"
3-1/2"
2-13/16"
Standard Cylinder
.509"plugdiameterconventional
.552"plugdiametersecurity
.496"plugdiameterPyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626
Interchangeable Core
.509"plugdiameterconventional
.552"plugdiametersecurity
.496"plugdiameterPyramid
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613,
625, 626, 722
Conventional 6-pin 2000-033 (standard) 8000
7-pin 2000-033-7 8000-7
Security 6-pin 2010-033 8010
Pyramid High Security 7-pin 2020-033 8020
Pyramid Security 7-pin 2027-033 8027
Schlage® C Keyway 6-pin 2400-033-C —
Sargent® LA Keyway 6-pin 2400-033-LA —
Options & Accessories
CL3800
CL3800.8
Latches
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see How to Order, page 10.
Toorderlatchboltseparately,specifyPartNo.xFinish(e.g.,599F91x626).
Cylinders
Compatibility with Competitive Cylinders
Deadlocking
(All other functions)
Plain
(CL3810)
Throw-Off
(CL3820, CL3893 &
CL3840)
Backset and Front Description Plain Deadlocking Throw-Off
2-3/8"Backset
1"width,squarecorner 599F91 599F92 599F93
1"width,roundedcorner 599F94 599F95 599F96
1-1/8"width,squarecorner 599F97 599F98 599F99
1-1/8"width,roundedcorner 600F00 600F01 600F02
2-3/4"Backset
1"width,squarecorner 600F03 600F04 600F05
1"width,roundedcorner 600F06 600F07 600F08
1-1/8"width,squarecorner 600F09 600F10 600F11
1-1/8"width,roundedcorner 600F12 600F13 600F14
3-3/4"Backset 1-1/8"width,squarecorner 600F62 600F63 600F64
1-1/8"width,roundedcorner 600F65 600F66 600F67
5"Backset 1-1/8"width,squarecorner 600F68 600F69 600F70
1-1/8"width,roundedcorner 600F71 600F72 600F73
Housingdiameter7/8"forallmodels.1"diameterlatchsleevefurnishedwitheachlatchbolt.
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see How to Order, page 10.
Toordercylinderseparately,specifyPartNo.xKeywayxFinish(e.g.,8000xL4x626).
For Assa®andMedeco® retrofit cylinders, consult those manufacturers' catalogs.
Competitive Cylinder Parts Required for Installation
Schlage conventional 21-002, 23-001 or 23-013 682F398tailpieceincludedwithM06option.
Schlage Primus 20-548, 20-550, 20-748 or 20-750 682F398tailpieceincludedwithM06option.
Schlage 6-pin Interchangeable Core SpecifyM69-697F942TailpieceincludedwithM69option.
Best® style core, 6 or 7-pin 682F95-8tailpiecekitandspeciallever(NZDandPZDdesignsonly)includedwithM08option.
Accommodates 6 and 7-pin cores.
Sargent 13-3266 599F38-9Tailpiecekitandspeciallever.IncludedwithM09options.
See How to Order, page 10.
Options & Accessories
CL3800
CL3800.9
Strikes
Curved Lip Box
Brass.
2-3/4"x1-1/8"x1-1/4"liptocenter.
Optionalliplengths:1",1-1/8",
1-3/8",1-1/2",1-3/4",2",2-1/4",2-1/2",
2-3/4",3".
Toorderwithlockset,specifyquickcode
found on pages 11-12.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x Lip
Length x Finish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
Toorderwithlockset,specifyquickcode
found on page 12. To order separately,
specify 120F768.
A
NSI Strike curved lip
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass or stainless steel.
4-7/8"x1-1/4"x1-1/4"liptocenter.
Optionalliplengths:1",1-1/8",
1-3/8",1-1/2",1-3/4",2",2-1/4",2-1/2",
2-3/4",3".
Toorderwithlockset,specifyquickcode
found on pages 11-12.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip
Length x Finish.
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze.
4"x5/8"for1/2"rabbet.
Nooptionalliplengths.
Toorderwithlockset,specifyquickcode
found on pages 11-12.
To order separately, specify 601F28 x Finish.
Full Lip Strike
Brass or stainless steel.
2-1/4"x1-3/4"x1-1/4"liptocenter.
Nooptionalliplengths.
Toorderseparatelyspecify680L50M020x
Finish.
Anti-rattle tab.
Full Lip Strike – 1/4" Radius Corners
Brass or stainless steel.
Similar in dimension and function to L50
strike (above) but with radius corners for
easy mortising by power tools. To order
separatelyspecify680L51M020xFinish.
Anti-rattle tab.
How to Order
CL3800
CL3800.10
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Series/Function Pages4-6
Trim Designs Page 7
Finish Page 11
Door Thickness Page 11
Backset Page 11
Strike Page 11
Cylinders and Keying Page 11
MiscellaneousOptions Page12
Split Trim / Finish Order
Stock Order
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 CL3855 NZD 626 RHR
Quantity Series/
Function
Trim Finish Hand
Outside Inside Outside Inside
12 CL3855 NZD AZD 626 625 RH
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness Backset Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 CL3855 NZD 626 RHR D214 B238 SC114 M17 PHS CKC2
Quick Codes
CL3800
CL3800.11
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less cylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core(Red) CT6R
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue) CT6B
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green) CT6G
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6- or 7-pin Small Format Disposable
Core CTSD
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin less core CL7
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core(Red) CT7R
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Blue) CT7B
IC 7-pin with Temporary Construction
Core (Green) CT7G
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
Pyramid with temporary
construction core CTP
Pyramid Security Fixed Core PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-Pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-Pin Disposable Core CT7D
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
 Nobittingorkeysetstampingonkeys VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS) VKC2
Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
CKC cylinders only (not for PHS, PCHS) CKC3
Morethan2keys KY# (e.g., KY6)
Schlage® C keyway cylinder C
Sargent® LA keyway cylinder LA
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA605(US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA606(US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA611(US9) Bright Bronze 611
BHMA612(US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA613(US10B) DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,OilRubbed 613
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 613L
BHMA618(US14) BrightNickelPlated 618
BHMA619(US15) SatinNickelPlated 619
BHMA625(US26) Bright Chromium Plated 625
BHMA626(US26D) Satin Chromium Plated 626
626C Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®626C
BHMA722 Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed 722
Strikes
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify
Curved Lip
Box
Specify
Full Lip
Specify
Full Lip
Radius Corner
Specify
1"(25mm) SA100 SC100 N/A N/A
1-1
/
8"(29mm) SA118 SC118 SF118 N/A
1-1
/
4"(32mm) (standard) SC114 N/A SFR114
1-3
/
8"(35mm) SA138 SC138 N/A N/A
1-1
/
2"(38mm) SA112 SC112 N/A N/A
1-3
/
4"(44mm) SA134 SC134 N/A N/A
2"(51mm) SA200 SC200 N/A N/A
2-1
/
4"(57mm) SA214 SC214 N/A N/A
2-1
/
2"(64mm) SA212 SC212 N/A N/A
2-3
/
4"(70mm) SA234 SC234 N/A N/A
3"(76mm) SA300 SC300 N/A N/A
Rabbetedfrontandstrike SpecifySR118
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/8"(35mm)-1-3/4"(44mm) (standard)
2"(51mm)-2-1/4"(57mm) D214
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/8" (60mm) B238
2-3/4"(70mm) (standard)
3-3/4"(95mm) B334
5"(127mm) B500
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
Hex head screws M05
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder M06
Lever to accept Best® type 6 or 7-pin interchangeable
core(NZD&PZDdesignonly) M08
Lever to accept Sargent® cylinder(NZD&PZDdesigns
only) M09
Lever to accept Schlage® Interchangeable core
(NZD&PZDdesignonly) M69
Roundedcornersonlatchfront M13
1"latchfront,squarecorners(standardfor2-3/8"
backset) M14
1"latchfront,roundedcorners M15
ANSIwroughtstrikebox M17
Knurling outside and inside M20
Knurling outside only M21
Knurling inside only M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside only M24
Abrasive coat outside only M25
1-1/8"front,squarecorners(standardfor2-3/4",
3-3/4"and5"backsets) M32
Quick Codes
CL3800
CL3800.12
How to Specify
CL3800
CL3800.13
Suggested Specification
Lockset chassis shall be constructed of heavy gauge steel and cast
components, plated to protect against rust and corrosion. Locksets
shallbeadjustablefor1-3/8"(35mm)and1-3/4"(44mm)or2"
(51mm)and2-1/4"(57mm)doorthickness.
Locksets shall be non-handed, and shall install easily without the need
for specialized installation tools. Locksets shall have separate anti-rotation
through-boltsinthe6o’clockand12o’clockpositionoutsidethe2-1/8"
face bore, and shall have no exposed mounting screws.
Locksets shall have solid one-piece, cast levers without plastic inserts,
andshallbeaminimumof4"(102mm)inlength.Leversshalloperate
independently, and shall have inside and outside lever return springs.
Outside levers on the keyed locksets shall be removable only when the
designated key is in the cylinder.
Vandal-resistant levers shall be offered as a standard feature in all locking
functions and shall be free-wheeling in the locked condition. Locksets that
arerigidinthelockedcondition,ormustrequireresetting(breakaway)are
not acceptable.
All locksets shall carry a seven-year mechanical warranty.
All locksets shall comply with the following certifications:
•UL3-HourFireRating
•ANSIA156.2Series4000,Grade2
•ANSIA117.1AccessibilityCode
•ANSIA115.1BPreparation
All locksets shall be CL3800 Series Grade 2 Key-in-Lever Cylindrical Locksets
asmanufacturedbyCorbinRusswin,Inc.
CL3800.14
Notes
CL3800
CL3800.15
Notes
CL3800
FormoreinformationregardingCorbinRusswinLocksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorizedCorbinRusswinDistributororSalesRepresentative.
In U.S.
CorbinRusswin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.LeverRelease™isatrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes
only.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupCompany,reservesthe
righttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2007,2011CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroup
company.Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
45355-3/11R
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield®technology,asilver-
based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
CK4200 Series
Heavy-Duty Cylindrical Knob Locksets
Applications
CK4200
Table of Contents
Applications .................................. 2
Features ........................................ 3
Functions ...................................... 5
Trim Designs ................................. 7
Options and Accessories ............... 9
How to Order ............................. 11
Quick Codes ............................... 12
Helpful Terms ............................. 13
How to Specify .......................... 14
www.corbinrusswin.com
Applications
The highest quality materials and
precision manufacturing ensure strength,
durability and quiet operation. Ideal
for demanding, high-use commercial,
industrial and institutional applications,
including:
•Schools
•Hotels
•Apartments
•Hospitalsandnursinghomes
•Churches
•Municipalbuildings
•Airports
•Retailcomplexes
•Ofces
•Warehouses
Advantages
•"Lock-on"roselinersandthimble 
increase security and prevent lock from
loosening
•1-3/4"(44mm)knobshankminimizes
wear
•5/8"(16mm)latchandconcealedknob
catch enhance strength and security
CK4200.2
Features
Handing
Field reversible.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)–2"(51mm)standard.
Optional door thickness available; see Quick
Codes, page 12.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm)standard.
Optional:3-3/4"(95mm),5"(127mm) and
7"(178mm);seeQuickCodes,page12.
Lock Chassis
Steel,zincdichromatedforcorrosion
resistance.
Optional: stainless steel chassis; see Quick
Codes, page 12.
Front
Wroughtbrass,bronzeorstainlesssteel,
2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm).
Accommodates doors beveled
1/8"(3mm)to2"(51mm).
Optional: flat front; see Quick Codes,
page 12.
Latchbolt
Brass,chromeplated,5/8"(16mm).
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
Wroughtbrass,bronzeorstainlesssteel,
ANSIcurvedlipstandard,4-7/8"(124mm)
x1-1/4"(32mm)x1-1/4"(32mm)lipto
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSIwroughtstrikeboxavailable;see
Quick Codes, page 12.
Cylinder
Brass,6-pin,L4keyway,0-bittedstandard.
Keying Features Available
Masterkeying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Conventional6-pin
Interchangeablecore(IC)
Security
Security IC
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid High Security IC
Disposable Temporary Core
MasterRing
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.2Series4000,Grade1.
Federal
MeetsFF-H-106C.
C-UL US
All locks listed for A Label and lesser class
singledoors,4'x8'.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.
Anyretrotorothereldmodicationto
are-ratedopeningcanpotentiallyimpact
thereratingoftheopening,andCorbin
Russwin,Inc.makesnorepresentationsor
warranties concerning what such impact
maybeinanyspecicsituation.When
retrottinganyportionofanexistingre-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
anewre-ratedopening,pleaseconsult
withacodespecialistorlocalcodeofcial
(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Features
CK4200
CK4200.3
Features
CK4200
CK4200.4
1-3/4"knobshanksenhance
stabilityandminimizewear
5/8"throwlatchbolt
with anti-friction insert
for quiet, smooth operation
"Lock-on"thimblesand
roselinersholdlocksetrmly
Internalpartsarezinc
dichromate plated for
rust resistance
Heavy wrought knobs
with steel liner for
impact resistance
BHMA605 Bright Brass
BHMA606 Satin Brass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,oilrubbed
BHMA618 Bright Nickel Plated
BHMA619 Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C SatinChromiumPlatedwithMicroShield®
BHMA629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C SatinStainlessSteelwithMicroShield®
BHMA722 BlackOxidizedBronze,oilrubbed
Finishes
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CK4210 Passage or
Closet F75
•Latchboltbyknobeitherside.
•Both knobs always free.
CK4220
Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
•Latchbolt by knob either side.
•Outside knob locked by push button.
•Outside knob unlocked by emergency release tool
outside, by rotating inside knob or by closing door.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4229 Hotel or
Motel F93
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobinsideorbykeyoutside.
•Pushbuttonshutsoutallkeysexceptemergencykey,and
projects occupancy indicator in face of cylinder.
•Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsideknoborbyclosing
door.*
•Outsideknobalwaysrigid.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4230
Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
•Latchboltbyknobeitherside.
•Outsideknoblockedbypushbutton.
•Outsideknobunlockedbyturningslottedbuttonoutside,
by rotating inside knob, or by closing door.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4232 Institution or
Utility F87 •Deadlockinglatchboltbykeyeitherside.
•Bothknobsalwaysrigid
CK4251 Entrance or
Ofce F81
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,except
when turn button locks outside knob.
•Keyoutsideretractslatchbolt.
•Outsideknobunlockedbyturnbutton.
•Insideknobalwaysfree
CK4255 Classroom F84
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,except
when key outside locks outside knob.
•Outsideknobunlockedbykeyoutside.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4257 Storeroom or
Closet F86
•Deadlockinglatchboltbykeyinoutsideknoborby
rotating inside knob.
•Outsideknobalwaysrigid.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4261 Entrance or
Ofce F82
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,except
when push button locks outside knob.
•Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsideknoborbykey
in outside knob.
•Closingdoordoesnotreleasepushbutton.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
Functions
CK4200
CK4200.5
Indicates rigid knob.
Indicates optional interchangeable core
available; see Quick Codes, page 12.
*Unlesspushbuttonhasbeenxedinlockedpositionbyspannerkey(furnished).Whenpush
buttonisxedbyspannerkey,lockisoperableonlybyemergencykeyorbydisplaykey.
Functions
CK4200
CK4200.6
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No.
Series 4000 Function Description
CK4272
Apartment
ExitorPublic
Toilet
F88
•Deadboltinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,exceptwhenkey
inside locks outside knob.
•Keyoutsideretractslatchbolt.
•Insidekeyunlocksoutsideknob.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
•Keyedalikeunlessotherwisespecied.
CK4275 Dormitory ––
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,exceptwhenpush
button or key locks outside knob.
•Pushbuttonreleasedbyturninginsideknob,byclosing
 door,by1/4counterclockwiseturnofkeyinoutsideknob,
or by key in outside knob. If push button is held in locked
position, key in outside knob will retract latchbolt.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4282 Store Door F91
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,exceptwhen
key either side locks both knobs.
•Keyedalikeunlessotherwisespecied.
CK4250 Half Dummy
Trim –– •Knobactsaspullonly;nooperation.
•Knobisrigid.
CK4270 Full Dummy
Trim –– •Knobsactaspullsonly;nooperation.
•Knobsarerigid.
Indicates optional interchangeable core available; see Quick Codes, page 12.
Indicates rigid knob.
Trim Designs
CK4200
CK4200.7
G
R
C
G
W
C
GW
D
G
r
D
Gs
a
GS
F
G
R
E
G
W
E
G
R
M
gsm
g
wm
G
R
N
g
s
n
g
w
n
GSR
g
s
p
g
w
p
GS
R
g
r
r
g
w
r
global
ML2000
G
R
C
G
W
C
GW
D
G
r
D
Gs
a
GS
F
G
R
E
G
W
E
G
R
M
gsm
g
wm
G
R
N
g
s
n
g
w
n
GSR
g
s
p
g
w
p
GS
R
g
r
r
g
w
r
global
ML2000
G
R
C
G
W
C
GW
D
G
r
D
Gs
a
GS
F
G
R
E
G
W
E
G
R
M
gsm
g
wm
G
R
N
g
s
n
g
w
n
GSR
g
s
p
g
w
p
GS
R
g
r
r
g
w
r
global
ML2000
Global
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel
GRC
Knob: Wroughtreinforced
Rose: Wroughtreinforced
GRE
Knob: Wroughtreinforced
Rose: Wroughtreinforced
2-7/8''
(73mm)
2-1/4''
(57mm)
3-3/16"
(81mm)
GRD
Knob: Wroughtreinforced
Rose: Wroughtreinforced
3-1/2''
(89mm)
2-1/4''
(57mm)
3-3/16"
(81mm)
3''
(76mm)
2-1/4''
(57mm)
3-3/16''
(81mm)3''
(76mm)
Trim Designs
CK4200
CK4200.8
BR
C
BW
C
BRD
BWD
BRE
BWE
BRM
BWM
BRN
BWN
BRP
BWP
BRR
BWR
BELMONT
ML2000
BR
C
BW
C
BRD
BWD
BRE
BWE
BRM
BWM
BRN
BWN
BRP
BWP
BRR
BWR
BELMONT
ML2000
BR
C
BW
C
BRD
BWD
BRE
BWE
BRM
BWM
BRN
BWN
BRP
BWP
BRR
BWR
BELMONT
ML2000
BRC
Knob: Wroughtreinforced
Rose: Wroughtreinforced
BRE
Knob: Wroughtreinforced
Rose: Wroughtreinforced
2-7/8''
(73mm)
2-3/16''
(56mm)
3"
(76mm)
BRD
Knob: Wroughtreinforced
Rose: Wroughtreinforced
3-1/2''
(89mm)
2-3/16''
(56mm)
3"
(76mm)
3''
(76mm)
2-3/16''
(56mm)
Belmont
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel
Options and Accessories
CK4200
CK4200.9
Latches
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
Toorderlatchboltseparately,specifyPartNo.xFinish(e.g.,486F83x626).
Delrin Insert
GlobalandBelmontdesignsavailablewithblackDelrininsertatbaseofknob.
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify Part No. 493F999
Plain
Deadlocking
Description Plain Deadbolting
2-3
⁄
4"(70mm)Backset
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)beveled
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)at
4 8 6 F83
486F84
486F89
486F90
3-3
⁄
4"(95mm)Backset
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)beveled
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)at
469F27
469F28 469F29
469F30
5"(127mm)Backset
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)beveled
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)at
469F31
469F32
469F33
469F34
7"(178mm)Backset
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)beveled
Squarecornerfront,2-1/4"(57mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)at
469F35
469F36
469F37
469F38
Options and Accessories
CK4200
CK4200.10
Cylinders
Standard Cylinder
.552"plugdiameter
.496"Pyramidplugdiameter
Brass,6pin,
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes:606,626
Interchangeable Core
.509"plugdiameterconventional
.552"plugdiametersecurity
.496"Pyramidplugdiameter
Brass,6pin,
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes:605,606,611,
612,613,625,626,722
Master Ring Cylinder
.552"plugdiameter
Brass,6pin,
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes:606,626
Conventional 2000-052(standard) 8000 2060-052
Security 2010-052 8010 N/A
Hotel Conventional
Hotel Security
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid Security
2001-052
2011-052
2020-052
2027-052
8001-042
8011-042
8020
8027
2061-052
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brassorbronze
4"(102mm)x5/8"(16mm)for
1/2"(13mm)rabbet.
No optional lip lengths.
To order with lockset, see Quick Codes,
page 12.
Toorderseparately,specify601F28xFinish.
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
Toordercylinderseparately,specifyPartNo.xKeywayxFinish(e.g.,2000-052xL4x626).
Strikes
Curved Lip "T" Strike
Brass,bronze,orstainlesssteel
2-3/4"(70mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)x
1-1/4"(32mm)liptocenter
Optionalliplengths:1"(25mm),
1-1/8"(29mm),1-3/8"(35mm),
1-1/2"(38mm),1-3/4"(44mm),
2"(51mm),2-1/4"(57mm),
2-1/2"(64mm),2-3/4"(70mm),
3"(76mm)
To order optional strike with lockset,
see Quick Codes, page 12.
Toorderseparately,specify586L19x
LipLengthxFinish.
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass,bronze,orstainlesssteel
4-7/8"(124mm)x1-1/4"(32mm)x
1-1/4"(32mm)liptocenter
Optionalliplengths:1"(25mm),
1-1/8"(29mm),1-3/8"(35mm),
1-1/2"(38mm),1-3/4"(44mm),
2"(51mm),2-1/4"(57mm),
2-1/2"(64mm),2-3/4"(70mm),
3"(76mm)
To order optional strike with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
Toorderseparately,specify217L13x
LipLengthxFinish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify
120F76-8.
r
How to Order
CK4200
CK4200.11
Split Trim/Finish Order
Stock Order
Contract / Detailed Order
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Series/Function Pages5-6
TrimDesigns Pages7-8
Finish Page 12
Handing Page 12
Door Thickness Page 12
Backset Page 12
Strike Page 12
MiscellaneousOption Page12
Cylinder and Keying Page 12
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 CK4255 GRC 626 RHR
Quantity Series/
Function
Trim Finish Hand
Outside Inside Outside Inside
12 CK4255 GRC BRC 626 625 RHR
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness Backset Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 CK4255 GRC 626 RHR D214 B334 SC112 M02-M24 PS VKC1
Quick Codes
CK4200
CK4200.12
Finish
Description Specify
Delrin insert M01
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
Knob to accept Best-type core M10
Flat front M12
ANSIwroughtstrikebox M17
Knurling outside and inside M20
Knurling outside only M21
Knurling inside only M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside M24
Abrasive coat outside M25
Stainless steel chassis M26
Leadlinedrose(insideonly) M28
Panel application PNL*
Door ThicknessMiscellaneous Options
*Mustspecifydoorthicknessbeforepanel
is applied, panel thickness and side of the
doorpanelisappliedto(insideoroutside).
* Available only for 10, 20, 51, 55, 57,
61functions.
Backset
Description Specify
2-3
⁄
4"(70mm) (standard)
3-3
⁄
4"(95mm) B334
5"(127mm) B500
7"(178mm) B700
Handing
Description Specify
Right Hand RH
Left Hand LH
RightHandReverse RHR
LeftHandReverse LHR
Strikes
Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4"(44mm)-2"(51mm) (standard)
2-1/8"(54mm) D218
2-1/4"(57mm) D214
2-3/8"(60mm) D238
2-1/2"(63mm) D212
2-5/8"(67mm)-5"(127mm)*
D258toD500
in1/8"
increments
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional6-pin (standard)
Lesscylinder(s) LC
IC6-pin C6
IC6-pinwith temporary
constructioncore(Red) CT6R
IC6-pinwith temporary
constructioncore(Blue) CT6B
IC6-pin with temporary
constructioncore(Green) CT6G
IC6-pinwithtemporary
construction core CT6
IC6-pinlesscore CL6
Security1HS
Security IC1CHS
6-pindisposabletemporarycore CT6D
Pyramid Security1PS
Pyramid Security IC1PCS
Pyramid High Security1PHS
Pyramid High Security IC1PCHS
Pyramid with temporary
construction core CTP
Pyramid Less Core CLP
Pyramid disposable temporary
construction core CTPD
Masterring MR
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visualkeycontrol(VKC)
- No stamping VKCO
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys
 (notforHSorCHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only
 (notforHSorCHS) VKC3
Concealedkeycontrol(CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
CKC cylinders only CKC3
2 keys per lock
Morethan2keys
(standard)
KY#(e.g.,KY6)
NOTE: 1. Not available in CK4229 function.
Lip to Center ANSI
Curved Lip Specify
Curved Lip
Box Specify
1"(25mm) SA100 SC100
1-1
/
8"(29mm) SA118 SC118
1-1
/
4"(32mm) (standard) SC114
1-3
⁄
8"(35mm) SA138 SC138
1-1
⁄
2"(38mm) SA112 SC112
1-3/4"(44mm) SA134 SC134
2"(51mm) SA200 SC200
2-1/4"(57mm) SA214 SC214
2-1/2"(63mm) SA212 SC212
2-3/4"(70mm) SA234 SC234
3"(76mm) SA300 SC300
RabbetedfrontstrikeSpecifySR118
Description Specify
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 BrightBronze 611
US10 SatinBronze 612
US10B Dark OxidizedSatin
Bronze,oilrubbed 613
US14 Bright Nickel Plated 618
US15 Satin Nickel Plated 619
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Satin Chromium Plated
withMicroShield®626C
US32 Bright Stainless Steel 629
US32D Satin Stainless Steel 630
Satin Stainless Steel
withMicroShield®630C
BlackOxidized
Bronze,oilrubbed 722
Helpful Terms
CK4200
CK4200.13
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to a knob
or lever to provide a non-slip
tactile surface for the visually impaired.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
A supplementary latch which, when the
door is closed, automatically deadlocks
the latchbolt. Protects the latchbolt from
forcedretractionor"credit
carding."
Backset
The distance from the front of the lock
to the centerlineofthecylinderorknob/
lever hub.
Bevel
The angle of the edge of a door in
relation to the inside and outside
surfaces of the stile. The most common
bevelforcommercialdoorsis1/8"
(3mm)in2"(51mm).
Box Strike
A strike equipped with an enclosure
behindthehole(s)forthelatchbolt
and/ordeadbolt.Protectsthestrikearea
from mortar and cement.
Chassis
The housing of a lockset, containing
most of the working parts.
Curved Lip Strike
A strike with the lip curved to conform
to the detail of the door frame.
Dummy Trim
Trim only, without the lock or latching
mechanism, usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design
balance.
Front
The part of a lock visible on the edge of
a door.
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Knurling
A permanently applied tactile warning
engraved in the metal of a knob or lever
to warn the visually impaired of
dangerous conditions on the other side
of the door.
Latchbolt
A lock component having a beveled end
that projects from the lock front but may
be forced back into the chassis by end
pressure or drawn back by action of the
retractor.Whenthedoorisclosed,the
latchbolt projects into a hole
provided in the strike, holding the door
in the closed position.
Lead Lined
Pertains to a lockset whose trim has a
lining of lead to prevent the passage
ofradiation.Generallyusedinhospital
applications.
Lip of Strike
Theprojectionpartofastrikewhichrst
engages the latch; may be curved or
straight.
Non-ferrous
Pertaining to parts which do not
contain iron. Ideal for use in corrosive
environments.
Rabbet
The portion of a door frame into which
thedoorts.Also,theabuttingedgesof
a pair of doors, so shaped as to provide
an overlap. One half of the edge
projects beyond the other half,
usually1/2".
Strike
A metal plate that is pierced or recessed
to receive the deadbolt or latchbolt of a
lock(sometimescalledakeeper).
Throw
The distance that a lock's deadbolt or
latchbolt projects when in the locked
position. The effective throw is the
distance that a latchbolt projects when
deadlocked.
Wrought Strike Box
Ametalboxmountedbehindthestrike
to protect the strike opening from
mortar or cement.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location which is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Core
An interchangeable core for temporary
use during construction. It is replaced by
the permanent core when construction
personnel no longer needs access.
Construction Master Keying
(CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which keys
will operate.
High Security Cylinder
Acylinderwhichprovidesextra
resistancetopickingandunauthorized
duplication of keys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Section
The cross-section of a key blade, as
viewed from bow to tip.
Key Symbol
Aletter/numbercombinationin
standardindustryformat(e.g.1AA,
AA1,etc.)whichindicatesexactlyhowa
keyorcylindertsintoakeyingsystem.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate with
keys of different levels of access.
Master Ring Cylinder
A cylinder which offers a wider range of
keying.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of the
front of a cylinder.
How to Specify
CK4200
CK4200.14
Suggested Specifications
AlllocksetsshallbeCK4200SeriesHeavy-DutyCylindricalKnobLocksetsasmanufacturedbyCorbinRusswin
Architectural Hardware, Berlin, Connecticut.
Locksetsshallhaveasteelchassis,zincdichromateplatedforrustresistance,whichtsa2-1/8"(54mm)doorpreparation.Latchbolts
shallhavea5/8"(16mm)throwandaneffectivedeadlockingthrowof7/16"(11mm).Eachlatchboltshallbefurnished with a nylon
insert for durability and quiet operation.
Thestandardbacksetshallbe2-3/4"(70mm),withlongerbacksetsavailable.
Knobsshallhaveaminimumthicknessof.080"(2mm),androsesaminimumthicknessof.035"(0.9mm)witha.065"(1.6mm)liner.
Outside knobs shall be removable for rekeying without removing the lockset from the door.
Lock-on thimbles and rose liners shall lock the chassis into the door cutout, preventing lock movement and loosening.
Cylindersshallbe6-pin,constructedofbrass,withconventional,highsecurity,interchangeablecoreandmasterringavailable.
AlllocksetsshallbelistedbyUnderwritersLaboratoriesforAlabelandlesserclasssingledoors,4'x8'.
Locksetstobeusedonspeciedexteriordoorsordoorssubjecttospecialatmosphericconditions(poolareas,chemical
laboratories,sewagedisposalplants,etc.)shallbeconstructedofstainlesssteel.
Certication:
FederalSpecicationFF-H-106C
ANSIA156.2Series4000,Grade1
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a one-year limited warranty.
Notes
CK4200
CK4200.15
FormoreinformationregardingCorbinRusswinLocksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorizedCorbinRusswinDistributororSalesRepresentative.
In U.S.
CorbinRusswin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin,CT06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax:800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160FourValleyDrive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
Fax:905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
45021-3/11R
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksor
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current
attimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupCompany,reservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,
and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2003,2011CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.Reproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpress
writtenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology, a
silver-basedantimicrobialcoatingdesignedtoinhibitthegrowthofbacteria.MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA
ABLOYGroupcompany.
CK4400 Series
Standard Duty Cylindrical Knob Locksets
Applications
CK4400
Table of Contents
Applications .............................2
Features ...................................3
Functions ................................. 4
Trim Designs ............................ 5
Options and Accessories ..........6
How to Order ..........................8
Helpful Terms ........................10
How to Specify ......................11
www.corbinrusswin.com
CK4400.2
Applications
An outstanding combination of value and performance. Ideal for quality residential and
light commercial buildings, such as:
• Fine homes
• Apartments
• Motels
• Offices
Advantages
• Wide array of functions
• Precision manufactured mechanisms, zinc dichromated for corrosion resistance
• Stainless steel latchbolt for long life
• Adjustable latchbolts accommodates flat and beveled doors
• Stainless steel trim available
Features
CK4400
CK4400.3
Features
Handing
Field reversible.
Door Thickness
1-3/8" (35mm) - 1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Backset
2-3
/
4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 2-3/8" (60mm), 3-3
/
4" (95mm) and
5" (127mm); see How to Order, page 9.
Lock Chassis
Steel, zinc dichromated for corrosion
resistance.
Front
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel,
2-1
/
4" (57mm) x 1-1
/
8" (29mm) standard.
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1
/
8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Optional fronts available; see How to
Order, page 9.
Latchbolt
Brass or stainless steel, 1/2" (13mm)
throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze, or stainless steel
ANSI curved lip standard, 4-7
/
8" (124mm)
x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) lip to
center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
How to Order, page 9.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL/ULC
All locks with listed for A label and lesser
class single doors, 4' x 8'.
Letter F and UL symbol on latch front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Inside rose liner through-bolted
to lock chassis to ensure proper
alignment and smooth operation
Knob designs compatible with Corbin Russwin
Pre-Assembled Unit Locks, Mortise Locksets,
Exit Devices and other Cylindrical Locks
2-3/8" (60mm), 2-3/4"
(70mm), 3-3/4" (95mm)
and 5" (127mm) backsets
available
Finishes
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 (US10B) Oxidized Bronze, oil
rubbed
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel
Functions
CK4400
CK4400.4
Indicates rigid knob.
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CK4410 Passage or
Closet F75 • Latchbolt by knob either side.
• Both knobs always free.
CK4429 Hotel or Motel F93
• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob inside or by key outside.
• Push button shuts out all keys except emergency key, and
projects occupancy indicator in face of cylinder.
• Push button released by turning inside knob or by closing door.*
• Outside knob always rigid.
• Inside knob always free.
CK4430
Privacy,
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side.
• Outside knob locked by push button.
• Outside knob unlocked by turning slotted button outside, by
rotating inside knob, or by closing door.
• Inside knob always free.
CK4440 Patio or Privacy F77
• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when push
button locks outside knob.
• Push button released by turning inside knob or by closing door.
• Inside knob always free.
CK4451 Entrance or
Office F81/82
• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when turn
button locks outside knob.
• Pushing turn button in locks outside knob, requiring use of key
outside to unlock.
• Turning inside knob unlocks outside knob.
• Pushing in and turning button locks outside knob, requiring key
at all times. Turning inside knob does not unlock outside knob
until button is manually turned to unlocked position.
• Inside knob always free.
CK4455 Classroom F84
• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side except when key
outside locks outside knob.
• Outside knob unlocked by key outside.
• Inside knob always free.
CK4457 Storeroom or
Closet F86
• Deadlocking latchbolt by key in outside knob, or by rotating
inside knob.
• Outside knob always rigid.
• Inside knob always free.
CK4480 Communicating
or Exit —
• Deadlocking latchbolt by knob outside only.
• Blank rose inside; no inside operation.
CK4482 Store Door F91 • Deadlocking latchbolt by knob either side, except when key
either side locks both knobs.
• Keyed alike unless otherwise specified.
CK4450 Half Dummy
Trim —• Knob acts as pull only; no operation.
• Knob is rigid.
*Unless push button has been fixed in locked position by spanner key (furnished). When push button is fixed by spanner key, lock is
operable only by emergency key or by display key.
Trim Designs
CK4400
CK4400.5
Global
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
GWC
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
Belmont
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
BWC
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
Options and Accessories
CK4400
CK4400.6
Extended Backsets
When 3-3/4" (95mm) backset is specified, Extension Unit and Connecting Tube will be furnished for use with
2-3/8"(60mm) backset latch. When 5" (127mm) backset is specified, Extension Unit and Connecting tube will be furnished for use with
2 3/4" (70mm) backset.
To order optional backset with lockset, see How to order, page 9.
To order backset Extension Unit and Connecting Tube, specify Part No. 574F25 for 3-3/4" (95mm) or Part No. 574F26 for 5" (127mm).
Description Series/Function Part NO.
2-3/4"(70mm) Backset
CK4410, CK4451, CK4455,
CK4457, CK4480, CK4482 574F55
CK4429, CK4430, CK4440 574F56
2-3/8"(60mm) Backset
CK4410, CK4451, CK4455,
CK4457, CK4480, CK4482 574F29
CK4429, CK4430, CK4440 574F30
Latches
Deadlocking feature standard, preventing manipulation when door is closed.
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order latchbolt separately, specify Part No. x Finish (e.g. 574F55 x 626).
Extension Unit
Connecting Tube
Assembled Unit
Options and Accessories
CK4400
CK4400.7
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze, or stainless steel, 4-7
/
8" (124mm) x
1-1
/
4" (32mm) x 1-1
/
4" (32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm), 1-1
/
8" (29mm),
1-3
/
8" (35mm), 1-1
/
2" (38mm), 1-3
/
4" (44mm),
2" (51mm).
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip Length x
Finish.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see How to Order, page 9.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.
Curved Lip “T” Strike
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
2-3
/
4" (70mm) x 1-1
/
8" (29mm) x 1-1
/
4"
(32mm) lip to center.
Optional lip lengths: 1" (25mm),
1-1
/
8" (29mm), 1-3
/
8" (35mm), 1-1
/
2" (38mm),
1-3
/
4" (44mm), 2" (51mm).
To order optional strike with lockset, see How to
order, page 9.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x Lip Length
x Finish.
r
Tools
Knob Cover Removal Tool
To order, specify 506F57-8.
Knob Removal Tool
To order, specify 574F15-8.
Cylinder Shell Loading Kit
To order, specify CT-10.
Cylinders
Standard Cylinder
.509" plug diameter
conventional
Brass, 6-pin 2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 619
Series/Function All except CK4429 CK4455, CK4482 before
August 1993
CK4429 with straight
tailpiece
CK4429 with twisted
tailpiece
Conventional 6-pin (standard) 2000-044 2003-044 2001-044 2001-066
Split Finish Order Privacy function CK4430 only; inside finish 629 only.
Stock Order
Contract / Detailed Order
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Series/Function Page 4
Trim Designs Page 5
Finish Page 9
Handing Page 9
Door Thickness Page 9
Strike Page 9
Backset Page 9
Miscellaneous Options Page 9
Cylinder and Keying Page 9
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 CK4451 GWC 630 RHR
Quantity Series/
Function
Finish Hand
Trim Outside Inside
12 CK4430 GWC 605 629 RH
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Optional
Strike Backset Misc.
Options Keying
24 AA1 CK4451 GWC 630 RHR SA134 B238 M17 VKC1
CK4400.8
How to Order
CK4400
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Less cylinder(s) LC
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
Keys only VKC1
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
CKC cylinders only CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys KY# (e.g., KY6)
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA 613 (US10B) Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed 613
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel 629
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel 630
Strikes
Lip to Center
ANSI
Curved Lip
Specify
Curved Lip
Box Specify Full Lip Specify
1" (25mm) SA100 SC100 N/A
1-1
/
8" (29mm) SA118 SC118 SF118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) (standard) SC114 N/A
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SA138 SC138 N/A
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SA112 SC112 N/A
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SA134 SC134 N/A
2" (51mm) SA200 SC200 N/A
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-1
/
4"(32mm) - 1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/8"(60mm) B238
2-3/4" (70mm) (standard)
3-3/4" (95mm) B334
5" (127mm) B500
CK4400.9
How to Order
CK4400
Handing
Description Specify
Right Hand RH
Left Hand LH
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
1" latch front, square corners (for 2-3/8" backset only) M14
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside M24
Abrasive coat outside M25
CK4400.10
Helpful Terms
CK4400
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to a knob
or lever to provide a non-slip tactile surface
for the visually impaired.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
A supplementary latch which, when the
door is closed, automatically deadlocks
the latchbolt. Protects the latchbolt from
forced retraction or “credit carding.”
Backset
The distance from the front of the lock to
the centerline of the cylinder or knob/lever
hub.
Bevel
The angle of the edge of a door in relation
to the inside and outside surfaces of
the stile. The most common bevel for
commercial doors is 1/8" in 2".
Box Strike
A strike equipped with an enclosure
behind the hole(s) for the latchbolt and/
or deadbolt. Protects the strike area from
mortar and cement.
Chassis
The housing of a lockset, containing most
of the working parts.
Curved Lip Strike
A strike with the lip curved to conform to
the detail of the door frame.
Dummy Trim
Trim only, without the lock or latching
mechanism, usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.
Front
The part of a lock visible on the edge of a
door.
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Latchbolt
A lock component having a beveled end
that projects from the lock front but may
be forced back into the chassis by end
pressure or drawn back by action of the
retractor. When the door is closed, the
latchbolt projects into a hole provided in
the strike, holding the door in the closed
position.
Strike
A metal plate that is pierced or recessed to
receive the deadbolt or latchbolt of a lock
(sometimes called a keeper).
Throw
The distance that a lock's deadbolt or
latchbolt projects when in the locked
position. The effective throw is the
distance that a latchbolt projects when
deadlocked.
Wrought Strike Box
A metal box mounted behind the strike to
protect the strike opening from mortar or
cement.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation which allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination which determines which keys
will operate.
Key Section
The cross-section of a key blade, as viewed
from bow to tip.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in standard
industry format (e.g., 1AA, AA1, etc.)
which indicates exactly how a key or
cylinder fits into a keying system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate with
keys or different levels of access.
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be CK4400 Series Standard Duty Cylindrical Knob Lockets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware.
Locks shall have a steel chassis with zinc dichromate plated parts for rust resistance.
All knobs and roses shall be of reinforced construction. All inside and outside knobs shall be of the same profile and projection for
aesthetic continuity.
All locksets and latchbolts shall be field reversible for ease of installation.
The latchbolt shall be adjustable to accommodate flat or beveled doors, shall have a 1/2" throw and shall include an auxiliary
deadlocking feature to inhibit manipulation when door is closed.
All locksets shall be furnished with 2 nickel silver keys. All cylinder plugs shall be furnished with 6-pin chambers for expanded master
keying capabilities.
All locksets shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for A label and lesser class single doors, 4' x 8'.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 1
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
CK4400.11
How to Specify
CK4400
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2003, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45024-3/11R
CK4700 Series
Light/Medium Duty Knob Locksets
Introduction
CK4700
Table of Contents
Introduction .............................2
Features ...................................3
Functions ................................. 4
Trim Design .............................5
Options and Accessories ..........6
How to Order ..........................8
Quick Codes ............................9
Specifications .........................10
www.corbinrusswin.com
CK4700.2
Quality
The CK4700 series is a Grade 2 light/medium-duty knob lockset which provides an
outstanding combination of value and performance. It is the ideal knob lockset for
light commercial and heavy-duty residential applications such as interior offices, closets,
multi-family housing, restaurants and retail complexes. The CK4700 series provides
quality materials and performance.
Vandal Resistance
CK4700 series locksets are available with Corbin Russwin’s Pyramid patented* security
cylinder, the most secure locking system available. Pyramid is especially recommended
for installations that require superior protection against picking and drilling. See the
Key Systems catalog for additional information. (* Patent No. 6, 125, 674)
Key Advantages
• ANSIGrade2certification
• UL1-1/2hourfirerating
• Pyramidcylindersforincreasedsecurity
• Interlockingtubularchassisandlatchbolt
Features
CK4700
CK4700.3
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2.
UL /ULC
All locks listed for B Label Single doors.
ULsymbolonlatchfrontindicateslisting.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact may
be in any specific situation. When retrofitting
any portion of an existing fire rated opening,
or specifying and installing a new fire-rated
opening, please consult with a code specialist
or local code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with all
applicable codes and ratings.
Finishes
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness
1-3
⁄
8" (35mm) to 1-3
⁄
4" (44mm).
Lock Chassis
Die cast zinc for corrosion resistance.
Backset
2-3
⁄
4" (70mm) standard.
Optional: 2-3
⁄
8" (60mm). See Quick Codes, page 9.
Latches
1/2” (13mm) bolt projection.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Deadlocking latchbolt prevents
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
T- Strike standard. Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see Quick Codes, page 9.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
High Security Pyramid
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
One-year limited.
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
Functions
CK4700
CK4700.4
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
CK4710
Passage or
Closet F75 •Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside.
•Bothknobsalwaysfree.
CK4720
Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F76
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside.
•Outsideknoblockedbybutton.
•Outsideknobunlockedbybuttoninside,orbyrotating
inside knob.
•Emergencyreleaseinoutsideknob.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4751 Entranceor
Office F81
• Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,exceptwhen
button locks outside knob.
• Rotatingbuttonlocksoutsideknob,requiringkeyto
unlock. Turning inside knob unlocks outside knob.
• Rotatingbuttontheotherwaylocksoutsideknob,requir-
ing key to unlock. Turning inside knob unlocks outside
knob only when button is rotated back to unlock.
• Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4755 Classroom F84
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobeitherside,exceptwhen
key outside locks outside knob.
•Outsideknobunlockedbykeyoutside.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4759 Storeroom
or Public
Restroom F86
•Deadlockinglatchboltbyknobinside.
•Keyoutsideunlocksoutsideknobtoretractlatchbolt.
•Knobretractslatchbolt.
•Keyisretainedintheunlockedmode.
•Whenkeyisremoved,outsideknobislocked.
•Insideknobalwaysfree.
CK4750 Half Dummy
Trim (Surface
Mounted) –– •Knobactsaspullonly;nooperation.
•Knobisrigid.
Indicates rigid knob.
Trim Design
CK4700
CK4700.5
Global
GWC
Knob: Brass
Knob projection: 2-9
⁄
16" (65mm)
Rose: Brass
Rose diameter: 2 -9
⁄
16" (65mm)
2 -9⁄16"
(65mm)
2 -9⁄16"
(65mm)
2 -3⁄32"
(51mm)
Options and Accessories
CK4700
CK4700.6
Latches
To order optional latchbolt with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 9.
To order latchbolt separately, specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 687F63 x 626).
Cylinders UL Firecup
CL3700 Deadlocking Latchbolt
Part No. 687F66
Supplied standard with all CK4700's. Failure to use invalidates
ULlisting.
All CK4700 Latches are Deadlocking.
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 9.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 2000-037 x L4 x 626).
Screw Pack
Part No. 687F96
Supplied standard with wood-machine screws combination.
Backset and Front Description UL Latches
2-3
⁄
4" (70mm) Square Corner Front 2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1-1⁄8" (29mm) faceplate 687F63
2-3
⁄
8" (60mm) Square Corner Front 2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1" (25mm) faceplate 687F64
2-3
⁄
8" (60mm) 1⁄4" (6mm) Round Corner Front 2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1" (25mm) faceplate 687F65
1" (25mm) Latch Sleeve 687F71
Standard Cylinder
.509" plug diameter conventional
.496" plug diameter high security
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: 606, 626
Conventional 6-Pin (standard) (2000-037)
Pyramid High Security 7-pin (2020-037)
Pyramid Security 7-pin (2027-037)
Schlage® C Keyway 5-Pin
2400-037-C-5
“O” bitted or keyed random
Options and Accessories
CK4700
CK4700.7
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, specify M17.
To order separately, specify 120F76-8.
Full Lip sq corner
Full Lip Square Corner
2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1-1⁄2" (38mm) x 1" (25mm)
lip to center
To order with lockset, specify SF114.
To order separately, specify 687F61 x Finish.
Full Lip Radius Corner
2-1⁄4" (57mm) x 1-1⁄2" (38mm) x
1"(25mm) lip to center
To order with lockset, specify SFR114.
To order separately, specify 687F62 x
1-1⁄8" (29mm) x Finish.
ANSI Curved Lip
4-7⁄8"(124mm) x 1-1⁄4" (32mm) x
1-1⁄4" (32mm) lip to center
To order with lockset, specify SA114.
To order separately, specify 217L13 x Lip
Length x Finish.
Curved Lip “T” Strike
2-3
⁄
4" (70mm) x 1-1
⁄
8" (29mm) x
1-1
⁄
4" (32mm) lip to center
Supplied standard with lockset.
To order separately, specify 586L19 x Lip
Length x Finish.
curved Lip
ANSI Strike curved lip
ANSI Strike Box
Dust Box for 2 -3⁄4" (70mm)
Curved Lip “T” Strike
To order with lockset, specify M77.
To order separately, specify 687F94 x
Finish.
Dust Box for 2 -1⁄4" (57mm) Full
Lip Radius and Square Corner
Strikes
To order with lockset, specify M78.
To order separately, specify 687F95 x Finish.
Strikes
How to Order
CK4700
CK4700.8
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Handing Page 3
Series/Function Page 4
Trim Design Page 5
Finish Page 9
Door Thickness Page 9
Backset Page 9
Strike Page 9
Miscellaneous Options Page 9
Cylinders and Keying Page 9
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish
100 CK4755 GWC 626
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Backset Misc.
Options Keying
24 AA1 CK4755 GWC 626 B238 M17 CKC2
Quick Codes
CK4700
CK4700.9
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA605(US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA626(US26D) Satin Chromium Plated 626
Strike
Strike Type Specify
ANSI Curved Lip SA114
Curved Lip "T" Strike (standard)
Full Lip 1/4" (6mm) Radius Corner SFR114
Full Lip Square Corner SF114
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Less cylinder LC
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keying
(not available for Pyramid) CMK
Pyramid High Security PHS
Pyramid Security PS
Visual Key Control (VKC)
- No keying data stamped on key or
cylinder VKC0
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys
(not for PHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only
(not for PHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS) CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys KY# (e.g., KY6)
Backset
Description Specify
2-3/8" (60mm) B238
2-3
⁄
4" (70mm) (standard)
Door Thickness
Description Specify
1-3
⁄
8" (35mm) - 1-3
⁄
4" (44mm) (standard)
Description Specify
Less cylinder with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder M06
1-1
⁄
8" (29mm) latch front, square corners (standard
with 2-3
⁄
4" (70mm) backset). (standard)
1" (25mm) latch front, square corners (standard with
2-3
⁄
8" (60mm) backset). Available in 2-3
⁄
8" (60mm)
backset only.
M14
1" (25mm) latch front, rounded corners. Available in
2-3
⁄
8" (60mm) backset only. M15
Dust box for 2-3
⁄
4" (70mm) strike M77
Dust box for 2-1
⁄
4" (57mm) strike M78
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Miscellaneous
Specifications
CK4700
CK4700.10
Locksets shall be CK4700 Series Grade 2 Key-in-Knob Locksets.
Locks shall have an interlocking tubular chassis and latchbolt.
Locksets shall be adjustable for 1-3/8" (35mm) and 1-3/4" (44mm) door thickness. The latchbolt shall be adjustable to
accommodate flat or beveled doors, shall have a 1/2" (13mm) throw and shall include a deadlocking feature to inhibit
manipulation when door is closed.
Inside and outside knobs shall be of the same profile and projection for aesthetic continuity. The knob shall have a 2-9/16" (65mm)
projection from face of door.
Locksets shall be furnished with two nickel silver keys. All cylinder plugs shall furnished with 6-pin chambers for master keying capa-
bilities.
Cylinders shall be easily changed by removing the knob without disassembling the lockset.
Certification:
UL1-1/2HourFireRating
ANSI A156.2 Series 4000, Grade 2
Locksets shall carry a one-year warranty.
Notes
CK4700
CK4700.11
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or reg-
isteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveownersandarementionedforreferencepurposesonly.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentat
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45026-3/11R
Key Systems
Cylinders and Keys
Table of Contents
Designing Master Key Systems ...... 3
Key Wizard® ............................ 4
How to Order Cylinders ........... 5
Cylinder and Key Stamping ...... 6
Temporary Access .................... 7
Conventional Cylinders ............ 8
Interchangeable Core ............. 14
Security .................................. 17
Master Ring ........................... 19
Pyramid ................................. 21
Bump Resistant Cylinders ....... 28
Key Blanks ............................. 29
Keyways ................................ 31
Mortise Cylinder Cams ........... 40
Cylinder Accessories ............... 41
Plug Diameters/Quick Codes .. 43
Service Equipment ................. 45
Policies and Procedures .......... 49
How to Establish Key Systems 50
www.corbinrusswin.com
Key Systems.2
Applications
Key Systems
Applications
To provide the desired level of security, even the finest architectural hardware requires a
properly designed and maintained master key system.
The keying system is the “software” of a building's security. As shown in the schematic
below, it turns each hardware product into an access control device.
The choice of cylinder mechanism must be planned together with the keying system.
The variety of mechanisms available from Corbin Russwin offers the right balance of
security, convenience and expansion capability for every job.
AA
Master
Maintenance
A
Grand Master
AB
Master
Perimeter
AC
Master
Administrator
AD
Master
Doctors’ Offices
AE
Master
Nursing
AF
Master
Food Service
AA1
Electrical
Closets
AB1
Building
Entrances
AC1
Chief of
Staff
AD1
101
AE1
2nd Floor
AF1
Kitchen
AF2
Cafeteria
AF3
Food Storage
SKD1
Pharmacy
AE2
3rd Floor
AE3
4th Floor
AE4
5th Floor
AE5
6th Floor
AD2
102
AD3
103
AD4
104
AC2
Personnel
AC3
Accounting
AC3
Accounting
AB2
Exit Alarms
AB3
Gates
AB4
Parking
AA2
Phone
Closets
AA3
Heating and
Air Cond.
AA4
Janitor
Supplies
AA5
Janitor closets
Restrooms
Designing Master Key Systems Cylinders and Keys
Key Systems
Key Systems.3
Step 1
Determine the type of locking system
• Conventional“open&restrictedkeyways”
- Not contract controlled
• Patentedlockingsystem
- A notice of acceptance will be
required between Corbin Russwin
and Owner
- Factory-based system
- Key blank distribution restrictions are
in place
•Security(secondarylockingmechanisms,
example; Pyramid Security)
•Highsecurity(sameasSecurityplus
UL437 – example; Pyramid High
Security)
•Standaloneaccesscontrollocking
 devices(atdoorwiring,example;
Access 800)
- To facilitate multiple users through
common doors
•Integratedlockingsystems(hardwired
into access control systems)
Step 2
Establish the level of the master key
system. The higher the level the less
secure.
•Leveltwo–“SimpleMasterKeysystem”
- Change key, and master key only
•Levelthree–“GrandMasterKeysystem”
 -Changekey,masterkey,andGrand
Master Key
•Levelfour–“GreatGrandMasterKey
system”
- Changekey,masterkey,Grand
 MasterKey,andGreatGrand
Master Key
•Levelshigherthanfourarenot
recommended for security reasons
- With more levels, additional master
pins in each chamber of the cylinder
would be required, and with the
additional master pins the possibility
of unauthorized key interchanges
could occur
*See pages 50-52 on How to Establish Key
Systems.*
Step 3
Establish key hierarchy, key issuing
policies and procedures, and
administrative disciplines.
•Who,ifanyoneisauthorizedtocarry
the top master key?
•Whocarriesmasterkeysandchangekeys?
- Does every employee receive a key?
•Whatdisciplinaryaction(s)isbeingput
in place for violations?
- Fines or Deposits
> Lost keys
> Keys not returned
- Will there be a key receipt required?
> Where will that be kept?
• Whoisthesystemsadministrator?
- Authorized to purchase
- Responsible for Key Control
Administration
•WhoistheKeyControlAdministrator?
 -Maintainkeycontrolsoftware&
all transactions
Step 4
System Layout
•HelpfulHints
- KISS “Keep It Simple System”
> Do not use the term sub-master
  (notunlessit’slevel6andhigher)
•Lowestlevelpossible
•Keytothebuildingsecurityobjectives
NOT to the people
- Determine if the system is to be
designed for Security or Convenience
•Nocrosskeying,especiallywithpatented
locking systems and higher
•Keyalikewithinmasterkeygroupsas
much as possible
 -Avoidtop-heavysystems(example;
few change keys used under masters)
•Hastherightfunctionoflocksetbeen
selected?
- Storeroom vs. Classroom vs. Entry
- Single cylinder vs. double cylinder
> If double cylinder, how is the
inside cylinder to be keyed?
•Provideadequatequantityofkeys
- Top Master keys “limit the number of
these to only a few”
- Master keys “also limit the number
these”
- Change keys per key set and/or per
keyed alike sets
- Special operating keys
> Control keys “limit the number
of these”
Separate the internal departments
into sectors, example are:
•Perimeter
- Including all exterior doors, roof
surfaces, gates and fences, and
adjacent buildings.
•Operations
- Sensitive areas crucial to daily
operations, such as plant engineering,
security and mechanical operations.
•Management
- Areas that are vital for daily business
activities, primarily human resources,
administration, executive offices, IT,
sales, and accounting.
•Services
- Areas that provide employees and
visitors with services, such as
restrooms, medical treatment areas,
housekeeping, food service, retail
 (unlessit'saleasedoutsidesource).
•UniqueApplications
- Door openings requiring access
control hardware where key override
is required, or any other special
application which would be unique.
•Tenants
- Any tenants that are not part of the
building.
Step 5
Servicing & Maintenance
•In-houseoroutsidelocksmith
- Ensure proper training
- Establish key cutting log
- Establish service request procedures
•Serviceequipment
- Key kit
- Code cutter that complies with
 systemsdepths&spacing
specifications
- Locksmithingtools,xtures&
accessories
•Establishstocklevels&requirementsto
avoid misuse of multi-section key blanks
- Additional cylinders ready for
emergencies
- Additionalkeyblanks(ofallkeyways)
•Whoorwherearethekeyblanksgoing
to be kept?
•Whoisauthorizedtocutkeys?
- What form of work order will be used
to authorize cutting of keys?
- Who will sign the work order?
- Whatrecordswillbekept&where?
•Whattypeofreportswillberequired?
- Overdue keys
- Miss-cut keys
> Who receives the reports?
•Onceakeyhasbeencut,what
instructions are given to the recipient?
- Key receipt recommended
•Ensurethatalltransactionsarerecorded
by the Key Control Administrator
•ENFORCEMENTFROMTHESTART!
SUPPORT AND BACK THOSE WHO
 ARERESPONSIBLEFORMAINTAINING
 ANDSERVICINGTHESYSTEM.
Key Wizard®
Key Systems
Key Systems.4
Key Management Software
Features:
• Freetechnicalsupportandfreesoftwareupgradesforoneyear
• Customizedquery,reportandsearchcapability
• Comprehensivehardwarelistingsfordoorlocations
• Displayskeyholderphotosandsignaturesforverication
• Clear,easytoreadscreens
• Automaticremindersformaintenance,back-upsandoverdue
keys
• Networkandstandaloneversionsavailable
• Accuratekeysymbolsorting
• Audittrailtrackschangesmadetokeyholders
• Printingofdoornumberlabelstoensurepropercylinder
installation
• Keyauthorizationtracking
• Customizedkeyreceiptsandauthorizationforms
• Trackingofloanedkeysandkeydeposits
• Storesmaintenanceservicehistoryrecords
• Canmanagemultipleendusersandmultiplekeysystemsfor
most manufacturers
• Importingofkeysystems,keyholdersandlocations
• Exportingofkeysystemsandlocations
• Globalkeysearchacrossmultiplemasterkeysystems
• Multi-levelpasswordprotection
• DownloadofkeybittingstoITL9700Codemachine
• PinningCalculators
Computer System Requirements:
•500MHzprocessororgreater
•Windows98,2000,ME,NT,XP,Vistaor7
•64MBRAM
•CDDrive
•Mousepointingdevice
•70MBharddiskspace
Demo Version
Demo versions are available. Demos can be downloaded from the
Corbin Russwin website at http://www.corbinrusswin.com or
www.keywizard.net
How to Order:
All Key Wizard programs are licensed specifically to each facility
end user. Special online ordering procedures apply. The following
information is required for each system:
End User Facility Name
End User Contact Individual
Mailing Address
Phone Number
Key Wizard Technical Support:
1-800-610-1706
Advantages
A key management software program
is essential for any type of organization.
Keeping track of the key holders in
a master key system is critical for
maintaining key control and ensuring the
security and integrity of the system.
Key Wizard by Corbin Russwin was
designed to provide a user-friendly tool
for facility end users to track detailed
information concerning their keying
system. It offers improvements over
existing key management software by
utilizing clutter-free and easily navigated
screens. This system uses a Microsoft®
Outlook® type of layout.
Key control for a facility is maintained
by adopting a complete system of
policies, procedures, record keeping and
specialized products. A comprehensive
key management software program is one
aspect of a complete key control system.
Key Wizard by Corbin Russwin provides
the facility with accurate information
concerning keys, key holders, hardware
locations, master key systems, overdue
keys and maintenance service schedules,
all of which can be customized.
How to Order Cylinders Numbering Scheme Overview
Key Systems
Key Systems.5
Finish
Description Specify
Bright Brass 605
Satin Brass 606
Bright Bronze 611
Satin Bronze 612
Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Oil rubbed 613
Bright Nickel Plated 618
Satin Nickel Plated 619
Flat Black Coated 622
Bright Chromium Plated 625
Satin Chromium Plated 626
Bright Stainless Steel 629
Satin Stainless Steel 630
Black Oxidized Bronze,
oil rubbed 722
Cylinder Type Mechanism Function Length Cam Pins Keyway
10 Mortise
11 Flex Head Mortise
12 Concealed Shell
Mortise
13 Thumbturn Mortise
14 Dummy Mortise
20 Knob/Lever
21 Continental Knob
22 Competitor Knob/Lever
23 RFC Padlock
24 Competitor Keyways
30 Rim
33 Thumbturn Rim
42 Special Application
43 DL2100, DL3100
44 DL2200, DL3200
80 IC-CoreOnly(LFIC)
0 Standard
1 Security
2 Pyramid
3 IC Pyramid
 Cylinder(LFIC)
4 SFIC Housing
6 Master Ring
7 LFIC Housing
8 IC Complete
 Cylinder(LFIC)
9 IC Security
 Cylinder(LFIC)
0 Standard
1 Hotel
2 Blockout
3 Classroom
4 Brink CW
5 Brink CCW
6 Obsolete Crossbar
ED6200
7 Pyramid Security
(Mortise Cylinder)
100 1"(25mm)
118 1-1/8"(29mm)
114 1-1/4"(32mm)
138 1-3/8"(35mm)
112 1-1/2"(38mm)
134 1-3/4"(44mm)
200 2"(51mm)
214 2-1/4"(57mm)
212 2-1/2"(64mm)
234 2-3/4"(70mm)
300 3"(76mm)
314 3-1/4"(83mm)
312 3-1/2"(89mm)
334 3-3/4"(95mm)
(Rim Tailpiece)
058 5/8"(16mm)
114 1-1/4"(32mm)IC
138 1-3/8"(35mm)
178 1-7/8"(48mm)IC
178V 1-7/8"(48mm)verticalIC
200 2"(51mm)
200V 2"(51mm)vertical
318 3-1/8"(78mm)IC
312 3-1/2"(89mm)
312V 3-1/2"(89mm)vertical
A01 Cloverleaf
A02 Straight
A03 Adams Rite® MS
A04 DL4000 Series
A05 Adams Rite 4070
A06 Schlage® Cloverleaf
A07 DL4100 Series
A61 New MR Cloverleaf-
locks made after 5/93
A62 MR Straight
A63 Large MR Short
A64 Large MR Long
A65 Old MR Cloverleaf -
locks made prior to 5/93
A92 ExitGripTrim01,02
A93 Obsolete Deadlocks:
Corbin® 610 Series and
Russwin® 1403 Series
5
6
7
10 0 0 – 118 – A01 – 6 – L4 – x Finish x Options*
*For cylinder options, see pages 43-44
Visual and Concealed Key Control
With these options, keys and/or cylinders
are stamped with their respective keyset
symbol, so lock mix-ups during installation
or key mix-ups afterwards are less likely
to happen – and easier to straighten out
if they do. Lost keys are also easier to
replace. The coded information on the
cylinder tells you how the cylinder is keyed,
thereby eliminating trial and error.
For example, the symbol AA1 shown in
the illustration identifies the lock to be
operated by grand master key A, master
key AA and change key AA1. Upon
written authorization from the building
owner to an authorized Corbin Russwin
Distributor, a bitting list can be furnished
for each job to translate the symbols into
key bittings.
If a key is lost, it can easily be replaced by
referring to the symbol on the cylinder and
the bitting on the bitting list. VKC is not
available on Security or Pyramid cylinders.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
For Greater Convenience
The key symbol is stamped on the plug
face or other visible portion of the front of
thecylinder.(VKCisavailableonallkeys,
but not available on Security, CK4400
Series Lockset or Pyramid cylinders.)
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
For Greater Security
For greater security, specify CKC on the
cylinders. The key symbol is stamped in
a concealed location, such as the rear of
the cylinder. It is not visible to the general
occupants of the building but can be
accessed by authorized personnel upon
removing the cylinder from the lockset.
Key Systems.6
Cylinder and Key Stamping VKC and CKC
Key Systems
AA1
The following codes and definitions have been established for specifying cylinder and key stamping:
Quick Code Definition
VKC0 Nokeyset,registrynumber,keyway,norbittingstampingonanykeys.Includesmasterkeysandchangekeys.(Keyswillbetagged.)
VKC1 Master keys stamped with their keyset symbol and registry number. Change keys stamped with their keyset symbol and keyway.*
(Standardforhighsecurityandsecuritycylinders.)
VKC2 Master Keys stamped with their keyset symbol and registry number. Change keys stamped with their keyset symbol and keyway.*
Cylindersstampedwiththeirkeysetsymbolonthefaceoftheplug.(Notavailableforhighsecurityorsecuritycylinders.)
VKC3 Master Keys stamped with their registry number. Change keys stamped with their bitting, keyway* and system. Cylinders stamped with
theirkeysetsymbolonthefaceoftheplug.(Notavailableforhighsecurityorsecuritycylinders.
CKC2 Master keys stamped with their keyset symbol and registry number. Change keys stamped with their keyset symbol and keyway.*
Cylinders stamped with their keyset symbol in a concealed location.
CKC3 Master keys stamped with their registry number. Change keys stamped with their bitting, keyway* and system. Cylinders stamped with
theirkeysetsymbolinaconcealedlocation.(Notavailableforhighsecurity,orsecuritycylinders.)
*Keyway will NOT be stamped on the keys for security or high security cylinders, nor restricted or protected keyways unless specifically requested as per the
purchaseorder.(KB18,KB19,KB28orKB90series)
Key Systems.7
CONSTRUCTION
MASTER
Temporary Access Construction Keying
Key Systems
Construction Master Keying
ConstructionMasterKeying(CMK)isaCorbin
Russwin keying option that provides the extra
security needed in the transition from construction
of a building or complex to completion.
The construction master key operates all Corbin
Russwin cylinders while the building is under
construction. Upon completion of the construction
phase, it can be voided without removing the
cylinders from the locks, simply by turning the
change key in each cylinder. Interchangeable
core jobs with construction master keying further
require a construction control key to install and
remove cores during the construction phase.
The permanent master and change keys for the
system are always packed and shipped separately,
and the order must include the names and
addresses of individuals to whom the construction,
permanent master and change keys should be
sent.
This feature is NOT available on Security or
Pyramid cylinders.
SKD Caution
Unless otherwise specified, SKD sets will be
construction master keyed. When construction
master keying is established for SKD sets, Corbin
Russwin issues a separate SKD CMK key as well as
an SKD CMK Control key if required.
How to Order CMK
To order locksets and/or cylinders with the
construction master key feature, the quick code
CMK should be indicated as an option.
Temporary Construction Cores
Lockable
A more secure method of construction keying
for interchangeable core hardware is the use of
temporary construction cores. Corbin Russwin
recommends this method of construction keying
for IC jobs.
Hardware is furnished with construction cores
that are keyed alike to a combination unrelated
tothepermanentsystem’smasterkey.When
the building is turned over to the owner, the
permanent cores are installed and the temporary
construction cores can be returned to Corbin
Russwin for credit.
The IC temporary construction cores are available
in red, blue and green. The color options
enhance the user's ability to easily control access
to different locations on a construction site, or
identify different locations for specific keying
applications.
How to Order Lockable
For 6-pin, use quick code CT6
IC6-pinwithRedtemporaryconstructioncore(Red),
CT6R
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Blue),CT6B
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Green),CT6G
For 7-pin, use quick code, CT7
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Red),CT7R
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Blue),CT7B
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Green),CT7G
For Pyramid, use quick code CTP.
Note: Orders specifying only CT6 or CT7 without
the color designation will receive the Red IC
temporary construction core by default.
Examples:
ML2051 x LSA x 626 x RH x CT6
1080 x 114 x A01 x 626 x CTP
CL3355 x NZD x 626 x CT6B
1080-114-A01x626xCT6G
Permanent cores must be ordered separately.
Disposable
Corbin Russwin offers two formats of disposable
temporary cores. These cores do not require keys
for their operation and no returns or credits are allowed.
Disposable cores are available for Corbin Russwin
largeformatinterchangeablecore(LFIC)housings
orforsmallformatinterchangeablecore(SFIC)
housings. Please note that Corbin Russwin does
not provide permanently keyed SFIC cores.
How to Order Disposable
LFIC
For 6-pin, use quick code CT6D
For 7-pin, use quick code CT7D
For Pyramid, use quick code CTPD
Examples:
ML2051 x LSA x 626 x RH x CT6D
1080 x 114 x A01 x 626 x CTPD
Permanent cores must be ordered separately.
SFIC - Key-in-lever/knob locksets
For 6- and 7-pin, use quick code CTSD
SFIC - Mortise Locks and Exit Devices-Rim Cylinders
For 6-pin housing, use quick code CLS6
For 7-pin housing, use quick code CLS7
Key Systems.8
Mortise Cylinders
For use with all mortise locks and
DL3000 Deadlocks. IC: page 15.
Security: page 17. Master Ring: page 20.
Pyramid: page 24.
Flexible Head Mortise Cylinders
Use Flexible Head mortise cylinders
only with sectional trim mortise locks.
The head is spring-loaded to adjust for
minor variations in door thickness. See
page 20 for Master Ring.
Concealed Shell Mortise Cylinders
Concealed shell cylinders are for
mortise locks using “Plug Only to
Show” escutcheon trim.
Length is measured from behind the cylinder head to the
end of the cam.
For cam illustrations and applications, see page 40.
Length
Conventional Mortise
Key Systems
Type Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish
1000 100 1"
(5pinonly) (seepage40) 5(seepages
31-39)
605
118 1-1/8"
(standard) A01 Cloverleaf 6(standard) 606
114 1-1/4" A02 Straight 7(availablefor
1-1/4"-3") 611
138 1-3/8" A03 Adams Rite® MS and 612
112 1-1/2" DL3000 Deadlock 613
134 1-3/4" A04 DL4000 Deadlock 622
200 2" A05 Adams Rite 4070 625
214 2-1/4" A06 Schlage® Cloverleaf 626
212 1-1/2" A07 DL4100 629
234 2-3/4" A92 ExitGripTrim01&02 630
300 3" A93 Obsolete deadlocks: 722
314 3-1/4" Corbin® 610 Series and
Russwin® 1403 Series
312 3-1/2"
334 3-3/4"
Type Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish
1200 1001"(6-pinstd.) (seepage40) 6(standard) (seepages31-39)606
118 1-1/8" A01 Cloverleaf 7(availableonlyfor
1-1/4"- 1-1/2") 626
114 1-1/4" A02 Straight
138 1-3/8"
112 1-1/2"
Type Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish
1100 1001"(6-pinstd.) (seepage40) 6(standard) (seepages31-39) 605
118 1-1/8" A01 Cloverleaf 7(availableonlyfor
1-1/8"- 1-1/4") 606
114 1-1/4" A02 Straight 611
612
613
618
619
625
626
722
Key Systems.9
Classroom function cylinders have a
pin to block cam rotation in the locking
direction. The pin may be installed on
either side of the cam, depending on
the hand of the door.
These cylinders may be used to fill an opening
left when mortise cylinder operation is no
longer desired.
Thumbturn Cylinders
Dummy Cylinders
Not available with D1, D2, L1, L2, 752, 852 or A Class keyways. Order with A91 cam to accept discontinued Russwin®
“G”typelongEMK.
Finishes: see Standard, Flexible Head and Concealed Shell Cylinder sections, page 8.
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 625, 626, 629, 630, 722
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630, 722
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630
Conventional Mortise
Key Systems
Hotel Function Cylinders
GuestKeyandallnormalmasterkeys
have limited rotation to retract
latchbolt only. Emergency Master Key
(EMK)anddisplaykeyturn360°to
operate deadbolt as well.
Brink Function Cylinders
The change key turns in only one
direction while the master key turns
in both directions. While it was
developed for the detention market,
the cylinder can provide a creative
solution to other security needs
when used in conventional mortise
locks. 6-pin only. Integration of these
cylinders must be planned from the
inception of a keying system.
Cylinder for Obsolete Exit Device
For inside of obsolete Corbin® 3726
1/2 and 3727 1/2 and Russwin® 736
1/2 and 737 1/2 only. Cam rotation is
limited by steel pins on back of shell.
Type Number Remarks
Standard 1001-114-A01 Cylinders are 6-pin. Display and
Emergency Master Keys are cut
on 7-pin blanks
Flexible Head 1101-118-A01
Concealed Shell 1201-114-A01
Application Number Remarks
Folger Adam® NS400 Series x LEK 1004-118-A02 Clockwise
Folger Adam NS400 Series x LEK 1005-118-A02 Counterclockwise
Brink “CKS” 1004-118-A05 Clockwise
Brink “CKS” 1005-118-A05 Counterclockwise
1006-118-A02(6-pinonly)
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630, 722
Suffix cam number to basic cylinder number.
Example: 1300-118-A03
Function Length Basic Number A02
(147F77)
A03
(111F55)
A93
(281F27)
Standard
1" 1300-100- • • N/A
1-1/8" 1300-118- •••
1-1/4" 1300-114- • • N/A
1-3/8" 1300-138- • • N/A
Classroom
1" 1303-100- N/A •N/A
1-1/8" 1303-118- N/A •N/A
1-1/4" 1303-114- N/A •N/A
1-3/8" 1303-138- N/A •N/A
Number Length
1400-118 1-1/8"
1400-114 1-1/4"
1400-138 1-3/8"
Key Systems.10
Type Tailpiece Series Lever
(Plug diameter)
Knob
(Plug diameter)
Tailpiece Part Number
(Length) 6-Pin
Tailpiece Part Number
(Length) 7-Pin
2000
031 CL3100 Lever Trim (.509") 778F778(.692") 778F768(.536")
033 CL3300,CL3500,CL3800,CL3600(June
2000 and after) Lever Trim - A6/N6/PR6 (.509") 622F308(.950") 682F298(.794")
033H G1055EDTrim(HorizontalTailpiece) (.509") 622F308(.950") 682F298(.794")
034 CL3400(LocksetSeriesObsolete)
CL3600(PriortoJune2000),A5/N5 (.509") 622F298(1.106") 622F308(.950")
037 CL3700 (.509") 682F298(.794") NA
CK4700 (.509")
038 CL3800(Obsolete1993-1997model) (.509") 596F898(1.056") NA
039 CL3900 (.509") 680F608(1.700") NA
039L CL3900(2",2-1/4"ThickDoors) (.509") 681F068(1.950") NA
044 CK4400 (.509") NA Separately NA
051 B2/G2/G3EDTrim (.552") 489F028(.890") NA
052 UT5200/CK4200 (.552") (.552") No Tailpiece NA
2000-031, 033, 034 or 037 2000-038 2000-052 2000-044 2000-051
Note #1= For 7-pin version, suffix -7 i.e. 2000-033-7
Component Cylinders
Finishes 606, 626
Type Tailpiece Series
Lever
(Plug
diameter)
Knob
(Plug
diameter)
Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 6-Pin
Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 7-Pin
Remarks
2001
031 CL3129 (.509") 775F958(.808") 775F968(.652") Use 2001-031-E8 for EMK Blank
034 CL3329/CL3629
CL3429(Lockset Series Obsolete) (.509") 585F338(1.046") 585F358(.890") Use 2001-034-E8 for EMK Blank
044 CK4429(StraightTailpiece) (.509") 564F508(.764") NA Use 2001-044-E4 for EMK Blank
051
Model83OnlyB2/G2/G3EDTrim
1400/3300/4300/5600(LocksetSeries
Obsolete)
(.552") 186F748(.965") NA Use 2001-051-E5 for EMK Blank
052 CK4229 (.552") (.552") No Tailpiece NA Use 2001-052-E4 for EMK Blank
066 CK4429(TwistedTailpiece) (.509") 574F128(.835") NA Use 2001-066-E4 for EMK Blank
Type Tailpiece Series Lever (Plug
diameter)
Knob (Plug
diameter)
Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 6-Pin
Tailpiece Part
Number
(Length) 7-Pin
Remarks
2100 052
Ronde and
Continental Knob
(Obsolete)
(.552") No Tailpiece NA
Finishes 605, 606,
611, 612, 613, 625,
626
2100-052
2001-052 2001-044 2001-066 2001-051
Note #1= For 7-pin version, suffix -7, i.e. 2000-033-7
Note#2=2003-044usedforCK4455&CK4482priortoAugust1993
Conventional Component(Key-in-Lever/Knob)
Key Systems
Key Systems.11
2200-001 2200-002 2200-008 2200-076 2200-054 2200-003
Cylinders for Other Manufacturer’s Products
Type Tailpiece Series Lever (Plug
diameter)
Knob (Plug
diameter)
Tailpiece Part Number
(Length)
Tailpiece
Orientation
2200
001-A21
Alarm Lock DL2500 Series
(.552") (.552") 444F748(.813") Vertical
Arrow® H Series Knobs and Levers
Arrow Q Series Levers
Sargent®10Line(EnlargeLeverHole)
Schlage® D Series Levers
001-A22 Schlage AL and ND Series Levers (.552") 461F108(1.078") Vertical
002-A21 Schlage D Series Knobs (.552") 444F748(.813") Horizontal
002-A22 SchlageASeriesKnobs(PLY,etc.) (.552") 461F108(1.078") Horizontal
002-A23 SchlageASeriesKnobs(ORB,only) (.552") 520F358(1.328") Horizontal
003-A24 Lockwood®HSeriesKnobs(EnlargeKnobHole) (.552") 444F748(.813") Vertical
008 Sargent7,8,9Line(EnlargeKnobHole) (.552") NA
054 Yale®5400,6200KnobsOnly(EnlargeKnobHole) (.552") NA
076 Sargent7600Integralock(EnlargeKnobHole) (.552") NA
Cylinders with Other Manufacturer’s Keyways
Type Tailpiece /
Keyway Series Lever (Plug diameter) Knob (Plug diameter) Tailpiece Part Number Remarks
2400
031-C CL3100 (.509") 778F788(.710") Schlage C Keyway
031-LA CL3100 (.509") 778F788(.710") Schlage LA Keyway
033-C CL3300/CL3600(June2000andafter)
ED8200/ED8400 (.509") 622F328(1.106") Schlage C Keyway
033-LA CL3300/CL3600(June2000 and after)
ED8200/ED8400 (.509") 622F328(1.106") Sargent LA Keyway
034-C CL3400(LocksetSeriesObsolete)
CL3600(PriortoJune2000) (.509") 682F398(0.950") Schlage C Keyway
034-LA CL3400(LocksetSeries Obsolete)
CL3600(PriortoJune2000) (.509") 682F398(0.950") Sargent LA Keyway
037-C CL3700 (.509") 685F098(0.794") Schlage C Keyway
CK4700 (.509")
039-C CL3900 (.509") 616F208(1.700") Schlage C Keyway
039-LA CL3900 (.509") 616F208(1.700") Sargent LA Keyway
Conventional Component(Key-in-Lever/Knob)
Key Systems
Key Systems.12
Type Tailpiece Series Plug
Diameter
Tailpiece Part Number
(Length) Remarks
4200
002-A47 Adams Rite®
4025 Pull (.552") 146F788(0.968") Cylinder Only
003-A47 Adams Rite
4025 Pull (.552") 146F788(0.968") Cylinder and
Housing
Function
Door Thickness
1-3/8" 1-3/4" (Standard) 2" 2-1/4"
Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece
DL2111 4300-138-A2 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A2 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A2 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A1 686F208(1.340")
DL3111
DL2112* 4300-138-A2 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A2 689F848(1.160") 4300-200-A2 689F858(1.410") 4300-214-A2 689F868(1.660")
DL3112*
DL2113 4300-134-A1 686F208(1.340") 4300-134-A1 686F208(1.340") 4300-214-A2 689F868(1.660") 4300-214-A2 689F868(1.660")
DL3113
DL2117 4300-134-A1 686F208(1.340") 4300-134-A1 686F208(1.340") 4300-214-A2 689F868(1.660") 4300-214-A2 689F868(1.660")
DL3117
Cylinders for Other Manufacturers' Products (.552" Plug Diameter)
DL2100/DL3100 Deadbolts 6-Pin Cylinder (.509 Plug Diameter)
Function
Door Thickness
1-3/8" 1-3/4" (Standard) 2" 2-1/4"
Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece
DL2111 4300-138-A2-7 689F888(0.785") 4300-134-A4-7 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A4-7 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A4-7 689F848(1.160")
DL3111
DL2112* 4300-138-A2-7 689F888(0.785") 4300-138-A2-7 689F888(0.785") 4300-200-A2-7 689F848(1.160") 4300-214-A2-7 689F858(1.410")
DL3112*
DL2113 4300-134-A1-7 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A1-7 689F848(1.160") 4300-214-A1-7 689F868(1.660") 4300-214-A1-7 689F868(1.660")
DL3113
DL2117 4300-134-A1-7 689F848(1.160") 4300-134-A1-7 689F848(1.160") 4300-214-A1-7 689F868(1.660") 4300-214-A1-7 689F868(1.660")
DL3117
DL2100/DL3100 Deadbolts 7-Pin Cylinder (.509 Plug Diameter)
4200-003-A47 4200-002-A47
Conventional Component(Key-in-Lever/Knob/DeadBolt)
Key Systems
*Outsidecylindershownintable.Insidecylinderalways4300-000-A3-6(notailpiece)
*Outsidecylindershownintable.Insidecylinderalways4300-000-A3-7(notailpiece)
DL2200/DL3200 Deadbolts Cylinder (.509 Plug Diameter)
Cylinder Type Function 1-3/8" or 1-3/4" (Standard) 2" or 2-1/4"
Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece
6-Pin 11, 13, 17 4400-134-A51 753F768 4400-134-A51 753F768
12 4400-134-A52 753F778 4400-214-A52 753F788
7-Pin 11, 13, 17 4400-134-A51-7 753F768 4400-134-A51-7 753F768
12 4400-134-A52-7 753F778 4400-214-A52-7 753F788
Key Systems.13
Rim Cylinders
For use with exit devices and exit device trim.
Type Tailpiece Length Pins Keyway Finish
3000
058 5/8" 955 and 959 Trims
138 1-3/8"M61&M62optionforED8200and
obsolete ED9200 exit device alarms
200 2"(std.door)
200N 2" ED4000/ED5000 Night Latch Function
200V 2" vertical tailpiece
312 3-1/2"(thickdoor)
312V 3-1/2" vertical tailpiece
Tailpiece Orientation
std. = Horizontal
V = Vertical
5
6(standard)
7
(seepages31-39)
605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722
Conventional Rim
Key Systems
Type Tailpiece Length Pins Keyway Finish
3300 138 1-3/8"
200 2"(std.door) N/A N/A
605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722
Rim Thumbturn
Key Systems.14
Fast changeover - new security in seconds!
Options:
•7-Pin
•VKC(VisualKeyControl)
•CKC(ConcealedKeyControl)
•ConstructionMasterKeying
•Restricted/ProtectedKeyways
•Pyramid
Interchangeable Core
Interchangeable Core
Key Systems
Advantages
Rekeying can be done by non-technical
personnel without removing hardware
from the door. When used system-
wide, IC provides tremendous rekeying
convenience.
When planned from the inception of a
system, IC cylinders can be integrated with
conventional cylinders.
Applications
IC is recommended for virtually all types of
keying systems, such as office buildings,
hotels, schools, hospitals and universities.
When used in exit devices and other
installations which are labor intensive to
rekey, IC saves time and money over the
life of the building.
Operations
Alloperatingkeys(change,master,grand
master) operate the lock normally. To
rekey, use the special control key. The
control key operates at a separate shear
line in certain chambers within the core.
Only the control key is required to remove
and install a core.
Cores
6-pin standard; 7-pin, security and Pyramid
optional. Two nickel silver change keys
furnished standard per core. Control keys
only furnished when ordered.
Key Control
Corbin Russwin cores are available
with protected and restricted keyways,
patented keyways, security and Pyramid
to deter unauthorized key duplication.
No orders for patented protected keys,
security or Pyramid keys will be shipped
for a keying system without a letter of
authorization from the end user.
Construction Keying
Corbin Russwin recommends temporary
construction cores for greater security.
Special construction master keying is
also available, when planned from the
inception of the keying system. See page 7
for details.
Core Marking
ConcealedKeyControl(CKC)isavailable
for all Corbin Russwin cores. Visual Key
Control(VKC)isavailableforconventional
cores, but not for security or Pyramid
cores.
Ordering IC Locksets and Exit Devices
For specific product availability and Quick
Codes for cylinder options, see “How to
Order” in each catalog section.
Key Systems.15
Interchangeable Core Mortise
Interchangeable
Core Rim
Interchangeable Core How to Order
Key Systems
Core Function Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish Temporary
Construction Core
3 Pyramid
4 SFIC Housing
 Only(NoCore)
8 Standard
9 Security
 (6-Pinonly)
7 LFIC Housing
 only(nocore)
0 Standard
1 Uses - E1suffix
for EMK blank
Hotel 1-3/8"
with A01 cam
only.
7 Pyramid Security
114 1-1/4"
138 1-3/8"
112 1-1/2"
134 1-3/4"
(seepage40)
A01 Cloverleaf
A02 Straight
A03 Adams Rite® MS and
DL3000 Deadlock
A04
DL4000
A05 Adams Rite 4070
A06
Schlage® Cloverleaf
A07 DL4100
A93 Obsolete deadlocks:
Corbin® 610 Series and
Russwin® 1403 Series
6 (standard)
7 (Notavailablefor
1-1/4", 1-3/8"
LFIC and 1-1/4"
SFIC housings)
(see
pages
31-39)
605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722
CT6 6-pin LFIC
CT7 7-pin LFIC
CT6D 6-pin LFIC
Disposable
CT7D 7-pin LFIC
Disposable
CTP Pyramid LFIC
CTPD Pyramid LFIC
Disposable
CT6SD 6-pin SFIC
Disposable
CT7SD 7-pin SFIC
Disposable
10 8 0 – 114 – A01 – 6 – L4 – x Finish x Option
Core Function Tailpiece Length Pins Keyway Finish Temporary
Construction Core
3 Pyramid
4 SFICHousingOnly(No
Core)
8 Standard
9 Security(6-Pinonly)
7 Housingonly(nocore)
0 Standard
7 Pyramid Security
058 5/8"
114 1-1/4"M61&M62
option for ED8200
and obsolete ED9200 exit
device alarms
178 1-7/8"(std.door)
178V 1-7/8" vertical
tailpiece
318 3-1/8"(thickdoor)
Tailpiece Orientation
std Horizontal
V Vertical(NotAvailablefor
114 length)
6 (standard)
7
(seepages
31-39)
605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722
CT6 6-pin LFIC
CT7 7-pin LFIC
CT6D 6-pin LFIC
Disposable
CT7D 7-pin LFIC
Disposable
CTP Pyramid LFIC
CTPD Pyramid LFIC
Disposable
CT6SD 6-pin SFIC
Disposable
CT7SD 7-pin SFIC
Disposable
30 8 0 – 178 – 6 – L4 x Finish x Option
Interchangeable Core How to Order
Key Systems
Key Systems.16
Core Only
Description Number Remarks EMK Blank
6-pin for CL3129 8001-031 Hotel indicator pin E8 Suffix
7-pin for CL3129 8001-031-7 Hotel indicator pin E8 Suffix
6-pin standard 8000 Set to hotel mortise EMK N/A
6-pin standard 8000EMK -E1 suffix
Security 8010EMK Set to hotel mortise EMK N/A
Security 8010 -E1 suffix
7-pin 8000-7 Hotel indicator pin N/A
6-pin for CL3329, CL3629 8001-034 Hotel indicator pin -E8 suffix
7-pin for CL3329, CL3629 8001-034-7 Hotel indicator pin -E8 suffix
6-pin for CK4229 8001-042 Hotel indicator pin -E4 suffix
Security for CK4229 8011-042 -E4 suffix
Pyramid High Security 8020 N/A
Pyramid Security 8027 N/A
Specify Keyway
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626
Uncombinated cores: Specify “UC”. Not applicable for 8000EMK, 8010EMK
Security Cylinders (Inactive-ForExistingSystemsonly) Mortise
Key Systems
Key Systems.17
Cylinder
Number Cam
1012-114-A01 Cloverleaf cam
1012-114-A02 Straight cam
1012-114-A03 DL 3000 Series
Adams Rite® MS cam
1012-114-A04 DL4000 Series Deadlock
1012-114-A05 Adams Rite 4070
1012-114-A93 Obsolete 610/1403
Deadlock
Cylinder
Number Change Key Cam
1014-118-A02 Clockwise Straight
1015-118-A02 Counter-
Clockwise Straight
1014-118-A05 Clockwise Brink “CKS”
1015-118-A05 Counter-
Clockwise Brink “CKS”
Folger Adam® NS400 Series x LEK uses
A02 cam version.
Special Function Security Mortise
Standard Function
Security Mortise
Hotel Function Security Mortise
Change key and all normal master keys
have limited rotation to retract latchbolt
only.EmergencyMasterKey(EMK)and
displaykeyturn360°foradditional
operation of deadbolt. EMK and display
key requires 7-pin key blank for standard
cylinders and -E1 suffix blank for IC
cylinders.
Blockout Function Security Mortise
This is an access control feature used in
applications where temporary blockage of
allkeys(master,change,etc.)isrequired.
A simple turn of the Blockout Key to
the11o’clockpositionblocksnormal
operation for as long as necessary. When
normal access is again desired, insert
the Blockout Key and turn it back to
the12o’clockposition.Integrationof
these cylinders must be planned from
the inception of a keying system. Also
availableinrimversion(seepage19).
Brink Function Security Mortise
This function was developed for the
minimum security detention market. The
change key turns only one direction while
the master key turns both directions.
Integration of these cylinders must be
planned from the inception of a keying
system.
Cylinder
Number Description
1011-114-A01* 1-1/4" Cloverleaf cam
only
1091-138-A01 IC version 1-3/8"
1071-138-A01 IC housing only
*1011 cylinder not available with D1, D2, L1 or
L2 keyways
Mechanism Function Length Cam (see page 40) Pins Keyway Finish Uncombinated
1 Standard
9 IC(available)
1-1/4"
1-3/4"
0 Standard
1 Hotel
2 Blockout(NoIC)
4 BrinkCW(NoIC)
5 BrinkCCW(NoIC)
118 1-1/8"
114 1-1/4"
138 1-3/8"
112 1-1/2"
134 1-3/4"
200 2"
214 2-1/4"
212 2-1/2"
A01 Cloverleaf
A02 Straight
A03 Adams Rite® MS and DL3000 Deadlock
A04 DL4000 Deadlock
A05 Adams Rite 4070
A06 Schlage® Cloverleaf
A07 DL4100
A92 ExitGripTrim01&02
A93 Obsolete deadlocks: Corbin® 610 Series
and Russwin® 1403 Series
6 -pin only (see
pages
31-39)
605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
722
UC
10 1 0 – 118 – A01 – 6 – L4 – x Finish x Option
Security Cylinders (Inactive-ForExistingSystemsonly) Other
Key Systems
Key Systems.18
Description Core Number Remarks EMK Blank
Standard 8010 N/A
For 1091 8010 EMK Set to hotel mortise EMK -E1 suffix
For CK4229 8011-042 Hotel indicator pin -E4 suffix
Specify Keyway. Available uncombinated, except 8010EMK.
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 622, 625, 626, 690
Lockset Cylinder Number
CL3100 2010-031
CL3300,CL3500,CL3800,CL3600Series(June2000 and after) 2010-033
G1055exitdevice knob trims 2010-033H
CL3300,CL3600Series(PriortoJune2000) 2010-034
CL3800Series(obsolete 1993-1997 model) 2010-038
CL3900 Series 2010-039
CL3900 Series(2",2-1/4"ThickDoor) 2010-039L
B2,G2ExitDeviceKnobTrim 2010-051
CK4200 and UT5200 Series 2010-052
CK4229 Hotel Function 2011-052
Specify Keyway. Available uncombinated.
Use -E4 suffix for EMK blank. Finishes: 606, 626
Vertical Tailpiece Horizontal Tailpiece
Alarm Lock DL2500 Series 2210-001-A21 Schlage D Series Knobs 2210-002-A21 Sargent 7, 8, 9 Line
(enlargeknob hole)
2210-008
Yale® 5400, 6200 Knobs
(enlarge knob hole)
2210-054
Arrow® H SeriesKnobs&Levers 2210-001-A21 Schlage A SeriesKnobs(PLY,etc.) 2210-002-A22
Arrow Q Series Levers 2210-001-A21 SchlageASeriesKnobs(ORB,only) 2210-002-A23
Sargent®10line(Enlargeleverhole) 2210-001-A21 Available Uncombinated. Finishes: 606, 626
Schlage® D Series Levers 2210-001-A21
Schlage AL and ND Series Levers 2210-001-A22
Lockwood H Series Knobs
(enlargeknobhole)
2210-003-A24
Security Cores Only
Key-in-Knob/Key-in-Lever
Other Manufacturers’
Products
Security Rim
Interchangeable Core
Standard
Mechanism Function Tailpiece Length Pins Keyway Finish Uncombinated
1 Standard
9 IC
0 Standard
2 Blockout
(noIC)
For 3010 Only For IC 6-pin
only
(seepages
28-36)
605
606
611
612
613
622
625
626
629
630
UC
138 1-3/8"M61&M62
option for ED8200
and obsolete
ED9200 exit device
alarms
114 1-1/4"M61&M62
option for ED8200 and
obsolete ED9200 exit
device alarms
200 2"(Std.door) 178 1-7/8"(Std.door
200V 2" vertical tailpiece 178V 1-7/8" vertical tailpiece
312 3-1/2"(thickdoor) 318 3-1/8"(thickdoor)
312V 3-1/2" vertical
tailpiece
3 0 1 0 – 200 – 6 – L4 x Finish x Option
DL2200/DL3200 Deadbolts Cylinder
Function 1-3/8" or 1-3/4" (Standard) 2" or 2-1/4"
Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece
11, 13, 17 4410-134-A51 753F768 4410-134-A51 753F768
12 4410-134-A52 753F778 4410-214-A52 753F788
Master Ring Features and Benefits
Key Systems
Key Systems.19
Advantages
6-pin Master Ring keying systems
offer keying capacity similar to 7-pin
conventional cylinder systems.
There is, however, far greater flexibility
for asymmetrical keying systems, because
change key combinations do not require
any direct relationship to those of
master keys. In conventional systems,
combinations not needed under a given
master key cannot be used elsewhere in
the system. In master ring, they can. This
frees thousands of combinations for use
anywhere within a master ring system.
Since the master keys all have their own
shear line, fewer master pins are used,
increasing cylinder security. This security
enhancement reduces the chances of
cylinders being manipulated by stray
keys. It also hinders surreptitious entry by
picking and impressioning.
When planned from the inception of a
keying system, conventional cylinders
may be integrated into specific parts of a
Master Ring system for areas where the
required hardware does not accommodate
the large Master Ring cylinders.
Applications
Corbin Russwin Master Ring cylinders are
especially recommended for installations
which require large and complicated
keying systems, such as hospitals and
universities.
Field Serviceability
Corbin Russwin Master Ring cylinders are
fully field serviceable.
Key Control
Restricted and protected keyways are
available.
Construction Master Keying
When planned from the inception of a
keying system, construction master keying
is available.
Operation
The change key rotates the cylinder plug
only. Master keys operate at the master
ring, which is a sleeve around the plug.
Cylinder Marking
VisualKeyControl(VKC)andConcealed
KeyControl(CKC)areavailableforMaster
Ring cylinders.
Ordering Locksets and Exit Devices
with Master Ring Cylinders
For specific product availability and Quick
Codes for cylinder options, see “How to
Order” in each catalog section.
• Greater master keying capacity
• Superior keying exibility
• Greater security in each cylinder
Springs
Top Pins
Plug Shear Line
Plug
Change Key Aligns Pins at Plug
Spring Cover
Shell
Build-up Pins
Master Ring
Ring
Shear
Line
Master Key Aligns Pins at Ring
Master Key
Operation
Change Key
Operation
Master Ring How to Order
Key Systems
Key Systems.20
Standard Master Ring Mortise
(1-1/2"diameter;.552"diameterplug)
Flexible Head Master Ring Mortise
(1-1/2"diameter;.552"diameterplug)
Dummy Master Ring Mortise
Master Ring Rim
(1-1/2"diameter;.552"diameterplug)
CK4200 & UT5200 Series Lockset
Specifykeyway(.552"diameterplug)
Exit Device Operators
Cylinder Number Length
1460-118 1-1/8"
1460-114 1-1/4"
1460-138 1-3/8"
1460-112 1-1/2"
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 622, 625, 626, 722
Cylinder Number Description
3060-200 Standard horizontal tailpiece
3060-312 Thick door, horizontal tailpiece
3060-200V Vertical tailpiece
3060-312V Thick door, vertical tailpiece
Finishes: 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 622, 625, 626, 722
Standard Cylinder
2060-052
With Indicator Pin
for CK4229 Hotel
2061-042
Discount. Ronde &
Continental Knob
2160-052
For ED6800 x B5 or B6
For ED7400 x 03 or 04
4266-001-A02
For ED6800 x 01 or 02
4266-001-A92
Finishes: 606, 626 Finishes: 606, 626
Type Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish
1060 1001"(5-pinonly) (seepage40) 5(seepages31-39) 605
118 1-1/8" A61 Cloverleaf* 6(standard) 606
114 1-1/4" A62 Straight
7(Available
1-3/8" only)
611
138 1-3/8" A63 Large Short 612
112 1-1/2" A64 Large Long 613
134 1-3/4" A65 Cloverleaf
(formerly11A)
618
200 2" 619
214 2-1/4" *A61 is for locks made
after 5/93; requires
thumbturn hub
562F41-2
622
212 2-1/2" 625
234 2-3/4" 626
300 3" 722
Type Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish
1160 1001"(6-pinonly) (seepage40) 5(seepages31-39) 605
118 1-1/8" A61 Cloverleaf* 6(standard) 606
114 1-1/4" A62 Straight 611
A63 Large Short 612
A64 Large Long 613
A65 Cloverleaf
(formerly11A)
618
619
*A61 is for locks made
after 5/93; requires
thumbturn hub
562F41-2
622
625
626
722
Pyramid Applications
Key Systems
Key Systems.21
Description
Pyramid,CorbinRusswin’spatented
security cylinder, is the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid cylinders are
available in both high security and security
versions. The high security version in
certified by Underwriters Laboratories to
UL437 standards.
Applications
Especially recommended for installations
requiring superior protection against
picking, drilling and other surreptitious
entry. Ideally suited for Educational and
Healthcare facilities, Industrial and
Commercial buildings.
System Administration & Key Control
Key control will be maintained through
compliancewithCorbinRusswin’s
Security Policy: for a copy contact Key
Systems Administration or visit our web
site at www.corbinrusswin.com.
APyramidowner’sbinderwillbe
forwarded directly to the designated
systems administrator with each new
system. Included in this binder are
catalogs as well as system-specific,
sequentially coded registration
certificates. A registration certificate must
accompany each order that is submitted
to Corbin Russwin.
Product Specification
All cylinders shall employ a patented
locking mechanism that requires the use
of a patented key and is furnished with
a minimum of 7 pins. High Security
cylinders shall meet the requirements of
UL437. Interchangeable cores shall meet
the drill resistance and pick resistance of
UL437.
Keys shall be nickel silver and furnished
with a large bow.
Certifications
BHMAA156.5Grade-1
E09211A*(Mortise)
E09221A*(Rim)
E09231A*(BoredLockCylinders)
*A(sufx)referstocylindersofpickand
drill resistance.
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL437)BP8976
1020,2020,3020FixedCore(FC)
series only
Finishes
Pyramid cylinders are available in all Corbin
Russwin standard finishes.
Keying
7 pin with two nickel silver change keys
per cylinder. Pyramid cylinders may be
uncombinated(specifyUC)1, master or
grand master keyed to a specific facility.
Keys shipped separately for master keyed
cylinders.
System Specifications
•Pyramidsystemsareindependent 
and cannot be keyed into existing
and/or conventional systems.
•Pyramidcylindersaretobekeyed 
to factory-generated bittings only.
•Crosskeyingisnotavailable.
Key Discard Policy & Warranty
See page 49.
Construction Master Keying
Pyramid cylinders are not available
construction master keyed. Interchangeable
core jobs can be furnished with temporary
construction cores. Temporary construction
cores will be unrelated to the permanent
system’smasterkey.Whenthepermanent
cores are installed, the temporary
construction cores are returned to Corbin
Russwin for credit.
How to Order Example
1. Mortise lock with temporary
construction core
Qty. - ML2051 - LSA - 626 - RHR - CTP
2. Mortise cylinder with temporary
construction core
Qty. - 1080-114-A01-626-CTP
3. Permanent core ordered separately
Qty. - AA1 - 8020 - 626
Pyramid Quick Codes2
PS Pyramid Security Fixed Core
PCS Pyramid Security
Interchangeable Core
PHS Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
PCHS Pyramid High Security
Interchangeable Core
CTP3 Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
CLP3 Pyramid Less Core
Features Benefits
• Utilitypatent6,125,674(expiring2018) • Theultimateprotectionagainstunauthorizedkey
duplication
• Availablewithhigh-securityprotection(UL437) • UnderwritersLaboratorylistingforresistanceto
 picking&drilling
• 7-pin
• Greatermasterkeyingcapabilities
• Usesexisting6-pininterchangeablecorehousings
• 1-1/4"(32mm)lengthformortisecylinders
• Availablewithstainlesssteelpins • Drillandpickresistant
• Largekeybow • Easyhandling&specialstampingoptions
• Thickerandstrongernickelsilverkeys • Ideallysuitedforhighusage&abusiveapplications
• Userfriendly • Noexpensivededicatedequipmentnecessaryforkey
cutting
1. UC cylinders are supplied, less keys, pins, springs and pin covers.
2. When cylinders are ordered with locks.
3. Pyramid cores to be ordered as a separate line item.
Pyramid Operation
Key Systems
Key Systems.22
CONTROL
PIN
Performance Features
Shell
•Lockingpinmechanism
•Hardmetalinserts
Key
•Controlpin
Plug
•Blockingplate
•Hardmetalinserts
Pins & Springs
•Hardenedstainlesssteelpick-resistant
bottom pins*
•Hardenedstainlesssteelpick-resistant
top pins*
•Hardenedstainlesssteelpick-resistant
 masterpins(ifrequired)*
•Hardenedstainlesssteelpick-resistant
 build-uppins(ifinterchangeablecore)*
•Springs
Collar
•Solidrecessed(mortise)
* Hardened stainless steel pins used for UL437
High Security versions only.
Pyramid Security version uses nickel silver
bottom pins and brass master, build-up
and top pins.
Operation
Without Key
Locking pin mechanism
engages blocking plate
and prevents the plug
from turning.
With Key
Key’scontrolpin
depresses the locking
pin mechanism and
allows the plug to
turn.
P6 Keyway (with side pins)
SIDE PINS
SHELL
SIDE PINS
PLUG
SPECIALLY
MILLED SIDE
PINGROOVE
Pyramid Operation
Key Systems
Key Systems.23
CONTROL
PIN
KEY SET
SYMBOL
SYSTEM
REGISTRY
NUMBER
Keys
•Nickelsilver
•KeyBowType28
•Orderingexample:7PIN-28-XXXX
•OrderingexampleP6Keyway:
 7PIN-28-XXXX-SPCXX
Back Side Stamping & Options
•Keyset(VKC1),standard–unlessotherwiseindicated
•Systemregistrynumberwillbestampedonupper- 
level keys unless otherwise indicated
•Concealedkeycontrol(CKC2)availableoncylinders
• Visualkeycontrol(VKC2andVKC3)notavailableon
cylinders. CKC3 also not available.
Note:RefertoCorbinRusswin’sgeneralcatalogand
price book for complete detailed information.
Keyway Security
Pyramid keyways will be determined by the supervisor of
Key Systems Administration. Assignment will be based
on the overall system requirements and geographic
location to provide maximum protection to the owner.
For security reasons, the keyway profiles are not shown.
Keyway
Keyway
Side Pin Code
Front Side Back Side
Key Systems.24
Mortise Cylinders
Mortise Locks/Deadlocks
Mortise Locks/Deadlocks
For use with all Corbin Russwin ML2000,
ML2000HSandML2200(discontinued)
mortiselocks.DL4000&DL3000Series
Deadlocks.
Mortise Exit Devices
For use with ED7600 and ED6600 devices.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)
Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Pyramid Mortise
Key Systems
Note #1 - Not available IC
Note #2 - For obsolete Corbin® 610 and Russwin® 1403 series deadlocks
Note #3 - For ML2000 applications with door thickness exceeding 2-1/2" up to 3" in thickness, use IC cylinders.
Exceptions
Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: ML2029, ML2029HS, ML2029VR, ED7600 - applications over 2-1/4" thick, ED6600 - applications over 1-3/4" thick.
Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ML2051 LSA 626 RHR PHS(PSforSecurityversion)
Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ML2051 LA 626 RHR PCHS(PCSforSecurityversion)
Finish
605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze - oil rubbed
618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated
622 - Flat Black Coated
625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel
630 - Satin Stainless Steel
722 - Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed
Length
1020/1027 - Non-IC (Fixed Core)
114-1-1/4"(32mm)
112-1-1/2"(38mm)
*See note #3
1030/1037/1070 IC
114-1-1/4"(32mm)
138-1-3/8"(35mm)
112-1-1/2"(38mm
134-1-3/4"(44mm)
Cam
A01 - Cloverleaf
A02 - Straight
A03 - Adams Rite® MS
A04 - DL4000 Series
A05 - Adams Rite® 4070
A06 - Schlage® Cloverleaf
A07 - DL4100
A62 - 900 KRM Straight
A92 - See note #1
A93 - See note #2
Type
1020 - High Security Mortise
1027 - Security Mortise
1030 - High Security IC Mortise complete
1037 - Security IC Mortise complete
1070 - Housing only
How to Order Examples
High Security Mortise Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Cam Finish
50 AA1 1020 114 A01 605
Mortise Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Cam Finish
50 AA1 1037 114 A01 605
Key Systems.25
Rim Cylinders
For use with exit devices and exit
device trims.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC) Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Pyramid Rim
Key Systems
How to Order Examples
High Security Rim Cylinder Ordered Separately
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Finish
50 AA1 3020 200 605
Rim Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Finish
50 AA1 3037 178 605
Exit Device with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ED5200 L955 630 RHR PHS(PSforSecurityversion)
Exit Device with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ED5200 L955 630 RHR PCHS(PCSforSecurityversion)
Type Length
Availability
Finish
FC IC
3020 - High Security
Rim Cylinder
3027 - Security
Rim Cylinder
3030 - High Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3037 - Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3070 - Housing only
058-5/8"(16mm)Tailpiece X X 605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze -
oil rubbed
618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated
622 - Flat Black Coated
625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel
630 - Satin Stainless Steel
722 - Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed
114-1-1/4"(32mm)M61&M62optionforED8200 and ED9200 exit
device alarms X
138-1-3/8"(35mm)M61&M62optionforED8200and Obsolete
ED9200 exit device alarms X
178-1-7/8"(48mm)(Std.Door) X
178V-1-7/8"(48mm)vertical X
200-2"(51mm) X
200N-2"(51mm)ED4000/ED5000NightLatchFunction X
200V-2"(51mm)vertical X
312-3-1/2"(89mm) X
312V-3-1/2"(89mm)vertical X
318-3-1/8"(79mm) X
Pyramid Component(Key-in-Lever/Knob)
Key Systems
Key Systems.26
Key-in-Lever / Knob Cylinder
For use with Corbin Russwin CL3100,
CL3300, CL3500, CL3700, and CL3800
lever locks, CK4200 and CK4700 knob
locks and UT5200 unit locks. 2020/2027
series cylinders can also be used on
CL3400, CL3600, CL3800 and CL3900
(discontinued)locks.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)
Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Key-in-Lever/Knob for other Manufacturers’ Products
Cylinder Descriptions
High Security (PHS) Security (PS) Tailpiece Orientation Used for:
2220-001-P21 2227-001-P21 Vertical
Schlage® D Series Levers
Arrow H® Series Knobs and Levers
Sargent® 10line(EnlargeLeverHole)
2220-002-P21 2227-002-P21 Horizontal Schlage® D Series Knobs
2220-001-P22 2227-001-P22 Vertical Schlage® AL and ND Series Levers
2220-002-P22 2227-002-P22 Horizontal Schlage®ASeriesKnobs(Ply,etc.)
2220-002-P23 2227-002-P23 Horizontal Schlage®ASeriesKnobs(ORBonly)
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Lockset Series Finish
50 AA1 2020 033 626
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 CL3357 PZD 626 PHS(PSforSecurityversion)
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 CL3357 PZD 626 PCHS(PCSforSecurityversion)
Type Lockset Series Finish
2020 - High Security
Key-in-Lever/Knob
2027 - Security
Key-in-Lever/Knob
031 - CL3100 Lever
606 - Satin Brass
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
033- CL3300,CL3500,CL3600(June2000andafter)and CL3800 Lever
033H- G10Exit Device Knob Trim
034- CL3400Lever-CL3600Lever(BeforeJune2000)A5,N5Obsolete ED8000 Trims
037 - CL3700 Lever - CK4700 Knob
038 - CL3800 Lever(Manufactured1993-1997)
039 - CL3900Lever(1-3/8"-1-3/4"door)
039L - CL3900Lever(2"-2-1/4"door)
051- G3ExitDeviceKnobTrim
052 - CK4200 Knob - UT5200 Knob and Lever
DL2200/DL3200 Deadbolts Cylinder
Cylinder Type Function 1-3/8" or 1-3/4" (Standard) 2" or 2-1/4"
Cylinder Tailpiece Cylinder Tailpiece
High Security (PHS) 11, 13, 17 4420-134-A51 753F768 4420-134-A51 753F768
12 4420-134-A52 753F778 4420-214-A52 753F788
Security (PS) 11, 13, 17 4420-134-A51-7 753F768 4420-134-A51-7 753F768
12 4420-134-A52-7 753F778 4420-214-A52-7 753F788
How to Order Examples
High Security Component Cylinder Ordered Separately
Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Exceptions
Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: CL3329, CL3629, CK4229, CK4451, CK4455, CK4457, CK4429, CK4482, DL2100 series, DL3100 series.
Key Systems.27
* Note: Corbin Russwin 6-pin Interchangeable Core
 housings1070(mortise)&3070(rim)
will accept 8020/8027 cores.
Pyramid Interchangeable Core
Key Systems
Type Finish
8020- High
Security
IC core*
605
606
611
8027- Security
IC core*
612
613
622
625
626
722
Interchangeable Core
For use with Corbin Russwin's 6-pin
InterchangeableCorehousings&shells.*
Padlocks
Used with Pyramid Interchangeable Cores.
PL5030, PL5130, PL5230, PL5037, PL5137, PL5237
Deadlocks
UsedwithPyramidmortisecylinders.(DL3000andDL4000)
Available in all standard finishes.
How to Order Examples
Security Interchangeable Core Ordered Separately
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Finish
50 AA1 8027 605
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Shackle Length
50 AA1 PL5030 258
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Shackle Length*
50 AA1 PL5037 258
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 DL4013 626 RHR PHS(PSforSecurityversion)
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Finish Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 DL4013 626 PCHS(PCSforSecurityversion)
How to Order Examples
Deadlock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Deadlock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
How to Order Examples
Padlock with a Pyramid High Security(8020) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
*Refer to general catalog for miscellaneous options.
Padlock with a Pyramid Security(8027) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
Bump Resistant Cylinders
Key Systems
Key Systems.28
Description Part Number Qty
Conventional 628F10-7-171 Vials of 100 pcs.
Pyramid A 628F10 - 7 - 142 Vials of 100 pcs.
Pyramid C 628F10 - 7 - 236 Vials of 100 pcs.
Protect your building from unwanted entry with Corbin Russwin bump-resistant cylinders. Our
bump-resistantcylindersdeterbumpingwithoutcompromisingthecylinder’sstructuralintegrity
and strength. This option is available with Corbin Russwin conventional and Pyramid patented
security and high-security cylinders on our mortise, cylindrical and exit device hardware.
Recently, a lot of information has been circulating about bumping, a technique used to defeat
cylinders. Although this method has been around for a number of years, the internet has
increased public awareness. Bumping is when a “bump key” is inserted into the cylinder and
struck using a mallet or hammer type object. The bump key is specifically designed to transfer
theenergyfromtheforceoftheblowtocreateaseparationinthecylinder’spinswhich
compromises the lock allowing it to open.
Although BHMA has yet to establish bump-resistance standards, Corbin Russwin Bump Resistant
Cylinders were tested and verified by an independent testing lab. They conclusively resisted
bumping attack and did not allow entry. Verification and testing data is available upon request.
Bump-Resistant Cylinders:
•Specify“BRP”
Retrofit:
•ConvertexistingcylinderswithBump-ResistantTopSpoolPins
Features
Bump-resistant cylinders are designed for use with all Corbin Russwin locking hardware:
•Cylindricallocks
•Mortiselocks
•Exitdevices
•Accesscontrollocks
•Unitlocks
•Auxiliarylocks
Factory bitted, a symbol BRP is stamped onto pin cover/slides. Interchangeable core cylinders are
not available with bump-resistant pinning.
BRP pinned rim cylinder
BRP pinned key-in-lever cylinder
BRP pinned mortise cylinder
Bump-Resistant Top Spool Pins
Key Blanks How to Order
Key Systems
Key Systems.29
51
Blank both sides.
Recommended for
special die stamps
or large amounts of
stamping, and for
Control and Emergency
Master Keys. Not
available for 752, 852
or A Class keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-51.
52
Recommended for non-
restricted keys which
need extra space for
special stamping. This
bow also enhances
key control for other
Corbin Russwin keys.
Not available for 752,
852 or A Class keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-52.
53
For use only on U.S.
Governmentprojects.
Recommended for use
when a large amount
of stamping is required.
Not available for 752,
852 or A Class keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-53.
10
The standard bow
furnished for all
non-restricted keyways
unless otherwise
specified. The other side
is blank.
Example: L4-6PIN-10.
11
Blank both sides, for
use when more area is
required for stamping,
such as custom die
stamps. Not for use
with restricted keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-11.
12
This bow enhances
key control for non-
restricted Corbin
Russwin keyways. Other
side blank. Example:
L4-6PIN-12.
13
For use only on U.S.
Governmentprojects.
Example: L4-6PIN-13.
Protected and
Restricted Keys
10, 50 and 90 bow
shapes are designated
as 19, 59 and 99 for
protected and restricted
keyways. They are
stamped this way on
the thumb side. Other
side blank.
RESTRICTED
DO NOT
DUPLICATE
This stamp is not
available for keys which
are not protected and
or restricted. Protected
keyway keys will be
stamped restricted.
Standard B ows
Large Bows
DO NOT
DUPLICATE
Key Sections Length Bow Shape Bow Marking
(seepages31-40) Indicate
5-, 6-, 7-pin
1 Standard
5 Large
9 Security
0 Coined Logo
1 Plain
2 DND
3 US property DND
9 Restricted DND
L4 – 6-Pin – 1 – 0
Key Systems.30
90
Standard bow for
security keys. Example:
L4-6PIN-90.
91
Blank both sides for
security keys where
extra stamping is
required. Not for use
with restricted keyways.
Example: L4-6PIN-91.
92
This bow enhances
key control for non-
restricted security keys.
Other side blank.
Example: L4-6PIN-92.
93
For use only on
security keys for U.S.
Governmentprojects.
Example: L4-6PIN-93.
Security Bows (Inactive - for Existing Systems Only)
28
Standard bow furnished for all Pyramid keys.
Pyramid Bow Ordering Example
-E1 Suffix
For interchangeable core
mortise cylinder 1081
(conventional)and1091
(security).Available6-pinonly.
Examples: L4-6PIN-51-E1 or
L4-6PIN-90-E1.
-E8 Suffix
For CL3329 and CL3629
and obsolete CL3429 key-in-
lever locksets, fixed core and
IC. Available 6- and 7-pin.
Example: L4-6PIN-51-E8.
-E4 Suffix
For CK4229 locksets, fixed
core and IC, conventional
and security. Also for CK4429.
Available 5- or 6-pin.
Examples: L4-6PIN-51-E4
or L4-6PIN-90-E4.
-E5 Suffix
For obsolete 1429, 3333EM,
4333EM and 5629 key-in-
knob locksets. Available
5- and 6-pin. Example:
L4-6PIN-51-E5.
DO NOT
DUPLICATE
DO NOT
DUPLICATE
Hotel Security Key Blanks
Standard hotel function mortise cylinders 1001 and 1011 use 7-pin Emergency Key blanks. The 51 bow is suggested e.g., L4-7PIN-51.
All other Corbin Russwin hotel function cylinders require keys with a special undercut tip. The four variations are shown below.
PXXX - 7 - 28
Key Blanks How to Order
Key Systems
Bow Shape
Key Sections
(seepage 43) Length
7-pin
CONTROL
PIN
KEY SET
SYMBOL
SYSTEM
REGISTRY
NUMBER
Front Side Back Side
Keyways Keyway Types
Key Systems
Key Systems.31
4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
Reverse of D Series.
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
L Series (Corbin Russwin) L41
L12 L34
STOCK
L4L3L2L1
Security
Available
Multiplex/Simplex Keyways
Multiplex keyways can be used together to
expand a keying system. A simplex keyway
is independent, stands alone and cannot
be tied into any other keyway to expand a
keying system.
All/Multi-Section/Single Section Keys
All/Multi-section keys can be used on more
than one cylinder with different sections.
For example: a key cut on the L41 multi-
section keyblank will pass cylinder in the
L1, L2, L3 and L4 keyways. Single section
keys can be used with cylinders of the
same section. For example: a key cut on
the L4 single section keyblank will only
pass a cylinder in the L4 keyway.
Active Keyways
Keyways which are available for new
Corbin Russwin keying systems are
considered active. In the case of new
master key systems, the factory reserves
the right to select the keyway from a
range of standard keyways, based on
usage in a particular geographical area.
Inactive Keyways
Many older Corbin Russwin keyways are
designated inactive. No new systems
shall be established on these keyways.
However, they continue to be available to
support existing keying systems.
Restricted Keyways
For security reasons, these keyway profiles
are not shown.
Protected Keyways
Key Systems Administration reserves
the final decision as to which protected
keyway family will be selected. A notice
of acceptance showing the facilities
name, address and contact information is
required before orders can be processed
For security reasons, these keyway profiles
are not shown.
Pyramid Keyways
Pyramid keyways are only available
for Pyramid cylinders and separate
specifications are used from conventional
Corbin Russwin keying systems. New
systems for Pyramid require a Notice of
Acceptance document to be on file with
Key Systems Administration. All orders
for Pyramid must have a system specific
Registration Certificate attached and all
products must ship directly to the end
user unless a quantity - specific Letter of
Authorization accompanies the purchase
order. For security reasons, these keyway
profiles are not shown.
Bitting Classes
Corbin Russwin has several sets of
dimensionalstandardsforbitting(cutting)
keys. If the wrong specifications are used
when making keys on code machines
in the field, they will not operate in
conjunction with factory supplied cylinders
and keys. The bitting class is given for each
group of keyways. All bitting specs are
available in the Corbin Russwin cylinder
manual.
Key Systems.32
4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
DH Class bitting.
Reverse of L Series.
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and Single
Section Key
D Series (Russwin®)
9 keyway
multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6-
and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
59 Series (Corbin®)
8 keyway
multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6-
and 7-pin.
DH Class bitting.
H Series (Russwin)
Simplex Keyway.
Z Class bitting.
Reverse of 60.
70 Series (Corbin)
D41
D12 D34
D4D3D2D1
Security
Available
Security
Available
Security
Available
Security
Available
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
59AD
59AB
59A 59B 59C 59D
6059D259D159C259C159B259B159A259A1
59CD
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
H81
H41
H12 H34 H56 H78
H8H7H6H5H4H3H2H1
70
H85
Keyways Z and DH Class Keyways
Key Systems
Keyways Restricted
Key Systems
Key Systems.33
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
DH Class bitting.
HO Series (Restricted)
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
62 Series (Restricted)
Security
Available
Security
Available
62B262A262A1 62B1 62C262C1 62D262D1
62AD
62AB
62A 62B 62C 62D
62CD
HO4HO2HO1 HO3 HO6HO5 HO8HO7
HO81
HO41
HO12 HO34 HO56 HO78
HO85
93B293A293A1 93B1 93C293C1 93D293D1
93AD
93AB
93A 93B 93C 93D
93CD
39B239A239A1 39B1 39C239C1 39D239D1
39AD
39AB
39A 39B 39C 39D
39CD
F4F2F1 F3
F41
F12 F34
J4J2J1 J3
J41
J12 J34
62B262A262A1 62B1 62C262C1 62D262D1
62AD
62AB
62A 62B 62C 62D
62CD
HO4HO2HO1 HO3 HO6HO5 HO8HO7
HO81
HO41
HO12 HO34 HO56 HO78
HO85
93B293A293A1 93B1 93C293C1 93D293D1
93AD
93AB
93A 93B 93C 93D
93CD
39B239A239A1 39B1 39C239C1 39D239D1
39AD
39AB
39A 39B 39C 39D
39CD
F4F2F1 F3
F41
F12 F34
J4J2J1 J3
J41
J12 J34
Keyways
Key Systems
Key Systems.34
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
J Series (Protected)
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
F Series (Protected)
Security
Available
Security
Available
62B262A262A1 62B1 62C262C1 62D262D1
62AD
62AB
62A 62B 62C 62D
62CD
HO4HO2HO1 HO3 HO6HO5 HO8HO7
HO81
HO41
HO12 HO34 HO56 HO78
HO85
93B293A293A1 93B1 93C293C1 93D293D1
93AD
93AB
93A 93B 93C 93D
93CD
39B239A239A1 39B1 39C239C1 39D239D1
39AD
39AB
39A 39B 39C 39D
39CD
F4F2F1 F3
F41
F12 F34
J4J2J1 J3
J41
J12 J34
62B262A262A1 62B1 62C262C1 62D262D1
62AD
62AB
62A 62B 62C 62D
62CD
HO4HO2HO1 HO3 HO6HO5 HO8HO7
HO81
HO41
HO12 HO34 HO56 HO78
HO85
93B293A293A1 93B1 93C293C1 93D293D1
93AD
93AB
93A 93B 93C 93D
93CD
39B239A239A1 39B1 39C239C1 39D239D1
39AD
39AB
39A 39B 39C 39D
39CD
F4F2F1 F3
F41
F12 F34
J4J2J1 J3
J41
J12 J34
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
93 Series (Protected) All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
Z Class bitting.
39 Series (Protected)
Security
Available
Security
Available
62B262A262A1 62B1 62C262C1 62D262D1
62AD
62AB
62A 62B 62C 62D
62CD
HO4HO2HO1 HO3 HO6HO5 HO8HO7
HO81
HO41
HO12 HO34 HO56 HO78
HO85
93B293A293A1 93B1 93C293C1 93D293D1
93AD
93AB
93A 93B 93C 93D
93CD
39B239A239A1 39B1 39C239C1 39D239D1
39AD
39AB
39A 39B 39C 39D
39CD
F4F2F1 F3
F41
F12 F34
J4J2J1 J3
J41
J12 J34
62B262A262A1 62B1 62C262C1 62D262D1
62AD
62AB
62A 62B 62C 62D
62CD
HO4HO2HO1 HO3 HO6HO5 HO8HO7
HO81
HO41
HO12 HO34 HO56 HO78
HO85
93B293A293A1 93B1 93C293C1 93D293D1
93AD
93AB
93A 93B 93C 93D
93CD
39B239A239A1 39B1 39C239C1 39D239D1
39AD
39AB
39A 39B 39C 39D
39CD
F4F2F1 F3
F41
F12 F34
J4J2J1 J3
J41
J12 J34
Key Systems.35
Keyways Corbin®XClass
Key Systems
57 Series
8 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6-, and 7-pin.
XClassbitting.
Reverses
57A1 27B2
57A2 27B1
57B1 27A2
57B2 27A1
Simplex Keyways
6 independent keyways.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
XClassbitting.
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cyl. Keyway and
Single Section Key
57AD
57ABC
57D57C
57B
57A
57A1 57B2 57B1 57B2
97 99 AR BR BL
57C1 57C2 57D1 57D2
AL
Security
Not Available
Security
Not Available
Key Systems.36
Keyways Corbin®XClass
Key Systems
27 Series
7keywaystotal(5active).
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
XClassbitting.
Reverses
27A1 57B2
27A2 57B1
27B1 57A2
27B2 57A1
67 Series
7keywaystotal(5active).
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
XClassbitting.
Reverse of 77 Series.
77 Series
7keywaystotal(5active).
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
XClassbitting.
Reverse of 67 Series.
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Cylinder Keyway
and Single Section
Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Cylinder Keyway
and Single Section
Key
27AB
027
27A 27B
27
28 29
Inactive.
Not used
for new
systems.
68 69
Inactive.
Not used
for new
systems.
27A1 27A2 27B1 27B2
67AB
067
67A 67B
67 67A1 67A2 67B1 67B2
78 79
Inactive.
Not used
for new
systems.
77AB
077
77A 77B
77 77A1 77A2 77B1 77B2
Security
Not Available
Security
Not Available
Security
Not Available
Keyways Russwin® Inactive
Key Systems
Key Systems.37
981 Series
3 keyway multiplex system.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
981 Class bitting.
N Series (Obverse)
14 keyways total: N1- N14.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
N Class bitting.
Former Designations
6-pin: 1N-14N
5- and 7-pin: 1K-14K
N Series (Reverse)
14 keyways total: N15- N28.
Available 5-, 6- and 7-pin.
N Class bitting.
Former Designations
6-pin: 15N-28N
5- and 7-pin: 15K-28K
Former 6-pin Designations 961 962 963
Former 7-pin Designations 971 972 973
All-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
9812
981
N1x13M
N1-3-9-12M
N1x13M
N1-12M N3-9M N7-10M N2-8M
N2-7-8-10M
982 983
N1 N12 N3 N9 N7
N4 N5* N6 N11* N13* N14
N10 N2 N8
*NOTE: Do not use these pairs in the same keying system with
each other: N1 with N13; N3 with N5; N7 with N11
Simplex Keyway
not entered by
N1x13M.
N15x27M
N15-17-23-26M
N15x27M
N15-26M N17-23M N21-24M N16-22M
N16-21-22-24M
N15 N26 N17 N23 N21
N18 N19* N20 N25* N27* N28
N24 N16 N22
*NOTE: Do not use these pairs in the same keying system with each other:
N15 with N27; N17 with N19; N21 with N25
Simplex Keyway
not entered by
N15x27M.
Security
Not Available
Security
Not Available
Security
Not Available
Keyways Russwin® Inactive
Key Systems
Key Systems.38
852 Series
2 keyway multiplex system.
5-pin standard, 6-pin special.
Available with 10 Series
bows only.
No hotel function cylinders.
A Series (Obverse)
12 keyways: A1-A12.
5-pin standard, 6-pin special.
Available with 10 Series
bows only.
A Class bitting.
No hotel function cylinders.
Former Designations
5-pin: 1A-12A
6-pin: 1Z-12Z
A Series (Revers e)
12 keyways: A13-A24.
5-pin standard, 6-pin special.
Available with 10 Series
bows only.
A Class bitting.
No hotel function
cylinders.
Former Designations
5-pin: 13A-24A
6-pin: 13Z-24Z
Simplex Keyways
5-pin only
752 uses 752 Class bitting
Guses852Classbitting
Available with 10 Series bows only.
No hotel function cylinders.
* NOTE: Do not use these
pairs in the same keying
system with each other: A1
with A2; A4 with A5.
* NOTE: Do not use these pairs in the same
keying system with each other: A13 with A14;
A16 with A17.
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
2852
A1x12M
A1-3-9-12M A4-6-7-10M
252 852
752
A1 A12 A3 A9
A2* A5* A8 A11
A13 A14* A15 A16 A17* A18
A19 A20 A21 A22 A23 A24
A4 A7 A6 A10
A1-12M A3-9M
A1x12M
A4-7M A6-10M
G
Security
Not Available
Security
Not Available
Security
Not Available
Keyways Pyramid
Key Systems
Key Systems.39
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
4 keyway multiplex
P3AB Series
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex
P4EF Series
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex
P4AD Series
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
P3C Series
P3C2P3C1 P3C4P3C3
P3C
P4E4P4E2P4E1 P4E3 P4F2P4F1 P4F4P4F3
P4EF
P4E P4F
P3A2P3A1 P3B2P3B1
P3A P3B
P3AB
P4B2P4A2P4A1 P4B1 P4C2P4C1 P4D2P4D1
P4AD
P4AB
P4A P4B P4C P4D
P4CD
P3C2P3C1 P3C4P3C3
P3C
P4E4P4E2P4E1 P4E3 P4F2P4F1 P4F4P4F3
P4EF
P4E P4F
P3A2P3A1 P3B2P3B1
P3A P3B
P3AB
P4B2P4A2P4A1 P4B1 P4C2P4C1 P4D2P4D1
P4AD
P4AB
P4A P4B P4C P4D
P4CD
P3C2P3C1 P3C4P3C3
P3C
P4E4P4E2P4E1 P4E3 P4F2P4F1 P4F4P4F3
P4EF
P4E P4F
P3A2P3A1 P3B2P3B1
P3A P3B
P3AB
P4B2P4A2P4A1 P4B1 P4C2P4C1 P4D2P4D1
P4AD
P4AB
P4A P4B P4C P4D
P4CD
P3C2P3C1 P3C4P3C3
P3C
P4E4P4E2P4E1 P4E3 P4F2P4F1 P4F4P4F3
P4EF
P4E P4F
P3A2P3A1 P3B2P3B1
P3A P3B
P3AB
P4B2P4A2P4A1 P4B1 P4C2P4C1 P4D2P4D1
P4AD
P4AB
P4A P4B P4C P4D
P4CD
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex
P5AD Series
All-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Multi-Section Key
Cylinder Keyway and
Single Section Key
Keyway profiles not shown
for security reasons.
8 keyway multiplex
P6AD Series
*Note: Each P6 keyway will have its own unique side pin code locations to be assigned by Key Systems Administration. The side pin code is not available
with the other Pyramid keyway families.
P5B2P5A2P5A1 P5B1 P5C2P5C1 P5D2P5D1
P5AD
P5AB
P5A P5B P5C P5D
P5CD
P6B2P6A2P6A1 P6B1 P6C2P6C1 P6D2P6D1
P6AD
P6AB
P6A P6B P6C P6D
P6CD
P5B2P5A2P5A1 P5B1 P5C2P5C1 P5D2P5D1
P5AD
P5AB
P5A P5B P5C P5D
P5CD
P6B2P6A2P6A1 P6B1 P6C2P6C1 P6D2P6D1
P6AD
P6AB
P6A P6B P6C P6D
P6CD
Pyramid (Patented)
Mortise Cylinder Cams Lockset Applications
Key Systems
Key Systems.40
Cams for current products or models
Cams for obsolete Corbin Russwin products or models
Type Part Number Model/Description
A01 Reg. 701F23
IC 701F23
Corbin Russwin
Arrow®,
Marks 5000, PDQ
Steel case mortise locks except classroom and institutional privacy functions. Deadbolt
functions of green cast iron case mortise locks. NOT for master ring mortise cylinders.
All mortise functions using Cloverleaf cam.
A02 Reg. 147F77
IC 334F13
Corbin Russwin
Baldwin
R. R. Brink
Marks
Steelcasemortiselockclassroom(55),insideofvestibule(42)andinstitutionalprivacy
(69)functions.Mostexitdevicetrims.NOTformasterringmortisecylinders.
All mortise locks.
All except CKS.
7000, 9000 and most brands of older black cast iron locks.
A03 Reg. 111F55
IC 362F42
Corbin Russwin
Adams Rite®
Lori
DL3000 Series Cylindrical Deadlocks only.
1800 Series, 4015 Deadlocks; 4500 and 4700 Series Latch Locks.
4500, 4600 Series Deadlocks.
A04 Reg. 413F22
IC 423F49 Corbin Russwin DL4000 Series Mortise Deadlocks only.
A05 Reg. 105F70
IC 362F50
Adams Rite
R. R. Brink 4070 Series Deadlocks.
“CKS” Control Key Switch.
A06 Reg. 626F07
IC 626F07 Schlage®L9000Series(Cloverleafonly).
A61 Reg. 562F40
IC 526F66
Corbin Russwin
Best®
Mortise Series deadbolt function master ring locks manufactured since June 10, 1993
(silvercase).Adaptearlier(goldcase)modeltousethiscambyinstallingthumbturnhub
562F41-2.
H45 Series
A62 Reg. 065F36
Corbin Russwin
Corbin Russwin
DORMA
MortiseSeriesMasterRingclassroom(55)functionandinsideofvestibule(42)function
mortise locksets.
900SeriesMullion,WS700SeriesMullion(BothKRM)
Mortise Locks
A65 Reg. 025F72 Corbin Russwin
Mortise Series: required for master ring deadbolt functions manufactured before
June 10, 1993(goldcase)andforoutsideofcurrentvestibule(42)function.Optional
forcurrentnon-deadboltfunctionsexceptclassroom(55)andinsideofvestibule(42)
function.
A92 Reg. 266F34 Corbin Russwin Concealed vertical rod exit device outside grip handle operators 01 and 02.
A63 121F01 Corbin Russwin Black cast iron case master ring mortise locks, except models with 1" throw deadbolt.
A64 135F19 Corbin Russwin Black cast iron case master ring mortise locks with 1" throw deadbolt.
A93 Reg. 281F27
IC 362F43 Corbin Russwin 610 and 1403 Series Cylindrical Deadlocks.
Key Systems.41
Cylinder Accessories Collars and Master Ring Adapter
Key Systems
* Number includes wave washer in packet
+ Refer to corresponding parts and service
manuals for correct cylinder collar applications
and selection guide
Standard Collars +
Spring
253F97 .150"(5/32")
549F52 .219"(7/32")-RingOnly
605F43 .350"(11/32")
428F66 Packet: 549F52 + 253F97
Solid, Recessed for Cylinder Head
447F41* .031"(1/32");totalprojection1/4"
700F53 .090"(3/32")VRtrim,double
cylinder 1-1/4"
261F54 .094"(3/32")x2-1/4"O.D.forED6000with
T5, T6, T9, T9M, T10, T10M, T11M trim
270F15 .156"(5/32");totalprojection9/32"
598F89* .156"(5/32");totalprojection9/32"
447F42* .172"(11/64");totalprojection25/64"
610FO1* .221"(7/32");totalprojection7/16"
610F02* .289"(9/32");totalprojection1/2"
654F07 .350"(11/32");totalprojection15/32"
447F43* .375"(3/8");totalprojection19/32"
609F36* .500"(1/2");totalprojection23/32"
134F05 .510"(1/2")forED6800xB5orG6and
all ED7400, ED7800 with 1-1/8" cylinder
654F08 .550"(9/16");totalprojection11/16"
267F97
.635"(5/8")forED6800xO1orO2with
1-1/8"andED6800xB5orG6andall
ED7400, ED7800 with 1-1/4" cylinder
609F37* .650"(21/32");totalprojection7/8"
399F48 .749"(3/4")forED6800xO1orO2with
1-1/4" cylinder
609F38* .850"(27/32");totalprojection1-1/16"
Spacers for Flexible Head Cylinders
370F29 .125"(1/8")
370F31 .250"(1/4")
252F82 .315"(5/16")
Other Solid Collars
416F39* .172"(11/64")securitycollar;total
projection 13/32"
303F25 .312"(5/16")for1-1/8"cylinderon
aluminum door
Miscellaneous
255F53 Rim cylinder, flush mount
422F88 Rim cylinder, surface mount
197F34 Wave washer
Master Ring Collars +
Master Ring Adapter
For installing standard diameter mortise
cylinder in master ring lockset.
Specify 522F93-2.
Order cam separately. See page 40.
Solid, Recessed for Cylinder Head
447F44* .031"(1/32");totalprojection1/4"
261F55 .094"(3/32")X2-1/4"O.D.forED6000withT5,
T6, T9, T9M, T10, T10M, T11M trim
447F45* .172"(11/64");totalprojection25/64"
447F46* .375"(3/8");totalprojection19/32"
Spacers for Flexible Head Cylinders
366F70 .090"(3/32")tapered
370F33 .094"(3/32")
370F35 .281"(9/32")
Miscellaneous
255F54 Rim cylinder, flush mount
197F35 Wave washer
Key Systems.42
Collars
•1-3/4"(44mm)thickdoor.Forother
door thicknesses and trim
considerations, contact Corbin Russwin
Technical Product Support.
•MortiseCylinders–1-1/4"(32mm)length
Spring Solid Surface Mount
605F43
(.350)
447F41
(.030)
700F53
(.090)
270F15
(.156)
598F89
(.156)
447F42
(.172)
610F02
(.289)
447F43
(.375)
654F07
(.350)
267F97
(.635)
422F88
(.000)
Mortise Cylinder
HighSecuritySeparately(1020,1030) XX
SecuritySeparately(1027,1037) X
Mortise Lock
Single Cylinder
Sectional X
N Escutcheon X
P Escutcheon X
M Escutcheon X
L&REscutcheon X
TEscutcheon(nocollarrequired)
Double Cylinder
Sectional X
N Escutcheon X
P Escutcheon X
M Escutcheon X
L&REscutcheon X
T Escutcheon X
V Escutcheon X
Auxiliary Locks
DL4011, 4013, 4017 X
DL4012 X
Rim Cylinder
HighSecuritySeparately(3020,3030) X
SecuritySeparately(3027,3037) X
Exit Devices
ED4000-5000 Series
700 Trim, F2, F3, T13, P9 X
K1 X
700M Trim, F2M, F3M, T13M X
900 Trim X
Cylinder Dogging X
ED6000 Series
N3,G4,T3 X
N4M,G5M X
T7M, T9M X
ED7000 Series
P4, P6, P7 X
C4, 03, 05 X
T11 X
ED8000 Series
KO X
F1,P1,P2(nocollarrequired)
Cylinder Accessories Pyramid Collars
Key Systems
Plug Diameters/Quick Codes
Key Systems
Key Systems.43
Cylinder Options
Description Quick Code
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Red)
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Blue)
IC 6-pin with temporary constructioncore(Green)
CT6R
CT6B
CT6G
IC 6-pin with disposable temporary core CT6D
IC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core1(Mortise) CT6SD1
IC 6-pin with small format temporary disposable core CTSD
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core CT7
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Red)
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Blue)
IC 7-pin with temporaryconstructioncore(Green)
CT7R
CT7B
CT7G
IC 7-pin with disposable temporary core CT7D
IC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core1(Mortise) CT7SD1
Pyramid with temporary construction core CTP
Pyramid with disposable temporary core CTPD
SFIC6-pinwithlesscore(rimandmortise) CLS6
SFIC7-pinwithlesscore(rimandmortise) CLS7
Bump-resistant cylinders BRP
Collar Options - Mortise and Rim Cylinders Only
Description Quick Code
Collarpacket(549F52+253F97) 428F66
Rim collar, flush mount 255F53
Rimcollar,ushmount(masterring) 255F54
Rim collar,surfacemount(standardforrimcylinders) 422F88
Solid collar - .030 447F41
Solidcollar-.031(masterring) 447F44
Solidcollar-.090(VRtrimonly) 700F53
Solid collar - .094 261F54
Solidcollar-.094(masterring) 261F55
Solid collar - .156 270F15
Solid collar - .156 598F89
Solidcollar-.172(taperedsecuritycollar) 416F39
Solid collar - .172 447F42
Solidcollar-.172(masterring-standardforMR118cylinders) 447F45
Solid collar - .221 610F01
Solid collar - .289 610F02
Solid collar - .312 303F25
Solid collar - .350 654F07
Solid collar - .375 447F43
Solidcollar-.375(masterring) 447F46
Solid collar - .500 609F36
Solid collar - .510 134F05
Solid collar - .550 654F08
Solid collar - .635 267F97
Solid collar - .650 609F37
Solid collar - .749 399F47
Solid collar - .850 609F38
Spacer for flexible head cylinders - .125 370F29
Spacer for flexible head cylinders - .250 370F31
Spacer for flexible head cylinders - .315 252F82
Spacer for flexible head master ring cylinders - .094 370F33
Spacer for flexible head master ring cylinders - .281 370F35
Spacerforexibleheadmasterringcylinders(tapered)-.090 366F70
Springcollar-.150(standardfor118cylinders) 253F97
Spring collar - .219 549F52
Springcollar-.350(standardfor114cylinders) 605F43
Keying Options
Description Quick Code
0-bittedwith2blankkeys(exceptHS,CHS) (standard)
Keyed random KR
Keyed alike KA
Keyedtospecicbitting(specifybitting) KS
Uncombinated UC
Construction master keyed CMK
Key Quantity Options
2 change keys per cylinder2 (standard)2
Other than 2 change keys per cylinder
(i.e.customerrequests6changekeyspercylinder)
KY#
(i.e.,KY6)
No change keys KY0
Masterkeys(ifrequired)3Specify Qty.
Controlkeys(ifrequired)3Specify Qty.
CMKkeys(ifrequired)3Specify Qty.
CMKcontrolkeys(ifrequired)3Specify Qty.
SKDcontrolkeys(ifrequired)3Specify Qty.
Specialpurposekeys,i.e.,ENG(ifrequired)3Specify Qty.
1Corbin Russwin does not furnish permanent SFIC cores
2Keys shipped separately for security and Pyramid master keyed cylinders
3Order as cut keys
Corbin Russwin Cylinder Plug Diameters
When combinating Corbin Russwin cylinders, the diameter of the plug determines the set of bottom pin and build-up pin lengths
to use. The plug diameter is either .509" or .552". All Pyramid cylinders have a plug diameter of .496" and have their own pin kit.
Current Corbin Russwin cylinder plug diameters are listed below by product series. Before 1983, however, all Corbin®XClasscylinders
used .509" diameter plugs.
CL3200 Series Security Bolt .509" 1400/4300Series(obsolete) Cylindrical .552"
CL3300 CL3500, CL3800 Series Cylindrical .509" Pyramid Series All .496"
CL3400&CL3600Series Cylindrical .509"
CL3700 Series Cylindrical .509" Mortise Cylinders .552"
CL3900 Series Cylindrical .509" Rim Cylinders .552"
CK4200 CL3500, CL3800 Series Cylindrical .552" Interchangeable Cores .509"
CK4400 Series Cylindrical .509" Padlocks .509"
CK4700 Series Cylindrical .509" Competitors’Key-in-Lever/Knob .552"
UT5200 Series Unit Lock .552" Security, all cylinders .552"
DL2100 Series Deadlock .509" Exit Devices, except IC .552"
DL3000 Series Deadlock .552" A6/N6/PR6 trim and obsolete .509"
DL3100 Series Deadlock .509" NS/AS trim .509"
Key Systems.44
Stamping Options*
Description Quick Code
Keys stamped with bitting number (standard)
No keyset or bitting stamping on keys VKC0
Keysonlystampedwithkeyset(standardforHS,CHS,
PS, PHS, PCS, PCHS) VKC1
Keys stamped with keyset, cylinders stamped with
keyset on face of plug - not available for HS, CHS, PS,
PHS, PCS, PCHS
VKC2
Keys stamped with bitting, cylinders stamped with
keyset on face of plug - not available for HS, CHS, PS,
PHS, PCS, PCHS
VKC3
Keys stamped with keyset, cylinders stamped with
keyset in concealed location CKC2
Keys stamped with bitting, cylinders stamped with
keyset in concealed location- not available for HS, CHS,
PS, PHS, PCS, PCHS
CKC3
LessTradeMark(NoCorbinRusswinlogooncylinders) LTM
KeyBow Options
Description Quick Code
Corbin Russwin logo (standard)
Plain both sides KB11
Do Not Duplicate KB12
US Property Do Not Duplicate KB13
ProtectedDoNotDuplicate(onlyforprotectedkeyways) KB19
RestrictedDoNotDuplicate(onlyforrestrictedkeyways) KB19
Pyramid(onlyforPyramidkeys) KB28
Large bow, plain both sides KB51
Large bow, Do Not Duplicate KB52
Large bow, US Property Do Not Duplicate KB53
Large bow, protected Do Not Duplicate
(onlyforprotectedkeyways) KB19
Large bow, Restricted Do Not Duplicate
(onlyforrestrictedkeyways) KB59
SecuritybowCorbinRusswinlogo(onlyforsecuritykeys) KB90
Securitybowplainbothsides(onlyforsecuritykeys) KB91
Securitybow,DoNotDuplicate(onlyforsecuritykeys) KB92
Security bow, US Property Do Not Duplicate
(onlyforsecuritykeys) KB93
Security bow, protected Do Not Duplicate
(onlyforsecuritykeys,protectedkeyways) KB99
Security bow, Restricted Do Not Duplicate
(onlyforsecurity,restrictedkeyways) KB99
Quick Codes/How to Order
Key Systems
*see page 6 for detailed descriptions
Keyset Cylinder Length Cam Pins Keyway Finish
AA1 1000 118 A01 7 L4 626
Keyset Cylinder Length Pins Keyway Finish
AA1 3000 058 7 L4 626
Keyset Cylinder Lockset Series Pins Keyway Finish
AA1 2000 033 7 L4 626
Keyset Cylinder Pins Keyway Finish
AA1 8000 7 L4 626
How to Order Cylinders
Mortise Separately
Rim Separately
Key-in-Lever/Knob Separately
IC Cores Separately
Service Equipment Pin Kits
Key Systems
Key Systems.45
PK-70-ZDH
PK-70-X
PK-70-N
PK-70-HS
PK-1070
PK-20-HS
Single System Pin Kits
For the end user with one Corbin Russwin System 70 keying
system to maintain. Each kit has all pins necessary to combinate
interchangeable core and master ring cylinders, as well as
conventionalcylinders(both.509"and.552"plugdiameters).
Furnished in a handsomely finished hardwood case with
combinating instructions on the inside of the lid. Includes key
gauge, tweezers and both diameter plug followers.
PK-70-ZDH
Forpinningalltypesofcylinders(exceptsecurity)withZClass
keyways: 59, D, H and L Series, plus 60, 70 and restricted/
protectedkeywaysusingSystem70depths(1-6).
PK-70-X
ForpinningalltypesofcylinderswithXClasskeyways:27,57,
67 and 77 Series, plus AR, BR, BL, 97 and 99 using System 70
depths(1-6).
PK-70-N
For pinning all types of cylinders with N Class keyways: N1-N28
usingSystem70depths(1-6).
Security Pin Kit
PK-70-HS
For security cylinders, including interchangeable core, Brink
and blockout function. Furnished in a handsomely finished
hardwood case with combinating instructions on the inside of
the lid. Includes tweezers.
Deluxe Pin Kit
PK-1070
Ideal for locksmiths and distributor service personnel who must
service a variety of Corbin Russwin keying systems. Also for end
users with Pre-System 70 keying systems.
Contains all pins required to combinate standard, IC and master
ring cylinders. Accommodates System 70 and non-System
70 for both plug diameters and all key classes. Furnished in a
reinforced steel case with combinating instructions on the inside
of the lid. A separate, removable, two-sided chart contains pin
lengths for all modern key classes. Includes tweezers and both
diameter plug followers.
PK-20-HS
Each pin kit has all the pins necessary to combinate standard
and interchangeable core Pyramid High Security cylinders.
Includes tweezers, plug follower, key gauge and combinating
instructions.
PK-20-PS
Each pin kit has all the pins necessary to combinate standard
and interchangeable core Pyramid Security Cylinders.
Includes tweezers, plug follower, key gauge and combinating
instructions.
Pyramid Sample Display Case
S-20-DC
Contains sample Master Keyed Cylinders and information
materials.
Key Systems.46
Service Equipment Replacement Pin for Kits
Key Systems
Description Number
Specifyquantityofvials(100pins/vial):
BottomPins(LSeries) 553F48-4 + length
Master/Top/Build-up Pins 553F49-2 + length
(MSeries)
SpoolTopPins(JSeries) 553F50-2 + length
Specifyquantityofvials(1500balls/vial):
Construction Balls 546F97-8
•Pinsarepackagedinasecure,spill-proofplasticvialwithhingedtop.
•12vialspermastercarton.
Description Number
Specifyquantityofvials(100pins/vial):
BottomPins(NickelSilver) 695F244 + length
Master/Build-up Pins/Top 695F252 + length
(Brass)
Description Number
Specifyquantityofvials(100pins/vial):
BottomPins(StainlessSteel) 695F247 + length
Master/Build-up Pins/Top 695F257 + length
(StainlessSteel)
Description Number
Specifyquantityofvials(20pins/vial):
P6 Side Pin 630F494
TOP PIN
MASTER PIN
BOTTOM PIN
TOP PIN
MASTER PIN
BOTTOM PIN
TOP PIN (M)
(J) Spool Pin
MASTER PIN (M)
BOTTOM PIN (L)
For a complete listing of all Cylinder Components, refer to Cylinder/Owner’s Manuals.
How to Order Conventional Pins
Suffix 3-digit length in thousandths of an inch to base number.
Example: .160" bottom pin is 553F484-160.
How to Order Security Pins
Replace the “x” in the part number with the pin's skew number.
Bottom pins use skews L(1)andR(2).
Master pins use skews L(1),R(2)andS(3).
Example: #2 master pin with S skew is 407T334-097.
How to Order Pyramid Security Pins
Suffix 3-digit length in thousandths of an inch to base number.
How to Order Pyramid High Security Pins
Suffix 3-digit length in thousandths of an inch to base number.
How to Order Pyramid Bump Resistant Pins
How to Order Pyramid P6 Side Pins
Description Number
Specifyquantityofpins(mustbemultipleof20):
Bottom Pin, #2 407T4x4-242
Bottom Pin, #3 407T4x4-270
Bottom Pin, #4 407T4x4-298
Bottom Pin, #5 407T4x4-326
Bottom Pin, #6 407T4x4-354
Master Pin, #2 407T3x4-097
Master Pin, #3 407T3x4-125
Master Pin, #4 407T3x4-153
TopPin#1(long) 407T43-4193
TopPin#2(short) 407T43-4158
Description Number
Specifyquantityofvials(100pins/vial):
Size A 628F107142
Size C 628F107236
Service Equipment Replacement Pin for Kits
Key Systems
Key Systems.47
No. CT-25
When rekeying or exchanging cylinders
in CK4200 and UT5200 Series knobs,
this tool is used to remove the large knob
shank retaining ring to gain access to the
cylinder.
No. CT-26
When rekeying CK4200 and UT5200
Series cylinders, this tool is used to remove
the plug retainer.
No. CT-27
When rekeying or exchanging cylinders
in UT5200 Series Unit Lock lever handles,
this tool removes and installs the cylinder
retaining ring.
CT-80
Cylinder Tool Kit No. CT-93
KitNo.CT-93containsthefollowingitems(alsoavailable separately):
CT-4 Follower for 509" diameter plugs
CT-11 Key gauge for Corbin®XandZClassSystem70 and pre-System 70
CT-19 Tweezers
CT-21 Key gauge for Russwin® N Class System 70 and pre-System 70
CT-22 Key gauge for Russwin DH Class System 70 and pre-System 70
CT-23 Key gauge for Russwin 981 and 852 Classes
CT-26 WaldesTru-Arcpliers(see below for full description)
CT-54 Follower for .552" diameter plugs
Pyramid Tools
CT-20 Pyramidplugfollower(.495"diameter)
CT-20K KeyGaugefor Pyramid
Other Tools
CT-5 Pin Chamber Reamer
CT-7 Pin Chamber Burring Tool
CT-10 Loading tool for CK4400 Series and IC cylinder shells
Cylinder Installation Wrench No. CT-80
CT-80 is for interchangeable core mortise cylinders. It is used to:
•InstallandremoveCorbinRusswininterchangeablecoremortise
cylinder housing without marring cylinder scalp finish.
•Testcamoperationbeforefasteningthemortisecylinderset screw.
•Alignthepinsofthethrowmemberbeforeinstalling the core.
Waldes Tru-Arc Pliers
Service Equipment Other Cylinder Parts
Key Systems
Key Systems.48
Screws
438F41 -8 Cam screw, mortise cylinder and RFC padlocks
438F42-8 Cam screw, IC mortise cylinder
488F08-8 Mortisecylindersetscrewpacket(1screw),standardcylindersize
488F10-8 Mortisecylindersetscrewpacket(1screw),masterring
021F68-8 Rim cylinder mounting screw, 2-9/32" long for 1-3/8" - 2-1/2" doors
021F71-8 Rim cylinder mounting screw, 3-1/8" long for 2-3/4" - 3-1/2" doors
Disposable Core 10 Packs
627F00-9 Corbin Russwin LFIC
707F21-9 Corbin Russwin SFIC
Tailpieces
655F00-8 5/8" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-058
655F01-8 5/8" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-058
582F29-8 1-1/4" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-114
490F55-8 1-3/8" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-138
253F85-8 1-7/8" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-178
483F09-8 1-7/8" vertical for IC rim cylinder 3080-178V
253F76-8 2" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-200
413F48-8 2" vertical for rim cylinder 3000-200V
284F13-8 3-1/8" horizontal for IC rim cylinder 3080-318
253F77-8 3-1/2" horizontal for rim cylinder 3000-312
413F49-8 3-1/2" vertical for rim cylinder 3000-312V
622F30-8 For2000-033&2000-034-7cylinders
622F29-8 For 2000-034-6 cylinder
682F29-8 For2000-037&2000-033-7cylinders
596F89-8 For 2000-038 cylinder
489F02-8 For 2000-051 cylinder
680F60-8 For 2000-039 cylinder
681F60-8 For 2000-039L cylinder
Rim Cylinder Back Plates
253F75-8 For standard and Pyramid rim cylinders
135F10-8 For master ring rim cylinders
Retainers
173F79-8 .020" thick for 2001 -051 cylinder
368F91-8 .030"thickforrim,2200,2210&3000Seriescylinders
488F92-8 .032" thick for CK4200 and 1400/4300 Series locks
333F99-7 For CK4400 Series Locks, 4300 Series Cylinders, 8000 cores and Pyramid
655F41-5 For 3080 IC rim cylinder
680F64-5 Threadedcapfor2000-033,034,037,039,Security&PyramidKILcylinders
585F31-2 Cap pin for above
Springs (Ordered in multiples of 100)
585F32-7 For2000-033,034,037,039,Security&PyramidKILcappin)
172F21-7 ICConventional&Security
603F20-7 FixedCoreConventional&Security
026F75-7 Hotel Mortise blocking pin
697F50-7 All Pyramid Cylinders
314F98-7 For 2001-034 indicator
Spring Covers
217F42-2 5-pinbrass(Rim/Mortise/IC)
217F44-2 6-pinbrass(Rim/Mortise/IC/PyramidIC)
314F88-7 6-pinstainless(2000SeriesKnob/Lever)
217F43-2 7-pinbrass(Rim/Mortise/IC/PyramidRim&Mortise)
585F39-7 7-pinstainless(2000SeriesLever/PyramidKIL/KIK)
411F092 PyramidKIL/KIKforothermanufacturersproducts(2200Series)
Padlock Parts
362F15-3 ThrowmemberforIC&RFCpadlocks(A)
793F592-4 CylindersleeveforRFCpadlocks(B)
438F41-8 MountingscrewforRFCpadlocks(C)
Key Systems.49
Policies and Procedures
Key Systems
Procedures
Corbin Russwin keying systems utilize the
Standard Key Coding System illustrated
on the following pages. To ensure prompt
and accurate processing, purchase orders
should be written using these key symbols
to describe each master keyed item.
In addition to the key symbol, Corbin
Russwin requires the following information
on the keying system for ALL orders:
•EndUser(job)Name
•City,State,ZipCode
•Specialkeybowsorkeystamping
•VKC/CKCrequirements(seepage6)
New Systems or New Branches of
Existing Systems
Indicate system expansion in terms of
estimated numbers of key combinations,
not doors. All of this information is
essential at the inception of a keying
system in order for Corbin Russwin to
ensureaccommodationoftheenduser’s
present and future needs. Advise as
follows:
•Howmanylevelsofkeying?
•Planforaconstructionmasterkey?
•Anyselectivemasterkeys,suchasENG?
•Howmanychangesforeachmaster?
•Howmanymastersforeachgrand
master? If mixing Corbin Russwin
cylinder types, indicate clearly where
each type of cylinder will be used within
the expansion parameters:
•Whichmastersorgrandshave
security cylinders under them?
•Whichhaveinterchangeablecores?
•Whichhavemasterring?
•Whichhaveconventionalcylinders?
Existing System Add-Ons
For prompt processing, orders must
include a positive identification for the
keying system in addition to the job name,
city, state and zip code. Any ONE of the
following is positive ID:
•Registrynumberstampedonanyexisting
factory master key
•Previousfactoryordernumbertogether
with the year of that order
Letters of Authorization
No letter is needed when the items are to
be drop shipped directly to the end user.
In all other cases, to preserve the security
oftheenduser’skeyingsystem,Corbin
Russwin requires a letter of authorization
ontheenduser’sletterheadtoobtainthe
following:
•Bittinglists
•Securityblanksandcutkeys
•Masterlevelcutkeys
•Protectedkeyblanks,cylindersandplugs
•Pyramidkeyblanks,cylinders,andplugs
The letter of authorization can be brief
but should include a specific description of
what is being authorized for release, and a
positive key system identification.
XYZ Corporation
1 Main St.
Anytown, USA 00001
(203) 555-5555
(CurrentDate)
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware
Key Systems Dept.
We authorize Acme Distributors to obtain a
copy of the bitting list for our keying system
GGMX5555.Wealsoauthorizethemtoorder
the quantities of master keys on our attached
purchase order 1234AB.
Sincerely,
  GordonMorris
Security Director
Sample
Facility Registration
Facility Name
Address #1
Address #2
City State Zip
Authorized Representative
Print
Distributor PO#
System Registry + Zip Code
+ Certificate Number
Pyramid Key Discard Policy
U.S. Utility Patent number 6,125,674
protects Pyramid keys from unauthorized
duplication until the year 2018.
It is essential that cut keys and key blank
distribution policies and procedures be
maintained and enforced for all Pyramid
products.
Authorized Pyramid Distributors
Pyramid is a system-based product. An
authorized distributor can stock Pyramid
upon specific written authorization from
the primary systems administrator of the
facility. Authorized distributors have the
ability to receive product, key product,
cut keys and distribute the product to the
facility.
Authorized Pyramid distributors who
carry inventory for a specific system must
provide valid receipts and disbursements
of all Pyramid products, specifically key
blanks/cut keys. All Pyramid key blanks
to be maintained in the possession of an
authorized Pyramid distributor must be
accounted for. Any defective, incorrectly
cut or damaged Pyramid key blanks
mustberetainedinthedistributor’s
possession to be reviewed and collected
byarepresentativeofASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions.
Pyramid Primary System
Administrators
Any defective, incorrectly cut or damaged
Pyramid key blank must be destroyed.
Pyramid Key Warranty
Pyramid key blanks are covered by a
5-year warranty as outlined in the current
list price book.
Pyramid Registration Certificates
For each Pyramid system established
thedesignatedowner’srepresentative
willreceiveaPyramidOwner’sbinder
containing registration certificates specific
to their system. Registration
certificates will contain the facility
registration number along with the
facility name and location and must be
signed by an authorized representative
for the facility. Each order submitted for
Pyramid product must be accompanied
by a registration certificate. Additional
certificates will be obtainable through
Key Systems Administration.
Key Systems.50
To Specify a Simple Master Key System
(2 Levels of Keying)
The master key symbol consists of TWO
letters, such as AA. The change key
numbers are added to the master key
letters. The numbers come FIRST: 1AA,
2AA, 3AA, etc.
When locks are required which are not
operated by the master key or other
change keys in the system, they are
referred to as “single keyed” and given
symbols SKD1, SKD2, etc. When all
higher levels of master keys are to be
disallowed,sufx(NMK) to the symbol of
the key which is to operate. This means
“notmasterkeyed.”Cylinder1AA(NMK)
is operated by 1AA only. The AA master is
blocked from operation.
Master Key
Change Keys
Grand Master Key
Master Key
Change Keys
To Specify a Grand Master Key System
(3 Levels of Keying)
The grand master is assigned any ONE
letter, such as A. The master keys under
this grand are assigned TWO letters, the
first of which must be the same as the
grand: AA, AB, AC, etc. are all masters
under grand A. Masters BA, BB, BC, etc.,
are all under grand B. Caution: Do not use
the letters I, O or Q because of possible
confusion with the numerals 1 and 0,
respectively. Also do not use the letter
X due to confusion with cross keying.
Change key numbers come after the
letters.
For master keys beyond AZ, insert a
numeral between the letters to designate
which pass through the alphabet they
represent. A2A through A2Z represents
the second pass of masters under grand
A. A3A through A3Z would be the third.
Change keys under these masters have the
numbers suffixed in the usual way: A2A1,
A2A50, etc.
If the cylinder is to be operated by its
change key and nothing lower than the
singleletteredGMK,thechangenumber
isaddedtotheGMKsymbol.Thisis
illustrated by the example A1 in the
schematic shown.
When locks are required which are not
operatedbyANYmasterkeysorother
change keys in the system, they are
referred to as “single keyed” and given
symbols SKD1, SKD2, etc.
When all higher levels of master keys are
tobedisallowed,sufx(NMK) to the
symbol of the key which is to operate. This
means “not master keyed” and can be
applied to any level in the system. Cylinder
AA1(NMK) is operated by AA1 only. The
AA master and A grand are blocked from
operation. Cylinder AA(NMK) would be
operated by the AAmasteronly.GrandA
does not operate.
AA
2AA 3AA SKD1
1AA
AA
AA2 AA3AA1
AB
AB2 A1 SKD1
AB1
A
How to Establish Key Systems 2- and 3-Level Systems
Key Systems
Key Systems.51
How to Establish Key Systems 4-Level Systems
Key Systems
To Specify a Great Grand Master Key
System (4 Levels of Keying)
The great grand master key is assigned
the symbol GGM. The rest of the symbols
are the same as those in 3-level systems:
TheGMKsareassignedsingleletters,e.g.,
A, B, C, D, etc. Caution: Never use X for
a grand master key due to the confusion
which will result with cross keying symbols
presented on page 52.
MastersundereachGMKareassignedtwo
letters, the first of which is the same as its
respective grand master key. Change key
numbers come after the letters. Changes
underthegrand(A1, B1, etc.) and masters
beyond AZ are handled exactly as in the
3-level system already described.
Changes directly under a grand are also
handled as illustrated in the 3-level system.
For changes directly under the GGM
with no intermediate level masters, the
change number is added directly to GGM
as shown by the example GGM1 in the
schematic.
When locks are required which are not
operatedbyANYmasterkeysorother
change keys in the system, they are
referred to as “single keyed” and given
symbols SKD1, SKD2, etc.
When all higher levels of master keys are
tobedisallowed,sufx(NMK) to the
symbol of the key which is to operate. This
means “not master keyed” and can be
applied to any level in the system. Cylinder
AA1(NMK) is operated by AA1 only.
The AA master, A grand and GGM are
all blocked from operation. Cylinder AA
(NMK) is operated by the AA master only.
GrandA and the GGM do not operate.
Cylinder A(NMK) would be operated by
the A grand only, without the GGM.
Selective Master Keys
It is often useful in large keying systems
to issue a high level master key to
maintenance personnel which allows
access across all master and grand master
key boundaries of a keying system. A
selective master key is usually very close
to the system's top master key, both
physically and through its realm of access.
Nevertheless, it must be blocked from
operating in many areas.
The most common names and symbols for
selective master keys are:
ENG Engineer’skey
ATT Attendant’skey
JAN Janitor’skey
HKP Housekeeper’skey
GRD Guard’skey
MAIN Maintenance
To designate that a lock be operated by
a selective master key, suffix the symbol
in parentheses to the standard symbol.
Example: AA1(ENG). This must be added
every time the selective key is to operate
and left off whenever the selective key is
NOT to operate. For instance, you may
lay out a system in which key AA1 is to
operate two different offices. Inside one
of them is an electrical cabinet which must
be accessible to maintenance personnel
carrying the ENG
key. That lock must be specified as AA1
(ENG) while the lock for the other office
must be specified as AA1. Change keys
directly under the selective key, such as
ENG1, are operated by all higher level
keys, such as GGM.
I.ike cross keying, a selective master key
is a convenience feature which decreases
the security of the cylinders it operates and
limits the expansion and flexibility of the
overall keying system.
AA
AA2 AA3
AA1 AB2 B1
A1 SKD1
A B
AB
GGM
GGM1
AB1 BB2
BBBA
BB1BA1
AA
AA2 AA3
AA1
BB
BB2 BB3
BB1AB2
A B
AB
GGM
ENG
AB1 BA2
BA
BA1
Great Grand Master
Key
Grand Master Key
Master Key
Change Keys
Key Systems.52
Convenience May Reduce Cylinder
Security and Hinder System Expansion
Whenever two or more different keys such
as AA1 and AA2 are both required to
operate the same cylinder, the cylinder's
security is reduced. This is called cross
keying. When the cross keying occurs
under all the same higher level keys, such
as AA1 and AA2, it is known as controlled
cross keying. When it combines keys under
different higher level keys, such as AA1
and AB1, it is known as uncontrolled cross
keying.
In addition to reducing the security of
the cylinder, cross keying usually imposes
limits on the flexibility and expansion of
the overall keying system. This is especially
true of uncontrolled cross keying. For
these reasons, it is strongly recommended
to allow personnel to carry more than one
key. Cross keying should be discouraged
whenever possible. However, when
cross keying is required, it is specified as
follows, and should be summarized at the
beginning of each order.
Case #1
Cylinder requires its own change key.
The illustration depicts part of a small
medical building where two doctors share
a common receptionist. The receptionist
gets the AA3 key. Each doctor carries a
key which operates only one office, but
is also cross keyed into the entrance from
the corridor.
Determine the symbol of the change key
(example:AA3).ThenprextheletterX
(example:XAA3). Then list all keys which
are to operate in an “operated by . . .”
phrase. Example: “XAA3 operated by
AA1, AA2, AA and A”. Note that X is a
cylinder specification only. The keys for
cylinder XAA3 are designated AA3.
Case #2
Cylinder does NOT require
its own change key. This
illustration depicts a section
of a floor in a dormitory.
Each student's bedroom key
operates the hall door lock.
There is no need to construct
a key which operates only
the hall door.
In this case, place an X at
both the beginning and end
of the symbol and a number
between them. Example:
X1X, X2X, etc. Again, always
include the “operated by . . .” phrase
with a complete listing of key symbols to
operate.
AA1
XAA3
Receptionist
AA2
AA2AA1 AA3
AA5AA4
X1X
AA6
Office 1Office 2
XAA3 operated by AA1, AA2, AA and A.
X1X operated by AA1 through AA6, AA and A.
How to Establish Key Systems
Key Systems
Notes
Key Systems
Key Systems.53
Notes
Key Systems
Key Systems.54
Notes
Key Systems
Key Systems.55
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksor
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
timeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompanyreservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/or
itsmaterials.Copyright©2001,2012CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.Reproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswritten
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45078-11/12
Security and High-Security Cylinder
Description
Pyramid, Corbin Russwin’s patented cylinder, is
the most secure locking system available.
Pyramid cylinders are available in both high
security and security versions. The high
security version is certified by Underwriters
Laboratories to UL437 standards.
Pyramid High Security and Pyramid
Security cylinders can be combined on
the same master key system and one
key can operate both cylinder types!
Applications
Especially recommended for installations
requiring superior protection against
picking, drilling and other surreptitious
entry. Ideally suited for Educational and
Healthcare facilities, Industrial and
Commercial buildings.
System Administration & Key
Control
Key control will be maintained through
compliance with Corbin Russwin’s
Security Policy: for a copy contact Key
Systems Administration or visit our web
site at www.corbin-russwin.com.
A Pyramid owner’s binder will be
forwarded directly to the designated
systems administrator with each new
system. Included in this binder are
catalogs as well as system-specific,
sequentially coded registration
certificates. A registration certificate must
accompany each order submitted to
Corbin Russwin.
System information and/or systems-
related product will be forwarded
directly to the owner, unless otherwise
indicated by the owner’s appointed
administrator.
Overview
Table of Contents
Overview .............................2
Applications.........................3
Operation............................4
Keyways...........................5-7
Cylinder Types ................8-12
Cores.................................13
Collars...............................14
Quick Codes......................15
Accessories........................16
www.corbinrusswin.com
Pyramid.2
Applications
Pyramid.3
Product Specification
All cylinders shall employ a patented
locking mechanism that requires the use
of a patented key and is furnished with
a minimum of 7 pins. High Security
cylinders shall meet the requirements of
UL437. Interchangeable cores shall meet
the drill resistance and pick resistance of
UL437.
Keys shall be nickel silver and furnished
with a large bow.
Certifications
BHMA A156.5 Grade-1
E09211A* (Mortise)
E09221A* (Rim)
E09231A* (Bored Lock Cylinders)
*A (suffix) refers to cylinders of pick and
drill resistance.
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
(UL437)BP8976
1020, 2020, 3020 Fixed Core (FC)
series only
Finishes
Pyramid cylinders are available in all
Corbin Russwin standard finishes.
Keying
7 pin with two nickel silver change keys
per cylinder. Pyramid cylinders may be
uncombinated (specify UC)1, master or
grand master keyed to a specific facility.
System Specifications
• Pyramid systems are independent
and cannot be keyed into existing
and/or conventional systems.
• Pyramid cylinders are to be keyed
to factory-generated bittings only.
• Cross keying is not available.
Key Discard Policy & Warranty
See page 16.
Construction Master Keying
Pyramid cylinders are not available
construction master keyed. Interchangeable
core jobs can be furnished with temporary
construction cores. Temporary construction
cores will be unrelated to the permanent
system’s master key. When the permanent
cores are installed, the temporary
construction cores are returned to Corbin
Russwin for credit.
How to Order Example
1.Mortise lock with temporary
construction core
Qty. - ML2051 - LSA - 626 - RHR - CTP
2. Mortise cylinder with temporary
construction core
Qty. - 1080-114-A01-626-CTP
3.Permanent core ordered separately
Qty. - AA1 - 8020 - 626
Pyramid Quick Codes2
PS Pyramid Security Fixed Core
PCS Pyramid Security
Interchangeable Core
PHS Pyramid High Security Fixed Core
PCHS Pyramid High Security
Interchangeable Core
CTP3Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
CLP3Pyramid Less Core
Features Benefits
• Utility patent 6,125,674 (expiring 2018) • The ultimate protection against unauthorized key
duplication
• Available with high-security protection (UL437) • Underwriters Laboratory listing for resistance to
picking & drilling
• 7-pin
• Greater master keying capabilities
• Uses existing 6-pin interchangeable core housings
• 1-1/4" (32mm) length for mortise cylinders
• Available with stainless steel pins • Drill and pick resistant
• Large key bow • Easy handling & special stamping options
• Thicker and stronger nickel silver keys • Ideally suited for high usage & abusive applications
• User friendly • No expensive dedicated equipment necessary for key
cutting
1. UC cylinders are supplied, less keys, pins, springs and pin covers.
2. When cylinders are ordered with locks.
3. Pyramid cores to be ordered as a separate line item.
Operation
Pyramid.4
Performance Features
Shell
• Locking pin mechanism
• Hard metal inserts
Key
• Control pin
Plug
• Blocking plate
• Hard metal inserts
Pins & Springs
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
bottom pins*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
top pins*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
master pins (if required)*
• Hardened stainless steel pick-resistant
build-up pins (if interchangeable core)*
• Springs
Collar
• Solid recessed (mortise)
* Hardened stainless steel pins used for UL437
High Security versions only.
Pyramid Security version uses nickel silver
bottom pins and brass master, build-up
and top pins.
Operation
Without Key
Locking pin mechanism
engages blocking plate and
prevents the plug from turning.
With Key
Key's control pin depresses the
locking pin mechanism and
allows the plug to turn.
P6 Keyway (with side pins)
SIDE PINS
SHELL
SIDE PINS
PLUG
SPECIALLY
MILLED SIDE
PIN GROOVE
Pyramid.5
Keys
• Nickel silver
• Key Bow Type 28
• Ordering example: 7PIN-28-XXXX
• Ordering example P6 Keyway:
7PIN-28-XXXX-SPCXX
Back Side Stamping & Options
• Key set (VKC1), standard – unless otherwise indicated
• System registry number will be stamped on upper-
level keys unless otherwise indicated
• Concealed key control (CKC2) available on cylinders
• Visual key control (VKC2 and VKC3) not available on
cylinders. CKC3 also not available.
Note: Refer to Corbin Russwin’s general catalog and
price book for complete detailed information.
Keyway Security
Pyramid keyways will be determined by the supervisor
of Key Systems Administration. Assignment will be
based on the overall system requirements and
geographic location to provide maximum protection to
the owner. For security reasons, the keyway profiles are
not shown.
Keyway Groups
Keyway Group
All section – P3AB
Multi-section – P3A - P3B
Keyway – P3A1 - P3A2 - P3B1 - P3B2
Keyway Group
Multi-section – P3C
Keyway – P3C1 - P3C2 - P3C3 - P3C4
P3A
P3A1 P3A2
P3B
P3B1 P3B2
P3C
P3C1 P3C2 P3C3 P3C4
P3AB
Keyway
* Front side stamping will show the Corbin Russwin logo
and Pat. Pend. until current inventory is depleted.
Keyways
Keyway
Side Pin Code
Keyways
Pyramid.6
Keyway Group
All section – P4AD
Multi-section – P4AB - P4CD
Multi-section – P4A - P4B - P4C - P4D
Keyway – P4A1 - P4A2 - P4B1 - P4B2 - P4C1 - P4C2 - P4D1 - P4D2
Keyway Group
All section – P4EF
Multi-section – P4E - P4F
Keyway – P4E1 - P4E2 - P4E3 - P4E4 - P4F1 - P4F2 - P4F3 - P4F4
P4A
P4A1 P4A2 P4B1 P4B2 P4C1 P4C2 P4D1 P4D2
P4B P4C P4D
P4AB P4CD
P4AD
P4E1 P4E2 P4E3 P4E4 P4F1 P4F2 P4F3 P4F4
P4E P4F
P4EF
Keyways
Pyramid.7
Keyway Group
All section – P5AD
Multi-section – P5AB - P5CD
Multi-section – P5A - P5B - P5C - P5D
Keyway – P5A1 - P5A2 - P5B1 - P5B2 - P5C1 - P5C2 - P5D1 - P5D2
P5A
P5A1 P5A2 P5B1 P5B2 P5C1 P5C2 P5D1 P5D2
P5B P5C P5D
P5AB P5CD
P5AD
P6 Keyway Group*
All section – P6AD
Multi-section – P6AB - P6CD
Multi-section – P6A - P6B - P6C - P6D
Keyway – P6A1 - P6A2 - P6B1 - P6B2 - P6C1 - P6C2 - P6D1 - P6D2
P6A
P6A1 P6A2 P6B1 P6B2 P6C1 P6C2 P6D1 P6D2
P6B P6C P6D
P6AB P6CD
P6AD
*Note: Each P6 keyway will have its own unique side pin code locations to be assigned by Key Systems Administration.
The side pin code is not available with the other Pyramid keyway families.
Note #1 - Not available IC.
Note #2 - For obsolete Corbin®610 and Russwin®1403 series deadlocks.
Note #3 - For ML2000 applications with door width exceeding 2-1/2" up to 3" in thickness, use IC cylinders.
How to Order Examples
High Security Mortise Cylinder Ordered Separately
Mortise Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Mortise Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Exceptions
Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: ML2029, ML2029HS, ED7600 - applications over 2-1/4" thick, ED6600 - applications over 1-3/4" thick.
Pyramid.8
Finish
605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze - oil rubbed
618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated
622 - Flat Black Coated
625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel
630 - Satin Stainless Steel
722 - Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed
Mortise Cylinders
Mortise Locks/Deadlocks
For use with all Corbin Russwin ML2000,
ML2000HS and ML2200 (discontinued)
mortise locks. DL4000 & DL3000 Series
Deadlocks.
Mortise Exit Devices
For use with ED7600 and ED6600 devices.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)
Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Cam Finish
50 AA1 1020 114 A01 605
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Cam Finish
50 AA1 1037 114 A01 605
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ML2051 LSA 626 RHR PHS (PS for Security version)
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ML2051 LSA 626 RHR PCHS (PCS for Security version)
Mortise Cylinder
Length
1020/1027 - Non-IC (Fixed Core)
112 - 1-1/2" (38mm)
114 - 1-1/4" (32mm)
*See note #3
1030/1037/1070 IC
114 - 1-1/4" (32mm)
138 - 1-3/8" (35mm)
112 - 1-1/2" (38mm
134 - 1-3/4" (44mm)
Cam
A01 - Cloverleaf
A02 - Straight
A03 - Adams Rite®MS
A04 - DL4000 Series
A05 - Adams Rite®4070
A06 - Schlage®Cloverleaf
A07 - DL4100
A62 - 900 KRM/MR Straight
A92 - See note #1
A93 - See note #2
Typ e
1020 - High Security Mortise
1027 - Security Mortise
1030 - High Security IC Mortise complete
1037 - Security IC Mortise complete
1070 - Housing only
Rim Cylinder
Pyramid.9
Rim Cylinders
For use with Corbin Russwin exit
devices and exit device trims.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC) Interchangeable Core
(IC)
How to Order Examples
High Security Rim Cylinder Ordered Separately
Rim Cylinder with a Pyramid Security Interchangeable Core
Exit Device with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Exit Device with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Finish
50 AA1 3020 200 605
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Length Finish
50 AA1 3037 178 605
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ED5200 L955 630 RHR PHS (PS for Security version)
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 ED5200 L955 630 RHR PCHS (PCS for Security version)
Typ e Length
Availability
Finish
FC IC
3020 - High Security
Rim Cylinder
3027 - Security
Rim Cylinder
3030 - High Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3037 - Security IC
Rim Cylinder
3070 - Housing only
058-5/8" (16mm) Tailpiece X X 605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze -
oil rubbed
618 - Bright Nickel Plated
619 - Satin Nickel Plated
622 - Flat Black Coated
625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
629 - Bright Stainless Steel
630 - Satin Stainless Steel
722 - Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed
114 - 1-1/4" (32mm) M61 & M62 option for ED8200 and ED9200
exit device alarms X
138 - 1-3/8" (35mm) M61 & M62 option for ED8200 and Obsolete
ED9200 exit device alarms X
178 - 1-7/8" (48mm) (Std. Door) X
178V - 1-7/8" (48mm) vertical X
200 - 2" (51mm) X
200N - 2" (51mm) ED4000/ED5000 Night Latch Function X
200V - 2" (51mm) vertical X
312 - 3-1/2" (89mm) X
312V - 3-1/2" (89mm) vertical X
318 - 3-1/8" (79mm) X
Component Cylinder
Pyramid.10
Key-in-Lever / Knob Cylinder
For use with Corbin Russwin CL3300,
CL3500, CL3700, and CL3800 lever
locks, CK4200 and CK4700 knob locks
and UT5200 unit locks. 2020/2027 series
cylinders can also be used on CL3400,
CL3600, CL3800 and CL3900
(discontinued) locks.
Conventional
Fixed Core
(FC)
Interchangeable Core
(IC)
How to Order Examples
High Security Component Cylinder Ordered Separately
Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Cylindrical Lock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Exceptions
Pyramid cylinders are not available for the following: CL3329, CL3629, CK4229, CK4451, CK4455, CK4457, CK4429, CK4482, DL2100 series,
DL3100 series.
Key-in-Lever/Knob for other Manufacturers’ Products
Cylinder Descriptions
High Security (PHS) Security (PS) Tailpiece Orientation Used for:
2220-001-P21 2227-001-P21 Vertical
Schlage®D Series Levers
Arrow H®Series Knobs and Levers
Sargent®10 line (Enlarge Lever Hole)
2220-002-P21 2227-002-P21 Horizontal Schlage®D Series Knobs
2220-001-P22 2227-001-P22 Vertical Schlage®AL and ND Series Levers
2220-002-P22 2227-002-P22 Horizontal Schlage®A Series Knobs (Ply, etc.)
2220-002-P23 2227-002-P23 Horizontal Schlage®A Series Knobs (ORB only)
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Lockset Series Finish
50 AA1 2020 033 626
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 CL3357 PZD 626 PHS (PS for Security version)
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 CL3357 PZD 626 PCHS (PCS for Security version)
Typ e Lockset Series Finish
2020 - High Security
Key-in-Lever/Knob
2027 - Security
Key-in-Lever/Knob
033 - CL3300, CL3500, CL3600 (June 2000 and after) and
CL3800 Lever
606 - Satin Brass
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
033H - G10 Exit Device Knob Trim
034 - CL3400 Lever - CL3600 Lever (Before June 2000)
A5, N5 Obsolete ED8000 Trims
037 - CL3700 Lever - CK4700 Knob
038 - CL3800 Lever (Manufactured 1993-1997)
039 - CL3900 Lever (1-3/8" - 1-3/4" door)
039L - CL3900 Lever (2" - 2-1/4" door)
051 - G3 Exit Device Knob Trim
052 - CK4200 Knob - UT5200 Knob and Lever
Bump Resistant Cylinders
Pyramid.11
Protect your building from unwanted entry with Corbin Russwin bump-resistant cylinders. Our
bump-resistant cylinders deter bumping without compromising the cylinder’s structural integrity
and strength. This option is available with Corbin Russwin Pyramid patented security and high-
security cylinders on our mortise, cylindrical and exit device hardware.
Recently, a lot of information has been circulating about bumping, a technique used to defeat
cylinders. Although this method has been around for a number of years, the internet has
increased public awareness. Selecting cylinders with the BRP option will make the cylinders bump
resistant.
Although BHMA has yet to establish bump-resistance standards, Corbin Russwin Bump Resistant
Cylinders were tested and verified by an independent testing lab. They conclusively resisted
bumping attack and did not allow entry. Verification and testing data is available upon request.
Bump-Resistant Cylinders:
• Specify “BRP”
Retrofit:
• Convert existing cylinders with Bump-Resistant Top Spool Pins
Features
Bump-resistant cylinders are designed for use with all Corbin Russwin locking hardware:
• Cylindrical locks
• Mortise locks
• Exit devices
• Access control locks
• Unit locks
• Auxiliary locks
Factory bitted, a symbol BRP is stamped onto pin cover/slides. Interchangeable core cylinders are
not available with bump-resistant pinning.
Bump-Resistant Top Spool Pins
Description Part Number Qty
Pyramid A 628F10 - 7 - 142 Vials of 100 pcs.
Pyramid C 628F10 - 7 - 236 Vials of 100 pcs.
BRP pinned mortise cylinder
BRP pinned rim cylinder
BRP pinned key-in-lever cylinder
Mechanism
2 Pyramid
Bump Resistant Cylinders
Pyramid.12
10 2 0 - 114 - A01 - 7 - P5A1 - x Finish x BRP
Cylinder Type
10 Mortise
20 Knob/Lever
22 Competitor Knob/Lever
30 Rim
Function
0 High
Security
7 Pyramid
Security
Pins
7
Keyway
Cam
A01 Cloverleaf
A02 Straight
A03 Adams Rite®MS
A04 DL4000 Series
A05 Adams Rite 4070
A06 Schlage®Cloverleaf
A07 DL4100
A62 MR Straight
A92 Exit Grip Trim 01, 02
A93
Obsolete Deadlocks:
Corbin®610 Series
and Russwin®1403 Series
Finish
Description Specify
Bright Brass 605
Satin Brass 606
Bright Bronze 611
Satin Bronze 612
Dark Oxidized Satin
Bronze, Oil rubbed 613
Bright Nickel Plated 618
Satin Nickel Plated 619
Flat Black Coated 622
Bright Chromium Plated 625
Satin Chromium Plated 626
Bright Stainless Steel 629
Satin Stainless Steel 630
Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed 722
Length
(Mortise Cylinder)
114 1-1/4" (32 mm)
112 1-1/2" (38 mm)
(Rim Tailpiece)
058 5/8" (16 mm)
114 1-1/4" (32 mm) IC
138 1-3/8" (35 mm)
178 1-7/8" (48 mm) IC
178V 1-7/8" (48 mm)
vertical IC
200 2" (51 mm)
200V 2" (51 mm)
vertical
318 3-1/8" (78 mm) IC
312 3-1/2" (89 mm)
312V 3-1/2" (89 mm)
vertical
Pyramid.13
Interchangeable Core
For use with Corbin Russwin's 6-pin
Interchangeable Core housings & shells.*
Padlocks
Used with Pyramid Interchangeable Cores.
(PL5030, PL5130, PL5037, PL5137)
Deadlocks
For use with Pyramid mortise cylinders. See page 8. Available in all
standard finishes.
* Note: Corbin Russwin 6-pin Interchangeable Core housings 1070 (mortise) & 3070 (rim)
will accept 8020/8027 cores.
How to Order Examples
Padlock with a Pyramid High Security(8020) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
*Refer to general catalog for miscellaneous options.
Padlock with a Pyramid Security(8027) Interchangeable Core Cylinder
How to Order Examples
Security Interchangeable Core Ordered Separately
Typ e Finish
8020- High Security
IC core *
8027- Security IC core *
605 - Bright Brass
606 - Satin Brass
611 - Bright Bronze
612 - Satin Bronze
613 - Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze - oil rubbed
622 - Flat Black Coated
625 - Bright Chromium Plated
626 - Satin Chromium Plated
Quantity Keyset Cylinder Finish
50 AA1 8027 605
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Shackle Length
50 AA1 PL5030 258
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Shackle Length*
50 AA1 PL5037 258
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Finish Hand Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 DL4013 626 RHR PHS (PS for Security version)
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Finish Pyramid Quick Code
50 AA1 DL4013 626 PCHS (PCS for Security version)
How to Order Examples
Deadlock with a Pyramid Fixed Core High Security Cylinder
Deadlock with a Pyramid Interchangeable Core High Security Cylinder
Cores
Collars
Pyramid.14
Collars
• 1-3/4" (44mm) thick door. For other
door thicknesses and trim
considerations, contact Corbin Russwin
Technical Product Support.
• Mortise Cylinders – 1-1/4" (32mm) length
Spring Solid Surface Mount
605F43
(.350)
447F41
(.030)
270F15
(.156)
598F89
(.156)
447F42
(.172)
610F02
(.289)
447F43
(.375)
654F07
(.350)
267F97
(.635)
422F88
(.000)
Mortise Cylinder
High Security Separately (1020, 1030) X
Security Separately (1027, 1037) X
Mortise Lock
Single Cylinder
Sectional X
N Escutcheon X
P Escutcheon X
M Escutcheon X
R Escutcheon X
T Escutcheon (no collar required)
Double Cylinder
Sectional X
N Escutcheon X
P Escutcheon X
M Escutcheon X
R Escutcheon X
T Escutcheon X
Auxiliary Locks
DL4011, 4013, 4017 X
DL4012 X
Rim Cylinder
High Security Separately (3020, 3030) X
Security Separately (3027, 3037) X
Exit Devices
ED4000-5000 Series
700 Trim, F2, F3, T13, P9 X
K1 X
700M Trim, F2M, F3M, T13M X
900 Trim X
Cylinder Dogging X
ED6000 Series
N3, G4, T3 X
N4M, G5M X
T7M, T9M X
ED7000 Series
P4, P6, P7 X
C4, 03, 05 X
T11 X
ED8000 Series
KO X
F1, P1, P2 (no collar required)
Quick Codes
Pyramid.15
Cylinder Options
Description Quick Code
Bump-resistant cylinders BRP
Collar Options - Mortise and Rim Cylinders Only
Description Quick Code
Collar packet (549F52 + 253F97) 428F66
Rim collar, flush mount 255F53
Rim collar, flush mount (master ring) 255F54
Rim collar, surface mount (standard for rim cylinders) 422F88
Solid collar - .030 447F41
Solid collar - .031 (master ring) 447F44
Solid collar - .090 (VR trim only) 700F53
Solid collar - .094 261F54
Solid collar - .094 (master ring) 261F55
Solid collar - .156 270F15
Solid collar - .156 598F89
Solid collar - .172 (tapered security collar) 416F39
Solid collar - .172 447F42
Solid collar - .172 (master ring- standard for MR 118 cylinders) 447F45
Solid collar - .221 610F01
Solid collar - .289 610F02
Solid collar - .312 303F25
Solid collar - .350 654F07
Solid collar - .375 447F43
Solid collar - .375 (master ring) 447F46
Solid collar - .500 609F36
Solid collar - .510 134F05
Solid collar - .550 654F08
Solid collar - .635 267F97
Solid collar - .650 609F37
Solid collar - .749 399F47
Solid collar - .850 609F38
Spring collar - .150 (standard for 118 cylinders) 253F97
Spring collar - .219 549F52
Spring collar - .350 (standard for 114 cylinders) 605F43
Keying Options
Description Quick Code
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Keyed alike KA
Keyed to specific bitting (specify bitting) KS
Uncombinated UC
Visual key control (VKC)
No Stamping VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
Key Quantity Options
2 change keys per cylinder (standard)
Other than 2 change keys per cylinder
(i.e. customer requests 6 change keys per cylinder)
KY#
(i.e., KY6)
No change keys KY0
Master keys (if required) Specify Qty.
Control keys (if required) Specify Qty.
CMK keys (if required) Specify Qty.
CMK control keys (if required) Specify Qty.
SKD control keys (if required) Specify Qty.
Special purpose keys, i.e., ENG (if required) Specify Qty.
Pyramid.16
Sample
Pin Kit and Service Tools
Each pin kit has all the pins necessary to combinate standard and
interchangeable core Pyramid cylinders. Includes tweezers, plug
follower, key gauge and combinating instructions.
How to Order
High Security Pin Kit
PK-20-HS
Security Pin Kit
PK-20-PS
Pyramid Bump Resistant Pins
How to Order Separately
Vials of 100 Pins
Size A = 628F107142
Size C = 628F107236
Pyramid P6 Side Pins
How to Order Separately
Vial of 20 Pins
630F494
Pyramid Sample Display Case
Contains sample Master Keyed Cylinders and information
material.
How to Order
PS-20-DC
Registration Certificates
For each Pyramid system established the
designated owner’s representative will
receive a Pyramid Owner’s binder
containing registration certificates
specific to their system. Registration
certificates will contain the facility
registration number along with the
facility name and location and must be
signed by an authorized representative for the facility. Each order
submitted for Pyramid product must be accompanied by a
registration certificate. Additional certificates will be obtainable
through Key Systems Administration.
Follower
How to Order Separately
CT20
Facility Registration
Tweezers
How to Order Separately
CT19
Key Gauge
How to Order Separately
CT20K
Facility Name
Address #1
Address #2
City State Zip
Authorized Representative
Print
Distributor PO#
System Registry + Zip Code
+ Certificate Number
Pyramid Key Discard Policy
U.S. Utility Patent number 6,125,674 protects Pyramid keys from
unauthorized duplication until the year 2018.
It is essential that cut keys and key blank distribution policies and
procedures be maintained and enforced for all Pyramid products.
Authorized Pyramid Distributors
Pyramid is a system-based product. An authorized distributor can
stock Pyramid upon specific written authorization from the
primary systems administrator of the facility. Authorized
distributors have the ability to receive product, key product, cut
keys and distribute the product to the facility.
Authorized Pyramid distributors who carry inventory for a
specific system must provide valid receipts and disbursements of
all Pyramid products, specifically key blanks/cut keys. All Pyramid
key blanks to be maintained in the possession of an authorized
Pyramid distributor must be accounted for. Any defective,
incorrectly cut or damaged Pyramid key blanks must be retained
in the distributor’s possession to be reviewed and collected by a
representative of ASSA ABLOY Door Security Solutions.
Pyramid Primary System Administrators
Any defective, incorrectly cut or damaged Pyramid key blank
must be destroyed.
Pyramid Key Warranty
Pyramid key blanks are covered by a 5-year warranty as outlined
in the current list price book.
Accessories
Notes
Pyramid.17
Notes
Pyramid.18
Notes
Pyramid.19
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design®, Corbin® and Russwin®, Pyramid and Design® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc, an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other
products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected
under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any
item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2001, 2009 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45420-8/09R
DC3000 Series
Door Closers
Applications
DC3000
Table of Contents
Applications .........................2
Features ....................... 3 & 4
Mountings .................... 5 & 6
Door Closer Arms ......... 7 & 8
Mounting Brackets ...............9
Brackets and Covers ...........10
Size and Handing ...............11
How to Order .....................12
Quick Codes ...................... 13
Helpful Terms .....................14
How to Specify ...................15
www.corbinrusswin.com
DC3000.2
Applications
The mid-priced, cost-effective choice
for high-traffic situations. The DC3000
Series Door Closers fulfill security and life
safety requirements by ensuring reliable
latching for access control and fire code
compliance, along with ease of operation
and precise adjustability for barrier-free
code compliance. Ideal for virtually all door
openings and draft conditions in both new
construction and renovations, including:
• Schoolsanduniversities
• Healthcare
• Government
• Commercialandindustrial
• Officeandretail
• Transportationandutilities
• Hotelsandconferencecenters
• Religious
Advantages
• MeetsorexceedsANSI/BHMAA156.4
 Grade1requirements
• Compliancewithbuildingand
barrier-free codes
• Uptofull180°dooropening
• One-pieceseamlesssteelspringtube
seals in hydraulic fluid
• Taperedvalvesallowpreciseadjustment
• Castironbody
• Quik-Install™mountingbracket 
speeds installation, reducing cost
and errors
• Five-yearlimitedwarranty
• UL10C,UBC
• Powderpaintedarmsandretrofit
plates
DC3000 Series
Features
DC3000
DC3000.3
Overview of Features
Features DC3200 Closers
Spring power Multi-sized; Adjustable 1-6
Latchingspeedvalve Standard
Closing speed valve Standard
Backcheck intensity valve Standard
Delayed action valve Optional
Parallelarmmounting Optional
Top jamb mounting Optional
Hold open Optional
Sexnutsandbolts(SNBs) Optional
Corrosion protection Optional
Full cover Standard
Five-year warranty Standard
Heavy-duty regular arm Optional
Heavy-duty parallel arm Optional
Backstop arm Optional
Finishes
Old Designation Description Specify
USP Primed 600
SBL Silver Aluminum 689
LBL Dark Bronze 690
DBL LightBronze 691
FBL Black 693
GBL Satin Brass 696
Features
Spring Power
Multi-sized; fully adjustable 1 through 6.
Handing
Non-handed.
Body
Cast iron case with seamless cold-headed
steel spring tube.
Arm
Standard: forged steel. Optional arms, pages
7 and 8.
Spindle
Cold-headed heat-treated steel.
Piston
1-3/8"diameter;Precisionmachined,heat-
treated steel.
Springs
Chrome silicon wire.
Valves
Latchingspeed,closingspeedand
backcheck intensity valves standard.
Delayedactionvalveoptional(presetfor
20 seconds; between 90º and 70º for all
mountings.)Toorder,specifyM71.
Seals
“O”rings.
Fluid
Standardhighlubricityextreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.
Degree of Opening
Uptofull180°openingstandardforregular,
top jamb and parallel arm mountings,
conditions permitting.
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
15% adjustment standard.
Cover
Non-metallicfullcover.
Mountings
Standard:regulararmandtopjamb.Parallel
arm or tri-style packaging - specify DC3210
Optional mountings; see page 6.
Mounting Bracket
Quik-Install™mountingbracketstandard.
Fasteners
Standard: self-drilling screws.
Optional:sexnutsandbolts(SNBs);Specify
M54.
Corrosion Protection
Paintedprotectivecoatingonallmetal
surfaces for use in corrosive environments.
Specify M75.
Warranty
Five-yearlimitedwarranty.RefertoCorbin
Russwinpricebookfordetails.
Certification/Compliance
Barrier-Free Code
Compliance
The DC3000 Series Door
Closers listed below conform to the 5 lbf.
maximumdooropeningforcerequirement
for non-fire-rated interior hinged doors,
according to:
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility
GuidelinesforBuildingsandFacilities,
Section 4.13.11.
ANSI/BHMA Certified
A156.4,Grade1.
A117.1.
UL / ULC / UL10C
Listedforfireandcyclerequirements.
Features
DC3000
DC3000.4
Closing speed valve Latching
speed valve
Backcheck intensity
valve
Tapered valves allow
infinite adjustments
for correct performance
(latchingspeed,
backcheck intensity,
closingspeed)
Mountings
DC3000
DC3000.5
DC3200 Regular Arm Mounting
• Mostcommonmounting,providingthegreatest
closing efficiency
• Closerismountedonthepullside,withthearm
perpendicular to the face of the door
• Armbracketisattachedtothedoorframe
DC3210 Parallel Arm Mounting
• Allowsinsideapplicationofcloseronout-swinging
doors
• Closerismountedonthepushside,withthearm
parallel to the face of the door
• Armdoesnotprojectfromtheopening
DC3220 Top Jamb Mounting
• Accommodatesrevealsupto3-1/4"(83mm)
• Closerismountedonthepushside,withthearm
perpendicular to the face of the door
• Armbracketismountedonthedoor
• Minimum1-3/4"(44mm)topjambrequired
Mountings
DC3000
DC3000.6
Regular Arm Mounting with Mortise Arm Bracket
Usedoninadequatelyreinforcedframes,suchasthosewithbull
nose trims.
Parallel Arm with Offset Angle Bracket Mounting
Allows parallel arm mounting when used with an overhead door
holder.
Parallel Arm Mounting with Flush Transom Bracket
Allows parallel arm mounting on flush transom applications.
Top Jamb Flush Transom Mounting
Closer is top jamb mounted on the push side; arm is attached to
the door.
Narrow Frame Mounting
For use when the frame is too narrow for a normal top jamb or
topjambtrackmounting.(Shownwith188F65dropplate)
Top Jamb Deep Reveal Mounting
Forrevealsgreaterthan3-1/4"(83mm),upto7-1/4"(184mm).
Door Closer Arms
DC3000
DC3000.7
Regular Arm
• Usedwithregulararmmounting(pullside)andtop
 jambmounting(pushside)
• Non-HoldOpenarmstandardontheDC3200
• HoldOpenarmoptional,specifycloserxA1*
Parallel Arm
• Mountedonpushside
• Non-HoldOpenarmcombinesregulararmwith
parallel arm mounting bracket
• HoldOpenarmcombinesregularholdopenarmwith
parallel arm mounting bracket
• Non-HoldOpenarmstandardontheDC3210
• HoldOpenarmoptional,specifycloserxA1*
*Not allowed by code on fire doors.
Heavy-Duty Regular Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Tamper-resistant,solidforgedsteelrivetedarm
• Mountedonpullside
• OptionalonDC3200closer,specifycloserxA10
540F10
(Non-Hold Open)
540F12
(Hold-Open)
597F52
(Non-Hold Open)
540F10 x 188F41
(Non-Hold Open)
540F12 x 509F49
(Hold Open)
Door Closer Arms
DC3000
DC3000.8
Top Jamb
• Usedwithtopjambmounting(pushside);forrevealsup
 to3-3/4"(95mm)
• Non-HoldOpenarmstandardontheDC3220
• HoldOpenarmoptional,specifycloserxA1*
*Not allowed by code on fire doors.
540F11
(Non-Hold Open)
540F13
(Hold Open)
Heavy-Duty Parallel Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Tamper-resistant,solidforgedsteelrivetedarm
• Mountedonpushside
• OptionalonDC3210closers
• Non-holdopenarm,specifycloserxA3
• Holdopenarm,specifycloserxA2*.Hold-openrange85°to110°
689F02
(Non-Hold Open)
689F01
(Hold Open)
Heavy-Duty Reversible Backstop Parallel Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Tamper-resistant,solidforgedsteelrivetedarm(mountedonpushside)
• Field-reversiblesteellugrestrictsdegreeofopeningtoprotectdoor,
wall and hardware
• Requiresbothbackcheckvalvesoncloser
• Shippedstandardaslefthand.Handingcanbereversedinthefield
• OptionalonDC3210closers
• Non-holdopenarm,specifycloserxA4.Doorstoprange85°
 to110°
• Holdopenarm,specifycloserxA5*.Doorstop/holdopenrange
 85°to110°
689F03
(Non-Hold Open)
689F04
(Hold Open)
244F17
Mounting Brackets
DC3000
DC3000.9
Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
• Standardonallclosers
• Reducesinstallationtime
• Ensurescorrectmounting
• Bracketisfirstmountedtodoororframe,thencloser 
is attached
• Bracketsize:1-3/4"(44mm)(vertical)x6"(152mm)(horizontal)
• Holespacing:1"(25mm)(vertical)x4-5/16"(110mm) 
 (horizontal)
Mortise Arm Bracket for Regular Arm Mounting
• Forregulararmmountingwhereframerequires
reinforcement, i.e., on frames with bull nose trim
• SpecifycloserxM84
Parallel Arm Hold Open Bracket
• Convertsregulararmholdopentoparallelarmholdopen
closer
• Standardwithparallelarmholdopenmounting
Parallel Arm Offset Bracket
• Requiredwhenparallelarmisusedinconjunctionwithan
overhead door holder
• SpecifycloserxM83
Parallel Arm Non-Hold Open Bracket
• Convertsregulararmtoparallelarmcloser
• Standardwithparallelarmmounting
• Packedwithfivescrewsand691F78spacer
Parallel Arm Flush Transom Bracket
• Requiredwhenparallelarmmountingisusedona
flush transom application
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• SpecifycloserxM82
188F03
188F41
509F49
188F62
188F63
Specify finish when ordering parts.
Brackets and Covers
DC3000
DC3000.10
Drop Plate (OptionM80)
Permitsparallelarmortopjambmountingon
door when top rail is too narrow to install closer
intheregularmanner.Minimum2"toprail
required. Optional on DC3000 closers; see Quick
Codes, page 13. To order separately, specify
dropplatenumberxFinish
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
Standard on all closers without hold open. In regular arm or top
jamb mounting, bracket may be reversed to increase closing
power 15%.
Angle Support Bracket and Spacer
• AvailableseparatelyformountingofA2,A3,A4and
A5 heavy-duty arms on narrow frame or soffit
conditions
• SpecifycloserxM85
Full Cover
• StandardonallDC3000seriesdoorclosers
• Completelycoverscloserbody
• Non-handed
• Dimensions:11-5/8"(295mm)x3"(76mm)x2-3/4"
 (70mm)deep
597F78
Closer Series
Drop Plates
Full Cover
DC3210 597F58
DC3220 188F65
447F14
Maximum
Power
Normal
Power
Hinge location
Size and Handing
DC3000
DC3000.11
Factors in Determining
Closer Size
1 - Weight and Height of Door
Doors vary in weight from light hollow-core wood
doors to heavy metal doors. Door sizes listed in the
chart are based on doors of standard weight and
height.Extra-lightorextra-heavyweightorunusual
height must be compensated for.
2 - Draft and Wind Conditions
Draft and wind conditions are perhaps the most
important factors to consider in determining the
closer size required. Sizes listed in the chart apply
to normal conditions. Stairwells, air conditioning,
building construction, and door location can
cause strong draft and wind conditions; these may
necessitate adjusting spring power to a larger size
or using a closer one size larger.
3 - Code Compliance
A multi-sized, fully adjustable closer such as the
DC3200closerprovidesthegreatestflexibilityin
balancing barrier-free access, security and life safety
codes. However, when a manual closer is installed
and adjusted to comply with ADA or any other
reduced opening force requirements, it may no
longer have sufficient power to close and latch the
door reliably.
Recommended Door Closer Sizes
Mounting
Size Of Door Recommended
Closer Size
Adjusted
Interior Exterior
In-swinging
Exterior,
Out-swinging
RegularorTop
Jamb
2'4" – – 1
3'0" – – 2
3'6' 2'6" 3'0" 3
4'0" 3'0" 3'6" 4
4'6" 3'6" 4'0" 5
5'0" 4'0" 4'6" 6
ParallelArm
2'4" – – 1
2'6" – – 2
3'0' – 2'6" 3
3'6" –3'0" 4
4'0" –3'6" 5
4'6" –4'0" 6
Top Jamb Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side
Handing
Referstothedirectionadoorswings;alwaysdeterminedfromtheoutsideof
the door.
Parallel Arm Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side
Regular Mounting
Door: left hand
Closer: left hand pull side
Door: right hand
Closer: right hand pull side
Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side
Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side
How to Order
DC3000
DC3000.12
Ordering Examples
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Certified Closer Cross Reference
ANSIPerformanceRequirements:(PT1)-2,000,000cycles
N/A=notavailableS=standardO=optionavailable
ANSI/BHMA
Number Function Series
PT 4A
15% Power
Adjustment
PT 4B
35% Power
Adjustment
PT 4C
50% Power
Adjustment
PT 4D
Adjustable
Backcheck
PT 4F
Delayed
Action PT
4G
Dead
Stop PT
4H
Fully
Adjustable
CO2011
(PT1)
Hinge Side
Mounting DC3200 S S S S O N/A S
CO2051
(PT1)
Hinge Side
Mounting
Holder Arm
DC3200-A1 S S S S O N/A S
CO2021
(PT1)
ParallelArm
Mounting DC3210 S S S S O O S
CO2061
(PT1)
ParallelArm
Mounting
Holder Arm
DC3210-A1 S S S S O O S
CO2041
(PT1)
Top Jamb
Mounting DC3220 S S S S O N/A S
CO2081
(PT1)
Top Jamb
Mounting
Holder Arm
DC3220-A1 S S S S O N/A S
CO2191
(PT1)
DropPlate
for Frames or
NarrowTopRail
Doors
DC3220w/
188F65 SSSSON/A S
CO2201
(PT1)
DropPlatefor
ParallelArm
Mounting on
NarrowTopRail
Doors
DC3210w/
188F65 or
597F58
S S S S O O S
Stock Order
Quantity Series Finish
50 DC3200 689
Contract Order
Quantity Series Arm Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Misc.
Options
150 DC3220 A1 690 RH D138 M54
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Quick Codes
DC3000
DC3000.13
Series/Mounting/Size
Description Mounting Specify
DC3200 Closers
Multi-sized; full
adjustability from
size 1-6
RegularArm DC3200
ParallelArm DC3210
Top Jamb DC3220
Arm
Description Specify
Regularnon-holdopen (standard)
Hold open A1*
Heavy-duty parallel with hold open A2*
Heavy-duty parallel non-hold open A3
Heavy-duty backstop non-hold open A4
Heavy-duty backstop with hold open A5*
Heavy-duty regular non-hold open A10
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Sexnutsandbolts(SNBs)
(1-3/4"minimumthickness) M54
Delayed action M71
Full cover (standard)
Corrosion protection M75
Heavy-duty parallel arm flush transom
bracket(499F30)usedwithA2,A3,A4,
A5 arms
M79
Parallelarmflushtransombracket(parallel
orA1) M82
Parallelarmoffsetbracket M83
Mortisearmbracket(forregulararm
mounting) M84
Angle support bracket M85
Extremetemperaturefluid (standard)
Handing
Hand Specify
RightHand/LeftHandReverse RH
LeftHand/RightHandReverse LH
Finish
Description Specify
USP PrimedforPainting 600
SBL SilverAluminumPainted 689
LBL DarkBronzePainted 690
DBL LightBronzePainted 691
FBL BlackPainted 693
GBL SatinBrassPainted 696
* Hold Open arms cannot be used on fire doors.
Drop Plates - order by number (formerly M80)
Closer Series Drop Plate
DC3210(parallel) 597F58
DC3220(topjamb) 188F65
Paint (cans)
Description Specify
Silver Aluminum 597F94
Dark Bronze 597F95
LightBronze 597F96
Satin Brass 597F97
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Helpful Terms
DC3000
DC3000.14
Arm
The linkage of a closer that connects the body to the door or frame.
Backcheck
Slows a door during the opening cycle, by providing cushioned
resistance to a forceful opening. Designed to protect people and
objects behind the door and to prevent damage to the closer,
hardware,andwall.Intensitycanbeincreasedordecreased.Not
intended to act as a stop.
Closing Speed
The speed at which a door swings from the open position to
withinafewdegreesoflatching.SeeLatchingSpeed.
Corrosion Protection
Additionalpaintedcoveringonallexternalpartstodeter
oxidationandcorrosion.
Door Stop
A device to stop the swing of a door.
Hold Open
Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.
Latching Speed
The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.
Mounting
The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.
Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring tube design allows full adjustment of the
spring power size from 1 through 6.
Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
Uniquebracketthatsimplifiesinstallationandminimizes
installer fatigue.
Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Thru-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors, and
recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core doors.
Spring Power
A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome
draft, air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.
Star Punch
An eight-sided socket hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle
pre-loading.Providesfullfunctioningofbackcheckanddelayed
action valves, and additional closing force, on parallel arm
mountings.
Universal Mounting
The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand of door for
regular, top jamb or parallel arm mounting.
How to Specify
DC3000
DC3000.15
Suggested Specifications
AlldoorclosersshallbeDC3000SeriesDoorClosersasmanufacturedbyCorbinRusswinArchitecturalHardware.
Closers shall be of rack and pinion construction with a triple heat treated cold-formed steel spindle and a steel piston, heat treated and
precision machined. Cases shall be of cast iron with a one-piece seamless forged spring tube. A two-piece or seamed spring tube shall
not be acceptable. Springs shall be double heat treated and tempered. Closers shall have a heavy-duty,
forged steel main arm.
Optional arms shall include parallel, hold open, heavy-duty, heavy-duty hold open, heavy-duty reversible backstop and heavy-duty
reversible backstop with hold open.
Closers shall be multi-sized with adjustable spring power to accommodate sizes 1 through 6 in one closer body, such as the Corbin
RusswinDC3200closer.Closingshallbecontrolledbytwovalves-onetocontrolclosingspeedandonetocontrollatchingspeed.
Valves shall be concealed against unauthorized adjustment and shall be non-critical with “O” rings.
Closers shall be available with an adjustable backcheck intensity valve. Delayed action shall be available and accomplished with a
separate valve. Valves shall be accessible without removing the closer from the door.
Closers shall be surface applied with rectangular cover, and shall be devoid of manufacturer's trademarks.
Closersshallnotprojectover2-3/4",andshallbecapableofmountingona1-3/4"toprail(ortopjambforinvertedmounting).Full
covershallbestandard.Non-holdopenclosersshallberegularlyfurnishedwithapoweradjustmentarmbracketcapableofproviding
a15%poweradjustment.AQuik-Install™mountingbrackettoattachtheclosershallberegularlyfurnished.Highlubricityhydraulic
fluidshallbefurnished.Closersmountedtopjambandparallelarmshallallowforfull180°dooropening.
ClosersshallbelistedbyUnderwriters’Laboratoriesforcloserswithnon-holdopenarms.
Certification:
ANSI/BHMAA156.4,Grade1
ICC/ANSIA117.1
Closers shall carry a five-year limited warranty.
FormoreinformationregardingCorbinRusswinLocksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorizedCorbinRusswinDistributororSalesRepresentative.
In U.S.
CorbinRusswin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax:800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
CanadaL4K4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
Fax:905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Quik-Install™isatrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,
anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveownersandarementionedforreference
purposesonly.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
reservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2001,2012CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOY
Groupcompany.Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
45045-1/12R
DC5000 Series
Cam Action Door Closer
DC5000.2
Introduction
DC5000
Table of Contents
Introduction.........................2
Features .............................. 3
Mountings .......................... 4
Accessories ......................... 5
How to Order ..................... 6
Quick Codes ....................... 6
Helpful Terms ..................... 7
Specifications ...................... 8
www.corbinrusswin.com
Applications
The DC5000 Series is a cam action door closer for slide arm and track
applications. The cam action design is ideal, as it provides much greater
efficiency than a rack and pinion door closer for slide track applications. The
cam action provides much lower opening resistance while delivering optimum
closing force and control. The door closer's wide range of adjustable closing
power permits use in the most demanding situations. The efficiency and flat
power curve comply with the opening force requirements of the Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA).
The DC5000 series cam action door closers come standard with adjustable
sweep speed and latch speed, closing control and adjustable backcheck
cushioning in the opening cycle. Ideal for door openings in both new
construction and renovations, including:
• Hospitals
• Universities
• Office Buildings
Features
• Smooth operation; efficient, powerful, heavy-duty
• Easier to open than rack-and-pinion door closers with track arms
• Slide track application with regular arm operating efficiency
• Slide track standard
• Adjustable spring size 1 through 6
• Adjustable closing force
• Adjustable closing and latching speed
• Backcheck standard
• Non-handed
• Push or pull side installation
• Cast aluminum body
Optional Feature
• Hold open
Advantages
• Meets or exceeds ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 requirements
• Compliance with building and barrier-free codes
• 110° opening range for Push Side and Pull Side installations
• Ten-year limited warranty
• UL10C, UBC
Features
DC5000
DC5000.3
Features
Spring Power
Multi-sized; fully adjustable 1 through 6.
Handing
Non-handed.
Body
Cast aluminum body.
Arm
Standard: stamped steel.
Spindle
Machined spline.
Piston
1-1/2" diameter; Precision machined, heat
treated steel.
Valves
Latching speed, closing speed and
backcheck intensity valves standard.
Seals
“O” rings.
Fluid
Standard: high lubricity extreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.
Degree of Opening
110° opening range for Push Side and
Pull Side installations. Recommended
maximum interior door width is 54"
(137cm) and the recommended maximum
door weight is 250 lbs.
Note: Door openings greater than 110°
can be achieved when an auxiliary door
stop (by others) is used. Consult factory
for details and templates.
Cover
Standard: non-metallic full cover.
Mountings
Standard: slide track.
Fasteners
Standard: self-drilling screws, 1/4-20
machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts (SNBs); Specify
M54.
Warranty
Ten-year limited warranty. Refer to Corbin
Russwin price book for details.
Certification/Compliance
Barrier-Free Code
Compliance
The DC5000 Series Door Closers
listed below conform to the 5 lbf.
maximum door opening force requirement
for non-fire-rated interior hinged doors,
according to:
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities, Section 4.13.11
ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.4, Grade 1.
UL / ULC / UL10c
Listed for fire and cycle requirements.
Main Piston
Secondary Piston
Cam
Main Spring
Mountings
DC5000
DC5000.4
DC5230
HINGE (PULL) SIDE OF DOOR
• Maximum interior door width 54" (137cm).
• An auxiliary stop (by others) is suggested where severe conditions exist.
• 110° swing (trim permitting)
Note: Door openings to 160° can be achieved if an auxiliary door stop (by others)
is installed to dead stop the door. Consult factory for details.
NOTE: Contact factory for use on doors exceeding 250 lbs.
NOTE: Contact factory for use on doors exceeding 250 lbs.
2"
1-1/2"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
3"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
1-1/2"
5-1/2"
Push side Pull side
2"
1-1/2"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
3"
2-5/8"
2-5/8"
1-1/2"
5-1/2"
Push side Pull side
DC5240
STOP (PUSH) SIDE OF DOOR
• Minimum frame reveal is 1-1/2" (13mm).
• An auxiliary door stop is suggested when severe conditions exist.
• 110° swing (trim permitting)
Note: Door openings up to 120° can be achieved if an auxiliary door stop (by
others) is installed to dead stop the door. Consult factory for details.
Accessories
DC5000
DC5000.5
Drop Plate
For use where the narrow top rail of the door prevents the
closer from being mounted directly to the door surface. This
drop plate must be used for closer mounted on a top rail
between 1-7/8" and 3-3/8" (48mm and 86mm) in height. To
order separately, specify 754F80 x Finish.
Retrofit Plate
Allows the DC5000 cam closer to replace the 4040 regular
arm or parallel arm closers without modifying the existing hole
patterns in the door. To order separately, specify 754F81 x
Finish.
How to Order/Quick Codes
DC5000
DC5000.6
Ordering Examples
Stock Order
Quantity Series Arm Finish
48 DC5230 A1 689
Contract Order
Quantity Series Arm Finish Misc.
Options
100 DC5240 A1 689 M54
Series/Mounting/Size
Description Mounting Specify
DC5000 Closers
Multi-sized; full
adjustability from
size 1-6
Pull Side Track DC5230
Push Side Track DC5240
Arm
Description Specify
Regular non-hold open (standard)
Hold open A1*
* Hold Open arms cannot be used on fire doors.
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand/Left Hand Reverse RH
Left Hand/Right Hand Reverse LH
Finish
Description Specify
USP Primed for Painting 600
SBL Silver Aluminum Painted 689
LBL Dark Bronze Painted 690
DBL Light Bronze Painted 691
FBL Black Painted 693
GBL Satin Brass Painted 696
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)
(1-3/4" minimum thickness) M54
Drop Plate - order by number
Closer Series Drop Plate
DC5230 (Pull Side Track)
754F80
DC5240 (Push Side Track)
Paint (cans)
Description Specify
Silver Aluminum 597F94
Dark Bronze 597F95
Light Bronze 597F96
Satin Brass 597F97
Retrofit Plate - order by number
Closer Series Retrofit Plate
DC5230 (Pull Side Track)
754F81
DC5240 (Push Side Track)
Helpful Terms
DC5000
DC5000.7
Arm
The linkage of a closer that connects the body to the door or frame.
Backcheck
Slows a door during the opening cycle, by providing cushioned
resistance to a forceful opening. Designed to protect people and
objects behind the door and to prevent damage to the closer,
hardware, and wall. Intensity can be increased or decreased. Not
intended to act as a stop.
Closing Speed
The speed at which a door swings from the open position to
within a few degrees of latching. See Latching Speed.
Door Stop
A device to stop the swing of a door.
Hold Open
Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.
Latching Speed
The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.
Mounting
The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.
Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring tube design allows full adjustment of the
spring power size from 1 through 6.
Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Thru-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors, and
recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core doors.
Spring Power
A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome
draft, air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.
Star Punch
An eight-sided socket hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle
pre-loading. Provides full functioning of backcheck and delayed
action valves, and additional closing force, on parallel arm
mountings.
Universal Mounting
The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand of door for
regular, top jamb or parallel arm mounting.
How to Specify
DC5000
DC5000.8
Suggested Specifications
1. All door closers shall be DC5000 Series Door Closers as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
2. Door Controls____ (interior) (exterior) swinging door(s) shall be cam and roller design contained within a precision cast
aluminum housing.
3. Door closing force shall be adjustable to ensure adequate closing control. Door closing speed shall be controlled by
independent hydraulic adjustment valves in the sweep and latch range of the closing cycle. Door closer shall have an
adjustable hydraulic backcheck valve to cushion the door speed if door is opened violently.
4. Maximum door open shall be templated to (85°), (90°), (100°), (110°), conditions permitting. Door closer shall have
hold open capability with an on/off selector and tension adjustment.
5. Non-hold open units shall be U.L. Listed for self-closing door. Unit shall be in compliance with the requirements of the
Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA). ANSI standards A117.1. Units shall meet C-UL US.
6. Closers shall carry a ten-year limited warranty.
Notes
DC5000
DC5000.9
Notes
DC5000
DC5000.10
Notes
DC5000
DC5000.11
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
45204-6/11R
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2010, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
DC6000 Series
Door Closers
Introduction
DC6000
Table of Contents
Introductions ........................... 2
Features ...............................3 -5
Mountings ............................ 6-7
Arms Options ......................8-10
Mounting Brackets ................. 11
Brackets and Covers ..........12-13
Size and Handing ..............14-15
Helpful Terms ........................ 16
How to Order ........................ 17
Quick Codes .....................18-19
Specifications ....................20-21
www.corbinrusswin.com
DC6000.2
Applications
Corbin Russwin’s history combines high-quality product and innovative design. That
tradition continues with the Grade 1 DC6000 Series door closer, designed and
engineered with quality features such as captured valves and a complete range of arms.
The DC6000 series is the perfect closer for high-use openings or openings that must
meet ADA requirements, such as schools, office buildings, health care facilities, and
retail complexes. The series also meets UL and UL10C positive pressure requirements
for fire door openings.
Quality
More than meets the eye…The design of the DC6000 Series incorporates internal
advantages engineered to provide consistent quality operation. Double O-rings, a
robust spring tube design and captured valves ensure longevity.
Security
Engineered to meet high security standards, the DC6000 offers a full array of security
features. Heavy-duty arms offer increased strength for high-use, high-abuse situations.
Captured valves and optional Torx® security screws also assist in security situations by
making the closer tamper resistant.
Key Advantages
• Heavy-duty forged arm
• Spring-adjust
• Captured valves
• Self-drilling screws
• Quik-Install™ bracket
• Cast iron body
• Retrofit plates
• Powder painted arms
Features
DC6000
DC6000.3
Versatility
Conditions vary from job to job, but a top-quality product that is dependable, easy to install and versatile is a must. The DC6000 Series
door closer is the solution. A variety of features makes this the choice for retrofitting, quick installation, and longevity. Corbin Russwin
offers a wide variety of arms, tracks and special brackets to meet special header/ frame conditions. The small footprint and unobtrusive
cover are additional advantages to a versatile line of closers.
Features Benefits
Exceeds 10 Million Cycles Ensures dependability and long life
Closer Arms Forged steel main arm for strength and durability
Full complement to meet most installation demands
Powder Painted Arms
Environmentally safe process
Greater corrosion resistance
Cover Options Plastic covers - painted finishes
Metal covers - painted or plated finishes
Cast Iron Body Strong and durable; withstands expected abusive conditions
Captured Valves Reduces possibility of valve removal
Spring Adjust Easier to adjust for optimum power setting
Springs Chrome silicon wire, triple set for longer life
Closer Fluid Extended temperature oil with friction-reduction additives
Self-Drilling Screws Easier, quicker installation
Quik-Install™ Bracket Easier installation of closer body
Features
DC6000
DC6000.4
DC6200 - Multi-Sized
DC6400 - Sizes 1-6, half size
adjustable
Features
Spring Power
DC6200 closers: multi-sized; fully
adjustable sizes 1 through 6.
DC6400 closers: sizes 1 through 6;
half-size adjustability.
For recommended sizes, see page 14.
Handing
Non-handed (with the exception of some
arms and accessories).
Body
Cast-iron case with seamless cold headed
steel spring tube.
Arm
Standard: forged steel.
Arm options pages 8-10.
Spindle
Heat-treated steel with a crowned gear set
for increased efficiency.
Piston
1-3/8" diameter; precision machined,
heat-treated steel.
Springs
Chrome silicon wire.
Valves
Latching speed valve standard.
Closing speed valve standard.
Multiple backcheck location valve and
backcheck intensity valve standard.
Delayed action valve optional. Delayed
action preset for 20 seconds. Between 90°
and 70° for all mountings. To order specify
M71.
Seals
“O” rings.
Fluid
Standard: high lubricity extreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.
Degree of Opening
Up to full 180° opening standard for
regular, top jamb and parallel arm
mountings, conditions permitting.
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
15% adjustment standard.
Cover
Standard: plastic V-O flame rated cover.
Optional: full metal cover; specify M73 x
hand.
Mountings
Standard: regular or top jamb.
Parallel arm or tri-style packaging: specify
DC6210 or DC6410.
Optional mountings available; see
Mountings, page 6.
Mounting Bracket
Quik-Install™ mounting bracket standard.
Fasteners
Standard: self-drilling screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts (SNBs); specify
M54.
Corrosion Protection
Painted protective coating on all metal
surfaces for use in corrosive environments.
Security Package
Includes heavy-duty parallel or regular arm,
full metal cover and security Torx® machine
screws. Specify M87 x arm x hand. See
pages 8-12 for arm options.
Warranty
25-year limited warranty. Refer to Corbin
Russwin price book for details.
Certification/Compliance
Barrier-Free Code
Compliance
The DC6000 Series Door Closers
listed below conform to the 5 lbf.
maximum door opening force requirement
for non-fire-rated interior hinged doors,
according to:
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities, Section 4.13.11
ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.4, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1.
DC6200 DC6412
DC6210 DC6421
DC6220 DC6401
DC6411
These door closers are certified by Corbin
Russwin Architectural Hardware to comply
with the above standards when properly
installed and (if applicable) adjusted, in
regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb
mountings.
UL / ULC / UL10c
Listed for fire and cycle requirements.
10 Million Cycles
Witnessed and verified by UL
Finishes
Standard painted finishes
Old Designation Description Specify
USP Primed 600
SBL Silver Aluminum 689
LBL Dark Bronze 690
DBL Light Bronze 691
FBL Black 693
GBL Satin Brass 696
Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover.
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm finish
(e.g., DC6200 x 625 x 689).
Features
DC6000
DC6000.5
Quik-Install™ mounting bracket included, see p11
Closing speed valve
Latching speed valve
Double “O”
ring seal
Backcheck
intensity valve
Multiple backcheck location valve permits choice of 70° or 90°
backcheck setting.
DC6200 - Multi-Sized
DC6400 - Sizes 1-6, half-size adjustable
Spring Power
Adjuster
Mountings and Applications
DC6000
DC6000.6
Regular Arm Mounting DC6200, DC6400 Series
Most common mounting, providing the greatest closing
efficiency. Closer is mounted on the pull side, with the arm
almost perpendicular to the face of the door. Arm bracket is
attached to the door frame.
Parallel Arm Mounting DC6210, DC6410 Series
Allows inside application of closer on out-swinging doors. Closer
is mounted on the push side, with the arm almost parallel to the
face of the door. Arm does not project from the opening.
Top Jamb Mounting DC6220, DC6420 Series
Closer is mounted on the frame on the push side, with the arm
perpendicular to the face of the door. Arm bracket is mounted
on the door. Minimum 1-3/4" (44mm) top jamb required.
Accommodates reveals up to 3-1/4" (83mm).
Track Mounting DC6230, DC6430 Series
Closer is top jamb mounted on the pull side; arm is connected
to a door-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 110°.
Maximum closing power is size 4. Minimum 3" (76mm) frame
face required.
Track Mounting DC6240, DC6440 Series
Closer is mounted on push side of door; arm is connected to
a stop-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 110°.
Maximum closing power - size 4.
Mountings
DC6000
DC6000.7
Regular Arm Mounting with Mortise Arm Bracket
Used on inadequately reinforced frames, such as those with bull
nose trims.
Parallel Arm with Offset Angle Bracket Mounting
Allows parallel arm mounting when used with an overhead door
holder.
Parallel Arm Mounting with Flush Transom Bracket
Allows parallel arm mounting on flush transom applications.
Top Jamb Flush Transom Mounting
Closer is top jamb mounted on the push side; arm is attached to
the door.
Narrow Frame Mounting
For use when the frame is too narrow for a normal top jamb or
top jamb track mounting. (Shown with 188F65 drop plate)
Top Jamb Deep Reveal Mounting
For reveals greater than 3-1/4" (83mm), up to 7-1/4" (184mm).
Arm Options
DC6000
DC6000.8
Regular Arm
• Used with regular arm (pull side) and top jamb (push side)
mounting
• Available in painted or plated finishes
• Non-hold open arm standard on the DC6200 and
DC6400 closers
• Hold open arm optional, specify closer x A1*
Heavy-Duty Regular Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
• Mounted on pull side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Optional on DC6200 and DC6400 closers, specify
closer x A10
Specify finish when ordering arms. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.
688F95
(Non-Hold Open)
688F77
(Hold Open)
597F52
(Non-Hold Open Only)
688F95 x 188F41
(Non-Hold Open)
688F77 x 509F49
(Hold Open)
Deep Reveal Arm (3-3/8" (86mm) - 7-1/4" (184mm))
• Accommodates top jamb mounting for reveals up to 7-1/4"
(184mm), depending on door and frame conditions
• Mounted on push side
• Available in painted or plated finishes
• Optional on DC6220 and DC6420 closers
• Non-hold open, specify closer x A6
• Hold open, specify closer x A8*
Non-Hold Open 691F72
Hold Open 691F74
691F72
(Non-Hold Open)
Parallel Arm
• Mounted on push side
• Non-hold open arm – combines regular arm with parallel
arm mounting bracket
• Available in painted or plated finishes
• Hold open arm – combines regular hold-open arm with
parallel arm mounting bracket
• Non-hold open arm standard – order DC6210 or
DC6410 series
• Hold open arm optional, specify closer x A1*
Arm Options
DC6000
DC6000.9
Heavy-Duty Reversible Backstop Parallel Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
• Mounted on push side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Field-reversible steel lug restricts degree of opening to protect door,
wall and hardware
• Shipped standard as left hand. Handing can be reversed in the field
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A4. Door stop range 85°
to 110°
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A5*. Door stop/hold open range
85° to 110°
Heavy-Duty Parallel Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Tamper-resistant, solid forged steel riveted arm
• Mounted on push side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A3
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A2*. Hold-open range 85° to 110°
• For use with overhead stops, specify closer x A13 (see page 10)
689F02
(Non-Hold Open)
689F01
(Hold Open)
689F03
(Non-Hold Open)
689F04
(Hold Open)
Door Width
Model Number
Non-Hold Open Hold Open
28" - 32" (71cm - 81cm) 615F52 615F51
33" - 41" (84cm - 104cm) 615F54 615F53
42" - 48" (107cm - 122cm) 615F56 615F55
(Non-Hold Open)
(Hold Open)
Specify finish when ordering arms.
*Not allowed by code on fire doors.
Refer to page 12 for bracket information
Heavy-Duty Spring Stop Parallel Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Integrates a door closer, shock absorber and auxiliary heavy-duty
overhead stop
• Not available in plated finishes
• Hold open*
- Holder mechanism tension adjustable
- Hold open can be engaged/disengaged with a 1/4 turn of the
mechanism with a standard blade type screwdriver
• Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Non-hold open arm, specify closer x A11 x door width. Door stop
range 85º to 110º.
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A12* x door width. Door stop/hold
open range 85º to 110º.
Arms and Brackets
DC6000
DC6000.10
Track and Arm Track Only Arm Only
Non-Hold Open 754F44 754F09 754F16
Hold Open 754F45 754F10
Track and Arm Track Only Arm Only
Non-Hold Open 754F12 754F14 754F16
Hold Open 754F13 754F15
Specify finish when ordering arms or tracks.
*Not allowed by code on fire doors.
Heavy-Duty Extra Clearance Parallel Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environments
• Provides additional vertical clearance
• Mounted on push side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Non-hold open arm only, specify closer x A13
691F96
(Non-Hold Open)
Standard
Clearance Closer With Spacer Quick Code Total Clearance
1-3/4" DC6210 597F92 M77 2-1/4"
597F93 M78 2-3/8"
Heavy-Duty Parallel Hold Open Arm
• Recommended for high-use, high-abuse environment
• Requires auxiliary stop (by others)
• Handed
• Mounted on push side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Allows door to swing 180º, conditions permitting
• Optional on DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Hold open arm, specify closer x A14*
Part Number Handing
692F04 Right Hand
692F05 Left Hand
754F44 Shown
754F13 Shown
Pull Side Track Arm
• Provides a clean aesthetic look with maximum 110° door swing and
a minimum door width of 28"(71cm)
• Mounted on pull side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Non-hold open standard on DC6230 or DC6430 closers
• Hold open, specify closer x A1*
• Hold open function can be turned on or off using a standard blade
screw driver
• Stop/Hold open can be set for 85°, 90°, 95°, or 100°
Push Side Track Arm
• Clean aesthetic look for doors opening a maximum of 110º and a
minimum door width of 32" (81cm)
• Mounted on push side
• Not available in plated finishes
• Non-hold open standard on DC6240 and DC6440 closers. For hold
open, specify closer x A1*
• Stop/hold open can be set for 85º, 90º, 95º or 100º
• Hold open function can be turned on or off using a standard blade
screw driver
Mounting Brackets
DC6000
DC6000.11
Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
• Standard on all closers
• Reduces installation time
• Ensures correct mounting
• Bracket is first mounted to door or frame, then closer is attached
• Bracket size: 1-3/4" (44mm) (vertical) x 6" (152mm) (horizontal)
• Hole spacing: 1" (25mm) (vertical) x 4-5/16" (110mm) (horizontal)
Parallel Arm Non-Hold Open Bracket
• Converts regular arm to parallel arm closer
• Standard with DC6210 and DC6410 closers
• Packed with five screws and 691F78 spacer
Parallel Arm Hold Open Bracket
• Converts regular arm hold open to parallel arm hold open closer
• Standard with DC6210 x A1 or DC6410 x A1 closer
Parallel Arm Offset Bracket
• Required when parallel arm is used in conjunction with an overhead door holder
• Specify DC6210 x M83 or DC6410 x M83 closer
Parallel Arm Flush Transom Bracket
• Required when parallel arm mounting is used on a flush transom application
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify DC6210 x M82 or DC6410 x M82 closer
Mortise Arm Bracket for Regular Arm Mounting
• For regular arm mounting where frame requires reinforcement, i.e., on frames
with bull nose trim
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M84
188F03
244F17
188F41
509F49
188F62
188F63
Specify finish when ordering parts.
Brackets
DC6000
DC6000.12
Flush Partition Bracket
• For use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms where rabbeted or
flush transom conditions prevent installation of the soffit plate
assembly
• Bracket fastens to the overhead transom to provide a mounting
surface for the soffit plate assembly
• Specify DC6210 x M104 or DC6410 x M104 closer
Angle Support Bracket
• Available separately for mounting A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 & A14
heavy-duty arms on narrow frame or soffit conditions
• Specify DC6210 x M85 or DC6410 x M85 closer
Blade Stop Spacer
• Available for use with A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 & A14 heavy-duty arms.
• Specify closer x M77 (597F92)
• Specify closer x M78 (597F93)
Reinforcing Bracket
• Supplied as standard for use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms
• Provides additional support to the soffit plate on installations with
door frame reveals from 1-7/8" to 4-5/8" (48 to 117mm)
• Not available in plated finishes
Deep Reveal Reinforcement Kit
• For use with A11 and A12 spring stop arms
• Used to support the soffit plate on installations with deep frames.
Clamps may be used with or without the spacer block, depending
on frame conditions
• Not available in plated finishes
• For frames deeper than 4-5/8" (117mm), specify closer x M103
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
• Standard on all closers without hold open, except heavy-duty
and track type
• In regular arm or top jamb mounting, bracket may be reversed to
increase closing power 15%
615F58
615F59
615F60
447F14
597F92 (1/2")
597F93 (5/8")
Maximum
Power
Normal
Power
Specify finish when ordering parts.
Hinge location
Spacer Block
• For use where a narrow frame soffit does not provide adequate
surface to support the fifth arm bracket mounting hole
• Supplied standard with DC6210 and DC6410 non-hold open
closers with A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 and A14 heavy-duty parallel arms
691F78
Flush Transom Bracket
• Available separately for mounting A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 and A14
heavy-duty arms on rabbeted or flush transom conditions
• Not available in plated finishes
• Specify closer x M79
499F30
Covers and Plates
DC6000
DC6000.13
Retrofit Plates
For installation of Corbin Russwin
DC6200 and DC6400 closers where
doors & frames have been prepared
for LCN heavy-duty surface closers.
To order with closers specify Closer
x Quick Code, see page 19.
Full Cover
• Standard on all DC6000 series door closers
• Completely covers closer body
• Non-handed
• Dimensions: 11-5/8" (295mm) x 3" (76mm) x 2-3/4" (70mm) deep
• Available in painted finishes only
• Flame rated V-O material compliant with UL10C
Full Metal Cover
• For use in high-abuse applications or when an architectural plated finish is desired
• Specify hand; not field reversible
• Available in painted and plated finishes
• Dimensions: 11-1/2" (292mm) x 2-7/8" (73mm) x 2-3/4" (70mm) deep
Drop Plate
Permits parallel arm mounting on door when top rail is too narrow to install closer in
the regular manner. Mini mum 2-5/8" (67mm) top rail required. Jamb mounted where
there is insufficient ceiling clearance
for standard mounting or where it
is necessary to allow vertical arm
clearance for overhead door holders
or frame gasketing. To order
separately, specify Part No. x Finish.
Closer Series
Drop Plate
With Full Cover
DC6210, DC6410 597F58
DC6220, DC6420 188F65
DC6240, DC6440 597F58
To Replace LCN Model Model Number
4040/4041 Regular Arm 615F63
4040/4041 Parallel Arm 615F61
4110EDA Parallel Arm 615F64
4010 Regular Arm 615F62
597F78
Part Number Handing
603F55 RH/LHR
603F57 LH/RHR
Door Closer Sizes
DC6000
DC6000.14
Factors in Determining Closer Size
1 – Weight and Height of Door
Doors vary in weight from light hollow-core wood doors to heavy
metal doors. Door sizes listed in the chart are based on doors of
standard weight and height. Extra-light or extra-heavy weight or
unusual height must be compensated for.
2 – Draft and Wind Conditions
Draft and wind conditions are perhaps the most important factors
to consider in determining the closer size required. Sizes listed in
the chart apply to normal conditions. Stairwells, air conditioning,
building construction, and door location can cause strong draft
and wind conditions; these may necessitate adjusting spring
power to a larger size or using a closer one size larger.
3 – Location of Closer
The degree of door opening required determines the location of
the closer on the door. Closer sizes listed in the chart are based
on 180° opening.
4 – Special Conditions
Deep reveals require optional extended arms. A top jamb plate
is required when the jamb is too narrow for a normal top jamb
mounting.
5 – Code Compliance
A multi-sized, fully adjustable closer such as the DC6200 closer
provides the greatest flexibility in balancing barrier-free access,
security and life safety codes. However, when a manual closer is
installed and adjusted to comply with ADA or any other reduced
opening force requirements, it may no longer have sufficient
power to close and latch the door reliably.
Recommended Door Closer Sizes
Application
Door Width
Interior Exterior,
In-Swinging
Exterior,
Out-Swinging Recommended Closer Size
Regular or Top Jamb
2'4" (71cm) — — 1
3'0" (91cm) — — 2
3'6" (107cm) 2'6" (76cm) 3'0" (91cm) 3
4'0" (122cm) 3'0" (91cm) 3'6" (107cm) 4
4'6" (137cm) 3'6" (107cm) 4'0" (122cm) 5
5'0" (152cm) 4'0" (122cm)* 4'6" (137cm)* 6
Parallel Arm
2'4" (71cm) — — 1
2'6" (76cm) — — 2
3'0" (91cm) — 2'6" (76cm) 3
3'6" (107cm) — 3'0" (91cm) 4
4'0" (122cm) — 3'6" (107cm)* 5
4'6" (137cm) — 4'0" (122cm)* 6
* Due to half-size adjustability, the DC6400 Series is recommended.
Handing
DC6000
DC6000.15
Top Jamb Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side
Handing
Refers to the direction a door swings; always determined from the outside of the door.
Parallel Arm Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side
Regular Mounting
Door: left hand
Closer: left hand pull side
Door: right hand
Closer: right hand pull side
Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side
Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side
Helpful Terms
DC6000
DC6000.16
Backcheck
Slows a door at approximately 70° of the opening cycle, by
providing cushioned resis tance to a forceful opening. Designed
to protect people and objects behind the door and to prevent
damage to the closer, hardware, and wall. Intensity can be
increased or decreased. Not intended to act as a stop.
Backcheck Location
The point (approximately 70°) in the opening cycle where
backcheck takes effect.
Closing Speed
The speed at which a door swings from the full open position to
within a few degrees of latching. See Latching Speed.
Corrosion Protection
Additional painted covering on all external parts to deter
oxidation and corrosion.
Delayed Action
Slows door closing speed between maximum opening and
approximately 70°. Often specified to meet barrier-free codes
which require longer closing times. Also used in high traffic
situations (auditoriums, classrooms, etc.) or when carts and
gurneys are pushed through the doors.
Door Stop
A device to stop the swing of a door.
Hold Open
Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.
Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring design allows full adjustment of the spring
power size from 1 through 6.
Latching Speed
The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.
Mounting
The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.
Multiple Backcheck Location Valve
Valve that changes the degree of door angle where backcheck
occurs.
Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
Unique bracket which simplifies installation and minimizes
installer fatigue.
Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Through-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors,
and recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core
doors.
Sized Closer
A closer whose spring design allows for a fixed spring power size
1 through 6.
Spring Power
A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome draft,
air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.
Star Punch
An eight-point hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle pre-
loading. Provides full functioning of backcheck and delayed
action valves.
Universal Mounting
The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand for regular,
top jamb or (using a bracket) parallel arm mounting.
How To Order
DC6000
DC6000.17
Job Specific
Quantity Series/Mounting/Size Finish Hand Thickness Options
50 DC6413 626 RH D138 M71-M73
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Series/Mounting/Size Page 17
Arm Page 18
Finish Page 18
Handing Page 18
Door Thickness Page 18
Miscellaneous Options Page 19
Stock
Quantity Series/Mounting/Size Finish Misc. Options
50 DC6210 689 M54
Split Finish
Quantity Series/Mounting/Size
Finish
Hand Misc. Options
Cover Arm
10 DC6210 626 689 RH M54
Note:
• Door closer warranty becomes void if it is installed on the exterior side of a door in the exterior wall of a building
• It is strongly recommended, and it is required on fire door assemblies, that doors having a door closer be hung on ball-bearing or anti-friction hinges
or pivots
• Failure to use the correct type and size fasteners may void factory warranty
• Fasteners for fire/smoke door assemblies must conform to NFPA 80. In some applications additional fasteners may be mandated by NFPA 80 that are
not shipped with Corbin Russwin's standard product, such as sleeve-units/sex nuts or through-bolts and grommet nuts
• Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Series/Mounting/Size
Description Mounting Non-sized Size 1 Specify Size 2 Specify Size 3 Specify Size 4 Specify Size 5 Specify Size 6 Specify
DC6200 Closers
Multi-sized; full
adjustability from
size 1-6
Regular arm DC6200 — — — — — —
Parallel arm DC6210 — — — — — —
Top jamb DC6220 — — — — — —
Track (Pull Side) DC6230 — — — — — —
Track (Push Side) DC6240 — — — — — —
DC6400 Closers
Sized; 1⁄2-size
adjustability
Regular arm — DC6401 DC6402 DC6403 DC6404 DC6405 DC6406
Parallel arm — DC6411 DC6412 DC6413 DC6414 DC6415 DC6416
Top jamb — DC6421 DC6422 DC6423 DC6424 DC6425 DC6426
Track (Pull Side) — — — DC6433 DC6434 DC6435 DC6436
Track (Push Side) — — — DC6443 DC6444 DC6445 DC6446
Quick Codes
DC6000
DC6000.18
Arm
Arm Specify Quick Code
Regular non-hold open (standard)
Hold open A1*
Heavy-duty parallel with hold open A2*
Heavy-duty parallel non-hold open A3
Heavy-duty backstop non-hold open A4
Heavy-duty backstop with hold open A5*
Deep reveal (3-3/8"-7-1/4") A6
Deep reveal with hold open A8*
Heavy-duty regular non-hold open A10
Spring stop non-hold open (specify door width) A11
Spring stop heavy-duty with hold open (specify
door width) A12*
Heavy-duty parallel arm with extra clearance A13
Heavy-duty friction hold open arm (specify hand) A14*
Push side track with hold open A1*
*Hold open arms cannot be used on fire doors.
Finish
Standard painted finishes
Old Designation Description Specify Quick
Code
USP Primed for Painting 600
SBL Silver Aluminum Painted 689
LBL Dark Bronze Painted 690
DBL Light Bronze Painted 691
FBL Black Painted 693
GBL Satin Brass Painted 696
Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm finish (e.g.,
DC6200 x 625 x 689).
Blade Stop
Spacer Specify Quick Code
1/2" M77
5/8" M78
Handing
Hand Specify
Left Hand/Right Hand Reverse LH
Right Hand/Left Hand Reverse RH
Torx® Tool Kit Package
Description Specify
Bits and driver 597F24
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify Quick Code
Torx® machine screws M04
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs) (1-3/4" minimum thickness) M54
Backcheck intensity and location valves (standard)
Delayed action M71
Full cover (standard)
Full metal cover (Handed) M73
Extreme temperature fluid (standard)
Corrosion protection M75
1/2" spacer M77
5/8" spacer M78
Drop plates - order by number (formerly M80, M81 and M102 quick codes)
Heavy-duty parallel arm flush transom bracket (499F30) used with A2, A3, A4, A5, A13 & A14 arms M79
Parallel arm flush transom bracket (parallel or A1) M82
Parallel arm offset bracket M83
Mortise arm bracket (for regular arm mounting) M84
Angle support bracket M85
Spacer (691F78) (formerly M86 quick code) (standard)
Security package (available with A2, A3, A4, A5 and A10 optional arms). Covers are handed. M87
Retrofit kit LCN 4041 RA or PA M101B
Retrofit kit LCN 4110EDA M101C
Retrofit kit LCN 4010 M101D
Deep reveal reinforcement kit (available with A11 & A12 arms) M103
Flush partition bracket (available with A11 & A12 arms) M104
Lead-lined metal cover M108
Quick Codes
DC6000
DC6000.19
Closer Series Old Quick Ship # Drop Plate
With Full Cover
DC6210, DC6410 (Parallel) M80 597F58
DC6220, DC6420 (Top Jamb) M80 188F65
DC6230, DC6430 (Pull Side) M81 597F59
DC6240, DC6440 (Push Side) M102 597F59
Specifications
DC6000
DC6000.20
ANSI Performance Requirements: (PT 1) — 2,000,000 cycles — closer without backcheck feature.
ANSI Performance Requirements: (PT 1) — 1,500,000 cycles — closer with backcheck feature.
N/A = not available S = standard O = option available
ANSI Options:
DC6200 includes PT4-A, B, C, D, H. Optional: PT4-F, G, J.
DC6400 includes PT4-A, B, C, D. Optional: PT4-F, G, J.
ANSI A156.4 Certified Closer Cross Reference
ANSI Number Function Series
PT 4A
15% Power
Adjustment
PT 4B
35% Power
Adjustment
PT 4C
50% Power
Adjustment
PT 4D
Adjustable
Backcheck
PT 4F
Delayed
Action
PT 4G
Dead Stop
PT 4H
Fully
Adjustable
CO2011
(PT 1)
Hinge Side
Mounting
DC6200
DC6400
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
N/A
N/A
S
N/A
CO2051
(PT 1)
Hinge Side
Mounting
DC6200-A1
DC6400-A1
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
N/A
N/A
S
N/A
CO2021
(PT 1)
Parallel Arm
Mounting
DC6210
DC6410
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
O
O
S
N/A
CO2061
(PT 1)
Parallel Arm
Mounting
DC6210-A1
DC6410-A1
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
O
O
S
N/A
CO2041
(PT 1)
Top Jamb
Mounting
DC6220
DC6420
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
N/A
N/A
S
N/A
CO2081
(PT 1)
Top Jamb
Mounting
DC6220-A1
DC6420-A1
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
N/A
N/A
S
N/A
CO2231
(PT 1)
Push Side
Mounting
DC6240
DC6440
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
O
O
S
N/A
CO2241
(PT 1)
Push Side
Mounting
DC6240-A1
DC6440-A1
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
O
O
S
N/A
CO2251
(PT 1)
Pull Side
Mounting
DC6230
DC6430
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
O
O
S
N/A
CO2261
(PT 1)
Pull Side
Mounting
DC6230-A1
DC6430-A1
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
O
O
O
O
S
N/A
Specifications
DC6000
DC6000.21
Door closers shall be of rack and pinion construction with a cold headed heat-treated steel spindle and a steel piston precision
machined and heat treated. The case shall be of cast iron with seamless cold headed steel spring tube. A two-piece or seamed spring
tube shall not be acceptable. Springs shall be tempered chrome silicon. Closers shall have a heavy-duty, forged steel main arm.
Optional arms shall include parallel, hold open, heavy-duty, heavy-duty hold open, heavy-duty reversible backstop, heavy-duty
reversible backstop with hold open, heavy-duty spring stop, heavy-duty spring stop with hold open, deep reveal, top jamb track and
stop mounted track.
The following size options shall be available:
• Fully adjustable spring power to accommodate sizes 1 through 6.
• Spring power shall be adjustable by one half size over minimum for each size.
All sizes shall be accommodated in one closer body. Closing shall be controlled by two valves — one to control closing speed and one
to control latching speed. Valves shall be concealed against unauthorized adjustment and be non-critical with “O” ring seals.
(Door closers shall have an adjustable delayed action feature, controlled by a separate valve.)
Closers shall be furnished with an adjustable backcheck intensity valve. Valve shall be accessible without removing the closer from the
door.
Closers shall be furnished with a backcheck location valve, providing a choice of locations where backcheck begins in the door
opening cycle between 70° and 90° of door opening. This valve shall be functional for all regular, top jamb, parallel arm, and track
type mountings.
Closers shall be surface applied with rectangular cover, and shall be devoid of manufacturer’s trademarks. Closers shall not project
over 23
/
4", and shall be capable of mounting on 1-3/4" top rail or inverted mounting on 13
/
4" top jamb. Full cover and full metal
cover with security fasteners shall be available. When required, metal covers shall be available in plated finishes. Regular arm and
top jamb mounted closers without hold open shall be regularly furnished with power adjustment arm bracket capable of providing
a 15% power adjustment. A Quik-Install™ mounting bracket to attach the closer shall be regularly furnished. Closers not having a
mounting bracket shall not be acceptable. Hydraulic fluid shall be of a type requiring no seasonal valve readjustment due to extreme
temperature variations. Closers mounted top jamb and parallel arm shall allow for full 180° door opening.
Closers with non-hold open arms shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for swinging fire doors and for positive pressure listed
openings.
All closers shall be available in architectural finishes to match corresponding door hardware.
Certification:
ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1
ADA/ANSI A117.1
UL10C and UBC
Closers shall carry a 25-year limited warranty.
Closers shall be Corbin Russwin (DC6200) (DC6400) series.
Suggested Specification
Notes
DC6000
DC6000.22
Notes
DC6000
DC6000.23
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478 www.
assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Quik-Install™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc.,
an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference
purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc. reserves the right to change availability
of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2004, 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved.
Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45052-7/12R
DC62900 Series
Electromechanical Closer-Holder
Introduction
DC62900
Table of Contents
Applications .........................2
Functions and Features ....... 3
Overview ..........................4-5
Mountings .......................6-7
Brackets and Covers .............8
Track Assemblies & Parts .9-10
How to Order ...................11
Specification ......................12
www.corbinrusswin.com
DC62900.2
Applications
Corbin Russwin Electric Track Closer-
Holders combine the functions of a
single-point electromechanical door
holder with the DC6200 door closer.
The track assembly contains an arm
slide and solenoid-operated hold open
mechanism and is available with or
without an integral smoke detector.
The closer is mounted on the door. The
track is mounted to the frame face for
pull side installations or the frame soffit
for push side installations.
The track is an aluminum extrusion
which incorporates a solenoid-actuated
cam that locks the arm slide in the
track at a selected point. The degree
of door hold open is selected by
adjustment of the telescoping arm.
When there is power to the unit, the
door will hold open at the selected hold
open point. Any power interruption
will release the arm slide and the door
will close. The door can be released
manually at any time.
Corbin Russwin Electric Track Closer-
Holders are available in two basic
functions for controlling fire/smoke
doors.
Functions and Features
DC62900
DC62900.3
Functions:
Master Unit – This unit is comprised of
an integral smoke detector, a solenoid
hold open mechanism in the slide track
and a door closer. The Master Unit
can be used to control a single door or
a pair of doors in conjunction with a
Support Unit.
Quick Code: ETD
Support Unit – This unit is comprised
of a solenoid hold open mechanism
in the slide track and a door closer.
These units can be installed on a
single door or a pair of doors when
controlled by compatible U.L. listed
detection equipment such as area
ceiling detectors, pull stations, and
remote alarm panels. They can also be
used in conjunction with a Master Unit
on a pair of doors when the Master
Unit smoke detector signals conditions
(standby, trouble/alarm) to an alarm
system’s panel. The alarm panel
controls the hold open function of both
the Support Unit and the Master Unit.
Quick Code: ET
Note:
Application of any Corbin Russwin
Electric Track Single-Point Hold Open
Closer-Holder Releasing Device
should be checked for compliance
with both state and local codes.
Features:
Selective Single-Point Hold Open:
The DC62900 has one template
position. The single-point hold open
position is selected by adjusting the
telescoping arm with a hex drive set-
screw. Hold open range is 85° thru
110° in approximately 3° increments.
Spring Cushioned Dead Stop:
A spring loaded buffer block at
the point of hold open prevents
overtravel of the arm slide and
provides a cushioned dead stop.
Use of an additional wall or floor
stop is always recommended.
Non-Handed:
Non-handed except when ordered
with "DE" (Double Egress) arms.
Pull/Push Installations:
The track can be ordered for installation
on either side of the door. List number
DC62940 can be installed on the push
side only. List number DC62930 can
be installed on the pull side only.
Choice of Supply Voltage:
Corbin Russwin Electric Tracks are
available in the most commonly used
operating voltages of 24 Volts AC/
DC or 12OVAC, 60Hz. Power to these
devices must be within a range of (+)
10% (-) 15% of the stated voltage.
Fail Safe:
In the event of a power outage,
solenoid will be de-energized
and the Closer-Holder will then
operate as a normal door closer.
Wiring Option:
Both pull side and push side
application will accommodate either
concealed or surface wiring. The
hook-up box will accept a 3/4"
(19mm) conduit. Each DC62900 is
supplied with a thin-walled conduit
nut to attach the conduit clamp.
State and local building codes will
dictate the type of wiring permitted.
Door Closer:
The DC62900 is a non-handed, narrow
projection closer with a full plastic
cover. It has an adjustable spring for
sizes 1-6. It also has four independent
valves to control latch speed, closing
speed, backcheck positioning and
intensity. QUIK-INSTALL mounting
bracket speeds installation.
Warranty:
2-year limited
U.L. Listing:
All Master Units with integral
smoke detectors have been tested
and evaluated for public safety by
Underwriter's Laboratories and are
listed for application on smoke barrier
and labeled fire doors. All Support
Units are U.L. listed for application
with any compatible U.L. listed fire/
smoke detection equipment.
ANSI / BHMA:
The DC62900 Series is ANSI/
BHMA certified for A156.15.
Features
DC62900
DC62900.4
Features – Smoke Detector:
Photoelectric Sensing
Detector employs a photoelectric chamber to substantially
reduce the probability of false alarms.
Fire/Smoke Control Circuit
Interprets the alarm signal from the detector and provides
switching contacts to interrupt power to the hold open
solenoid and divert it to activate optional audio/visual alarms.
Alarm (Relay) Contacts
Normally open in standby condition (energized, non-alarm
state). These contacts close during an alarm condition (smoke
detected) and switch power from the solenoid to an optional
local alarm.
Trouble (Relay) Contacts
Normally closed in standby condition, these supervisory
contacts monitor the continuity of power within the detector
circuit. Any power interruption within the detector circuit will
open these contacts. They can then be used to simultaneously
indicate a trouble condition to the alarm panel on a separate
trouble circuit.
Quick Disconnect Modules
Each component, solenoid coil, detector and control feature
quick disconnect wiring for easy servicing and replacement.
Locked-In Alarm
When a unit alarms, it must be manually reset. This can be
accomplished by remote control from the alarm console or by
the reset button in the smoke detector. Reset button is
accessible through the center louver in the underside of the
track. Reset by rotating LED chamber using small flat blade
screwdriver.
Indicator Lights
Normal Mode: A red LED flashes once every eight (8)
seconds.
Clean Mode: A red LED flashes once every second.
Alarm Mode: A red LED illuminates continuously.
Spring Cushioned
Dead Stop
Hold Open
Solenoid and
Roller Assembly
Slide Track Smoke
Detector
Hook-Up Board Cover
Red LED Alarm Light
Telescoping
Arm
Slide Assembly
Hook-Up
Board
Electrical Information
DC62900
DC62900.5
“ETD” Master Units
•Twocomponentsrequireelectricalpower:
- Integral smoke detector requires 24VDC input power.
- Hold open solenoid requires 24VDC input.
•Hook-upboxreceivesprimaryvoltageinputand
distributes it to the smoke detector and hold open
solenoid(s).
•Availablewithtwovoltageoptions:
- ETD-24 suffix –
- Accepts 24VAC or 24VDC power input.
- A rectifier in the hook-up box will rectify alternating
current to direct current for operation of both the
smoke detector and hold open solenoid(s).
- ETD-120 suffix –
- Accepts 120VAC power input.
- A 120VAC to 24VAC transformer in the hook-up
box steps the input voltage down to 24VAC. It is
then rectified to 24VDC for operation of both the
smoke detector and the 24VDC hold open
solenoid(s).
“ET” Support Units
•Holdopensolenoidrequireselectricalpower.
•Solenoidcontrolledbysmokedetectionequipment
(ceiling detectors) or remote alarm panels.
•Availableforoperationon24VAC/DCor120VAC,60Hz.
•Holdopensolenoidoperatesondirectcurrent.
•Containsbuilt-inrectifierthatconvertsalternatingcurrent
to direct current.
Type of Unit Model #ofPower
Input Lines Choices of Voltage Input Can beusedwith
Master
ETD-24
1
24 VAC/DC
Support Model ET
ETD-120 120 VAC, 60 Hz
Support
ET-24
1
24 VAC/DC Area Smoke Detection System or
Master Model ETD24-120
ET-120 120 VAC, 60Hz Area Smoke Detection System
Operating voltage or voltages for the control of fire/smoke doors are specified by the architect, electrical engineer and alarm
system engineer and/or contractor. Consulting with these sources will verify which operating voltage(s) should be ordered.
Ordering Voltages:
Mountings
DC62900
DC62900.6
DC62930
Pull (Hinge) Side Mounting
Door(s) Opening
Inches (cm) Model Number & Type
Max. Min*
Single Door
48" (122) 36" (91) (1) DC62930 x ETD Master Unit
48" (122) 32" (81) (1) DC62930 x ET Support Unit
Pair of Doors
96" (244) 68" (173) (1) DC62930 x ETD Master Unit and
(1) DC62930 x ET Support Unit
96" (244) 64" (163) (2) DC62930 x ET Support Units
36-1/4
(921)
32-5/8
(829)
36-1/4
(921)
32-5/8
(829)
Model # Description
DC62930 x ETD Master Unit Controlled by Integral Smoke Detector
DC62930 x ET Support Unit Controlled by Remote Detection Equipment
Master Unit DC62930 x ETD
Minimum ceiling clearance 2-1/8" (54mm)
* Minimum door opening for standard installation.
Consult factory for door openings narrower than those
shown.
Support Unit Track
Mountings
DC62900
DC62900.7
35-13/16
(910)
32-3/16
(818)
DC62940
Push (Stop) Side Mounting
Door(s) Opening
Inches (cm) Model Number & Type
Max. Min*
Single
Door
48" (122) 38" (97) (1) DC62940 x ETD Master Unit
48" (122) 36" (91) (1) DC62940 x ET Support Unit
Pair of
Doors
96" (244) 74" (188) (1) DC62940 x ETD Master Unit and
(1) DC62940 x ET Support Unit
96" (244) 71" (180) (2) DC62940 x ET Support Units
Model # Description
DC62940 x ETD Master Unit Controlled by Integral Smoke Detector
DC62940 x ET Support Unit Controlled by Remote Detection Equipment
35-13/16
(910)
32-3/16
(818)
Master Unit
Minimum 1-1/2" (38mm) frame
soffit required.
Interference with other hardware (vertical rod exit devices, magnetic locks, etc.)
must be considered when selecting this product.
DC62940 x ET
Support Unit Track
* Minimum door opening for standard installation.
Consult factory for door openings narrower than those
shown.
Full Cover
•StandardonallDC6000seriesdoorclosers
•Completelycoverscloserbody
•Non-handed
•Dimensions:11-5/8"(295mm)x3"(76mm)x2-3/4"(70mm)deep
•Availableinpaintedfinishesonly
Full Metal Cover
•Foruseinhigh-abuseapplications
•Specifyhand;notfieldreversible
•Availableinpaintedandplatedfinishes
•Dimensions:11-1/2"(292mm)x2-7/8"(73mm)x2-3/4"(70mm)deep
•ToorderspecifycloserxM73
597F78
Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
•Standardonallclosers
•Reducesinstallationtime
•Ensurescorrectmounting
•Bracketisfirstmountedtodoororframe,thencloserisattached
•Bracketsize:1-3/4"(44mm)(vertical)x6"(152mm)(horizontal)
•Holespacing:1"(25mm)(vertical)x4-5/16"(110mm)(horizontal)
188F03
Cover Model #
RH/LHR 603F55
LH/RHR 603F57
Brackets and Covers
DC62900
DC62900.8
Master Unit Track Assemblies include track, slider assembly, solenoid block assembly and detector.
Hook-up box not included.
Support Unit Track Assemblies include track, slider assembly and solenoid block assembly.
Hook-up box not included.
Parts
DC62900
Description Voltage
Part Number
Hinge Side Stop Side
Master or Support Unit 24V 754F52 754F53
Spring Plate
Buffer Spring
Roll Pin
End Cap
692F16
Stationary Block
Assembly
Cushion
Block
Roller
Assembly
Slide
Assembly
692F14
Slide Track Assembly
(See Chart)
Arm Stud Clip
692F15
(included when
692F14 is ordered)
NOTE:Mountinghardwareincludedwithallpartsorders.
Description Voltage
Part Number
Hook-Up Board
Master or Support
24V 754F54
120V 754F55
DC62900.9
Miscellaneous Parts
Description Part Number
Fuse 754F66
Smoke Detector Board 754F73
Solenoid Block Assembly 692F17
Hook-Up Box Cover Kit (Master) 754F71
Hook-Up Box Cover Kit (Support) 754F72
Hook-Up Boxes
Description Voltage Hinge Side Push Side
Master 24V 754F56 754F61
120V 754F57 754F62
Support 24V 754F58 754F63
120V 754F59 754F64
Metal covers and arm assemblies are available in painted or plated finishes. Plastic covers and track
assemblies are available in painted finishes only.
Parts
DC62900
DC62900.10
692F25 – Adjusting Head and Tube Assembly 692F19 – Adjusting Rod Assembly
692F23 – Arm Length
Adjusting Screw
692F20 – Arm Stud 692F21 – Retaining Ring
692F23 – Arm Length
Adjusting Screw
692F20 – Arm Stud 692F21 – Retaining Ring
754F04 – Adjusting Head and Tube Assembly RH
754F05 – Adjusting Head and Tube Assembly LH 692F19 – Adjusting Rod Assembly
754F02 – (Right Hand)1,2
754F03 – (Left Hand)1,2
Double Egress Arm Assembly
(Specify model x Quick Code A6)
692F241, 2
Standard Arm Assembly
NOTE:Mountinghardwareincludedwithallpartsorders.
1 Includes arm length adjusting screw #692F23
2 Includes arm tube & adjusting rod assembly
How To Order
DC62900
DC62900.11
Example
Quantity Model Number Voltage Finish Door Thickness Misc. Options
3 DC62930 x ETD 120A 689 D134 M73
Requirements
Single Door Pair of Doors
(1) ETD
or
(1) ET
(1) ETD and (1) ET
or
(2) ET
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx screws
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs)
Backcheck intensity and location valves
Full cover
Full metal cover
M04
(Standard)
(Standard)
(Standard)
M73
Finish
Standard painted finishes
Description Specify
USP Primed for Painting
SBL Silver Aluminum Painted
LBL Dark Bronze painted
DBL Light Bronze Painted
FBL Black Painted
GBL Satin Brass Painted
600
689
690
691
693
696
Ordering Examples
Application Model #
Pull Side Mounting
Master (detectored)
Support
DC62930 x ETD
DC62930 x ET
Push Side Mounting
Master (detectored)
Support
DC62940 x ETD
DC62940 x ET
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (Standard)
Voltage
Description Specify
24VAC (Standard)
24VDC 24D
120VAC 120A
Arm
Door Thickness Specify
Double Egress Arm - 1/8"
to 3" deep reveal A6
Specification
DC62900
DC62900.12
Closer for ____________ doors shall be electromechanical closer-holder. Hold open to be achieved by electric solenoid
locking of the closer arm slide in its track. Track, arm, slide (and) solenoid (and integral smoke detector) to be contained
in a single aluminum extrusion 1-1/2" (38mm) high, 1-1/2" (38mm) deep. Closer shall be door mounted. Track and hold
open mechanism shall be surface mounted to the frame face for application on the pull side of the door and frame soffit
mounted for application on the push side of the door.
Single point hold open shall be selective through a range of 85° to 110°. Hold open point to be achieved by adjustment
of a telescoping closer arm.
Closer shall be hydraulic with full rack and pinion enclosed in a cast iron shell. Hydraulic fluid shall be non-gumming and
non-freezing. Closer shall have two non-critical values to independently regulate sweep speed and latch speed. It shall
have an adjustable backcheck cushioning valve.
(Master units to have an integral smoke detector with photoelectric chamber. Master units integral smoke detector shall
have latching alarm and reset switch.) (Support units to be controlled by U.L. Listed Smoke Detection Equipment.) Units
to be fail safe and close the door during any interruption to the electrical power. The hold open solenoid coil shall have a
maximum amperage draw of (.090 Amps at 24 volts) (.035 Amps at 120 volts). Unit shall have a switch to permit testing
of the releasing device function without alarming the system.
All wiring connections shall be made without the need of wire nuts or soldering.
(Master unit(s) shall require a (24VAC/DC) (12OVAC, 60Hz) power input.) (Support unit(s) shall require a (24VAC/DC)
(I2OVAC, 60Hz.) power input.) Supplier to coordinate electrical requirements with electrical and alarm system engineers.
Wiring (and conduit) by others.
Suggested Specification
Notes
DC62900
DC62900.13
Notes
DC62900
DC62900.14
Notes
DC62900
DC62900.15
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 888-940-3242
www.assaabloycanadadss.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Quik-Install™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes
only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc. reserves the right to change availability of any
item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2006, 2013 Corbin Russwin, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without
the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45523-2/13R
DC8000 Series
Door Closers
Introduction
DC8000
Table of Contents
Introduction ........................ 2
Features .......................... 3-5
Mountings ......................... 6
Technical Details ............ 7-16
Arm Options ................ 17-20
Mounting Brackets ............ 21
Brackets ............................ 22
Covers & Plates ................. 23
Sizes and Handing ....... 24-25
Helpful Terms ................... 26
How to Order ................. 27
Quick Codes ................ 28-29
Specifications ............... 30-31
www.corbinrusswin.com
DC8000.2
Applications
High-quality products and innovative designs are the foundation for the long
history and reputation of Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware. That tradition
continues with the Grade 1 DC8000 Series door closer, the perfect choice for
high-use openings and doors that must meet ADA requirements. A variety of
arms, finishes and quality features make the easy-to-install DC8000 ideal for
schools, office buildings, health care facilities and retail complexes. The series
also meets UL10C and UBC7-2c positive pressure requirements for fire-rated
openings.
Quality
Corbin Russwin products are engineered for quality, and the DC8000 Series
is no exception. With heavy-duty construction, captured valves and a double
heat-treated steel pinion, the DC8000 ensures quality and long-lasting
performance.
Security
With a new heavy-duty arm and a strong, durable cast-iron closer body, the
DC8000 offers added muscle for high-use and high-abuse situations. Captured
valves and optional Torx® security screws offer added security, making the
closer highly vandal- and tamper-resistant.
Key Advantages
•Heavy-dutyforgedarm
•Capturedvalves
•Self-drillingscrews
•Doubleheat-treatedsteelpinion
•UniversalQuik-Install™bracket
•Tri-packedassembly
•Cast-ironbody
•Retrofitplates
•Powderpaintedarms
Features
DC8000
DC8000.3
Versatility
The DC8000 Series door closer offers a versatile, dependable and easy-to-install product, making it an ideal
choice. The tri-pack assembly of regular arm, top jamb and parallel arm allows one closer to be stocked for
multiple applications. A variety of features, including heavy-duty arms, cast-iron closer body and captured
valves, ensure dependability and vandal resistance. Special mounting brackets and retrofit plates allow for
quick installation in both new and retrofit applications.
Features Benefits
Exceeds 10 Million Cycles Ensures dependability and long life
Cast-iron closer body Strong and durable
Heavy-duty arms Forged 9/16" steel to withstand heavy use and abuse
Tri-packed assembly (regular arm, top
jamb & parallel arm mounting), non-
handed. Specify DC8210.
Allows one closer to be stocked for a variety of applications
UniversalQuik-Install™mountingbracket
and door marker Easy, foolproof installation
Multi-sized closers Adjustable 1 through 6
Captured values Vandal-resistant; reduces the possibility of valve removal
Double heat-treated steel pinion Hard-wearing
2-1/4" projection Less noticeable, complements the opening
Regular arm allows door swing to 180°
(conditions permitting) Versatile, adjustable for specific applications or conditions
Retrofit plates Allows DC8000 to replace LCN 4040 and 4010 series closers without modifying the
door prep
Cover options Powder-coated, ABS, metal (custom colors and plated finishes available)
ADA compliant Ideal for applications such as healthcare, schools, public buildings
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Grade 1 certified closer
UL10C and UBC 7-2c Meets Positive Pressure Fire Test requirements
25-year warranty Ensures long-lasting value
Finishes
Standard painted finishes
Old Designation Description Specify
USP Primed 600
SBL Silver Aluminum 689
LBL Dark Bronze 690
DBL Light Bronze 691
FBL Black 693
GBL Satin Brass 696
Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover.
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm finish
(e.g., DC8200 x 625 x 689).
DC8200 - Multi-Sized
Features
Spring Power
DC8200 closers: multi-sized; fully
adjustable sizes 1 through 6.
Factory pre-sized upon request.
Handing
Non-handed.
Body
Cast-iron case with seamless cold headed
steel spring tube.
Arm
Standard: heavy-duty forged steel.
Arm options pages 17-20.
Spindle
Cold headed heat-treated steel.
Piston
1-1/2" diameter; Precision machined,
heat-treated steel.
Springs
Chrome silicon wire.
Valves
Latching speed valve, closing speed valve
and backcheck valve are standard.
Delayed action valve optional. Delayed
action preset for 20 seconds. Between 90°
and 70° for all mountings. To order specify
M71.
Seals
“O” rings.
Fluid
Standard: high lubricity extreme
temperature hydraulic fluid.
Degree of Opening
Up to full 180° opening standard for
regular, top jamb and parallel arm
mountings, conditions permitting.
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
15% adjustment standard for regular arm
and top jamb (non-hold open only).
Tri-packed
DC8000 comes with screws, brackets and
soffit plates to allow for regular, top jamb
and parallel arm installations.
Cover
Standard: full ABS cover.
Optional: full metal cover; specify M73 x
hand; full PVC cover, specify M115.
Mountings
Standard: regular and top jamb.
Optional mountings available; see
Mountings, page 6.
Mounting Bracket
UniversalQuik-Install™mountingbracket
standard.
Fasteners
Self drilling and machine screws standard.
Sleeve nuts and bolts (SNB) optional;
specify M54.
Corrosion Protection
Painted protective coating on all metal
surfaces for use in corrosive environments.
To order specify M75.
Security Package
Includes heavy-duty parallel or regular
arm, full metal cover and security Torx®
machine screws. Specify M87 x arm x
hand. Available arms: A2, A3, A4, A5, A10
and A13.
Warranty
25-year limited warranty. Refer to Corbin
Russwin price book for details.
Certification/Compliance
Barrier-Free Code
Compliance
The DC8000 Series Door Closers
listed below conform to the 5 lbf. maximum
door opening force requirement for non-
fire-rated interior hinged doors, according to:
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Complies with the Accessibility Guidelines
for Buildings and Facilities, Section 4.13.11
ANSI/BHMA
Meets A156.4, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1.
DC8200
DC8210
DC8220
These door closers are certified by Corbin
Russwin Architectural Hardware to comply
with the above standards when properly
installed and (if applicable) adjusted, in
regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb
mountings.
UL / ULC / UL10c
Listed for fire and cycle requirements.
10 Million Cycles
Witnessed and verified by UL
Features
DC8000
DC8000.4
Features
DC8000
DC8000.5
Mountings and Applications
DC8000
DC8000.6
Regular Arm Mounting DC8200 Series
Most common mounting, providing the greatest closing
efficiency. Closer is mounted on the pull side, with the arm
almost perpendicular to the face of the door. Arm bracket is
attached to the door frame.
Parallel Arm Mounting DC8210 Series
Allows inside application of closer on out-swinging doors. Closer
is mounted on the push side, with the arm almost parallel to the
face of the door. Arm does not project from the opening.
Top Jamb Mounting DC8220 Series
Closer is mounted on the frame on the push side, with the arm
perpendicular to the face of the door. Arm bracket is mounted
on the door. Minimum 1-3/4" (44mm) top jamb required.
Accommodates reveals up to 3-1/4" (83mm).
Track Mounting DC8230 Series
Closer is door mounted on the pull side; arm is connected to
a frame-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 100°.
Maximum closing power is size 4.
Track Mounting DC8240 Series
Closer is mounted on push side of door; arm is connected to
a stop-mounted track. Maximum degree of opening is 100°.
Maximum closing power is size 4.
Regular Arm Mounting
DC8000
DC8000.7
To obtain extra closing force add 3" (76 mm) to dimensions marked (*).
NOTE: This will limit degree of door opening to 110°.
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Door Width Inches (cm) Model Numbers
Interior
Exterior Multi-Sized Closer
In-Swinging Out-Swinging Non-Hold Open Hold Open
28" (71) — —
DC8200^ DC8200 x A1^
36" (91) — —
42" (107) 30" (76) 36" (91)
48" (122) 36" (91) 42" (107)
54" (137) 42" (107) 48" (122)
60" (152) 48" (122) 54" (137)
^Closers are tri-packed for regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb mounting. Parallel arm bracket is included.
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Arm Function Minimum Header Minimum Top Rail
Non-Hold Open 1-1/2" (38)
3" (76)
Hold Open 1-11-16" (43)
Parallel Arm Mounting
DC8000
DC8000.8
To obtain extra closing force add 3" (76 mm) to dimensions marked (*).
NOTE: This will limit degree of door opening to 110°.
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Door Width Inches (cm) Model Numbers
Interior Exterior Multi-Sized Closer
Non-Hold Open Hold Open
28" (71) —
DC8210 DC8210 x A1
30" (76) —
36" (91) 30" (76)
42" (107) 36" (91)
48" (122) 42" (107)
54" (137) 48" (122)
Standard arm closers are tri-packed.
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Arm Function Minimum Top Rail
Non-Hold Open
5-1/4" (133)
Hold Open
Top Jamb Arm Mounting
DC8000
DC8000.9
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Maximum
Opening A B Hinge
Condition
110° 7"
(172)
16-1/16"
(394) Butts, Offset
Pivots, and
Swing Clear
Hinges
140° 5-1/2"
(135)
14-5/16"
(351)
180° 4"
(98)
13-1/16"
(320)
140° 5-1/2"
(135)
14-7/16"
(354) ^Center Hung
Header
Width
C
Minimum
Top Rail
E
Header
F
Ceiling
Clearance
Standard 1-7/8"
(48)
2-1/8"
(54)
4"
(102)
Narrow 2-1/4"
(57)
2"
(49)
3-5/8"
(92)
Door Width Inches (cm) Model Numbers
Interior Exterior Multi-Sized Closer
In-Swinging Out-Swinging Non-Hold Open Hold Open
28" (71) — —
DC8220* DC8220 x A1*
36" (91) — —
42" (107) 30" (76) 36" (91)
48" (122) 36" (91) 42" (107)
54" (137) 42" (107) 48" (122)
60" (152) 48" (122) 54" (137)
* Closers are tri-packed for regular arm, parallel arm and top jamb mounting. Parallel arm bracket is included.
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
NOTE: Reveals 3-3/8" to 7-1/4" specify Quick
Code A6 for non-hold open and A8 for hold
open.
Ref.
Dimensions “A” and “B” are taken from centerline of hinge as shown and apply to pivot point of swing clear hinges.
Offset and center hung pivots.
^Must be single-acting door.
Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Hold Open Arm With Stop
DC8000
DC8000.10
6-1/2"
(165)
Maximum Opening A B
85° 8" (203) 29" (737)
90° 7" (178) 28" (711)
100° 5-1/2" (140) 26-1/2" (673)
110° 4-1/8" (105) 25-1/8" (638)
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Door Width Inches (cm) Model Numbers
Interior Exterior Multi-Sized Closer
Hold Open
28" (71) —
DC8210 x A2
30" (76) —
36" (91) 30" (76)
42" (107) 36" (91)
48" (122) 42" (107)
54" (137) 48" (122)
Minimum Top Rail
5" (127)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Non-Hold Open Arm With Stop
DC8000
DC8000.11
6-1/2
(165)
Maximum Opening A B
90° 6-7/8" (175) 27-7/8" (708)
180° 2-7/8" (73) 23-7/8" (606)
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Door Width Inches (cm) Model Numbers
Interior Exterior Multi-Sized Closer
Non-Hold Open
28" (71) —
DC8210 x A3
30" (76) —
36" (91) 30" (76)
42" (107) 36" (91)
48" (122) 42" (107)
54" (137) 48" (122)
Minimum Top Rail
5" (127)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Backstop Arms
DC8000
DC8000.12
6-1/2"
(165)
Maximum
Opening A B
85° 7-3/4" (197) 28-3/4" (730)
90° 6-3/4" (171) 27-7/8" (708)
100° 5-1/4" (133) 26-1/4" (667)
110° 3-7/8" (98) 25" (635)
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Door Width Inches (cm) Model Numbers
Interior Exterior Multi-Sized Closer
Non-Hold Open Hold Open
28" (71) —
DC8210 x A4 DC8210 x A5
30" (76) —
36" (91) 30" (76)
42" (107) 36" (91)
48" (122) 42" (107)
54" (137) 48" (122)
Minimum Top Rail
5" (127)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Regular Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Non-Hold Open Arms
DC8000
DC8000.13
To obtain extra closing force add 3" (76 mm) to dimensions marked (*).
NOTE: This will limit degree of door opening to 130°.
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Door Width Inches (cm) Model Numbers
Interior Exterior Multi-Sized Closer
In-Swinging Out-Swinging Non-Hold Open
28" (71) — —
DC8200 x A10
36" (91) — —
42" (107) 30" (76) 36" (91)
48" (122) 36" (91) 42" (107)
54" (137) 42" (107) 48" (122)
60" (152) 48" (122) 54" (137)
Minimum Header Minimum Top Rail
1-5/8" (41) 3" (76)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Unitrol® Parallel Arm Mounting
DC8000
DC8000.14
Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior Exterior
Multi-Sized Closer
Non-Hold Open Hold Open Specify door width
(Quick Code)
28" (71) —
DC8210 x A11 DC8210 x A12
W28 (28"-32")
W33 (33"-41")
W42 (42"-48")
30" (76) —
36" (91) 30" (76)
42" (107) 36" (91)
48" (122) 42" (107)
54" (137) 48" (122)
Opening Doors 28" - 32" Doors 33" - 41" Doors 42" - 48"
Hold Open Dead Stop T W T W T W
85° 90° 4-3/4" (121)
8-1/2" (216)
5-3/8" (137)
10" (254)
5-7/8" (149)
11-3/8" (289)
90° 95° 4-1/4" (108) 4-7/8" (124) 5-3/8" (137)
95° 100° 3-3/4" (95) 4-3/8" (111) 4-7/8" (124)
100° 105° 3-3/8" (86) 3-7/8" (98) 4-3/8" (111)
105° 110° 3" (76) 3-1/2" (89) 4" (102)
110° 115° 2-3/4" (70) 3-1/4" (82) 3-5/8" (92)
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
Minimum Top Rail
5" (127)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Parallel Arm Mounting Heavy-Duty Friction Hold Open Arms
DC8000
DC8000.15
Minimum Top Rail
5" (127)
Maximum
Opening A B
90° 6-1/2" (165) 27-5/8" (702)
180° 2-1/2" (64) 23-5/8" (600)
Door Width Inches (cm)
Interior Exterior
Multi-Sized Closer
Hold Open
28" (71) —
DC8210 x A14
30" (76) —
36" (91) 30" (76)
42" (107) 36" (91)
48" (122) 42" (107)
54" (137) 48" (122)
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm).
6-1/2
(165)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Track Applications
DC8000
DC8000.16
Minimum Door Width - 27"
Maximum Door Width - 48"
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Pull Side Mounting - DC8230
Minimum Door Width = 29"
Mounting holes for Quik-Install™ bracket are spaced 1" (25mm) x 10" (254mm)
Consult factory if door weight exceeds 250lbs.
Push Side Mounting - DC8240
Minimum Header Minimum Top Rail
2" (51) 3" (76)
Minimum Top Rail
5-1/2" (140)
Arm Options
DC8000
DC8000.17
Regular Arm
• UsedwithRegularArmmounting(pullside)andTopJamb
mounting (push side)
• Availableinpaintedorplatedfinishes
• Non-holdopenarmstandardontheDC8200closers
• Holdopenarmoptional,specifycloserxA1*
Heavy-Duty Regular Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Tamper-resistant,solidforgedsteelrivetedarm
• Mountedonpullside
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• OptionalonDC8200closers,specifycloserxA10
Parallel Arm
• Mountedonpushside
• Availableinpaintedorplatedfinishes
• Non-holdopenarm–combinesregulararmwithparallel
arm mounting bracket
• Holdopenarm–combinesregularhold-openarmwith
parallel arm mounting bracket
• Non-holdopenarmstandard–orderDC8210series
• Holdopenarmoptional,specifycloserxA1*
Specify finish when ordering arms. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.
688F95
(Non-Hold Open)
688F77
(Hold Open)
597F52
(Non-Hold Open)
688F95 x 188F41
(Non-Hold Open)
688F77 x 509F49
(Hold Open)
Arm Options
DC8000
DC8000.18
Heavy-Duty Reversible Backstop Parallel Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Tamper-resistant,solidforgedsteelrivetedarm(mountedonpushside)
• Field-reversiblesteellugrestrictsdegreeofopeningtoprotectdoor,
wall and hardware
• Requiresbothbackcheckvalvesoncloser
• Shippedstandardaslefthand.Handingcanbereversedinthefield
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• OptionalonDC8210closers
• Non-holdopenarm,specifycloserxA4. Door stop range 85° to 110°
• Holdopenarm,specifycloserxA5*. Door stop/hold open range
85° to 110°
Heavy-Duty Parallel Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Tamper-resistant,solidforgedsteelrivetedarm
• Mountedonpushside
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• OptionalonDC8210closers
• Non-holdopenarm,specifycloserxA3
• Holdopenarm,specifycloserxA2*. Hold open range 85° to 110°
• Forusewithoverheadstops,specifycloserxA13 (non-hold open only)
Heavy-Duty Unitrol® Parallel Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Integratesadoorcloser,shockabsorberandauxiliaryheavy-duty
overhead stop
• Requiresbothbackcheckvalvesonthecloser
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• Holdopen*
- Holder mechanism tension adjustable
- Hold open can be engaged/disengaged with a 1/4 turn of the
mechanism with a standard blade type screwdriver
• OptionalonDC8210closers
• Non-holdopenarm,specifycloserxA11 x door width
• Holdopenarm,specifycloserxA12 x door width
689F02
(Non-Hold Open)
689F01
(Hold Open)
689F03
(Non-Hold Open)
689F04
(Hold Open)
Door Width Part Numbers
Non-Hold Open Hold Open
28" - 32" (71cm - 81cm) 615F52 615F51
33" - 41" (84cm - 104cm) 615F54 615F53
42" - 48" (107cm - 122cm) 615F56 615F55
(Non-Hold Open)
(Hold Open)
Specify finish when ordering arms. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.
Refer to page 20 for bracket information
Arm Options
DC8000
DC8000.19
Heavy-Duty Parallel Hold Open* Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironment
• Requiresauxiliarystop
• Allowsdoortoswing180º,conditionspermitting
• Handed
• Mountedonpushside
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• OptionalonDC8210closers
• Holdopenarm,specifycloserxA14
Heavy-Duty Extra Clearance Parallel Arm
• Recommendedforhigh-use,high-abuseenvironments
• Providesadditionalverticalclearance
• Mountedonpushside
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• OptionalonDC8210closers
• Non-holdopenarmonly,specifycloserxA13
691F96
(Non-Hold Open)
Standard
Clearance Closer 691F96
With Spacer Quick Code Total
Clearance
1-3/4" DC8210 597F92 M77 2-1/4"
597F93 M78 2-3/8"
Part Number Handing
692F04 Right Hand
692F05 Left Hand
*Not allowed by code on fire doors.
Arms and Brackets
DC8000
DC8000.20
Deep Reveal Arm (3-3/8" (86mm) - 7-1/4" (184mm))
• Accommodatestopjambmountingforrevealsupto7-1/4" 
(184mm), depending on door and frame conditions
• Mountedonpushside
• Availableinpaintedorplatedfinishes
• OptionalonDC8220closers
• Non-holdopen,specifycloserxA6
• Holdopen,specifycloserxA8*
Push Side Track Arm
• Cleanaestheticlookfordoorsopeningamaximumof100˚anda
minimum door width of 32" (81cm)
• Backcheckoptionrecommended
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• Holdopen*
- From 85° to 100°
- Turn knob offers the use the option of turning hold open on or off
• Mountedonpushside
Track Only Arm Only
Non-Hold Open 754F09 754F16
Hold Open 754F10
Track and Arm Track Only Arm Only
Non-Hold Open 754F12 754F14 754F16
Hold Open 754F13 754F15
Non-Hold Open 691F72
Hold Open 691F74
Specify finish when ordering arms or tracks. *Not allowed by code on fire doors.
Pull Side Track Arm
• Providesacleanaestheticlookwithmaximum100°doorswinganda
minimum door width of 28"(71cm)
• Mountedonpullside
• Holdopencanbesetfor85°,90°,95°,or100°
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• Non-holdopenstandardonDC8230closers
• Holdopen,specifycloserxA1*
Mounting Brackets
DC8000
DC8000.21
Universal QUIK-INSTALL Mounting Bracket
• Standardonallclosers
• Reducesinstallationtime
• Ensurescorrectmounting
• Bracketisfirstmountedtodoororframe,thencloserisattached
• Bracketsize:3-5/8"(92mm)x11-1/2"(292mm)
• Holespacing:1"(25mm)x10"(254mm)
Parallel Arm Non-Hold Open Bracket
• Convertsregulararmtoparallelarmcloser
• Standardwithparallelarmmounting
• Packedwithfivescrewsand691F78spacer
Parallel Arm Hold Open Bracket
• Convertsregulararmholdopentoparallelarmholdopencloser
• Standardwithparallelarmholdopenmounting
Parallel Arm Offset Bracket
• Requiredwhenparallelarmisusedinconjunctionwithanoverheaddoorholder
• SpecifycloserxM83
Parallel Arm Flush Transom Bracket
• Requiredwhenparallelarmmountingisusedonaflushtransomapplication
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• SpecifycloserxM82
Mortise Arm Bracket for Regular Arm Mounting
• Forregulararmmountingwhereframerequiresreinforcement,i.e.,onframes
with bull nose trim
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• SpecifycloserxM84
754F18
244F17
188F41
509F49
188F62
188F63
Specify finish when ordering parts.
Brackets
DC8000
DC8000.22
Flush Partition Bracket
• ForusewithA11andA12Unitrol® arms where rabbeted
or flush transom conditions prevent installation of the soffit
plate assembly
• Bracketfastenstotheoverheadtransomtoprovidea
mounting surface for the soffit plate assembly
• SpecifycloserxM104
Angle Support Bracket
• AvailableseparatelyformountingA2,A3,A4andA5
heavy-duty arms on narrow frame or soffit conditions
• SpecifycloserxM85
Blade Stop Spacer*
• SpecifycloserxM77(597F92)
• SpecifycloserxM78(597F93)
*Not for use with A11 or A12 arms
Reinforcing Bracket
• SuppliedasstandardforusewithA11andA12springstoparms
• Providesadditionalsupporttothesoffitplateoninstallations
with door frame reveals from 1-7/8" to 4-5/8" (48 to 117mm)
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
Deep Reveal Reinforcement Kit
• ForusewithA11andA12springstoparms
• Usedtosupportthesoffitplateoninstallationswithwide
frames. Clamps may be used with or without the spacer
block, depending on frame conditions
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• Forframesdeeperthan4-5/8"(117mm),specifycloserxM103
Power Adjustment Arm Bracket
• Standardonallcloserswithoutholdopen,exceptheavy-duty
and track type
• Inregulararmortopjambmounting,bracketmaybe
reversed to increase closing power 15%
615F58
615F59
615F60
447F14
597F92-1/2"
597F93-5/8"
Maximum
Power
Normal
Power
Specify finish when ordering parts.
Flush Transom Bracket
• AvailableseparatelyformountingA2,A3,A4andA5heavy-
duty arms on rabbeted or flush transom conditions
• Notavailableinplatedfinishes
• SpecifycloserxM79
499F30
Covers and Plates
DC8000
DC8000.23
Retrofit Plates
For installation of Corbin Russwin
DC8200 Closers where doors &
frames have been prepared for LCN
heavy-duty surface closers. To order
with closers specify Closer x Quick
Code.
Full Metal Cover
• Foruseinhigh-abuse
applications
• Specifyhand;notfield 
reversible
• Availableinpaintedandplated
finishes
• Dimensions:11-7/8"(302mm)x
4-1/4" (108mm) x 2-1/8" (54mm) deep
Drop Plate
Permits parallel arm or top jamb
mounting on door when top rail is too
narrow to install closer in the regular
manner. Mini mum 2" (51mm) top rail
required. To order separately, specify
Part No. x Finish.
Closer Series Drop Plate
DC8200 754F20
DC8200 (with concealed holder) 754F24
DC8210 754F25
DC8220 754F24
DC8230 754F20
DC8240 754F25
To Replace
LCN Model
Part
Number
Quick
Code
4040 Regular or
Parallel Arm 754F28 M101F
Full PVC Cover
• Completelycoverscloserbody
• Non-handed
• Dimensions:11-7/8"(302mm)x4-3/16"(106mm)x2-1/8"(54mm)deep
• Availableinpaintedfinishesonly
754F19
Part Numbers
RH/LHR LH/RHR
754F22 754F23
Retrofit Plate
For installation of Corbin Russwin DC8200
closers where doors & frames have been
prepared for the DC6200 closers. To order
with closers specify Closer x Quick Code.
To Replace
DC6000 Model
Part
Number
Quick
Code
Regular Arm 754F36 M101G
Parallel Arm or
Top Jamb 754F46 M101H
754F36
Full ABS Plastic Cover
•StandardonallDC8000seriesdoorclosers
•Completelycoverscloserbody
•Non-handed
•Dimensions:11-7/8"(302mm)x4-3/16"(106mm)x2-1/8"(54mm)deep
•Availableinpaintedfinishesonly
754F84
Door Closer Sizes
DC8000
DC8000.24
Factors in Determining Closer Size
1 – Weight and Height of Door
Doors vary in weight from light hollow-core wood doors to heavy
metal doors. Door sizes listed in the chart are based on doors of
standard weight and height. Extra-light or extra-heavy weight or
unusual height must be compensated for.
2 – Draft and Wind Conditions
Draft and wind conditions are perhaps the most important factors
to consider in determining the closer size required. Sizes listed in
the chart apply to normal conditions. Stairwells, air conditioning,
building construction, and door location can cause strong draft
and wind conditions; these may necessitate adjusting spring
power to a larger size or using a closer one size larger.
3 – Location of Closer
The degree of door opening required determines the location of
the closer on the door. Closer sizes listed in the chart are based
on 180° opening.
4 – Special Conditions
Deep reveals require optional extended arms. A top jamb plate
is required when the jamb is too narrow for a normal top jamb
mounting.
5 – Code Compliance
A multi-sized, fully adjustable closer such as the DC8200 closer
provides the greatest flexibility in balancing barrier-free access,
security and life safety codes. However, when a manual closer is
installed and adjusted to comply with ADA or any other reduced
opening force requirements, it may no longer have sufficient
power to close and latch the door reliably.
Recommended Door Closer Sizes
Application
Door Width
Interior Exterior,
In-Swinging
Exterior,
Out-Swinging
Recommended Closer
Size
Regular or Top Jamb
28" (71cm) — — 1
36" (91cm) — — 2
42" (107cm) 30" (76cm) 36" (91cm) 3
48" (122cm) 36" (91cm) 42" (107cm) 4
54" (137cm) 42" (107cm) 48" (122cm) 5
60" (152cm) 48" (122cm) 54" (137cm) 6
Parallel Arm
28" (71cm) — — 1
30" (76cm) — — 2
36" (91cm) — 30" (76cm) 3
42" (107cm) — 36" (91cm) 4
48" (122cm) — 42" (107cm) 5
54" (137cm) — 48" (122cm) 6
Handing
DC8000
DC8000.25
Top Jamb Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side
Handing
Refers to the direction a door swings; always determined from the outside of the door.
Parallel Arm Mounting
Door: left hand reverse bevel
Closer: right hand push side
Regular Mounting
Door: left hand
Closer: left hand pull side
Door: right hand
Closer: right hand pull side
Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side
Door: right hand reverse bevel
Closer: left hand push side
Helpful Terms
DC8000
DC8000.26
Backcheck
Slows a door at approximately 70° of the opening cycle, by
providing cushioned resis tance to a forceful opening. Designed
to protect people and objects behind the door and to prevent
damage to the closer, hardware, and wall. Intensity can be
increased or decreased. Not intended to act as a stop.
Closing Speed
The speed at which a door swings from the full open position to
within a few degrees of latching. See Latching Speed.
Corrosion Protection
Additional painted covering on all external parts to deter
oxidation and corrosion.
Delayed Action
Slows door closing speed between maximum opening and
approxi mately 70°. Often specified to meet barrier-free codes
which require longer closing times.
Door Stop
A device to stop the swing of a door.
Hold Open
Maintains door at a particular degree of opening. A mechanical
hold-open may not be used on labeled fire doors, which must be
self-closing.
Latching Speed
The speed of the door during the last few degrees of closing.
Allows latching and prevents slamming.
Mounting
The method by which a closer is attached to the door and frame.
Backcheck Valve
Valve that changes the degree of door angle where backcheck
occurs.
Multi-Sized Closer
A closer whose spring design allows full adjustment of the spring
power size from 1 through 6.
Universal Quik-Install™ Mounting Bracket
Unique bracket which simplifies installation and minimizes
installer fatigue.
Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNBs)
Through-bolts required for all non-steel-reinforced fire doors,
and recommended for non-reinforced wood and mineral core
doors.
Spring Power
A measurement of closing force, or the ability to overcome draft,
air pressure, weight or other resistance to door closing.
Star Punch
An eight-point hole in the closer arm, permitting spindle
pre-loading. Provides full functioning of backcheck and delayed
action valves.
Universal Mounting
The ability of a closer to accommodate either hand for regular,
top jamb or (using a bracket) parallel arm mounting.
How To Order
DC8000
DC8000.27
Job Specific
Quantity Series/
Mounting/Size Arm Finish Hand Thickness Options
50 DC8210 A6 626 RH D138 M71-M73
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and quick
codes
Series/Mounting/Size Page 27
Arm Page 28
Finish Page 28
Handing Page 28
Door Thickness Page 28
Miscellaneous Options Page 29
Stock
Quantity Series/
Mounting/Size Finish
50 DC8210 689
Note:
• Doorcloserwarrantybecomesvoidifitisinstalledontheexteriorsideofadoorintheexteriorwallofabuilding
• Itisstronglyrecommended,anditisrequiredonfiredoorassemblies,thatdoorshavingadoorcloserbehungonball-bearingoranti-frictionhinges
or pivots
• Failuretousethecorrecttypeandsizefastenersmayvoidfactorywarranty
• Fastenersforfire/smokedoorassembliesmustconformtoNFPA80.InsomeapplicationsadditionalfastenersmaybemandatedbyNFPA80thatare
not shipped with Corbin Russwin standard product, such as sleeve nuts
• Consultfactoryifdoorweightexceeds250lbs.
Description Mounting
Specify
Non-sized Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6
Multi-sized
Regular arm, top
jamb and parallel
arm
DC8210 ——————
Track (Pull Side) DC8230 ——————
Track (Push Side) DC8240 ——————
Factory
Pre-Sized
Regular arm, top
jamb and parallel
arm —DC8211 DC8212 DC8213 DC8214 DC8215 DC8216
Track (Pull Side) ———— DC8234 DC8235 DC8236
Track (Push Side) ———— DC8244 DC8245 DC8246
Quantity
Series/
Mounting
Size
Option Hand Finish
Cover Arm
10 DC8210 M73 RH 626 689
Split Finish
Quick Codes
DC8000
DC8000.28
Arm Specify Quick Code
Regular non-hold open (standard)
Hold open A1*
Heavy-duty parallel with hold open A2*
Heavy-duty parallel non-hold open A3
Heavy-duty backstop non-hold open A4
Heavy-duty backstop with hold open A5*
Deep reveal (3-3/8"-7-1/4") A6
Deep reveal with hold open A8*
Heavy-duty regular non-hold open A10
Unitrol® non-hold open (specify door
width) A11
Unitrol with hold open (specify door
width) A12*
Push side track with hold open A1*
Heavy-duty parallel with offset A13
Heavy-duty friction hold open A14*
*Hold open arms cannot be used on fire doors.
Finishes
Standard painted finishes
Old Designation Description Specify
Quick Code
USP Primed for Painting 600
SBL Silver Aluminum Painted 689
LBL Dark Bronze Painted 690
DBL Light Bronze Painted 691
FBL Black Painted 693
GBL Satin Brass Painted 696
Plated finishes available on arms and full metal cover
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
For split finish of closer cover and arm, specify cover finish first, then arm
finish (e.g. DC8210 x M73 x Hand x 625 x 689).
Blade Stop Spacer Specify Quick Code
1/2" M77
5/8" M78
Handing Specify Quick Code
Left Hand/Right Hand Reverse LH
Right Hand/Left Hand Reverse RH
Door Width (A11 or A12 arms) Specify Quick Code
28" - 32" W28
33" - 41" W33
42" - 48" W42
Door Thickness Specify Quick Code
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Quick Codes
DC8000
DC8000.29
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify Quick Code
Security Torx® machine screws M04
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs) (1-3/4" minimum thickness) M54
Backcheck intensity valve (standard)
Delayed action M71
ABS plastic cover (standard)
Full metal cover (Handed) M73
PVC plastic cover M115
Extreme temperature fluid (standard)
Corrosion protection M75
Drop plates - order by number
Closer Series Drop Plate Full Cover
DC8200 (Regular) 754F20
DC8200 (with concealed holder) 754F24
DC8210 (Parallel) 754F25
DC8220 (Top Jamb) 754F24
DC8230 (Pull Side) 754F20
DC8240 (Push Side) 754F25
Heavy-duty parallel arm flush transom bracket (499F30) used with all parallel
arms except the Unitrol®M79
Parallel arm flush transom bracket (parallel or A1) M82
Parallel arm offset bracket M83
Mortise arm bracket (for regular arm mounting) M84
Angle support bracket M85
Spacer (691F78) (formerly M86 quick code) (standard)
Security package (available with A2, A3, A4, A5, A10 & A13 optional arms).
Covers are handed. M87
Retrofit kit LCN 4040 RA or PA M101F
DC6000 retrofit plate (754F36) M101G
DC6000 retrofit plate (754F46) M101H
Deep reveal reinforcement kit M103
Flush partition (used with Unitrol arm) M104
Lead-lined cover M108
Specifications
DC8000
DC8000.30
ANSI/
BHMA
Number
Function Series
PT 4A 15%
Power
Adjustment
PT 4B 35%
Power
Adjustment
PT 4C 50%
Power
Adjustment
PT 4D
Adjustable
Backcheck
PT 4F
Delayed
Action
PT 4G
Dead Stop
PT 4H Fully
Adjustable
CO2011
(PT 1)
Hinge Side
Mounting DC8200 S S S S O N/A S
CO2051
(PT1)
Hinge Side
Mounting DC8200-A1 S S S S O N/A S
CO2021
(PT 1)
Parallel Arm
Mounting DC8210 S S S S O O S
CO2061
(PT 1)
Parallel Arm
Mounting DC8210-A1 S S S S O O S
CO2041
(PT 1)
Top Jamb
Mounting DC8220 S S S S O N/A S
CO2081
(PT 1)
Top Jamb
Mounting DC8220-A1 S S S S O N/A S
CO2231
(PT 1)
Push Side Track
Mounting DC8240 S S S S O O S
CO2241
(PT 1)
Push Side Track
Mounting DC8240-A1 S S S S O O S
CO2211
(PT 1)
Pull Side Track
Mounting DC8230 S S S S O O S
CO2221
(PT 1)
Pull Side Track
Mounting DC8230-A1 S S S S O O S
ANSI/BHMA A156.4 Certified Closer Cross Reference
ANSI Performance Requirements: (PT 1) — 1,500,000 cycles — closer with backcheck feature.
N/A = not available
S = standard
O = option available
ANSI Options: DC8200 includes PT4-A, B, C, D, H. Optional: PT4-F, G, J.
Specifications
DC8000
DC8000.31
Door closers shall be of rack and pinion construction with a cold headed heat-treated steel spindle and a sintered steel piston
precision machined and heat treated. The case shall be of cast iron. Closers shall have a heavy-duty, forged steel main arm.
Optional arms shall include parallel, hold open, heavy-duty, heavy-duty hold open, heavy-duty reversible backstop, heavy-duty
reversible backstop with hold open, heavy-duty Unitrol®, heavy-duty Unitrol with hold open, deep reveal, top jamb track and stop
mounted track.
The following size options shall be available:
Fully adjustable spring power to accommodate sizes 1 through 6.
Spring power shall be adjustable by one half size over minimum for each size.
All sizes shall be accommodated in one closer body. Closing shall be controlled by two valves — one to control closing speed and one
to control latching speed. Valves shall be concealed against unauthorized adjustment and be non-critical with “O” ring seals.
Delayed action shall be available and shall be accomplished with a separate valve.
Closers shall be available with an adjustable backcheck intensity valve with a safety feature that automatically relieves internal
pressure when backcheck has reached the desired adjustment level. Valves shall be accessible without removing the closer from the
door.
Closers shall be available with a backcheck intensity valve. Backcheck begins at approximately 70 degrees of door opening for all
applications. This valve shall be operative on regular, top jamb, parallel arm, and track type mountings.
Closers shall be surface applied with rectangular cover, and shall be devoid of manufacturer’s trademarks. Closers shall not project
over 2-3/16", and shall be capable of mounting on 1-3/4" top rail or inverted mounting on 1-3/4" top jamb. Full cover and full metal
cover with security fasteners shall be available. When required, metal covers shall be available in plated finishes. Closers without hold
openshallberegularlyfurnishedwithpoweradjustmentarmbracketcapableofprovidinga15%poweradjustment.AQuik-Install™
mounting bracket to attach the closer shall be regularly furnished. Closers not having a mounting bracket shall not be acceptable.
Hydraulic fluid shall be of a type requiring no seasonal valve readjustment due to extreme temperature variations.
Closers mounted regular arm, top jamb and parallel arm shall allow for full 180° door opening.
Closers with non-hold open arms shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories.
All closers with metal covers shall be available in architectural finishes to match corresponding door hardware.
Certification:
ANSI/BHMA A156.4, Grade 1
ADA/ANSI A117.1
UL10C and UBC
Closers shall carry a 25-year limited warranty.
Closers shall be Corbin Russwin (DC8200) series.
Suggested Specification
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Unitrol® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company. Quik-Install™ is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current
at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc. reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2006,
2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin,
Inc. is prohibited.
45528-8/12R
ED4000
Narrow Stile Pushpad Exit Devices
Introduction
ED4000
ED4000.2
Applications
Designed for applications on narrow stile full glass, aluminum and metal doors in
high-use and high-abuse situations, ED4000 Series devices can be teamed with a
variety of Corbin Russwin trims to provide desired functions, styles and finishes in
new construction and renovations, including:
• Schoolsanduniversities
• Healthcarefacilities
• Governmentandmunicipalbuildings
• Factoriesandwarehouses
• Ofceandretailcomplexes
• Transportationfacilities
• Hotelsandconferencecenters
• Religiousfacilities
• Theatersandauditoriums
Advantages
• MeetsANSIGrade1requirements
• Easy-to-usepushpadforquickegressandADAcompliance
• Lowprojectionforbarrier-freecodecompliance
• Heavy-dutyconstruction
• Quietoperation
• Closedonallsides–noprojectingpartstoinhibitegress
• Devicesaccommodatevariousfunctiontrimsforexibility
• Through-boltedtrimsforstrength,security,durability,smoothoperationand
easy installation
• WiderangeofdesignsandnishestomatchotherCorbinRusswinproducts
• One-pointdogging
• DevicessatisfyUL/cULsafetyrequirements
Table of Contents
Applications ................................ 2
ApplicationsandListings ............. 3
Functions .................................... 4
SecureBolt®Features ................... 6
RimFeatures ............................... 8
SurfaceVerticalRodFeatures .... 10
Concealed Vertical
RodFeatures ........................ 12
TrimsandFunctions .................. 14
Electrified Exit Devices ............... 18
Mullions .................................... 29
OptionsandAccessories ........... 30
Cylinders ................................... 32
HowtoOrder ........................... 33
QuickCodes ............................. 34
FactsandFigures ...................... 36
HelpfulTerms ........................... 37
HowtoSpecify ......................... 38
www.corbinrusswin.com
ED4000.3
ApplicationsandListings
ED4000
Single Door UL Listing
Maximum
Opening
(W x H)
Application
Rim
ED4200 4' x * Surface applied; single-point latching.
ED4200M Panic 4' x * Surface applied single-point latching.
ED4200MA 3Hr. 4' x 8' Surface applied single-point latching.
SecureBolt®
ED4200S 4' x * Surface applied; single-point latching.
ED4200SM Panic 4' x * Surface applied single-point latching.
ED4200SMA 3Hr. 4' x 8' Surface applied single-point latching.
Surface Vertical Rod
ED4400 4'x10' Surface applied; two-point latching.
ED4400M Panic 4'x10' Surface applied two-point latching.
ED4400MA 3Hr. 4'x10' Surface applied two-point latching.
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED4800 4'x10' Rods concealed in door; two-point latching.
ED4800M Panic 4'x10' Rods concealed in door two-point latching.
ED4800MA 3Hr. 4'x10' Rods concealed in door two-point latching.
Pair of Doors with Removable Mullion UL Listing
Maximum
Opening
(W x H)
Application
Rim x Rim
ED4200 x ED4200 x 808 8' x 8' Twoindependentactivedoorswithremovablemullion.
ED4200MxED4200Mx808 Panic 8' x 8' Twoindependentactivedoorswithremovablemullion.
ED4200MAxED4200MAx808 3Hr.8' x 8' Twoindependentactivedoorswithremovablemullion.
SecureBolt® x SecureBolt®
ED4200S x ED4200S x 808 8' x 8' Twoindependentactivedoorswithremovablemullion.
ED4200SMxED4200SMx808 Panic 8' x 8' Twoindependentactivedoorswithremovablemullion.
ED4200SMAxED4200SMAx808 3Hr. 8' x 8' Twoindependentactivedoorswithremovablemullion
Note:AllED4000SeriesNarrowStilePushpadExitDevicesareUL305paniclisted.
*ULdoesnotsetadoorheightlimitationonpanicapplications.
ApplicationsandListings
ED4000
ED4000.4
Pair of Doors UL Listing
Maximum
Opening
(W x H)
Application
Surface Vertical Rod
ED4400 x ED4400 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
ED4400MxED4400M Panic 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
ED4400MAxED4400MA 3Hr. 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
Surface Vertical Rod (Double Egress)
ED4400 x ED4400 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in opposite directions.
ED4400MxED4400M Panic 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
ED4400MAxED4400MA 3Hr. 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED4800 x ED4800 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,
swinging in the same direction.
ED4800MxED4800M Panic 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
ED4800MAxED4800MA 3Hr. 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
Concealed Vertical Rod (Double Egress)
ED4800 x ED4800 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the opposite direction.
ED4800MxED4800M Panic 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
ED4800MAxED4800MA 3Hr. 8'x10' Twoindependentdoorswithtwo-pointlatching,swing-
ing in the same direction.
Note:AllED4000SeriesNarrowStilePushpadExitDevicesareUL305paniclisted.
*ULdoesnotsetadoorheightlimitationonpanicapplications.
ED4000.5
Functions
ED4000
*ClassroomfunctiontrimscanbeconvertedtoStoreroomfunctionbyasimplefieldadjustment.
Exit Only, Pull and Thumbpiece Trims
Rim/SecureBolt®
ED4200
ED4200S
Inside
Outside
Surface
Vertical Rod
ED4400
Inside
Outside
Concealed Vertical
Rod ED4800
Inside
Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Description
ExitOnly 01 Exit only; no trim.
Dummy 02 Entrancebytrimwhenactuatingbarislocked
down.
Nightlatch 03 Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by
key.Keyremovableonlywhenlocked.
Classroom* 05 Entrancebythumbpiece.Keylocksorunlocks
thumbpiece.
Passage 15
Entrance by trim when latch is released by
thumbpiece.Thumbpieceisalwaysactive,no
cylinder.
Storeroom
(ThumbpieceActive) 06 Entrance by thumbpiece only when released
bykey.Keyremovableonlywhenlocked.
Functions
ED4000
ED4000.6
Rim/SecureBolt®
ED4200
ED4200S
Inside
Outside
Surface
Vertical Rod
ED4400
Inside
Outside
Concealed Vertical
Rod ED4800
Inside
Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Description
Dummy 02 Entrancebytrimwhenactuatingbarislocked
down.
Classroom* 06 Entrancebyknoborlever.Keylocksorunlocks
knoborlever.
Passage 14
Entrance by trim when latchbolt is released by
knoborlever.Knoborleveralwaysactive,no
cylinder.
Storeroom(Grip
Active) 09 Entrancebyknoborleveronlywhenreleased
bykey.Keyremovableonlywhenlocked.
Classroom* 11 Entrancebycontrolturnpiece.Keylocksor
unlockscontrol.
Passage 16 Latchboltretractedbythumbturn.
Knob, Lever and Thumbturn Trims
*ClassroomfunctiontrimscanbeconvertedtoStoreroomfunctionbyasimplefieldadjustment.
ED4000.7
SecureBolt®Features
ED4000
Features
Handing
Device non-handed.
Trimhanded.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard:36"(914mm)barts30"-36"
(762mm-914mm)door.
Optional:24"(610mm)barts24"
(610mm)door;specifyW024.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barts36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Stile
Minimumwidth2"(51mm).
Deadbolt
Full3/4”(19mm)projection,1”(25mm)
wide,positivedeadlockingby
auxiliary bolt.
Materials
High-grade,heat-treated,corrosion-resistant
nickelsteelalloy.Finishedpartsarebrass,
bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Latchbolt
Stainless steel. Slide action deadbolt with
positivedeadlockingbyauxiliarybolt.Two-
piece deadbolt mechanism utilizing a roll-
backleverwhicheliminatesanycontact
(friction)withthestrikeduringrelocking.
Projection
3-1/4"(83mm)active,2-3/4"(70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard:single-point1/4turnhexkey
dogging.
Optional:lessdogging;specifyM51.
Optional:cylinderdogging;specifyM52.
Optional:electricdogging,specifyM97.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional:sexnutsandbolts;specifyM54.
Strike
Surfacemounted3/8"(10mm)diameter
rollerstrike,completewithpositivelocking
plate and shims, ensuring low-friction
relockingforalong,trouble-freelife.
Functions and Trims
Through-boltedlever,knob,pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
withwiderangeoffunctions;seeTrims
andFunctions,page14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
QuickCodes,page32.
Removable Mullion
SeeMullions,page27.
Shim Kit
Optionalformountingdeviceoverraised
visionlightmolding;specifyM58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
Five-yearlimited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type4or28,Grade1.
MeetsA117.1AccessibilityCode.
UL/cUL
Alldeviceslistedforsafetyaspanic
hardware;devicescomplywithUL305
standardsforpanichardware.ULsymbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
Thisproducthasbeenapprovedbythe
CaliforniaStateFireMarshalpursuantto
section13144.1oftheCaliforniaHealth
and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
withAmericanswithDisabilitiesAct.
ED4200S Narrow Stile SecureBolt® Exit Device
Cutaway Side View
Finishes
BHMA605 Bright Brass
BHMA606 Satin Brass
BHMA611 Bright Bronze
BHMA612 Satin Bronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
availablelacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
withMicroShield®
BHMA629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
withMicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oilrubbed
SecureBolt®Features
ED4000
ED4000.8
ED4200S SecureBolt® Exit Device
3/4"(19mm)projectionx1"
wide deadbolt- style latchbolt
withpositivedeadlockingby
auxiliary bolt Architecturallyfinishedbrass,
bronze or stainless steel
Lowprofile;nopinchpoints—
closed on all sides
Heavy-dutychassis
Wroughtbrassor
bronze rear cover
Single point,
1/4turnhexkey
dogging
Wroughtbrassor
bronze cover
Vector Forces
In terms of an exit device, vector forces mean that pressure ap-
plied to the door results in a force against the stop and the frame,
resultingindoor/frameseparation.Thestandardpullman
latchbolt applies 280 pounds of force against the frame from a
400- pound pull on the door.
TheSecureBolt® exit device only applies 63 pounds of
forceagainsttheframefroma400-poundpullonthedoor.Less
force means the door and frame do not separate, providing a
higher level of security, as the door cannot be pulled open.
ED4000.9
RimFeatures
ED4000
ED4200 Narrow Stile Rim Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device non-handed.
Trimhanded.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard:36"(914mm)barts30"-36"
(762mm-914mm)door.
Optional:24"(610mm)barts24"
(610mm)door;specifyW024.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barts36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Stile
Minimumwidth2"(51mm).
Latchbolt
3/4"(19mm)throw,pullmantypewith
stainlesssteeldeadlockinglatch.
Materials
Heavy-dutycold-forgedsteelchassis;
heavy-gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.
Projection
3-1/4"(83mm)active,2-3/4"(70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard:singlepoint1/4turnhexkey
dogging.
Optional:lessdogging;specifyM51.
Optional:cylinderdogging;specifyM52.
Optional:electricdogging;specifyM97.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional:sexnutsandbolts;specifyM54.
Strike
Surfacemounted3/8"(10mm)diameter
rollerstrike,completewithpositivelocking
plate and shims.
Functions and Trims
Through-boltedlever,knob,pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
withwiderangeoffunctions;seeTrims
andFunctions,page14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
QuickCodes,page32.
Removable Mullion
SeeMullions,page27.
Shim Kit
Optionalformountingdeviceoverraised
visionlightmolding;specifyM58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
Five-yearlimited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type4,Grade1.
MeetsA117.1AccessibilityCode.
UL/cUL
Alldeviceslistedforsafetyaspanic
hardware;devicescomplywithUL305
standardsforpanichardware.ULsymbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
Thisproducthasbeenapprovedbythe
CaliforniaStateFireMarshalpursuantto
section13144.1oftheCaliforniaHealth
and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
withAmericanswithDisabilitiesAct.
Finishes
BHMA605 Bright Brass
BHMA606 Satin Brass
BHMA611 Bright Bronze
BHMA612 Satin Bronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
availablelacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
withMicroShield®
BHMA629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
withMicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
RimFeatures
ED4000
ED4000.10
ED4200 Narrow Stile Rim Exit Device
3/4"(19mm)throwpullmantype
latchboltwithauxiliarydeadlocking
latch standard Architecturallyfinishedbrass,
bronze or stainless steel
Lowprofile;nopinchpoints—
closed on all sides
Heavy-dutychassis
Wroughtbrassor
bronze rear cover
Singlepoint,1/4turnhexkey
dogging
Wroughtbrassor
bronze cover
ED4000.11
SurfaceVerticalRodFeatures
ED4000
ED4400 Narrow Stile Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Trimhanded.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard:36"(914mm)barts30"-36"
(762mm-914mm)door.
Optional:24"(610mm)barts24"
(610mm)door;specifyW024.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barts36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Stile
Minimumwidth2"(51mm).
Door Height
Standard:Toprodfor7'door.
Alltoprodseasilyeldcuttosize.
Optionaldoorheightsavailable;seeQuick
Codes, page 32.
Latchbolt
Top:3/4"(19mm)throw,pullmantype
with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom:5/8"(16mm)throwdeadbolt,
held retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2"O.D.tubularbrass,bronzeorstainless
steel with rod guides.
Materials
Heavy-dutycold-forgedsteelchassis;
heavy-gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.
Projection
3-1/4"(83mm)active,2-3/4"(70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard:singlepoint1/4turnhexkey
dogging.
Optional:lessdogging;specifyM51.
Optional:cylinderdogging;specifyM52.
Optional:electricdogging;specifyM97.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional:sexnutsandbolts;specifyM54.
Strike
Top:Adjustablerollerstrikewithpositive
lockingplateandshims.
Bottom:ushmounted.
Optionalstrikesavailable;seeOptionsand
Accessories,page28.
Functions and Trims
Through-boltedlever,knob,pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
withwiderangeoffunctions;seeTrims
andFunctions,page14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
QuickCodes,page32.
Shim Kit
Optionalformountingdeviceoverraised
visionlightmoding;specifyM58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
Five-yearlimited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type5,Grade1.
UL/cUL
Alldeviceslistedforsafetyaspanic
hardware;devicescomplywithUL305
standardsforpanichardware.ULsymbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
Thisproducthasbeenapprovedbythe
CaliforniaStateFireMarshalpursuantto
section13144.1oftheCaliforniaHealth
and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Levertrimsandpullscomplywith
AmericanswithDisabilitiesAct.
Finishes
BHMA605 Bright Brass
BHMA606 Satin Brass
BHMA611 Bright Bronze
BHMA612 Satin Bronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
availablelacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
withMicroShield®
BHMA629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
withMicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oilrubbed
SurfaceVerticalRodFeatures
ED4000
Wroughtbrassorbronze
rear cover
Singlepoint1/4turn
hexkeydogging
Lowprofile;nopinchpoints—
closed on all sides
Heavy-dutychassis
Architecturallyfinishedbrass,
bronze or stainless steel
3/4"(19mm)throw
deadlockinglatchbolt
ED4400 Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
5/8"(16mm)throwdeadbolt
Wroughtbrassor
bronze cover
ED4000.12
ED4000.13
ConcealedVerticalRodFeatures
ED4000
ED4800 Narrow Stile Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device handed but easily field reversible.
Levertrimhanded.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard:36"(914mm)barts30"-36"
(762mm-914mm)door.
Optional:24"(610mm)barts24"
(610mm)door;specifyW024.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barts36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Stile
Minimumwidth2"(51mm).
Door Height
Standard:Toprodfor8'door.
Telescopingrodassemblytoaccommodate
various door heights.
Optionaldoorheightsavailable;seeQuick
Codes, page 32.
Latchbolt
Top:3/4"(19mm)throw,pullmantype
with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom:5/8"(16mm)throwdeadbolt,
held retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2"O.D.tubing,electroplatedfor
corrosion resistance.
Materials
Heavy-dutycold-forgedsteelchassis;
heavy-gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.
Projection
3-1/4"(83mm)active,2-3/4"(70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard:singlepoint1/4turnhexkey
dogging.
Optional:lessdogging;specifyM51.
Optional:cylinderdogging;specifyM52.
Optional:electricdogging;specifyM97.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional:sexnutsandbolts;specifyM54.
Strike
Top:adjustablerollerstrikewithpositive
lockingplateandshims.
Bottom:ushmounted.
Optionalstrikesavailable;seeOptionsand
Accessories,page28.
Functions and Trims
Through-boltedlever,knob,pull,
thumbturn and thumbpiece trims available
withwiderangeoffunctions;seeTrims
andFunctions,page14.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
QuickCodes,page32.
Shim Kit
Optionalformountingdeviceoverraised
visionlightmoding;specifyM58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
Five-yearlimited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type6,Grade1.
MeetsA117.1AccessibilityCode.
UL/cUL
Alldeviceslistedforsafetyaspanic
hardware;devicescomplywithUL305.
ULsymbolonactivecasecoverindicates
listing.
California State Reference Code
Thisproducthasbeenapprovedbythe
CaliforniaStateFireMarshalpursuantto
section13144.1oftheCaliforniaHealth
and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
withAmericanswithDisabilitiesAct.
Finishes
BHMA605 Bright Brass
BHMA606 Satin Brass
BHMA611 Bright Bronze
BHMA612 Satin Bronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
availablelacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
withMicroShield®
BHMA629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
withMicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
ConcealedVerticalRodFeatures
ED4000
ED4000.14
Wroughtbrassor
bronze rear cover
Singlepoint1/4turnhex
keydogging
Lowprofile;nopinchpoints—
closed on all sides
5/8"(16mm)throwdeadbolt
Heavy-dutychassis
Architecturallyfinishedbrass,
bronze or stainless steel
ED4800 Concealed Vertical Rod Panic Exit Device
3/4"(19mm)throwdeadlockinglatchbolt
Wroughtbrassor
bronze cover
Trim Designs
Passage
ANSI
No. 14
Dummy
ANSI
No. 02
Classroom*
ANSI
No. 08
Storeroom
ANSI
No. 09
Armstrong
A8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
2
5/8”
91/2”
41/2”
A810 A850 A855 A859
Citation
C8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
2
5/8”
91/2”
43/8”
C810 C850 C855 C859
Dirke
D8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
2
11/16”
91/2”
41/2”
D810 D850 D855 D859
Essex
E8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8"
2
3/8"
91/2"
45/8"
E810 E850 E855 E859
Lustra
L8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
2
1/2”
91/2”
51/8”
L810 L850 L855 L859
Newport
N8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8"
2
5/8"
91/2"
413/16"
N810 N850 N855 N859
Regis
R8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
2
1/2”
91/2”
43/4”
R810 R850 R855 R859
Princeton
PR8
Lever:Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8"
2
1/2"
91/2"
51/4"
PR810 PR850 PR855 PR859
ED4000.15
TrimsandFunctions
ED4000
Features:
•Fourteenarchitecturalfinishes
•LeverdesignsallowfordesigncontinuumwithCorbinRusswinline
•1-yearlimitedwarranty
TrimsandFunctions
ED4000
ED4000.16
Trim Designs
Passage
ANSI
No. 14/15/16
Dummy
ANSI
No. 02
Classroom
ANSI
No. 05/08/11
Storeroom/Night-
latch
ANSI
No. 03/06/09/12
Global
G8
Knob:Wrought
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
3”
91/2”
21/4”
G810
(14) G850 G855
(08)
G859
(09)
Plate
F4
Plate:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
1
5/8"
91/2" N/A F4502N/A F4572
(03)
Pull/Thumbpiece
T14
Pull: Cast
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
91/2”
67/16”
21/2”
2
1/8”
T1410
(15)
T14501,2 T1455
(05)
T14571,2
(06)
Pull
P10
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim N/A P10502N/A P10572
(03)
Plate x Thumbturn
08
Plate:Wrought
Thumbturn:Cast
Cylinder: Rim
15/8”
91/2”
2”
1
3/8”
O810
(16) N/A O855
(11)
O859
(12)
Pull x Thumbturn
014
Pull: Cast
Thumbturn:Cast
Cylinder: Rim
1
5/8"
91/2"
67/16"
21/2"
21/8"
2" O1410
(16) N/A O1455
(11)
O1459
(12)
Key Only
K1
Note:Availablewithcylinder
optiononly.Ex:K157x6P N/A N/A N/A K1572
(03)
Features:
•Fourteenarchitecturalfinishes
•LeverdesignsallowfordesigncontinuumwithCorbinRusswinline
•1-yearlimitedwarranty
Note:ClassroomfunctiontrimscanbeconvertedtoStoreroomfunctionbyasimplefieldadjustment.
1.Pullonly,nothumbpiece.
2. Not recommended for use with surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices.
ED4000.17
UtilityTrimsandFunctions
ED4000
1.Availablein605,606,612,613,626,629and630finishes.
*Availableon1-3/4"thickdoorsonly.
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4"
3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14*
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance:2-1/2" SpecifyPartNumber,716F50MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance:2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F51MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance:2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F52MxFinish1
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
ED4000.18
List No. Exit Device Description Available Options
M61 M91 M92 M93 M94 M97 D
ED4200 Rim Exit Device x x x x x x x
ED4200S Rim SecureBolt® Device x x x x x x x
ED4400 Surface Vertical Rod x x x x x x x
ED4800 Concealed Vertical Rod x x x x x x x
Electrified Hardware Option Descriptions
M61 AlarmOption
M91 BoltMonitor
M92 TouchbarMonitor
M93 TrimMonitor
M94 ElectricLatchPullback
M97 Electric Dogging
D Delayed Egress
Notes:
1.Thefollowingoptionscannotbeorderedtogetheronthesame 
device:
 DxM52 M52xM61
 DxM61 M52xM97
 DxM92 M61xM92
 DxM94 M94xM97
 DxM97 ED4400xM61withMonitorsM91,M92orM93
2.WhenorderingaSurfaceVerticalRodexitdevicewiththeDoption
 (ED4400D),rodandlatchquards(providedbyothers)mustbeused.
TheCorbinRusswinED4000serieselectri-
fied exit devices offer a complete range of
options that may be integrated into the
monitoring security and alarm systems of
mostbuildings.Thecontinuumofappear-
ance is maintained, as well as the security
and function of the ED4000 mechanical
exit device.
Electrified Exit Devices
*Addassuffixtoexitdevice.
Example:ED5400Dx630xRHR
ED4000.19
Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
Electric Latch Pullback - M94
Continuous-duty solenoid retracts the latchbolt(s) for momentary
ormaintainedperiodsoftime.LatchPullbackprovidesaremote
meansofunlockingexitdevices.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Listings
ULlistedforPanicExitHardware.
Electrical Specifications
Requires782Controller(120VACinput,outputsequencerforone
or two devices). No substitutes; using other power sources voids
warranty.Requiresa4-wireelectricaltransferpivotorhinge.See
page21forcontrollerinformation.
Solenoid
Adualretraction/holdertypesolenoid.
10Ampinrush@24VDCto28VDC
(.25Ampholding-continuousduty.)
Device bolts remain retracted for as long as the device is
energized. Removal of power returns the device to the life safety,
self-latching mechanical mode.
Interface with central or local fire alarm system, automatic door
operators, access control systems, security alarm systems, and
blow open door systems.
Note:Thisfeatureisnotavailablewithelectricdogging(M97)or
delayed egress (D) on the same device.
Ordering
SpecifyquickcodeM94.
Electric Dogging - M97
Thiselectronicfeaturewillprovidecontinuousdoggingwhen
power is applied and the push bar is depressed manually.
Interruption or removal of the power will release the pushbar and
returntheexitdevicebacktonormaloperation.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Listings
ULlistedforPanicExitHardware.
Electrical Specifications
.35Amps@24VDC-28VDCcontinuousduty(2)36voltholding
magnets holding force (86 lbf. total)
Note:Thisfeatureisnotavailablewithlatchpullback(M94),
delayedegress(D)orcylinderdogging(M52)onthesamedevice.
Ordering
SpecifyquickcodeM97.
Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
ED4000.20
Delayed Egress Exit Device
Thedelayedegressoptionprovides
additional security and safety in a strong
lineofpanichardware.Thedelayed
egress exit device is an electromechanical
device used to secure interior or exterior
openings.Theoptionisavailableforrim,
SecureBolt® and concealed vertical rod
devices in all standard finishes.
Operation
Theexitdoorisnormallyclosedand
latched.TheDelayedEgressExitDevice
“D”securesthedoorinthelockedmode
withthesolidRedLEDindicatinglocked
mode status. Depressing the push pad
for less than 3 seconds will sound the
nuisance beep without initiating the alarm.
Depressing the pushpad for 3 seconds
or longer will initiate an irreversible local
audible beeping tone and a visual amber
indicatoruntilthedevicereleases.The
person depressing the exit bar is denied
egressfor15or30secondsandsecurity
personnelarealerted.Afterthedelaytime
of15or30secondsthedevicereleases,
theLEDchangestoGreen,andthealarm
changes to a steady tone which continues
toalarmuntilmanuallyresetbykey.The
remote monitoring contact outputs can be
used to alert security personnel.
Note:The15-secondtimedelayis
standard. 30-second time delay is optional
(maybeacceptedbylocaljurisdiction).
Applications
• Foruseonhollowmetalinterioror
exterior doors.
• ComplieswithNFPA101“CodeFor
 SafetyToLifeFromBuildingsAnd
 Structures”byNationalFireProtection
 Association.
• BOCAoptionsavailabletocomplywith
 NationalBuildingCoderequirements.
 BOCAoptionisnotsuitablefor
 installationsinaccordancewithNFPA
 101.
• 1-3/4"doorthicknessstandard;2"and
 2-1/4"optional;specifyD200orD214
when ordering.
• Standard36"devicefits36"doorsonly.
Device cannot be cut less than 36".
• OptionW048fitsdoors42"–48".
Devices cannot be cut less than 42".
Listing
• UL/cULListed
 –ControlledExitPanicDevices
 (FULA/FULA7)
–SpecialLockingArrangements 
 (FWAX/FWAX7)
• BHMA(ANSIA156.3andANSI
 A156.24)DirectoryofCertifiedExit
Devices
Specifications
InputVoltage:24VDC(+/-10%)Regulated
and filtered.
Power Consumption
• StandardDevice:500mA
Standard Features
Key Switch Operation:
• Normal:Thesystemisarmedby
applying power to the device (solid Red
 LED).Depressingthepushpadformore
than the nuisance delay time starts the
exit delay cycle.
• Bypass:Turningthekeyswitch
 clockwisetothebypasspositionallows
immediate egress without alarming.
 Thebarfunctionsasastandardexit
 device.(RedLEDflashesslow.)
• Reset/Delay:Usedtoresetdeviceafter
 thefactoryset15oroptional30-second
delay cycle has timed out. If the device
isarmed,turningthekeyswitch 
 counterclockwisetotheresetmodewill
release the device without alarm for
 egressandwillrearmafter10seconds.
 (RedLEDflashesquickly.)
Local Visual Status Indicator:
• RED:Theexitdeviceissecureandthe
delayed egress circuitry is energized.
• AMBER:Theegresscyclehasstarted,
indicated by an irreversible local
audible beeping tone.
• GREEN:Exitdeviceisinalarmand
has released.
Nuisance Delay Time:
Depressing for less than 3 seconds sounds
an audible beep without activating the
irreversiblealarmsequence.(Immediate
alarm can be selected by removing a
jumperonthecontrolboard.)
Internal Alarm Siren:
Whentheexitdeviceisarmed,depressing
thepushpadinitiatestheinternal85db
alarm siren.
Remote Control Inputs:
• RemoteReset:Acceptsamomentary
 contact(keyswitch,pushbutton,etc.)to
reset the unit during alarm or allows
 momentaryegress(10seconds)when
the unit is armed.
• RemoteBypass:Acceptsamomentary
contact to put the unit in a maintained
bypassoperation.Theexitdevice 
functions as a standard device.
Alarm Outputs:
Twosetsofnormallyopenandnormally
closed contacts. Contacts change only
duringalarmstatus.Onesetofcontacts
changes when device delay cycle has
started(Alarm).Onesetofcontacts
changes when device has released
(Secure).
Door Sign:
Door sign per code included.
Note:Thisfeatureisnotavailablewith,
 M52CylinderDogging
 M61AlarmOption
 M92TouchbarMonitor
 M94ElectricLatchPullback
 M97ElectricDogging
How to Order
Specify“D”suffixafterdevice.
Example: ED4200SD
ED4000.21
Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
Options
Bolt Position Monitor M91:
SPDT(SinglePoleDoubleThrow)switch
that monitors the position of the latchbolt
orverticalrods.Toorder,specifyM91.
Outside Trim Monitor M93:
Usedwhenoutsidetrimisdesiredtobe
used with an external door position switch
(byothers)input.Thisswitchwillallow
Bypass (disarms device) when the trim is
usedforingress.Thedevicerequiresset-
tingafterentrybymeansofthekeyswitch
onthedeviceoraremoteswitch.Toorder,
specifyM93.
Note: If an external DPS is not used, stan-
dard trim will allow entry without affecting
thedeviceinanarmedmode.Thedevice
will only be affected when
the touchbar is depressed.
NFPA 101 Requirements:
30 Second Delay M88
Upondepressingthepushpadfor3sec-
onds or longer, the device will sound an
audible beeping tone and allow the door
tobeopenedafter30seconds.Thetone
will then change to a continuous alarm
until reset. Resetting of the alarm and
re-arming of the device is accomplished by
manual means only.
Toorder,specifyM88.
Note:Whereapprovedbytheauthority
havingjurisdiction,adelaynotexceeding
30 seconds shall be permitted.
BOCA Requirements:
BOCA 15 Second Delay M89
BOCA 30 Second Delay M90
Upondepressingthepushpadfor
1secondorlonger,thedevicewillsound
an audible beeping tone and allow the
doortobeopenedwithin15(or30)
seconds. Thetonewillthenchangetoa
continuous alarm until rest. Resetting of
the alarm and re-arming of the device oc-
curs automatically once the door has been
returned to the closed position for 30 sec-
onds.The30-secondre-armingtimerwill
re-start if the pushpad is depressed or the
door is re-opened before actual re-arming
ofthedeviceoccurs.ADPS(DoorPosition
Switch)isrequiredfortheBOCAoption.
Toorder,specifyM89(BOCA15second)
orM90(BOCA30second).
Note:BOCAoptionisnotsuitablefor
installationsinaccordancewithNFPA101.
Required Accessories
Power Supply:
Aregulatedandfilteredpowersupplywith
aFireAlarminterfaceisrequired.
1Ampminimum@24VDCperdevice.
Specialoptionswillrequiremoreamper-
age. Consult factory.
Toorder,specify:
• BPS-24-1(1AMP)
• BPS-24-2(2AMP)
• BPS-24-4(4AMP)
Power Transfer:
Allowsthepowertomakethetransition
from frame to door without pinching or
removalofinsulation.Optionalpower
transfer:EPTL–concealedtransferforup
toandover120°swingdoors.Toorder
specifyPartNo.704F28.Consultcatalog
for additional recommended power supplies
and accessories.
Trims
SeeTrimsandFunctions,pages14-15.
Cylinders
Utilizesa1-1/8"mortisecylinderwithan
A02cam.Cylindernotincludedunless
specified.SeeQuickCodes,page32.
Warranty
Exit devices carry a five-year limited war-
ranty. Electronic components carry a
two-yearlimitedwarranty.Trimcarriesa
one-year limited warranty.
EPTL
Power
Transfer
EPT
Doors up
to 120º
swing.
Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
ED4000.22
Activation
Alarmisarmedbyturningkeyclockwise.
Lowaudiblechirpindicatesalarmhasbeen
activated. 20-second delay allows egress
beforealarmisset(selectable,7,10,15
and20)Alarmwillsoundwhentheexit
device pushpad is depressed.
Continuous Alarm Mode
Alarmsoundscontinuouslywhentheexit
devicepushpadisdepressed.Alarmmust
bemanuallyresetbykeyswitch.Dipswitch
settingallowsautoresetfrom2,5or10
minutes.LEDflashesafterdevicehasreset.
Low Battery Warning
Audiblechirpevery30seconds.
Warning Decal
“EMERGENCYEXIT–ALARMWILLSOUND”
provided.
REX and Passage Delay
A7,10,15or20-seconddelay(after
arming)permitsegress(byturningkey
clockwise).
Alarm Shunt
Shunt alarm input for devices with signal,
outsidetrimmonitors(M91&M93)orcard
access.
Power Requirements
One9-voltbattery(included).
Alarm Strength
105db@10feet.
Arm/Disarm
Requiresone1-1/8"mortisecylinder
withanA02cam.Clockwiseturnarms
thealarm,counterclockwiseturndisarms
orsilencesthealarm.Lowaudiblechirp
indicates alarm has been activated.
Device Status
ARedLEDindicatorwillilluminateevery
30 seconds when the alarm is armed. DIP
switchallowsLEDtobechangedtogreen
if desired.
Tamper Resistant
Built-in safety monitor sounds alarm when
tampering occurs.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
HowtoOrder,page32.
Door Width
Availablefor36"-48"devicesonly.Not
available with devices less than 36".
Quick Code
M61
Kit
Availableinkitformforfieldretrofit.Order
ED40AK.
Hard Wired Option
Ahardwiredoptionisavailablebyusinga
9VDC output power supply and a remote
power harness. Specify 784 to order the
9VDC output power supply. See page
42 for 784 power supply information.
Specify709F989toordertheremote
powerharnessfora36”deviceand
specify
709F999toordertheremotepower
harnessfora48”device.
Exceptions
DoggingnotavailablewithM61option
andED40AKalarmkit.TheED40AKfor
the ED4000 series exit devices cannot be
retrofitted in the field to ED4400 series
surface vertical rod exit devices.
Thealarmoptionisavailableforthe
surface vertical rod devices by factory
orderonly.Toorder,addthequickcode
suffixM61tothedevicenumber;for
example,ED4400xM61.
Please note, in accordance with Corbin
Russwin’s standard limited warranty,
anyattempttoretrofittheED40AKtoa
surface vertical rod exit device will void the
warranties for these products.
SurfaceverticalrodexitdeviceswithM61
alarmoptioncannotbeorderedwithM91,
M92orM93monitors.
M61alarmoptionisnotavailablewith
delayed egress (D).
How to Order
Ordering example for Exit Device
ED4400 626 M61
 Device Finish QuickCode
  forAlarmOption
(Cylinder Not
Included)
Ordering Example for Alarm Kit Only
ED40AK 626 W048
 Alarm Finish Door
 Kit Width
(Cylinder Not
Included)
M61 Option and ED40AK Alarm Kit
ED4000.23
Electrified Exit Devices
ED4000
782 Series Controller
Operation
DesignedtocontroloneortwoelectriclatchpullbackM94exit
devices.Equippedwithtwo20-secondtimerswhichcanoperate
theexitdevicestogetherorindependently.Requiresamomentary
or timed, dry contact input and can be interfaced with access
controlsystems,automaticdooroperators,“blowopen”
applicationsandhasprovisionsforFireAlarmsystems.
Features
• 2controlinputs.Acceptsnormallycloseddrycontactsfor
 deviceactivationfromakeyswitch,pushbutton,access
control or fire alarm system.
• 2normallyopencontroloutputsforautomaticdooroperators
• 2M94deviceoutputs
• FireAlarmInterfaceinput
• 24VDCoutputforaudibleorLEDS.25Amp
Wiring
Upto40feet:16AWGwire
Upto60feet:14AWGwire
Upto100feet:12AWGwire
Electrical Specifications
• 120VAC60Hz750mA(Max)
• 10Ampinrush
Listings
UL294
ULClass2Outputs
Note:The782istheonlypowersourcetobeusedwiththeM94
option.Usinganyotherpowersupplywillvoidthewarrantyand
cause possible damage to the exit device.
Ordering
782 Controller
BPS-24-2 Power Supply
Provides2Ampsofoutputcurrentat24VDCandcancontrola
totalof5ElectricDoggingDevices.Aseparateswitchingdevice
(keyswitchorpushbutton)mustbeusedtocontrolthelocking
device.
Specifications
 •120VACInputPower
 •24VDC@2AmpOutput
 •FireAlarmInterface
BPS-24-4 Power Supply
Provides4Ampsofoutputcurrentat24VDCandcancontrola
totalof10ElectricDoggingDevices.Aseparateswitchingdevice
(keyswitchorpushbutton)mustbeusedtocontrolthelocking
device.
Specifications
 •120VACInputPower
 •24VDC@4AmpOutput
 •FireAlarmInterface
EPTL
Concealedpowertransferforover120°swingdoors.Installsin
doorandframeedges.Supportswiresupto.25"(6mm)thick,
andworkswithdoorshungwithbutthinges,continuoushinges
andpivots.Toorder,specifyPartNo.704F288.
782 Series Controller
EPTL
EPT
Doors up
to 120º
swing.
ElectrifiedOptions&Accessories
ED4000
ED4000.24
NC
COM
NO
NC
COM
NO
NC
COM
NO
Bolt Position Monitoring - M91
Provides indication of the position of
thedeadlatchorverticalrods.Usedwith
security systems to monitor the deadlatch
in rim, SecureBolt® devices and rods in
CVR&SVRdevices.
Application
Seechartonpage16.
Listings
ULlistedforPanicExitHardware.
Electrical Specifications
5Amps@28VDCSPDTcontacts.
Ordering
SpecifyquickcodeM91.
Touchbar Monitoring - M92
Provides indication of the pushpad
beingdepressed.Usedasarequestto
exit to shunt alarm systems, release
electromagneticlocksormonitoregress.
Application
Seechartonpage16.
Listings
ULlistedforPanicExitHardware.
Electrical Specifications
4Amps@250VACSPDTcontacts.
Ordering
SpecifyquickcodeM92.
Outside Monitoring or Signaling - M93
Provides indication of the device being
operatedfromtheoutside.Usedasa
requesttoentersignalswitchtoshunt
alarms; also used to monitor entry.
Application
Seechartonpage16.
Listings
ULlistedforPanicExitHardware.
Electrical Specifications
5Amps@28VDCSPDTcontacts.
Ordering
SpecifyquickcodeM93.
Monitors - M91, M92, M93
Operation
Monitorsareusedtoindicatetheauthorizedandunauthorizeduseofanopeningortosignalandcontrolotheropeninghardware,
suchasmagneticlocks.Eachmonitoringdeviceisequippedwithoneinternalsingle-poledouble-throw(SPDT)switchpermonitor.
Orange
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Brown
Tan
Gray
Pink
ED4000.25
ElectrifiedOptions&Accessories
ED4000
Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches
MKA-(1)SPDTMaintained
MK-(1)SPDTMomentary
MKN-(1)SPDTMomentaryNS
MK2-(1)DPDTMomentary
MKPZ x MKS - (1) SPDT Momentary with
audioDoubleGangxAdditionalSwitch
Note:Allkeyswitchescomestandardwith
12/24VDCbi-colorLED.
Specifications
•Keyswitchforoperationusinga
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• ContactRating5Amps@12-24VDC
• SPDT3-position.
Push Buttons
PB2-(1)SPDTMomentary
PB2-(1)DPSTRemoteMomentary
PB3-(1)DPSTMomentary
PB3A-(1)DPSTMaintained(Alt.Action)
PB3EA-(1)DPSTAlternate
Specifications
• 3Amps@12-24VDC
Audible/Visual Annunciators
PZ1-Sonalert90db@2ft.12-24VDC.
Mountedononegangstainlesssteelplate.
Digital Entry
DK-12-DigitalKeypad-4User
DK-26SS-DigitalKeypadNS-59User-
 SSFinish
DK-26BK-DigitalKeypadNS-59User-
 BlackFinish
Power Transfers
TSBB-C-DoorCord
Model Enclosure Input Output
BPS-24-1 12”(304mm)x9”(229mm)x4”(102mm) 115VAC,50/60Hz. 1.0Amp@24VDC
BPS-24-2 14”(356mm)x14”(356mm)x4”(102mm) 115VAC,50/60Hz. 2.0Amp@24VDC
BPS-24-4 15”(381mm)x18”(457mm)x6”(152mm) 115VAC,50/60Hz. 4.0Amp@24VDC
BPS-12-1 12"(304mm)x9"(229mm)x4"(102mm) 115VAC,50/60Hz. 1amp@12VDC
BPS-12-3 14"(356mm)x14"(356mm)x4"(102mm) 115VAC,50/60Hz. 3amp@12VDC
BPS Power Supply
Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components.Allmodularpowersupplies
aredesignedtomeetUL1481Standards.
RecommendedfortheSAF,SEC,M97,
delayed egress exit devices and electric trim.
Features
• Firepanelemergencyreleaseinput
• PCBoardmountedsystemLEDindicator
• Regulatedandfilteredwithinput
and output protection
• Batterychargingisprovidedfroma
separate output terminal
Electrical Specifications
• Inputs:115VAC@600mA
• Outputs:12/24VDC@1Amp,1.5
 Ampor4Amp,Filteredand
regulated output
Listings
• UL&cULlisted1012General
Purpose Power Supply
• Fire&BurglarAlarmPowerSupply
 UnitURT2
• ReleasingdeviceAccessorySYSW
• AccessControlSystemsUnitsALVY
• BurglarAlarmSystemsPowerSupply
 APHY
Applications
• D–DelayedEgress
• M97–ElectricDogging
• SAF–FailSafemortisedevicetrim
control
• SEC–FailSecuremortisedevice
trim control
Note: Batteries are not included with the
BPS power supply.
MKA PB3PB2 PZ1
784 Power Supply
Features
•Providesalteredandregulated9VDC
remote power
•Requiresracewaythroughthedoor*
•Optional12VDCgelcellbattery.Provides
continuous operation of in the event of a
powerfailure.Toorder,specify793F089.
Includes:
•Plug-InWallTransformerwith
approximately12’(3.6m)ofshieldedwire
that provides input power to the power
supply
•Includes12’(3.6m)ofshieldedwirefor
connection between power transfer and
power supply
•Toorderseparately,specify793F039
*Recommended for new opening. Retrofit
applicationmayrequiresurfacemounted
wire mold and transfer loop by others.
BPS Power Supply 784 Power Supply
ElectrifiedApplications
ED4000
ED4000.26
782
6000
501
501
Latch Pullback - M94 Option Components
ED4200xM94LatchPullbackExitDevice-CorbinRusswin
782 Controller - Corbin Russwin
6000Operator-Norton
501PushPad-Norton
PowerTransferHinge
Operation
OperationofPushPadsfromeithersideofdoorwillactivatethe
782ControllerfortheLatchPullbackExitDevice.Aninternal
timer on the 6000 will also provide length of time door is open
andlatchbeingretracted.Dooroperatoralsoactslikestandard
closer when opened manually.
Electric Dogging & Touchbar Monitoring
Switch - M97 & M92
MKA
EPTL
6000
501
501
BPS
Components
ED4800xM92xM97withCyl.+BarMonitor&
Electric Dogging - Corbin Russwin
6000Operator-Norton
501PushPad-Norton
PowerTransferHinge
BPS Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
KeySwitch-CorbinRusswin
Operation
OperationofElectricDoggingcombinedwiththeDoorMonitor
SwitchwillenablePushPadsforoperationofthe6000.A
maintainedkeyswitchwillcontroltheactivationoftheelectric
doggingwhichispoweredbythePowersupply.AFireAlarmTie-
In,ifrequired,willreleasethedoggingandlettheoperatorwork
inmanualmodewhenactivated.(NOTE:ElectricDoggingisnot
automaticlikeLatchPullback.Itrequiresthebar to be pushed in
manually the first time after applying power.)
ED4000.27
ElectrifiedApplications
ED4000
Rim Device with Electric Strike
DK-12
BPS
Components
ED4200ExitDevice–CorbinRusswin
DK-12–DigitalKeypad
310-4ElectricStrike–FolgerAdam®
BPSPowerSupply–CorbinRusswin
Operation
OperationofDK-12DigitalKeypadwillallowkeylessentry
fromthenon-protectedsideofopening.Freeexitusingtheexit
device from the protected side of the door.
Latch Pullback - M94 Option with Norton®
6000 Door Operator
9232
6000 6000
782
501
501
Components
ED4400xM94LatchPullbackExitDevice–CorbinRusswin
782Controller–CorbinRusswin
6000Operator–Norton
501PushPad–Norton
PowerTransferHinge
Keyswitch–CorbinRusswin
Operation
ActivationandoperationofPushPadsfromeithersideofdoor
willbecontrolledbytheFAMKAMaintainedKeyswitch.ThePush
Padswillinturnactivatethe782ControllerfortheLatchPullback
ExitDevice.Aninternaltimeronthe6000willcoordinateand
preventthedoorfrombeingopenedbeforelatchretractiontakes
place. Standard timers on the 6000 will also provide length of
time door is open and latch being retracted. Door operator also
actslikestandardcloserwhenopenedmanually.
ElectrifiedApplications
ED4000
ED4000.28
Rim Exit Device with Delayed Egress Option on
“Exit Only” Door
BPS
Components
ED4200DDelayedEgressExitDevice–CorbinRusswin
PowerTransferHinge
BPSPowerSupply–CorbinRusswin
SurfaceDoorCloser–CorbinRusswin
Operation
OperationoftheED4200DExitDevicewillsoundanalarmand
activateeithera15-or30-secondalarmsequenceinsideofthe
exitdevice.Afterthistimeperiod,thedevicewillreleasethe
pushbar,makingitactive,andegressispossible.Whenthefire
alarm is activated, power to the exit device will be interrupted,
allowingfreeegressandmechanicallatching.Authorizedalarm
bypassandresetisdonethroughthebuilt-inkeyswitchlocatedin
the exit device.
Rim Exit Device - High Security Application
M91, M92 and M93 Monitoring Switch Options
With FAMSS-1C Door Position Switch
DPS
PTH-12
Components
ED4200-A855NightlatchTrim–CorbinRusswin
 M91BoltMonitorSwitch
 M92TouchbarMonitorSwitch
 M93TrimMonitorSwitch
Door Position Switch
PowerTransferHinge
SurfaceDoorCloser–CorbinRusswin
Operation
OperationoftheED4200ExitDevicewiththeM91,M92,M93
and a door position switch can be used together or individually to
sound an alarm, shunt an alarm, monitor the door’s security or as
a“RequesttoExit”inconjunctionwithamagneticlock.
ED4000.29
Mullions
ED4000
808 Mullion
UsedtoinstalltwoRimExitDevicesinadoubledoor
opening.Maybequicklyandeasilyremovedwhenafull
doubledooropeningistemporarilyrequired.
Materials and Finish
Extruded aluminum mullion,
1-1/4"x3-1/2"x8'2"(for8'0"doors),suppliedwith
twointegralstrikes,topandbottommountingbrackets,
two sets of mullion stabilizers, and zinc-plated fasteners
formetalframesandconcreteoors.Maybecut,drilled
andtappedintheeldforRimExitDevices.Availablein
628and695nishes.
Ordering
Toorder,specifyPartNo.808xFinish.
Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the mullion. Recommended
for openings over 7' high or whenever door movement
mustbeminimized.Availablein628and695nishes.
Twosetssuppliedstandardwithall808mullions.To
orderseparately,specifyPartNo.653F11-1xFinish.
UPPER
MOUNTING
BRACKET
EXTRUDED
ALUMINUM
MULLION
STABILIZER
LOWER
MOUNTING
BRACKET
STRIKES(2)
(INTEGRALWITH
MULLION)
OptionsandAccessories
ED4000
ED4000.30
Exit Device Type Shim Kit Part No.
ED4200, ED4200S,
ED4800 697F35-8
ED4400 697F36-8
Shim Kits
Designed for mounting an exit device over
raisedvisionlightmolding.Eachkitcon-
tainstwosetsof1/8"thickshimstoshim
adevice1/8"(3mm)or1/4"(6mm).Black
nish.Toorderwithexitdevice,specify
M58.Toorderseparately,specifyPartNo.
Cylinder Dogging Kits
Designed to convert a panic device from
hexkeydoggingtocylinderdogging.To
ordercylinderdoggingkit,specifyPart
No.xFinishbelow.Cylindernotincluded.
Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod
Extension Kits
Usedtoextendtheheightofstandardlength
rods supplied with ED4400 and ED4800
Seriesexitdevices.Availablein2",6"and
12"sizes.Toorderwithexitdevice,seeHow
toOrder,page31.Toorderseparately,specify
PartNo.xFinish.
ED5000DB Inactive Bar
Non-operating dummy pushbar available for
doorsupto48"wide.Maybeeldcutfor
narrowerdoors.Toorder,specifyED5000DB
xFinish.
Bar Length Cylinder Dogging Kit
Part No.
36"(914mm) 653F13xFinish
48"(1219mm) 653F14xFinish
Rod Extension Rod Extension Kit
Part No.
2"(50mm 653F13xFinish
6"(152mm) 653F14xFinish
12"(305mm) 655F17xFinish
ED4000.31
OptionsandAccessories
ED4000
Rim Strike
(Screws Included)
End Cap Reinforcement**
Asolidsteelplate,weldedtotheend
bracket,evenlydistributesimpactforces
over a larger surface area, eliminating
pointloading.Toorderwithanexit
device,specifyM109.Toorderseparately
specify705F09xfinish.
Flush End Cap
Durable heavy-duty cast steel or stainless
steel, sits flush on the exit device rail
and has a low profile which eliminates
catchpoints.Toorderwithadevice,
specifyM110.Toorderseparatelyspecify
710F00Mxfinish.
Rim Strike
Standard on ED4200 and ED4200S devices,
Suppliedwithtwo1/16"(2mm)shims.
Fordoorswith1/2"(13mm)or5/8"
(16mm)stop.Adjustabletocompensate
forshrinkageandswellingofdoor.3"x2"
(76mmx51mm).Blackfinishonly.Toorder
separately,specify650F31-8.
Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)
Top Strike
Standard on ED4400 and ED4800 devices.
Suppliedwithtwo1/16"(2mm)shims
andone1/16"(2mm)lockingplate.
Adjustabletocompensateforshrinkage
andswellingofdoor.1-9/16"x15/16"
(40mmx24mm).Blackfinishonly.To
orderseparately,specify650F548.
Bottom Strike
Standard on ED4400 and ED4800 devices.
1-1/16"(27mm)diameterx1/16"(2mm)
lipx11/16"(17mm)high.Blackfinish
only.
Bothtopandbottomstrikesareincluded
intheverticalrodpartspacket.Toorder
partspacket,specify650F57-8.
Flush Transom Top Strike Bracket
OptionalforusewithED4400devices.Used
tomounttopstrikeonopeningswithflush
transom.2-1/2"x1-5/8"(64mmx41mm).
Blackfinishonly.Toorderwithexitdevice,
specifyM67.Toorderseparately,specify
650F87-8.
Bottom Strike for 1/2" Thresholds
OptionalforusewithED4400andED4800
devices.Requiredfor1/2"(13mm)threshold
or for flush mount.2-5/8"x1-1/16"(67mm
x 27mm).Blackfinishonly.Toorderwith
exitdevice,specifyS09.Toorderseparately,
specify650F88-8.
Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controlsthemovementofthemullion.Two
sets supplied standard with all 808 mullions.
Availablein628and695nishes.Toorder
separately,specifyPartNo.653F11-1x
Finish.
Filler Plates
Optionalforuseonstockmetaldoorswhen
required.Toorder,specifyPartNo.xFinish.
Front:334F99-8600
Optionalforuseonstockmetaldoorswhen
required.Toorder,specifyPartNo.xFinish.
Strike:236L708018xFin
Optionalforuseonstockmetaldoorswhen
required.Toorder,specifyPartNo.xFinish.
Front:077F19-8600
Photoluminescent Touchpad Cover
ThePathLite™patentpendingtechnologyoffersanumberofbenefits:
•Requiresnowiringormaintenance
•Rechargeswithexposuretoambientlight
•Unaffectedbyheatorcold
•Non-toxic,willnotruborfade
•Vandalresistant
**Note:Six1/4x20screwscomestandardwitheitherM109optionor705F09kit.Onlytwoscrewsrequiredtofastenendcapassemblytodoorforretrofit.OtherfourscrewsareusedwithSecureBolt®Latch
HeadiforderedasanM109optionwithcompletedevice.Whenthekitisorderedanewendcapisalsosupplied.
Cylinders
ED4000
ED4000.32
Description Part Number Cylinder Ring
6-pin 1000-118-A02 N/A
7-pin 1000-114-A02-7 270F15
6-pin, IC 1080-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, IC 1080-112-A02-7 654F07
6-pin, IC, less core 1070-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, IC, less core 1070-112-A02-7 654F07
6-pin, Security 1010-118-A02 270F15
6-pin, Security IC 1090-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, Pyramid 1020-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, Pyramid IC 1030-114-A02 270F15
Rim(TrimOnly) Description Part Number Cylinder Ring Part Number Cylinder Ring**
57 Function Only
6-pin 3000-058 270F15 3000-200N* 270F15
7-pin 3000-058-7 654F07 3000-200-7 654F07
6-pin, IC 3080-058 654F07 3080-178 654F07
7-pin, IC 3080-058-7 654F08 3080-178-7 654F08
6-pin, IC, less core 3070-058 654F07 3070-178 654F07
7-pin, IC, less core 3070-058-7 654F08 3070-178-7 654F08
6-pin, Security 3010-058 654F07 3010-200 654F07
6-pin, Security IC 3090-058 654F07 3090-178 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid 3020-058 654F07 3020-200 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid IC 3030-058 654F07 3030-178 654F07
Mortise(Cylinder
DoggingOnly)
*ForK157,substitute-200
**K157usesthe270F15cylinderring
ED4000.33
HowtoOrder
ED4000
Exit Device Only
Ordering Examples
Quantity Series/
Function Finish Hand Misc.
Options
24 ED4200S 626 RHR M51-M54
Removable Mullion
Quantity Mullion Finish
12 808 695
Quantity Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand DoorThickness DoorWidth DoorHeight Misc.Options
36 ED4400 N855 605 LHR D200 W048 H0706 M51-M54
Exit Device with Trim
Trim Only
Quantity Trim/
Function Finish Hand DoorThickness Cylinder
Option
24 N855 625 RHR D214 6P
Contract/Detailed Order – Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Keyset Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand DoorHeight Optional
Strike DoorWidth Misc.Options CylinderOption
36 AA1 ED4400 C855 626 LHR H0800 S09 W048 M52-M54 7P
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes
TrimsandFunctions Page14
RemovableMullion Page27
Handing Page32
DoorThickness Page32
Strike Page32
DoorWidth Page32
DoorHeight Page32
MiscellaneousOptions Page32
CylinderandKeying Page32
QuickCodes
ED4000
ED4000.34
Description Specify
Lesscylinder(s) (standard)
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Security HS
Security interchangeable core (IC) CHS
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Red) CT6R
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Blue) CT6B
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Green) CT6G
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core CT6D
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC6-pinwithlesscore CLS6
SFIC6-pinwithSFICdisposabletemporarycore CT6SD
IC 7-pin (rim only) C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Red) CT7R
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Blue) CT7B
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Green) CT7G
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core CT7
IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core CT7D
IC 7-pin less core (rim only) CL7
SFIC7-pinwithlesscore CLS7
SFIC7-pinwithSFICdisposabletemporarycore3CT7SD
Pyramid Security fixed core PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
PyramidFixedCore PHS
Pyramid IC PCHS
Pyramid with temporary construction core CTP
Pyramid less core CLP
Blockoutfunction BO
0-bittedwith2blankkeys (standard)
Keyedrandom KR
Constructionmasterkeyed CMK
Cylinder and Keying
Door Height
Door Height Specify
ED4400 devices
7'0" (standard)
7'2" H0702
7'6" H0706
8'0" H0800
9'0" H0900
10'0" H1000
ED4800 devices
8'0" (standard)
8'2" H0802
8'6" H0806
9'0" H0900
10'0" H1000
Description Specify
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US10B DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,
oil rubbed 613
US14 BrightNickelPlated 618
US15 SatinNickelPlated 619
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Satin Chromium Plated
withMicroShield®626C
US32 Bright Stainless Steel 629
US32D Stain Stainless Steel 630
Stain Stainless Steel
withMicroShield®630C
SatinAluminum,ClearAnodized
(mullions only) 628
DarkBronzeCoated(mullionsonly) 695
— Blackoxidizedbronze,oilrubbed 722
Finish
ED4000.35
QuickCodes
ED4000
Door Width
Door Width Specify
24"(610mm) W024
36"(914mm) (standard)
48"(1219mm) W048
Handing
Hand Specify
RightHandReverse RHR
LeftHandReverse LHR
Door Thickness
Door Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2"(51mm) D200
2-1/4"(57mm) D214
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx® head screws M04
Knurlingoutsideandinside(embossedtouchbar-
device side) M20
Knurlingoutsideonly(trimside) M21
Knurlinginsideonly(embossedtouchbar-
device side) M22
Abrasivecoat outside and inside (trim and device) M23
Abrasivecoatinsideonly(deviceside) M24
Abrasivecoatoutsideonly(trimside) M25
24",36"and48"PathLite™PhotoluminescentTouchbar
Cover M49
Lessdogging M51
Cylinder dogging M52
Sex nuts and bolts (SNBs) M54
Shimkit(forvisionlight) M58
Flushtransomtopstrikebracket(ED5400and
ED5400Aonly) M67
HighImpactEndClamp M109
FlushEndCap M110
Strike
Description Specify
Surface and concealed vertical rod Bottom
strikefor1/2"thresholds S09
Removable Mullion
Door Height Specify
Upto8'0"(ED4200&ED4200S) 808
Electrical Options
Description Specify
AlarmOption M61
BoltPositionMonitor M91
TouchbarMonitor M92
TrimMonitor M93
LatchPullback M94
Electric Dogging M97
Delayed Egress D
FactsandFigures
ED4000
ED4000.36
ED4000 Series
(all variables)
Series "A" "B"
ED4000 34-5/8"
(880mm)
18"
(457mm)
ED4000xW024 22-5/8"
(575mm)
12"
(305mm)
ED4000xW048 46-5/8"
(1184mm)
24"
(610mm)
Dimensions are shown in: inches
mm
ED4000.37
HelpfulTerms
ED4000
Abrasive Coat
Hardgranularmaterialappliedtoprovide
a non-slip tactile surface for the visually
impaired.
Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is operable
from the trim side.
Astragal
Averticalmemberappliedtooneorboth
sides of a pair of doors at the meeting
edges.Theastragalclosesthegapbe-
tween the two doors.
Coordinator
Adeviceusedonapairofdoorstoensure
that the inactive door closes before the
active door.
Deadlocking Latch
Asupplementallatchthatautomatically
deadlocksthelatchboltwhenpressureis
applied to it.
Dogging
Amechanismthatallowsthelatchboltto
remain retracted, permitting the door to
operate as if it were a push-pull; it cannot
be used on fire-rated exit devices.
Double Egress
Apairofdoorsofthesamehandthat
swing in opposite directions, commonly
found in corridors.
Dummy Trim
Trimonly.Usuallyusedontheinactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.
Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
Adoorlockingdevicewithapushbaror
crossbar which, when pressed, allows
instant exit (egress).
Fire Exit Hardware
Anexitdevicelistedbyanindependent
testing laboratory as meeting panic, fire
and hose stream test standards; used on
fire-rated openings.
Hand
Thedirectionadoorswings.
Inactive Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is inoper-
able from the trim side.
Latchbolt
Alockcomponentthathasabeveledend
andprojectsintoastrike,holdingthedoor
in a closed position.
Mullion
Afixedorremovableverticalmemberthat
divides a door opening and provides a
latch surface for a pair of rim exit devices.
Open Back Strike
Formortiseexitdevices,usedontheinac-
tive door (usually the vertical rod door) of a
pair of doors that swing in the same direc-
tion. It permits the inactive door to open or
close independently.
Reversible
Pertains to a product that may be changed
in the field to accommodate any hand of
the door.
Shim Kit
Pieces of metal that permit mounting of
an exit device on a door that has a surface
projectingvisionlight(glassbead)molding.
Split Astragal
Anastragalthatissplitthroughthemiddle
on a pair of doors, allowing both doors to
operate independently.
Threshold
Astripfastenedtothefloorbeneatha
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat loss,
andprovidesastrikelocationforlatch-
ing the bottom rod of a vertical rod exit
device.
Trim
Aknob,lever,pull,orthumbpieceused
on the outside of an exit device door to
control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
Anexitdevicethatmaybeusedondoors
of either hand without any modifications.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
Acylinderwhichallowsallkeystobetem-
porarilyblockedfromoperating.Itissetby
ablockoutkey.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
Themarkingofstandardkeysymbolson
a cylinder in a location that is not visible
once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
Acylinderpreparationthatallowstempo-
rary access by construction personnel.
Control key
Akeyusedtoremoveandinstallinter-
changeable cores.
Cylinder
Alockcomponentcontainingthecom-
binationthatdetermineswhichkeyswill
operate.
Security Cylinder
Acylinderwhichprovidesextraresistance
topickingandunauthorizedduplication
ofkeys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
Acylinderwhichcanberemovedand
installedquicklywithacontrolkeyby
non-skilledpersonnelwhenrekeyingis
required.
Key Symbol
Aletter/numbercombinationinstandard
industryformat(e.g.,1AA,AA1,etc.)
whichindicatesexactlyhowakeyorcylin-
derfitsintoakeyingsystem.
Keyway
Theopeninginacylinderplugthrough
whichthekeyenters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate with
keysofdifferentlevelsofaccess.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
Themarkingofstandardkeysymbolson
keysandonthevisibleportionofthefront
of a cylinder.
Suggested Specification
ED4000
ED4000.38
Suggested Specification
Exit devices shall be ED4000 Series Narrow Stile Pushpad Exit Devices.
Theexitdevicechassisshallbecoldforgedsteel,electroplatedforcorrosionresistance,andshallbearchitecturallynishedbrass,
bronzeorstainlesssteel.Thepushpadmechanismshallbeconstructedofextrudedaluminumandshallbescalpedwitharchitectur-
allynishedbrass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.Themaximumprojectionshallbe3-1/4"whenthepushpadisactiveand
2-3/4"whenthepushpadisdoggeddown.Nylonbearingsandstainlesssteelspringsshallbeusedforlonglifeanddurability;only
torsion springs are acceptable. Rear and active case covers shall be wrought brass or bronze and shall be plated to match the exit bar.
Plasticorpaintedcoversarenotacceptable.Latchboltsshallbesteelandshallincorporateadeadlockinglatchfeatureforincreased
security.Deviceswithoutdeadlockinglatchesarenotacceptable.Mountingscrewsshallbeconcealedtodetertampering.Devices
shallbeclosedonallsideswithnopinchpoints.Allexitdevicesshallbeeasilyeldsizedtoaccommodatevariousdoorwidths.
Exitdevicesshallhavesinglepoint,onequarterturnhexkeydoggingstandard.Optionalcylinderdoggingshallbeavailable.Devices
withhexkeydoggingshallbeeasilyeldconvertedtocylinderdogging.Paniclisteddevicesshallbeavailablelessdogging.Trims
shallbethroughboltedwithconcealedfasteners.Escutcheonandpulltypetrimsshallbeconstructedofbrassorbronze.Alllever
trimsshallusecastorforgedlevers.Ontrimswithcylinders,themechanismthatlocksandunlocksthetrimshallbehousedinthe
trimandnotintheactivecaseoftheexitdevice.LevertrimsshallmatchthoseonCorbinRusswinMortiseandCylindricalLocksets.
ExitdevicesandtrimsshallbefurnishedinBHMAstandardarchitecturalnishes.
ExitdevicesshallbelistedbyUnderwritersLaboratories(UL)forsafetyaspanichardware.
Certification:
ANSI/BHMAA156.3,Grade1
Exit devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
Trimsandelectroniccomponentsshallcarryatwo-yearlimitedwarranty.
Exit devices shall carry a five-year limited warranty.
ED4000.39
Notes
ED4000
FormoreinformationregardingCorbinRusswinLocksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
ArchitecturalHardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin,CT06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax:800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160FourValleyDrive
Vaughan,Ontario
CanadaL4K4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
Fax:905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
45060-2/13
Corbin Russwin and Design® and SecureBolt®areregisteredtrademarksofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Norton®isaregisteredtrademarkofYale
SecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveownersandarementionedfor
referencepurposesonly.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroup
companyreservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2001,2013CorbinRusswin,Inc.,an
ASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,ASSAABLOYGroupcompaniesoffertheMicroShield® technology,
asilver-basedantimicrobialcoatingdesignedtostemthespreadofgermsandbacteria.MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYale,Security
Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
ED5000 Series
Pushpad Exit Devices
Overview
ED5000
ED5000.2
Applications
Corbin Russwin’s history is rich with architectural hardware designed to meet life
safety and security requirements. That tradition continues with ED5000 Series exit
devices. Designed to allow safe and easy egress, the ED5000 is ideal for frequent use
applications such as schools, factories, hotels, theaters, office, retail complexes and
government buildings.
Quality
All exit devices manufactured by Corbin Russwin undergo rigorous testing, both in
the lab and field. Testing procedures go beyond industry standards; the ED5800
concealed vertical rod exit device was witnessed and certified to 3.25 million
successful cycles, more than 6 times the requirement. Abuse and cycle tests prove
time and again the durability of the entire ED5000 series, which is backed by a 5-year
warranty.
Aesthetics
Over the past 100 years, Corbin Russwin has been well-known for weaving pleasing
aesthetics and inventive designs into architectural door hardware, and today’s wide
stile exit device line is no exception. The ED5000 Series offers smooth lines in the exit
device bar and a full range of trim designs with visual diversity, including the Muséo®
and Vineyard™ Collections.
Vandal Resistance
Today’s door hardware must fulfill life-safety and security needs, two areas in which
ED5000 series exit devices and trim excel. The ED5200S SecureBolt® features a
deadbolt style latchbolt that significantly resists pull from the exterior, thus reducing
door and frame separation, preventing the door from being forced open. 900
series heavy-duty trim deters vandals with a thick 13/16" beveled escutcheon, Free
Wheeling lever (excluding mortise trim), and flush cylinder. High security Pyramid
cylinders offer an additional barrier against picking and drilling. These components
can all be combined for high quality, high security applications.
Electronics
If electronic access control is required, or just a simple monitoring switch, the ED5000
series offers a full range of electrified options, including a delayed egress exit device
and electrically controlled trim. All options can be tied into existing security and fire
alarm systems for easy monitoring.
Table of Contents
Overview ............................ 2
Product Series Features ....... 3
Applications and Listings ..... 4
SecureBolt® Features ........... 6
Rim Features ....................... 8
Surface Vertical
Rod Features ................ 10
Concealed Vertical
Rod Features ................. 14
Rim/SecureBolt/SVR & CVR
Functions ..................... 18
Trims and Functions ..... 20
Mortise Features ............... 26
Mortise Functions ............. 28
Mortise Trims and
Functions ..................... 30
Electrified Exit Devices ....... 36
Mullions and
Surface Bolt Kit ............ 48
Options and Accessories ... 49
Facts and Figures .............. 52
Cylinders ........................... 53
Quick Codes ..................... 55
How to Order ................... 58
Helpful Terms ................... 61
How to Specify ................. 62
www.corbinrusswin.com
ED5000.3
Product Series Features
ED5000
Heavy-Duty Trim
•Free Wheeling levers for vandal resistance (excluding mortise trim)
•Heavy-duty threaded posts provide additional strength
•Beveled sides for increased attack resistance
•Flush cylinder when used with 6-pin applications and mortise trim functions
Muséo® and Vineyard™ Collections
•Available in 605, 606, 611, 612, 613, 618, 619, 625, 626, 722 finishes
•Allows for design continuum when matched with the ML2000 series mortise lock Muséo and
Vineyard Collection trims
•Heavy-duty vandal-resistant escutcheon increases security
Parabolic Trim with Vineyard™ Lever
• SpecifyM60
SecureBolt®
• Deadbolt-stylelatchdesignprovides
increased security by resisting unauthorized
entrance from credit cards, crowbars, door
rattling, etc.
• Ismoreresistanttovectorforces,which
results in less force against the frame, thus
eliminating door/frame separation
• Providesincreasedstabilityofopenings
with mullions
Delayed Egress Exit Device
• Increasessecurityinmanyapplicationssuch
as retail stores and health care facilities
• FeaturesanLEDindicatorandanuisance
delay
• 15or30-seconddelayavailable
• ULandBHMAlisted
Heavy-Duty Trim
with Muséo® lever
Parabolic Trim with
Vineyard™ lever
Specify M60
Photoluminescent Touchpad Cover
The PathLite™ patent pending technology
offers a number of benefits:
• Requiresnowiringormaintenance
• Rechargeswithexposuretoambientlight
• Unaffectedbyheatorcold
• Non-toxic,willnotruborfade
• Vandalresistant
• Fireresistantandnon-radioactive
• Greencontrastingword“EXIT”centeredon
touchbar in 1-1/4" high lettering
• Costeffective;especiallysuitedforexisting
buildings
PathLite™ photoluminescent exit devices meet
NewYorkCity’snewlyadoptedstandardsfor
requirement of photoluminescent signage
and stairwell markings in all office buildings in
excess of 75 feet in height.
As Corbin Russwin continues to offer the latest technology and architectural hardware, an additional option is also presented to
architects, distributors, and end-users. The power of choice. With a wide variety of devices, trims, lever designs, and electrified
hardware, a locking system can be designed for any building and any application. Below are some highlights of the ED5000 Series.
These are but a few of the options that can be combined to meet the aesthetic and security requirements of today.
SecureBolt® Delayed
Egress Exit Device
Heavy-Duty
Trim with
Vineyard lever
Applications and Listings
ED5000
ED5000.4
*ULdoesnotsetadoorheightlimitationonpanicapplications.
Single Door UL Listing
Maximum
Opening
(W x H)
Application
Rim
ED5200 Panic 4' x *
Surface applied; single-point latching.
ED5200A 3 Hr. 4' x 8'
SecureBolt®
ED5200S Panic 4' x * Surface applied; single-point latching.
ED5200SA 3 Hr. 4' x 8'
ED5200S x M107 Panic 4' x 8' Surface applied; single-point latching.
Usedascomponentsinswingingdoor
windstorm-rated assemblies (refer to local
codes).
ED5200SA x M107 3 Hr. 4' x 8'
Mortise
ED5600 Panic 4' x *
Mortised in door; single-point latching.
ED5600A 1-1/2 Hr. 4' x 9'
ED5600A 3 Hr. 4' x 8'
Surface Vertical Rod
ED5400 Panic 4' x 8' Surface applied; two-point latching.
ED5470 Panic 4' x 10'
ED5470 x M55 Panic 4' x 10' Surface applied; one-point latching.
ED5470 x M107 Panic 4' x 8'
Surface applied; two-point latching.
Usedascomponentsinswingingdoor
windstorm-rated assemblies (refer to local
codes).
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED5800 Panic 4' x 8' Rods concealed in door; two-point
latching.
ED5860 Panic 4' x 10'
ED5860 x M55 Panic 4' x 10' Rod concealed in door; one point latching.
Pair of Doors with
Removable Mullion UL Listing
Maximum
Opening
(W x H)
Application
Rim x Rim
ED5200 x ED5200 x 900 Series Panic 8' x 10' Two independent active doors with
removable mullion.
ED5200A x ED5200A x 900 Series 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
SecureBolt® x SecureBolt®
ED5200S x ED5200S x 900 Series Panic 8' x 10' Two independent active doors with
removable mullion.
ED5200SA x ED5200SA x 900 Series 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5200S x ED5200S x M107 Panic 8' x 8' Two independent active doors with
removablemullion.Usedascomponentsin
swinging door windstorm-rated assemblies
(refer to local codes).
ED5200SA x ED5200SA x M107 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5000.5
Applications and Listings
ED5000
*ULdoesnotsetadoorheightlimitationonpanicapplications.
Pairs of Doors UL Listing
Maximum
Opening
(W x H)
Application
Surface Vertical Rod
ED5400 x ED5400 Panic 8' x 8' Two independent doors with two-point
latching, swinging in the same direction.
ED5400A x ED5400A 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5470 x ED5470 Panic 8' x 10' Two independent doors with one or two-
point latching, swinging in the same direction.
ED5470B x ED5470B 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 10'
ED5470 x ED5470 x M107 Panic 8' x 8' Two independent doors with two-point
latching,swinginginoppositedirections.Used
as components in swinging door windstorm-
rated assemblies (refer to local codes).
ED5470B x ED5470B x M107 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 8'
Surface Vertical Rod (Double Egress)
ED5400 x ED5400 Panic 8' x 8' Two independent doors with two-point
latching, swinging in opposite directions.
Overlapping astragal required for 3-hour
openings.
ED5400A x ED5400A 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5470 x ED5470 Panic 8' x 10' Two independent doors with one or
two-point latching, swinging in opposite
directions. Overlapping astragal not required.
ED5470B x ED5470B 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 10'
Surface Vertical Rod x Mortise
ED5400 x ED5600 Panic 8' x 8' Overlapping astragal required for 3-hour
openings. Coordinator required with standard
ANSIstrike.
ED5400A x ED5600A 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5400A x ED5600A x Open Back Strike 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5470 x ED5600 Panic 8' x 10' Overlapping astragal required for fire-rated
openings. Coordinator required with standard
ANSIstrike.
ED5470B x ED5600A 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 9'
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED5800 x ED5600 Panic 8' x 8'
Two independent metal doors with two-point
latching, swinging in the same direction.
ED5800 x ED5800 Panic 8' x 8'
ED5800A x ED5600A 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5800A x ED5800A 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5800A x ED5600A x Open Back Strike 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5860 x ED5600 Panic 8' x 10'
Two independent metal or wood doors with
one or two-point latching, swinging in the
same direction.
ED5860 x ED5860 Panic 8' x 10'
ED5860B x ED5600A 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 10'
ED5860B x ED5860B 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 10'
Concealed Vertical Rod (Double Egress)
ED5800 x ED5800 Panic 8' x 8' Two independent metal doors with two-point
latching, swinging in opposite directions.
Overlapping astragal required for 3-hour
openings.
ED5800A x ED5800A 3 Hr. 8' x 8'
ED5860 x ED5860 Panic 8' x 10' Two independent metal or wood doors
with one or two-point latching, swinging in
opposite directions. Overlapping astragal not
required.
ED5860B x ED5860B 1-1/2 Hr. 8' x 10'
SecureBolt® Features
ED5000
ED5000.6
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws and
wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on devices: sex nuts and bolts for
use on wood, composite or unreinforced
metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Surface mounted 3/8
"
(10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with
positive locking plate
and shims, assuring low
friction relocking for a
long, trouble-free life.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted
lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 48.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type28,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devicescomplywithUL305standardsforpanic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
4'x8'singleor8'x8'doubledoors;ULsymbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
Features
Handing
Standard device is non-handed.
Double Cylinder Device is handed.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1" (25mm) wide,
positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt.
Materials
Latchbolt:Nickelsteel.Slide-actiondeadbolt
with positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt. Two-
piece deadbolt mechanism utilizing a roll back
lever which eliminates any contact (friction)
with the strike during relocking.
Device:
Heavy duty cold forged steel chassis;
heavy gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm) dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic-rated devices; single-point
1/4 turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on fire-
rated devices.
Cut Away Side View
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply with
NFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
ED5200S Panic-Listed SecureBolt® Exit Device
ED5200SA 3-Hour Fire-Listed SecureBolt® Exit Device
ED5202S Panic-Listed Listed SecureBolt® Double Cylinder Exit Device
ED5202SA 3-Hour Fire-Listed SecureBolt® Double Cylinder Exit Device
Roller Strike
Finishes
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED5000.7
SecureBolt® Features
ED5000
ED5200S and ED5200SA
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
3/4" (19mm) projection x 1"
wide deadbolt- style latchbolt
with positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
Low profile; no pinch points,
closed on all sides
Heavy-duty chassis
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Single point, 1/4 turn hex key
dogging
(ED5200S Series Panic Devices)
In terms of an exit device, vector forces mean that pressure
applied to the door results in a force against the stop and
the frame, resulting in door/frame separation. The standard
pullman latchbolt applies 280 pounds of force against the
frame from a 400- pound pull on the door.
The SecureBolt
®
exit device only applies 63 pounds of force
against the frame from a 400-pound pull on the door. Less
force means the door and frame do not separate, providing a
higher level of security, as the door cannot be pulled open.
ED5202S(A)
SecureBolt® Double
Cylinder Exit Devices
Rim Features
ED5000
ED5000.8
ED5200 Panic-Listed Rim Exit Device
ED5200A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Rim Exit Device
ED5202 Panic-Listed Listed Rim Double Cylinder Exit Device
ED5202A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Rim Double Cylinder Exit Device
Features
Handing
Standard device is non-handed.
Double Cylinder Device is Handed.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel pullman-
type with stainless steel deadlocking latch.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavy-
gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm) dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on fire-
rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners. Standard on fire-
rated devices: sex nuts and bolts. Optional
on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts for use
on wood, composite, or unreinforced metal
doors; specify M54. Optional wood screws for
use on approved fire-rated solid wood or wood
core doors. Specify M64.
Strike
Surface-mounted 3/8
"
(10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with positive locking plate and
shims, assuring low friction relocking for a long,
trouble-free life.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 48.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type1,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devicescomplywithUL305standardsforpanic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
4'x8'singleor8'x8'doubledoors;ULsymbol
on active case cover indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED5000.9
Rim Features
ED5000
ED5200 and ED5200A
Rim Exit Devices
3/4" (19mm) throw stainless
steel pullman-type latchbolt
with stainless steel auxiliary
deadlocking latch standard
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
Low profile; no pinch points —
closed on all sides
Heavy-duty chassis
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Single point, 1/4 turn hex key
dogging
(ED5200 Series Panic Devices)
ED5202(A) Rim
Double Cylinder
Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5000.10
ED5400 Panic-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED5400A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Door Height
Standard top rod for 7' door.
All rods easily field cut to size.
Optional door heights up to 8’ available; see
Quick Codes, page 55.
Fordoorheightsabove8’0”referto
ED5470(B).
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubular brass, bronze or stainless
steel with rod guides.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavy-
gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm) dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging. Optional: less dogging,
specify M51. Optional: cylinder dogging,
specify M52. Optional: electric dogging;
specify M97. Mechanical dogging not
available on fire-rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts
for use on wood, composite, or unreinforced
metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Top: adjustable roller strike with positive locking
plate and shims.
Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 50.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised vision
light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type2,Grade1.
UL /cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devicescomplywithUL305standardsforpanic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
8’x8’doubledoors;ULsymbolonactivecase
cover indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire- rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply with
NFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Lever trims and pulls comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED5000.11
Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Single point 1/4 turn hex key
dogging
(ED5400 Series Panic Devices)
Low profile; no pinch
points – closed on all
sides
5/8" (16mm) throw
bottom deadbolt
Heavy-duty chassis
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt
ED5400 and ED5400A Surface
Vertical Rod Exit Device
Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5000.12
Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"- 48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (14mm).
Door Height
Standard top rod for 7' door.
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Optional door heights up to 10’ available; see
Quick Codes, page 55.
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel,
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubular brass, bronze or stainless
steel with rod guides.
Less Bottom Rod
Optional on ED5470 & ED5470B devices
only; specify M55.
Heat Activated Door Bolt (Popper)
Standard on all fire-rated devices with M55
option (less bottom rod).
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavy-
gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging. Optional: less dogging,
specify M51. Optional: cylinder dogging,
specify M52. Optional: electric dogging;
specify M97. Mechanical dogging not
available on fire-rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners. Standard on fire-
rated devices: sex nuts and bolts. Optional
on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts for use
on wood, composite, or unreinforced metal
doors; specify M54. Optional wood screws
for use on approved fire-rated solid wood or
wood core doors. Specify M64.
Strike
Top: surface mounted interlocking.
Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 50.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type2,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code when
ordered with M55 option only.
UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devicescomplywithUL305standardsfor
panic hardware. 1-1/2 hour fire-rated devices
listed as fire exit hardware for B label and lesser
class8’x10’doubledoors;ULsymbolon
active case cover indicates listings.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
Allfire-rateddevicescomplywithNFPA80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices with M55 option, lever trims and
pulls comply with Americans with Disabilities
Act.
ED5470 Panic-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED5470B 1-1/2 Hour Fire-Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
Finishes
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED5000.13
Surface Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5470 and ED5470B
Surface Vertical Rod
Exit Devices
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Single point 1/4 turn hex key dogging
(ED5470 Series Panic Devices)
Low profile; no pinch
points – closed on all
sides
5/8" (16mm) throw
deadbolt
Heavy-duty chassis
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt
ED5470B
M55 (Less Bottom Rod)
Heat-activated door bolt
(Popper) – Usedwhenbottom
rod is omitted from fire exit
devices (M55).
Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5800 Panic-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED5800A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
FOR USE WITH METAL DOORS ONLY
Features
Handing
Device is handed but easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Door Height
Standard: top rod for 8' door.
Telescoping rod assembly to accommodate
various door heights. For door heights above
8’0”,refertoED5860(B).
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubing, electroplated for corrosion
resistance.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavy-
gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging. Optional: less dogging,
specify M51. Optional: cylinder dogging,
specify M52. Optional: electric dogging;
specify M97. Mechanical dogging not
available on fire-rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts
for use on unreinforced metal doors; specify
M54.
Strike
Top: roller type.
Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 50.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
For use on metal doors only. See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type8,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devicescomplywithUL305standardsforpanic
hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices listed
as fire exit hardware for A label and lesser class
8'x8'doubledoors;ULsymbolonactivecase
cover indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
Allfire-rateddevicescomplywithNFPA80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED5000.14
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Single point 1/4 turn hex key dogging
(ED5800 Series Panic Devices)
Low profile; no pinch points –
closed on all sides
5/8" (16mm) throw
bottom deadbolt
Heavy-duty chassis
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt
ED5000.15
Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5800 and ED5800A Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
FOR USE WITH METAL DOORS ONLY
Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5000.16
ED5860 Panic-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED5860B 1-1/2 Hour Fire-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Device
FOR USE WITH METAL OR WOOD DOORS
Features
Handing
Device is handed but is easily field reversible.
Lever trim is handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (14mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Door Height
Standard: top rod for 8' door.
Telescoping rod assembly to accommodate
various door heights.
Optional door heights up to 10' available; see
Quick Codes, page 55.
Latchbolt
Top: 3/4" (19mm) throw, stainless steel,
pullman-type with automatic deadlatching.
Bottom: 5/8" (16mm) throw deadbolt, held
retracted during door swing.
Vertical Rods
1/2" O.D. tubing, electroplated for corrosion
resistance.
Less Bottom Rod
Optional on ED5860 and ED5860B devices
only; specify M55.
Heat-Activated Door Bolt (Popper)
Standard with all fire-rated devices with M55
option (less bottom rod).
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavy-
gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging, specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on fire-
rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts
for use on wood, composite, or unreinforced
metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Top: mortise. Bottom: flush mounted.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 50.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, pages 20-25.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
For use with metal or wood doors. See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type7and8,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devicescomplywithUL305standardsfor
panic hardware. 1-1/2 hour fire-rated devices
listed as fire exit hardware for B label and lesser
class8'x10'doubledoors;ULsymbolon
active case cover indicates listings.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
Allfire-rateddevicescomplywithNFPA80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED5000.17
Concealed Vertical Rod Features
ED5000
ED5860 and ED5860B
Concealed Vertical
Rod Exit Devices
FOR USE WITH METAL OR
WOOD DOORS
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Single point 1/4 turn
hex key dogging
(ED5860 Series Panic Devices)
Low profile; no pinch points –
closed on all sides
5/8" (16mm) throw
deadbolt
Heavy-duty chassis
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
3/4" (19mm) throw deadlocking
stainless steel latchbolt
ED5860B
M55 (Less Bottom Rod)
Heat-activated door bolt
(Popper) –Usedwhenbottom
rod is omitted from fire exit
devices (M55).
Functions
ED5000
ED5000.18
*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
Pull and Thumbpiece Trim
Rim/
SecureBolt®
ED5200(A)
ED5200S(A)
Inside Outside
Surface
Vertical Rod
ED5400(A)
ED5470(B)
Inside Outside
Concealed
Vertical Rod
ED5800(A)
ED5860(B)
Inside Outside
Type ANSI
No.
Function Description
Exit Only 01 Exit only; no trim.
Dummy 02 Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down.
Nightlatch 03 Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by key.
Classroom* 05 Entrance by thumbpiece. Key locks
or unlocks thumbpiece.
Passage 15
Entrance by trim when latch
is retracted by thumbpiece.
Thumbpiece is always active, no
cylinder.
Storeroom
(Thumbpiece
Active)
06
Entrance by thumbpiece only when
released by key. Key removable only
when locked.
ED5000.19
Functions
ED5000
*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
Lever and Knob Trim
Rim/
SecureBolt®
ED5200(A)
ED5200S(A)
Inside Outside
Surface
Vertical Rod
ED5400(A)
ED5470(B)
Inside Outside
Concealed
Vertical Rod
ED5800(A)
ED5860(B)
Inside Outside
Type ANSI
No.
Function Description
Exit Only 01 Exit only; no trim.
Dummy 02 Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down.
Nightlatch 03 Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by key.
Classroom* 08 Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks
or unlocks knob or lever.
Passage 14
Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by knob or lever. Knob or
lever always active, no cylinder.
Storeroom
(Grip Active) 09
Entrance by knob or lever only when
released by key. Key removable only
when locked.
Heavy-Duty Trims & Functions
ED5000
ED5000.20
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
2. Active lever, knob or thumbpiece trim recommended for use with surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices.
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:
•FreeWheelingvandal-resistantdesign
•Bevelededges
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•Flushcylinderwith6-pincylinderapplications
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
Armstrong
A9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
A910 A950 A9551A9572A959
Citation
C9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
C910 C950 C9551C9572C959
Dirke
D9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
D910 D950 D9551D9572D959
Essex
E9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
E910 E950 E9551E9572E959
Lustra
L9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
L910 L950 L9551L9572L959
Newport
N9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
N910 N950 N9551N9572N959
ED5000.21
Heavy-Duty Trims & Functions
ED5000
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:
•FreeWheelingvandal-resistantdesign
•Bevelededges
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•Flushcylinderwith6-pincylinderapplications
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
Regis
R9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
R910 R950 R9551R9572R959
Princeton
PR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
PR910 PR950 PR9551PR9572PR959
Escutcheon
F9
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim N/A F950 N/A F9572N/A
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
2. Active lever, knob or thumbpiece trim recommended for use with surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices.
UtilityTrimsandFunctions
ED5000
ED5000.22
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:
•FreeWheelingvandal-resistantdesign
•Bevelededges
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•Flushcylinderwith6-pincylinderapplications
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
Frascati
FR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
FR910 FR950 FR9551FR9572FR959
Merlot
M9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
M910 M950 M9551M9572M959
Tuscany
TS9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
TS910 TS950 TS9551TS9572TS959
Zinfandel
Z9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
Z910 Z950 Z9551Z9572Z959
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
2. Active lever, knob or thumbpiece trim recommended for use with surface or concealed vertical rod exit devices.
ED5000.23
UtilityTrimsandFunctions
ED5000
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
2.NotrecommendedforuseonED5400orED5800seriesexitdevices.
3. VTL has a lip that covers door gap and protects the latch.
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod
Features:
•FreeWheelingvandal-resistantdesign
•Bevelededges
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•Flushcylinderwith6-pincylinderapplications
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14/15
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
G900 Trim
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
3"
3-1/2"
10-1/4" G910 G950 G9551G9572G959
TH900 Trim
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
Projection: 2-11/16"
3"
10-1/4"
2-1/2"
1-5/8"
16-1/2" TH910 TH950 TH9551TH9572TH959
Offset Pull
P9
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
Specify Hand.
3"
10-1/4"
3-3/16"
N/A P950 N/A P9572N/A
VT9 Trim
Plate: Formed
Stainless Steel
Cylinder: Rim
Handed: Specify RHR
or LHR
7.25"
9.26
N/A VT950 N/A VT9572N/A
9.26"
7.94
"
N/A VTL9503N/A VTL9572, 3 N/A
Key Only
K12
Note:Availablewith
cylinder option only.
Ex: K157 x 6P.
N/A N/A N/A K1572N/A
UtilityTrimsandFunctions
ED5000
ED5000.24
1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
*Available on 1-3/4" thick doors only.
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4"
3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14*
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2" SpecifyPartNumber,716F50MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F51MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F52MxFinish1
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
ED5000.25
UtilityTrimsandFunctions
ED5000
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
Muséo®
Georgia 102 102910 102950 102955 102957 102959
103 103910 103950 103955 103957 103959
104 104910 104950 104955 104957 104959
124 124910 124950 124955 124957 124959
125 125910 125950 125955 125957 125959
salvador 106 106910 106950 106955 106957 106959
107 107910 107950 107955 107957 107959
108 108910 108950 108955 108957 108959
109 109910 109950 109955 109957 109959
110 110910 110950 110955 110957 110959
123 123910 123950 123955 123957 123959
128 128910 128950 128955 128957 128959
129 129910 129950 129955 129957 129959
Marc 111 111910 111950 111955 111957 111959
112 112910 112950 112955 112957 112959
113 113910 113950 113955 113957 113959
114 114910 114950 114955 114957 114959
115 115910 115950 115955 115957 115959
116 116910 116950 116955 116957 116959
130 130910 130950 130955 130957 130959
131 131910 131950 131955 131957 131959
132 132910 132950 132955 132957 132959
PABLO 117 117910 117950 117955 117957 117959
126 126910 126950 126955 126957 126959
JACKSON 119 119910 119950 119955 119957 119959
121 121910 121950 121955 121957 121959
122 122910 122950 122955 122957 122959
127 127910 127950 127955 127957 127959
PIET* 21L 21L910 21L950 21L955 21L957 21L959
21M 21M910 21M950 21M955 21M957 21M959
21S 21S910 21S950 21S955 21S957 21S959
21W 21W910 21W950 21W955 21W957 21W959
23M 23M910 23M950 23M955 23M957 23M959
25M 25M910 25M950 25M955 25M957 25M959
Rim, SecureBolt®, Vertical Rod Features:
•FreeWheelingvandal-resistantdesign
•Bevelededges
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•Flushcylinderwith6-pincylinderapplications
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
*See pages 59-60 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.
102 103 104
124 125
106 107 108 109
110 123 128 129
111 112 113
114 115 116
130 131 132
117 126
119 121 122 127
21L 21M 21S
21W 23M 25M
Mortise Features
ED5000
ED5000.26
ED5600 Panic-Listed Mortise Exit Device
ED5600A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Mortise Exit Device
ED5602L Panic-Listed Listed Mortise Double Cylinder Exit Device
ED5602AL 3-Hour Fire-Listed Mortise Double Cylinder Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device is non-handed.
Mortise lock body is handed, but field
reversible.
Lever trim may be handed.
Bar length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
Optional: 24" (610mm) bar fits 24" (610mm)
door; specify W024.
Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-48"
(914mm-1219mm) door; specify W048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical, 3/4" (19mm) throw,
stainless steel with auxiliary deadlocking
latch.
Materials
Heavy-duty cold-forged steel chassis; heavy-
gauge steel mechanisms, electroplated
for corrosion resistance; finished parts are
brass, bronze or stainless steel; stainless steel
springs; nylon bearings.
Projection
3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
Standard on panic devices; single-point 1/4
turn hex key dogging.
Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
Optional: cylinder dogging, specify M52.
Optional: electric dogging; specify M97.
Mechanical dogging not available on fire-
rated devices.
Fasteners
Standard on panic devices: machine screws
and wood door fasteners.
Standard on fire-rated devices: sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on panic devices: sex nuts and bolts
for use on wood, composite, or unreinforced
metal doors; specify M54.
Optional wood screws for use on approved
fire-rated solid wood or wood core doors.
Specify M64.
Strike
Non-handed.ANSIcurvedlipstandard.
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional strikes available; see Options and
Accessories, page 51.
Functions and Trims
Through-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide range
of functions; see Trims and Functions, pages
30-35.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 53.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over raised
vision light molding; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 4.
Warranty
Five-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Type3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL/cUL
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devicescomplywithUL305standardsfor
panic hardware. Three-hour fire-rated devices
listed as fire exit hardware for A label and
lesser class 4' x 8' single or 8' x 8' double
doors;ULsymbolonactivecasecoverindicates
listings.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a fire
rated opening can potentially impact the fire
rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specific situation. When retrofitting any portion
of an existing fire rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official (Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section
13144.1 of the California Health and Safety
Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
Allfire-rateddevicescomplywithNFPA80
Fire Doors and Windows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
BHMA 629 Bright Stainless Steel
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with Microshield®
BHMA 630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with Microshield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,oil
rubbed
ED5000.27
Mortise Features
ED5000
Wrought brass or
bronze rear cover
Single point 1/4 turn
hex key dogging
(ED5600 Series Panic Devices)
Low profile; no pinch points –
closed on all sides
Heavy-duty chassis
Architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel
ED5600K, ED5657K
ED5600L, ED5602L, ED5657L,
ED5602L, ED5600T, ED5657T
Mortise Panic-Listed Exit Devices
ED5600AK, ED5657AK
ED5600AL, ED5602AL, ED5657AL,
ED5602AL, ED5600AT, ED5657AT
Mortise Fire-Listed Exit Devices
2-piecemechanical3/4”throw
deadlocking stainless steel latchbolt
How to Order/Specify
Mortise Exit
Trim Type Functions Panic Fire
Knob
Passage ED5600K ED5600AK
Classroom
Nightlatch ED5657K ED5657AK
Dummy
Lever or
Flat Plate
Passage ED5600L ED5600AL
Classroom
Double Cylinder
(Classroom function
Trim only)
ED5602L ED5602AL
Nightlatch ED5657L ED5657AL
Dummy
Thumbpiece
Passage ED5600T ED5600AT
Classroom
Nightlatch ED5657T ED5657AT
Dummy
ED5602L,
ED5602AL
Mortise
Double Cylinder
Exit Devices
Mortise Functions
ED5000
ED5000.28
Exit Only, Pull and Thumbpiece Trim
Mortise
ED5600L
ED5600AL
Inside Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Description
Exit Only 01 Exit only; no trim.
Mortise
ED5600T
ED5600AT
Inside Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Description
Classroom 05
Entrance by thumbpiece. Key
locks or unlocks thumbpiece.
Specify Thumbpiece - ED5600T or
ED5600AT.
Passage 15
Entrance by trim when latch
is retracted by thumbpiece.
Thumbpiece always active, no
cylinder. Specify Thumbpiece -
ED5600T or ED5600AT.
Mortise
ED5657T
ED5657AT
Inside Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Description
Dummy 02
Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down. Specify
ED5657T or ED5657AT.
Nightlatch 03
Entrance by trim when latchbolt
is retracted by key. Key removable
only when locked. Specify ED5657T
or ED5657AT.
ED5000.29
Mortise Functions
ED5000
Mortise
ED5600L
ED5600AL
ED5600K
ED5600AK
Inside Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Description
Classroom** 08 Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks
or unlocks knob or lever.
Passage* 14
Entrance by trim when latchbolt is
retracted by knob or lever. Knob
or lever always active, no cylinder.
Specify K, AK, L or AL.
Mortise
ED5657L
ED5657AL
ED5657K
ED5657AK
Inside Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Description
Dummy* 02 Entrance by trim when actuating
bar is dogged down.
Nightlatch** 03
Entrance by trim when latchbolt
is retracted by key. Key removable
only when locked. Specify ED5657L,
ED5657AL, ED5657K, ED5657AK.
*Dummy and passage function trims are the same.
**ClassroomandNightlatchfunctiontrimsarethesame.Trimfunctionmustbespecifiedwhenorderedwithanexitto
ensure that the correct lock body is supplied with the device.
Lever and Knob Trim
Heavy-Duty Mortise Trims & Functions
ED5000
ED5000.30
Features:
•Bevelededges
•Rigidleverwhenlocked
•Flushcylinder
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Armstrong
A9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder:1-1/2”
Mortise A02
A9M10 A9M50 A9M55 A9M57
Citation
C9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder:1-1/2”
Mortise A02
C9M10 C9M50 C9M55 C9M57
Dirke
D9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder:1-1/2”
Mortise A02
D9M10 D9M50 D9M55 D9M57
Essex
E9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder:1-1/2”
Mortise A02
E9M10 E9M50 E9M55 E9M57
Lustra
L9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder:1-1/2”
Mortise A02
L9M10 L9M50 L9M55 L9M57
Newport
N9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder:1-1/2”
Mortise A02
N9M10 N9M50 N9M55 N9M57
Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Regis
R9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
R9M10 R9M50 R9M55 R9M57
Princeton
PR9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
PR9M10 PR9M50 PR9M55 PR9M57
Escutcheon
F9
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
N/A F950 N/A F9M57
ED5000.31
Heavy-Duty Mortise Trims & Functions
ED5000
Features:
•Bevelededges
•Rigidleverwhenlocked
•Flushcylinder
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Heavy-Duty Mortise Trims & Functions
ED5000
ED5000.32
Features:
•Bevelededges
•Rigidleverwhenlocked
•Flushcylinder
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Frascati
FR9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
FR9M10 FR9M50 FR9M55 FR9M57
Merlot
M9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
M9M10 M9M50 M9M55 M9M57
Tuscany
TS9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
TS9M10 TS9M50 TS9M55 TS9M57
Zinfandel
Z9M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2"
Mortise A02
Z9M10 Z9M50 Z9M55 Z9M57
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14/15
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
G9M00 Trim
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise A02
3"
3-1/2"
10-1/4" G9M10 G9M50 G9M55 G9M57
TH9M00 Trim
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise A02
Projection: 2-11/16"
3"
10-1/4"
2-1/2"
1-5/8"
16-1/2" TH9M10 TH9M50 TH9M55 TH9M57
Offset Pull
P9M
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise A02
3"
10-1/4"
3-3/16"
N/A P950 N/A P9M57
(03)
VT9M Trim
Plate: Formed Stainless
Steel
Cylinder: Mortise
Handed: Specify RHR or LHR
7.25"
9.26
N/A VT950 N/A VT9M57
9.26"
7.94
"
N/A VTL9503N/A VTL9M573
Key Only
K1M
Note:Availablewithcylinder
option only.
Ex: K1M57 x 6P.
N/A N/A N/A K1M57
ED5000.33
MortiseUtilityTrims&Functions
ED5000
3. VTL has a lip that covers door gap and protects the latch.
Mortise
Features:
•Vandal-resistantdesign
•Bevelededges
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•Flushcylinderwith6-pincylinderapplications
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
MortiseUtilityTrims&Functions
ED5000
ED5000.34
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4"
3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14*
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2" SpecifyPartNumber,716F50MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F51MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F52MxFinish1
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
* Available on 1 3/4" thick doors only.
ED5000.35
MortiseUtilityTrims&Functions
ED5000
Mortise Features:
•Bevelededges
•Rigidleverwhenlocked
•Through-boltedtoexitdevice
•Flushcylinder
•5-yearlimitedwarranty
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Muséo®
Georgia 102 1029M10 1029M50 1029M55 1029M57
103 1039M10 1039M50 1039M55 1039M57
104 1049M10 1049M50 1049M55 1049M57
124 1249M10 1249M50 1249M55 1249M57
125 1259M10 1259M50 1259M55 1259M57
salvador 106 1069M10 1069M50 1069M55 1069M57
107 1079M10 1079M50 1079M55 1079M57
108 1089M10 1089M50 1089M55 1089M57
109 1099M10 1099M50 1099M55 1099M57
110 1109M10 1109M50 1109M55 1109M57
123 1239M10 1239M50 1239M55 1239M57
128 1289M10 1289M50 1289M55 1289M57
129 1299M10 1299M50 1299M55 1299M57
Marc 111 1119M10 1119M50 1119M55 1119M57
112 1129M10 1129M50 1129M55 1129M57
113 1139M10 1139M50 1139M55 1139M57
114 1149M10 1149M50 1149M55 1149M57
115 1159M10 1159M50 1159M55 1159M57
116 1169M10 1169M50 1169M55 1169M57
130 1309M10 1309M50 1309M55 1309M57
131 1319M10 1319M50 1319M55 1319M57
132 1329M10 1329M50 1329M55 1329M57
PABLO 117 1179M10 1179M50 1179M55 1179M57
126 1269M10 1269M50 1269M55 1269M57
JACKSON 119 1199M10 1199M50 1199M55 1199M57
121 1219M10 1219M50 1219M55 1219M57
122 1229M10 1229M50 1229M55 1229M57
127 1279M10 1279M50 1279M55 1279M57
PIET* 21L 21L9M10 21L9M50 21L9M55 21L9M57
21M 21M9M10 21M9M50 21M9M55 21M9M57
21S 21S9M10 21S9M50 21S9M55 21S9M57
21W 21W9M10 21W9M50 21W9M55 21W9M57
23M 23M9M10 23M9M50 23M9M55 23M9M57
25M 25M9M10 25M9M50 25M9M55 25M9M57
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder:1-1/2”
Mortise A02
*See pages 59-60 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.
102 103 104
124 125
106 107 108 109
110 123 128 129
111 112 113
114 115 116
130 131 132
119 121 122 127
21L 21M 21S
21W 23M 25M
117 126
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
ED5000.36
List No. Exit Device
Description
Available options
M61 M91 M92 M93 M94 M97 SAF SEC D 9903 9905
ED5200 (A) Rim Exit Device x x x x x x x x x
ED5200S (A) Rim SecureBolt® Device x x x x x x x x x
ED5400 (A) Surface Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x
ED5470 (B) Surface Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x
ED5600 (A) Mortise Exit Device x x x x x x x x x
ED5800 (A) Concealed Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x
ED5860 (B) Concealed Vertical Rod x x x x x x x x x
Electrified Hardware Option Descriptions
Note1:Thefollowingoptionscannotbeorderedtogetheronthesame
device:
a) M94 or M97 & D
b) M94 x M97
c) M52 x M97
d) M97 x M107
e) M61 or M92 & D
f) M61 x M92
g) M61x M52
h) M52 & D
i) ED5600 x M91 & M93
j) ED5600 SAF or SEC x M91 or M93
k) Surface vertical rod exit devices with M61 x M91, M92 or M93.
Note2:WhenorderingasurfaceverticalrodexitdevicewiththeD
option, rod and latch guards (provided by other) must be used.
Note3:M88(NFPA30)M89(BOCA-15)andM90(BOCA-30)are
availableonlyasoptionsforsuffix“D”DelayedEgressExit
Devices. See page 36 for details.
The Corbin Russwin ED5000 series
electrified exit devices offer a
complete range of options that may
be integrated into the monitoring
security and alarm systems of
most buildings. The continuum of
appearance is maintained, as well
as the security and function of the
ED5000 mechanical exit device.
Electrified Exit Devices
M61 Alarm Option
M91 Bolt Monitor
M92 Touchbar Monitor
M93 Trim Monitor
M94 Latch Retraction
M97 Electric Dogging
SAF Fail Safe Operation
SEC Fail Secure Operation
D* Delayed Egress2
9903 Fail Safe Electrified Trim
9905 Fail Secure Electrified Trim
* Add as suffix to exit device.
Example: ED5200D x 630 x RHR
ED5000.37
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Electric Latch Pullback -
M94
Continuous-duty solenoid retracts
the latch bolt(s) for momentary or
maintained periods of time. Latch
Pullback provides a remote means of
unlocking exit devices.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Mortise Exit Devices
Listings
ULlistedforbothPanicandFireExit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
Requires 782 Controller (120VAC
input, output sequencer for one or
twodevices).Nosubstitutes;using
other power sources voids warranty.
Requires a 4-wire electrical transfer
pivot or hinge. See page 43 for
controller information.
Solenoid
A dual retraction/holder-type solenoid.
6-9 Amp in rush @ 24VDC to 28VDC
(.25 Amp holding-continuous duty.)
Device bolts remain retracted for
as long as the device is energized.
Removal of power returns the
device to the life safety, self-latching
mechanical mode.
Interface with central or local fire
alarm system, automatic door
operators, access control systems,
security alarm systems, and blow open
door systems.
Note: This feature is not available
with Electric Dogging (M97) or
delayed egress (D) on the same device.
How to Order
Specify Quick Code M94.
Electric Dogging -
M97
This electronic feature will provide
continuous dogging when power is
applied and the push bar is depressed
manually. Interruption or removal of
the power will release the pushbar
and return the exit device back to
normal operation.
Application
SecureBolt® Exit Devices
Rim Exit Devices
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
Mortise Exit Devices
Listings
ULlistedforbothPanicandFireExit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
.35 Amps @ 24VDC continuous duty
(2) 36 volt holding magnets holding
force (86 lbf. total)
Note: This feature is not available
with Electric Latch Pullback (M94) or
delayed egress (D) on the same device.
How to Order
Specify Quick Code M97.
Mortise Device Trim
Control
Safe or Secure
Mortise device trim control provides
a remote means of locking and
unlocking the outside lever trim. This
feature is provided by continuous duty
solenoids in the device mortise lock.
Application
Mortise exit devices.
Listings
ULlistedforbothPanicandFireExit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
24VDC 330 milliamperes
Fail Safe units maintain the door
locked as long as the device is
energized.
Fail Secure units maintain the door
unlocked as long as the device is
energized.
Regulated 24VDC power supply
required.
Note: SAF & SEC options are
only available with ED5600L and
ED5600(A)L version lock body
functions and may not be combined
with either the M91 or M93
monitoring options.
How to Order
SpecifyQuickCode“SAF”forSafeor
“SEC”forSecure.
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
ED5000.38
Delayed Egress Exit Device
The delayed egress option provides
additional security and safety in a strong
line of exit hardware. The delayed egress
exit device is an electromechanical
device used to secure interior or exterior
openings.
Operation
The exit door is normally closed and
latched. The Delayed Egress Exit Device
“D”securesthedoorinthelockedmode
with the solid Red LED indicating locked
mode status. Depressing the pushpad
for less than 3 seconds will sound the
nuisance beep without initiating the alarm.
Depressing the pushpad for 3 seconds
or longer will initiate an irreversible local
audible beeping tone and a visual amber
indicator until the device releases. The
person depressing the exit bar is denied
egress for 15 or 30 seconds and security
personnel are alerted. After the delay time
of 15 or 30 seconds the device releases,
theLEDchangestoGreen,andthealarm
changes to a steady tone which continues
to alarm until manually reset by key. The
remote monitoring contact outputs can be
used to alert security personnel.
Note: The 15-second time delay is
standard. 30-second time delay is optional
(may be accepted by local jurisdiction).
Applications
•Foruseonhollowmetal,woodor 
composite interior or exterior doors.
•Availableforrim,SecureBolt®,
surface vertical rod, concealed
vertical rod and mortise panic and
fire-rated exit devices. For surface
vertical rod exit devices, rod and
latch guards (provided by other)
must be used.
•ComplieswithNFPA101“CodeFor
Safety To Life From Buildings And
Structures”byNationalFire 
Protection Association.
•BOCAoptionsavailabletocomply
withNationalBuildingCode 
requirements. BOCA option is not
suitable for installations in
accordancewithNFPA101.
•1-3/4”(45mm)doorthickness 
standard;2”(51mm)and2-1/4” 
(57mm) optional; specify D200 or
D214 when ordering.
•Standard36”devicefits36”doors
only. Device cannot be cut less than
36”.
•OptionW048fitsdoors42”–48”.
Devicescannotbecutlessthan42”.
Listing
•UL/cULListed
– Fire Exit Hardware
(GXHX/GXHX7)
– Controlled Exit Panic Device
(FUKD/FUKD7)
– Special Locking Arrangements
(FWAX/FWAX7)
•BHMA(ANSIA156.3andANSIA156.24)
Directory of Certified Exit Devices
Specifications
Input Voltage: 24VDC (+/- 10%) Regulated
and filtered.
Power Consumption
•StandardDevice:500mA
•DevicewithElectricTrimControl:
1.5 Amp
•MortiseDevicewith“Safe”or 
“Secure”option:1.5Amp
Standard Features
Key Switch Operation:
• Normal:Thesystemisarmedby
applying power to the device (solid
Red LED). Depressing the pushpad
for more than the nuisance delay
time starts the exit delay cycle.
• Bypass:Turningthekeyswitch
clockwise to the bypass position
allows immediate egress without
alarming. The bar functions as a
standard exit device. (Red LED
flashes slow.)
• Reset/Delay:Usedtoresetdevice
after the factory set 15 or optional
30 second delay cycle has timed
out. If the device is armed, turning
the key switch counterclockwise to
the reset mode will release the
device without alarm for egress and
will rearm after 10 seconds. (Red
LED flashes quickly.)
•AlarmStrength:85Db@10’.
Local Visual Status Indicator:
• RED:Theexitdeviceissecureand
the delayed egress circuitry is
energized.
• AMBER:Theegresscyclehas
started, indicated by an irreversible
local audible beeping tone.
• GREEN:Exitdeviceisinalarmand
has released.
Nuisance Delay Time:
Depressing for 3 seconds or less sounds
an audible beep without activating the
irreversible alarm sequence. (Immediate
alarm can be selected by removing a
jumper on the control board.)
Internal Alarm Siren:
When the exit device is armed, depressing
the push pad initiates the internal 85db
alarm siren.
Remote Control Inputs:
•RemoteReset:Acceptsamomentary
contact (keyswitch, pushbutton, etc.) to
reset the unit during alarm or allows
momentary egress (10 seconds) when
the unit is armed.
•RemoteBypass:Acceptsamomentary
contact to put the unit in a maintained
bypass operation. The exit device
functions as a standard device.
ED5000.39
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
EPTL
Power Transfer
Alarm Outputs:
Two sets of normally open and normally
closed contacts. Contacts change only
during alarm status. One set of contacts
changes when device delay cycle has started
(Alarm). One set of contacts changes when
device has released (Secure).
Door Sign:
Door sign per code included.
How to Order
Specify“D”suffixafterdevice.
Example: ED5200SD
Options
Bolt Position Monitor M91:
SPDT (Single Pole Double Throw) switch
that monitors the position of the latchbolt
or vertical rods. To order, specify M91.
Outside Trim Monitor M93:
Usedwhenoutsidetrimisdesiredto
be used with an external door position
switch (by others) input. This switch
will allow Bypass (disarms device) when
the trim is used for ingress. The device
requires setting after entry by means of
the keyswitch on the device or a remote
switch. To order, specify M93.
Note: If an external DPS is not used,
standard trim will allow entry without
affecting the device in an armed mode.
The device will only be affected when the
touchbar is depressed.
Mortise Electric Trim Control SAF/SEC:
The mortise delayed egress exit device can
be ordered with Fail Safe or Fail Secure
outside trim operation. In a fire condition
the Fail Safe trim will release for entry.
When access control is used the Fail Secure
trim allows entry by means of a remote
card reader, keyswitch, pushbutton, etc. To
order, specify SAF or SEC.
Note: The trim will open the door without
affecting the device in an armed mode if
a door position switch (by others) is not
used.
30-Second Delay M88:
Device released after 30 seconds. The
device will provide visual and audible
indication that the delayed egress cycle has
been activated. After the device has been
released, the siren changes to a steady tone
which continues until reset by keyswitch
or remote inputs on the device. Required
signage must indicate 30 seconds for
release. To order, specify M88.
Note: 30 seconds may be accepted by
local jurisdiction.
BOCA 15-Second Delay M89:
BOCA 30-Second Delay M90:
Uponpressingthetouchpadfor3seconds
or more, the device will sound an audible
beeping tone and release for egress after
a total of 15 or 30 seconds, sounding
the alarm. When the door is re-secured,
the device will automatically rearm after
30 seconds. A door position switch (by
others) is required for this option. Required
signage must indicate 15 or 30 seconds for
release. To order, specify M89 for BOCA 15
seconds or M90 for BOCA 30 seconds.
Note: BOCA option is not suitable for
installationsinaccordancewithNFPA101.
Required Accessories
Power Supply:
A regulated and filtered power supply with
a Fire Alarm interface is required.
1 Amp minimum @ 24VDC per device.
Special options will require more
amperage. Consult factory.
To order, specify:
• BPS-24-1–1Amp@24VDCpower
 supply(controls1“D”device)
• BPS-24-2–1.5Amp@24VDCpower
 supply(controls2“D”sor1“D”with
SAF or SEC options)
Power Transfer:
Allows the power to make the transition
from frame to door without pinching or
removal of insulation. Optional power
transfer: EPTL – concealed transfer for up
to and over 120° swing doors. To order
specifyPartNo.704F28.Consultcatalog
for additional recommended power supplies
and accessories.
Trims
Utilizesheavy-dutyandutilitytrims.SeeTrims
and Functions, pages 20-25 and 30-35.
Cylinders
Utilizesa1-1/8”mortisecylinder;A02
cam. Cylinder not included unless
specified. See Quick Codes, page 53.
Warranty
Exit devices and heavy-duty trim carry
a five-year limited warranty. Electronic
components carry a two-year limited
warranty.
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
ED5000.40
Activation
Alarm is armed by turning key clockwise.
Low audible chirp indicates alarm has
been activated. Alarm will sound when the
exit device pushpad is depressed. Factory
preset for standard alarm mode which
automatically resets after 5 minutes.
Continuous Alarm Mode
Alarm sounds continuously when the exit
device pushpad is depressed. Alarm must be
manually reset by keyswitch. (This feature is
selected by a switch on the circuit board.)
Low Battery Warning
Audible chirp. Every 30 seconds.
Warning Decal
“EMERGENCYEXIT-ALARMWILLSOUND”
provided.
Nuisance Alarm
Unitsarefactorypresetforinstantalarm.
Selectable feature for alarm to sound when
exit device touchbar is depressed for more
than 2 seconds. (This feature is selected by a
switch on the circuit board.)
Kit
Available in kit form for field retrofit except
surface vertical rods. Order ED50AK.
Arming Delay/Authorized Egress
A 10-second delay (after arming) permits
egress (by turning key clockwise).
Alarm Shunt
Ingress shunt alarm input for devices with
signal & outside trim monitors (M91 & M93).
Power Requirements
One 9-volt battery (included).
Alarm Strength
90db @ 10 feet.
Arm/Disarm
Requires one 1-1/8" A02 cam mortise
cylinder. Clockwise turn arms the alarm,
counterclockwise turn disarms or silences
the alarm. Low audible chirp indicates alarm
has been activated.
Device Status
A Red LED indicator will illuminate every 30
seconds when the alarm is armed.
Tamper Resistant
Built-in safety monitor sounds alarm when
tampering occurs.
Cylinders
Mortise1-1/8”A02Cam.Cylindernot
included unless specified. See Quick Codes,
page 53.
Door Width
Availablefor36”-48”devicesonly.Not
availablewithdeviceslessthan36”.
36" device can be cut to fit 34"-36" door.
48" device can be cut to fit 38-1/2"-48"
door.
Quick Code
M61
Alarm Kit
ED50AK
ED50AKxW048(48”devices)optional
Hard Wired Option
A hard wired option is available by using a
9VDC output power supply and a remote
power harness. Specify 784 to order the
9VDC output power supply. See page
44 for 784 power supply information.
Specify 709F989 to order the remote
power harness for a 36" device and specify
709F999 to order the remote power
harness for a 48" device.
Exceptions
The ED50AK for the ED5000 series exit
devices cannot be retrofitted in the field to
the ED5400/5470 series surface vertical rod
exit devices.
The alarm option is available for the surface
vertical rod devices by factory order only. To
order, add the quick code suffix M61 to the
device number; for example, ED5470 x M61.
Please note, in accordance with Corbin
Russwin’s standard limited warranty,
any attempt to retrofit the ED50AK to a
surface vertical rod exit device will void the
warranties for these products.
Surface vertical rod exit devices with alarm kit
cannot be ordered with M91, M92 or M93.
How to Order
Ordering example for Exit Device
ED5400 626 M61
Device Finish Quick Code
for Alarm Option
  (CylinderNot
Included)
Ordering Example for Alarm Kit Only
ED50AK 626 W048
Alarm Finish Door
Kit Width
  (CylinderNot
Included)
NOTE:DoggingnotavailablewithM61
option and ED50AK alarm kit.
M61 Exit Alarm
ED5000.41
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
ED5000.41
Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim
Electrically controlled trim provides electric locking and
unlocking of the 900 Series heavy-duty lever trim. It easily
retrofits into existing applications and is ideal for door
control.
Advantages
•AvailableinFailSafeorFailSecureoperation
•24VAC/VDC
•InternalrectifieracceptsACorDCvoltage
•FreeWheelingleverwhenlocked
•Keyoverride(specifycylinder)
•Plugconnectorwith4'wirelead(Exitdevicecanbeused
as the wire raceway)
Applications
•ED5200(A)Rim
•ED5200S(A)SecureBolt®
•ED5400(A)SurfaceVerticalRod
•ED5470(B)SurfaceVerticalRod
•ED5800(A)CVR
•ED5860(B)CVR
Trim
Utilizesall900seriestrimleverdesignsincludingthe
Muséo® and Vineyard™ Collections
Electrical Specifications
•Solenoid:330mA@24voltscontinuousduty
•SecurityMonitorSwitch(M98):4AMP@250VAC
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Options
•M98–SecurityMonitor.ASPDTswitchthatmonitors 
the position of the solenoid (lock and unlock status).
•M99–Trimgasketforexteriorapplications.
Cylinder
Cylinder not included unless specified. See Quick Codes,
page 53.
How to Order
N9903626RHRM98,6P
Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
ED5000.42
Fail Secure
The x9905 trim is locked when power is off and unlocked when power is on.
x = Lever trim design - Standard, Vineyard™ and Muséo®
Functions
Fail Safe
The x9903 trim is locked when power is on and unlocked when power is off.
x9903
(Fail Safe)
Function Description
•Leverislockedwhenpowerison(FreeWheeling)
•Poweroffallowsentryfromtrim
•Insidedeviceisalwaysactiveforegress
•Mechanicalkeyoverride(09Function–Keyallowslevertoretractlatchbolt. 
Key can only be removed in locked position.)
x9905
(Fail Secure)
Function Description
• Leverislockedwhenpowerisoff(FreeWheeling)
• Poweronallowsleveractivationforentry
• Insidedeviceisalwaysactiveforegress
• Mechanicalkeyoverride(09Function–Keyallowslevertoretractlatchbolt.
Key can only be removed in locked position.)
ED5000.43
Electrified Exit Devices
ED5000
Bolt Position Monitoring - M91
Provides indication of the position of the
latchbolt.Usedwithsecuritysystems
to monitor the latch bolt; also used to
activate automatic door operators upon
latch retraction.
Application
See chart on page 36.
Listings
ULlistedforbothPanicandFireExit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts
Ordering
Specify Quick Code M91.
Touchbar Monitoring - M92
Request to Exit - REX
Provides indication of the pushpad
beingdepressed.Usedasarequestto
exit to shunt alarm systems, release
electromagnetic locks or monitor egress.
Application
See chart on page 36.
Listings
ULlistedforbothPanicandFireExit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
4 Amps @ 250 VAC contacts
Ordering
Specify Quick Code M92.
Outside Monitoring or Signaling - M93
Provides indication of the device being
operatedfromtheoutside.Usedasa
request to enter signal switch to shunt
alarms; also used to monitor entry.
Application
See chart on page 36.
Listings
ULlistedforbothPanicandFireExit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts
Ordering
Specify Quick Code M93.
Monitors - M91, M92, M93
Operation
Monitors are used to indicate the authorized and unauthorized use of an opening or to signal and control other opening hardware,
such as magnetic locks. Each monitoring device is equipped with one internal single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switch per monitor.
782 Controller
Operation
Designed to control one or two electric
latch pullback M94 exit devices. Equipped
with two 20-second timers which can
operate the exit devices together or
independently. Requires a momentary
or timed, dry contact input and can be
interfaced with access control systems,
automaticdooroperators,“blowopen”
typescenariosandhasprovisionsforN/C
fire alarm systems.
Features
• 2controlinputs.Acceptsnormally
closed dry contacts for device activation
from a key switch, push button, access
control or fire alarm system.
• 2normallyopencontroloutputsfor
automatic door operators
• 2M94deviceoutputs
• FireAlarmInterfaceinput
• 24VDCoutputforaudibleorLEDS
.25 AMP
Wiring
Upto40feet:16AWGwire
Upto60feet:14AWGwire
Upto100feet:12AWGwire
Electrical Specifications
• 120VAC60Hz750mA(Max)
• 9Ampinrushfor100milliseconds
Listings
UL294
ULClass2Outputs
Note: The 782 is the only power source to
beusedwiththeM94option.Usingany
other power supply will void the warranty
and cause possible damage to the exit
device.
Ordering
782 Controller
EPTL
Concealed power transfer for over 120°
swing doors. Installs in door and frame
edges.Supportswiresupto.25”(6mm)
thick, and works with doors hung with
butt hinges, continuous hinges and pivots.
Toorder,specifyPartNo.704F288.
782 Controller
EPTL
Yellow
Blue
Brown
NC
COM
NO
Tan
Gray
Pink
NC
COM
NO
Orange
White
Green
NC
COM
NO
Electrified Options & Accessories
ED5000
ED5000.44
Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches
MKA - (1) SPDT Maintained
MK - (1) SPDT Momentary
MKN-(1)SPDTMomentaryNS
MK2 - (1) DPDT Momentary
MKPZ x MKS - (1) SPDT Momentary with
audioDoubleGangxAdditionalSwitch
Note:Allkeyswitchescomestandardwith
12/24 VDC bi-color LED.
Specifications
•Keyswitchforoperationusinga 
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• Contact Rating 5 Amps @ 12-24VDC
• SPDT3-position.
Push Buttons
PB2 - (1) SPDT Momentary
PB2 - (1) DPST Remote Momentary
PB3 - (1) DPST Momentary
PB3A - (1) DPST Maintained (Alt. Action)
PB3EA - (1) DPST Alternate
Specifications
• 3Amps@12-24VDC
Audible/Visual Annunciators
PZ1 - Sonalert 90db @ 2ft. 12-24VDC.
Mounted on one gang stainless steel plate.
Digital Entry
DK-12-DigitalKeypad-4User
DK-26SS-DigitalKeypadNS-59User-SS
Finish
DK-26BK-DigitalKeypadNS-59User-
Black Finish
Power Transfers
TSB B-C - Door Cord
MKA PB3PB2 PZ1
BPS Power Supply
Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. Recommended for the SAF,
SEC, M97, delayed egress exit devices and
electric trim.
Features
•Individualoutputcircuitbreakers
•Regulatedandfilteredfuseprotected
outputs
•LEDsmonitorzonestatus(voltageorno
voltage)
•Slideswitchesconnectordisconnect
 loadfrompower(Notavailableon1
Amp supplies)
•InternalBack-Upbatterychargingcircuit
•Ruggedsteelenclosure
•Firealarminterface
Electrical Specifications
•Inputs:120VAC
•Outputs:12/24VDC@1Amp,2Ampor
4 Amp, Filtered and regulated outputs
Listings
•UL-cULCLASS2
- Signal Appliances
-AccessControlSystemUnits
- Special Locking Arrangements -
Component
•CE
Applications
•D–DelayedEgress
•M97–ElectricDogging
•SAF–FailSafemortisedevicetrim
control
•SEC–FailSecuremortisedevicetrim
control
Note:BatteriesarenotincludedwiththeBPSpower
supply.
784 Power Supply
Features
•Providesalteredandregulated9VDC
remote power
•Requiresracewaythroughthedoor*
•Optional12VDCgelcellbattery.
Provides continuous operation of in
the event of a power failure. To order,
specify 793F089.
Includes:
•Plug-InWallTransformerwith
approximately12' (3.6m) of shielded wire
that provides input power to the power
supply
•Includes12'(3.6m)ofshieldedwirefor
connection between power transfer and
power supply
•Toorderseparately,specify793F039
*Recommended for new opening. Retrofit application
may require surface mounted wire mold and transfer
loop by others.
Model Enclosure Input Output
BPS-24-1 12"(304mm)x9”(229mm)x4”(102mm) 120VAC 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-2 14"(356mm)x14”(356mm)x4”(102mm) 120VAC 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-4 15"(381mm)x18”(457mm)x6”(152mm) 120VAC 4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-12-1 12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm) 120VAC 1 amp @ 12 VDC
BPS-12-3 14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm) 120VAC 3 amp @ 12 VDC
ED5000.45
Electrified Applications
ED5000
782
6000
501
501
Latch Pullback - M94 Option
Components
ED5200 x M94 Latch Retraction Exit
Device - Corbin Russwin
782 Controller - Corbin Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pads - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
Operation
Operation of Push Pads from either side
of door will activate the 782 Controller
for the Latch Retraction Exit Device.
An internal timer on the 6000 will also
provide length of time door is open
and latch being retracted. Door
operator also acts like standard closer
when opened manually.
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
Toanswerthedemandfor“smart”electronicaccesscontroland
locking solutions that require fast, easy, and cost-effective installation,
ASSAABLOYGroupbrandsusetheElectroLynx® standardized plug-in
connectors and color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired for easy hookup
to the power source. Key to the system is the transfer device hinge that
carries power from the frame to the locking hardware.
Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makesiteasytobringpowertothelockinghardware
• Wireshaveconnectorsthatsnaptogether,likepluggingatelephone
into a jack
To connect an electrified ED5000 series exit device to the electronic
access control system, the following items are required:
• ElectriedED5000seriesexitdevice
• ASSAABLOYDoorGrouppre-wireddoor,orElectroLynx retrofit cable
(order from McKinney)
• Electronictransferdevice(ElectroLynx electronic transfer hinge or
Electrical Power Transfer with standard hinge, from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling (order from
McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge requirements and order
strings can be found in the McKinney Transfer Device Solutions
catalog. Consult 800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions on application
specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for
the 9903 function, the 9905 function and all options with the
exception of M61 and M93. The McKinney QC12 ElectroLynx Hinge is
recommended for the M61 and M93 options.
Electrified Applications
ED5000
ED5000.46
Electric Dogging & Touchbar
Monitoring Switch - M97 & M92
MKA
6000
501
501
BPS
Components
ED5800 x M92 x M97 with Cyl. + Bar
Monitor & Elect. Dogging - Corbin
Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pads - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
BPS Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Key Switch - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of Electric Dogging combined
with the Door Monitor Switch will
enable Push Pads for operation of the
6000. A maintained keyswitch will
control the activation of the electric
dogging which is powered by the Power
supply. A Fire Alarm Tie-In, if required,
will release the dogging and let the
operator work in manual mode when
activated.(NOTE:ElectricDoggingis
not automatic like Latch Retraction.
It requires the bar to be pushed in
manually the first time after
applying power.)
Rim Device with Electric Strike
DK-12
BPS
Components
ED5200 Exit Device - Corbin Russwin
Digital Keypad
310-4 Electric Strike
Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of DK-12 Digital Keypad
will allow keyless entry from the non-
protected side of opening. Free exit
using the exit device from the protected
side of the door.
Latch Pullback - M94 Option
with Norton® 6000 Door
Operator
782
6000
6000
501
501
9232
Components
ED5400 x M94 Latch Retraction Exit
Device - Corbin Russwin
782 Controller - Corbin Russwin
6000 Operator - Norton
501 Push Pads - Norton
Power Transfer Hinge
Keyswitch - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Activation and operation of Push
Pads from either side of door will be
controlled by the Maintained Keyswitch.
The Push Pads will in turn activate the
782 Controller for the Latch Retraction
Exit Device. An internal timer on the 6000
will coordinate and prevent the door from
being opened before latch retraction
takes place. Standard timers on the 6000
will also provide length of time door is
open and latch being retracted. Door
operator also acts like standard closer
when opened manually.
ED5000.47
Electrified Applications
ED5000
Rim Exit Device with Delayed
Egress Option on “Exit Only”
Door
BPS
Components
ED5200D - Delayed Egress Exit Device -
Corbin Russwin
Power Transfer Hinge
BPS Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Surface Door Closer - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the ED5200 D Exit Device
will sound an alarm and activate either a
15- or 30-second alarm sequence inside of
the exit device. After this time period, the
device will release the push bar, making
it active, and egress is possible. When
the fire alarm is activated, power to the
exit device will be interrupted, allowing
free egress and mechanical latching.
Authorized alarm bypass and reset is done
through the built-in keyswitch located in
the exit device.
Rim Exit Device -
High-Security Application
M91, M92 and M93 Monitoring
Switch Options With Door
Position Switch
DPS
M91, M92, M93
Components
ED5200-A957NightlatchTrim-Corbin
Russwin
M91 Bolt Monitor Switch
M92 Touchbar Monitor Switch
M93 Trim Monitor Switch
Door Position Switch
Power Transfer Hinge
Surface Door Closer - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the ED5200 Exit Device with
the M91, M92, M93 and a door position
switch can be used together or individually
to sound an alarm, shunt an alarm, monitor
thedoor’ssecurityorasa“RequesttoExit”
in conjunction with a magnetic lock.
DK-12
Components
9905 Electrified Trim - Corbin Russwin
ED5200 Rim Exit Device - Corbin Russwin
DK-12 Digital Keypad by Corbin Russwin
Electrified Hinge
BPS-24-1 Power Supply - Corbin Russwin
Operation
Operation of the 917 Digital Keypad
will allow keyless entry from the non-
protected side of the opening. When a
valid code is entered into the keypad,
voltage will be applied to the trim,
making the lever active and allowing
ingress. Free exit is allowed by using the
exit device from the protected side of
the door.
Electric Trim
Rim Exit Device with
Electrified Trim
Mullions and Surface Bolt Kit
ED5000
ED5000.48
Mullions
UsedtoinstalltwoRimExitDevicesin
a double door opening. May be quickly
and easily removed when a full double
door opening is temporarily required.
Materials and Finish
Steel mullions, 2" x 3" with malleable
iron top and bottom retainers; furnished
with zinc-plated fasteners for metal
frames and concrete floors. May be
cut, drilled and tapped in the field for
Rim Exit Devices. Mullion and Mullion
retainers are prime coat red paint.
Options
Spacer Block
Recommended for double rabbeted frames where the stop face
width is less than the mounting hole spacing and also for door
frames 5-3/4" (176mm) or less. To order with a mullion, specify
M95.Toorderseparately,specifyPartNo744F328.
Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header configuration with less than 3"
(76mm) of mounting surface. To order with a mullion, specify
M96. To order separately, specify
PartNo655F63-8.
Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the mullion. Recommended for
openings over 7’ high, or whenever door movement must
be minimized. To order with mullion, specify M57. To order
separately,specifyPartNo.653F11-1x628(aluminum).
Surface Bolt Kit
Designed for severe windload (Hurricane Code) environments
where surface bolts are required (e.g., on
inactive doors). To order separately, specify
PartNo988CR.
Door Height Description Specify
Quick Code
Upto7'0" Steel Mullion - Panic Rated 907
Upto8'0" Steel Mullion - Panic Rated 908
Upto10'0" (ED5200, ED5200S only) Steel Mullion - Panic Rated 910
Upto7'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated 907A
Upto8'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated 908A
Upto7'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified FE707A1
Upto8'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified FE708A1
Door Height Description Specify
Quick Code
Upto7'0" Steel Mullion - 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rated 907BKM2
Upto8'0" Steel Mullion - 1-1/2 Hour Fire Rated 908BKM2
Upto10'0" (ED5200, ED5200S only) Steel Mullion - Panic Rated 910KM2
Upto7'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified WS707AKM2
Upto8'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified WS708AKM2
Removable Mullions
Key Removable Mullions
Notes:
1. ForusewithULlisteddoorassembliesthatcomplytoFEMA361andFEMA320guidelines.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at corbinrusswin.com
2. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately. See page 53.
Mullion
Series
Top Retainer and
Screw Packet
Bottom Retainer
and Screw Packet
907
908
910
907A
908A
713F518 713F528
FE707A
FE708A 713F938 713F998
Mullion
Series
Top Retainer and
Screw Packet
Bottom Retainer
and Screw Packet
Locking
Mechanism Packet
907BKM
908BKM
910KM
713F948 713F988 744F258
WS707AKM
WS708AKM 713F958 713F908 744F208
Parts - Key Removable Mullion
Top Retainer and Screw Packet and Bottom Retainer and
Screw Packet
Parts - Removable Mullion
Top Retainer and Screw Packet and Bottom Retainer and
Screw Packet
How to Order
ED5000.49
Options & Accessories
ED5000
Note:Cylinderdoggingnotavailableforfire-rateddevices.
Cylinder Dogging
To order Cylinder Dogging with exit device, specify M52. Cylinder
not included unless specified. Cylinder dogging not available for
fire-rated devices. See Quick Codes, page 53.
Cylinder Dogging Kit
Designed to convert a panic device from hex key dogging to
cylinder dogging. To order Cylinder Dogging Kit, specify Part
NumberxFinishbelow.Cylindernotincluded.
Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod
Extension Kits
Usedtoextendtheheightofstandardlengthrodssuppliedwith
vertical rod exit devices. Available in 2", 6" and 12" sizes. To order
with exit device, see Quick Codes, page 53. To order separately,
specifyPartNo.xFinish.
ED5000DB Inactive Bar
Non-operatingdummypushpadavailablefordoorsupto48"wide.Maybe
field cut for narrower doors. To order, specify ED5000DB x Finish.
Exit Device Type Shim Kit Part No.
ED5200 (A)
ED5200S(A)
ED5600 (A)
ED5800 (A)
ED5860(B)
697F33-8
ED5400 (A)
ED5470(B) 697F34-8
Shim Kits
Designed for mounting an exit device over raised vision light molding.
Each kit contains two sets of 1/8" thick shims to shim a device 1/8"
(3mm) or 1/4" (6mm). Black finish. To order with exit device, specify
M58.Toorderseparately,specifyPartNo.
Bar Length Cylinder Dogging Kit
Part No.
Standard (W036) 653F12 x Finish
W048 653F14 x Finish
Rod Extension Rod Extension Kit
Part No.
2" (50mm) 655F15 x Finish
6" (152mm) 655F16 x Finish
12" (305mm) 655F17 x Finish
24" (610mm) 684F42 x Finish
46”(117cm)
1000-118-A02
Cylinder
Options & Accessories
ED5000
ED5000.50
11/16"
(18mm)
1-1/4"
(32mm)
3-1/2"
(99mm)
End Cap
Reinforcement**
A solid steel plate,
welded to the end
bracket, evenly
distributes impact
forces over a larger
surface area,
eliminating point loading.
To order with an exit
device, specify
M109. To order separately
specify 705F09 x finish.
Flush End Cap
Durable heavy-duty cast
steel or stainless steel, sits
flush on the
exit device rail and has
a low profile which
eliminates catch points.
To order with a device,
specify M110. To order
separately specify
710F00M x finish.
SecureBolt® and Fire-
Rated Rim Strike and
Rim Strike
ED5200S, ED5200SA and
ED5200A devices. Supplied
with locking plate and two
1/16" (1.6mm) shims. For
doors with 1/2" (13mm)
or 5/8" (16mm) stop.
Adjustable to compensate
for shrinkage and swelling
of door. 3-1/2" x
1-1/4" (89mm x 32mm).
Black finish only. To order
separately specify 650F30-
8 ED5200(A) or 730F77-8
ED5200S(A).
Rim x Vertical Rod Strike
Required for ED5200 and
ED5200S devices when
used on pair of doors with
vertical rod devices. Black
finish only. To order with
device, specify S02.
To order separately, specify
655F71-8.
Top Strike
Standard on ED5400(A)
and ED5800(A) devices.
Supplied with two 1/16"
(1.6mm) shims and
one 1/16" (1.6mm)
locking plate. Adjustable
to compensate for
shrinkage and swelling
of door. 1-9/16" x
15/16" (40mm x 24mm).
Black finish only. To
order separately, specify
650F54-8.
Bottom Strike
Standard on ED5400(A)
and ED5800(A) devices.
1-1/16" (27mm)
diameter x 1/16"
(1.6mm) lip x 11/16"
(17mm) high. Black
finish only.
Both top and bottom
strikes are included in
the vertical rod parts
packet. To order parts
packet, specify 650F57-8.
Top Strike
Standard for ED5470 and
ED5470B devices. Supplied
with one 1/16" (27mm)
shim. Adjustable to
compensate for shrinkage
and swelling of door. 2"
x 1" (51mm x 25mm).
Black finish only. Top strike
is included in SVR parts
packet. To order parts
packet, specify 654F158
(M55) or 697F978. To
order strike separately,
specify 681F70-8.
Surface and Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)
Top Strike
Standard for ED5860
and ED5860B devices.
Recessed strike. 2" x
1-5/8" (51mm x 41mm).
Black finish only. Top strike
is included in CVR parts
packet. To order parts
packet, specify 698F058
or 698F048 (M55). To
order separately, specify
681F77-8.
Flush Transom Top
Strike Bracket
Optional for use with
ED5400 and ED5400A
devices.Usedtomount
top strike on openings
with flush transom.
2-1/2" x 1-5/8" (64mm
x 41mm). Black finish
only. To order with exit
device, specify M67. To
order separately, specify
650F87-8.
Bottom Strike for 1/2"
Thresholds
Recommended for use
with vertical rod devices.
Required in fire-rated
openings with 1/2"
(13mm) threshold or for
flush mount. 2-5/8" x
1-1/16" (67mm x 27mm).
Black finish only. To order
with exit device, specify
S09. To order separately,
specify 650F88-8.
**Note: Six 1/4 x 20 screws come standard with either M109 option or 705F09 kit. Only two screws required to fasten end cap assembly to door for retrofit. Other four screws are used
with SecureBolt® Latch Head if ordered as an M109 option with complete device. When the kit is ordered a new end cap is also supplied.
Options & Accessories
ED5000
ED5000.51
Mortise Strikes
Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600 and
ED5600A.Non-handed,
ANSIcurvedlip,4-7/8"x
1-1/4" x 1-1/4" (124mm
x 32mm x 32mm) lip to
center. Black finish. To
order separately, specify
650L657020.
Mortise Strike for Pairs of
Doors with Astragal
Optional for use with
ED5600 and ED5600A
devices where an astragal is
tobeinstalled.Non-handed,
ANSIstraightlip,4-7/8" x
1-1/4" x 7/8" (124mm x
32mm x 22mm) lip to center.
Black finish. To order with
exit device, specify SS078.
To order separately, specify
653L157014.
Open Back Strike
Optional for use with
ED5600 x vertical rod devices
onapairofdoors.Non-
handed, 4-7/8" x 1-1/4"
(124mm x 32mm). Black
finish. To order with exit
device, specify SB134 for
1-3/4" doors, SB214 for
2-1/4" doors. To order
separately,specifyPartNo.
Mortise Strike
Standard on ED5600
and ED5600A devices
on 2" (51mm) (D200)
and 2-1/4" (57mm)
(D214) thick doors.
HandedANSIcurved
lip, 4-7/8" x 1-1/4"
x 1-1/2" (124mm x
32mm x 38mm) lip to
center. Black finish.
To order separately,
specify 656L677024
for LHR doors,
656L687024 for RHR
doors.
ANSI Wrought
Strike Box
Optional for use
with ED5600 and
ED5600A devices. To
order with exit device,
specify M17. To order
separately, specify
120F76-8.
Optional for use on
stock metal doors when
required. To order,
specify 334F99-8 600.
Optional for use on
stock metal doors when
required. To order, specify
236L708018 x Fin.
Optional for use on
stock metal doors when
required. To order,
specify 077F19-8 600.
Filler Plates
Door
Thickness Type Part No.
1-3/4"
(44mm)
Curved lip 653L183016
Straight lip 653L163016
2-1/4"
(57mm)
Curved lip 653L183020
Straight lip 653L163020
Facts & Figures
ED5000
ED5000.52
ED5000 Series
(all variables)
Series “A” “B”
ED5000
ED5000A
32-7/8"
(835mm)
18"
(457mm)
ED5000 x W048
ED5000A x W048
44-7/8"
(1140mm)
24"
(610mm)
ED5000 x W024
ED5000A x W024
20-7/8"
(530mm)
12"
(305mm)
Cylinders
ED5000
ED5000.53
*For K157, substitute -200
**K157 uses the 270F15 cylinder ring
900 Series Trim
Rim cylinders
900 Series Mortise
Trim
Mortise cylinders
Description Part Number Cylinder Ring
6-pin 1000-112-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin 1000-112-A02-7 NoneRequired
6-pin, IC 1080-112-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, IC 1080-112-A02-7 NoneRequired
6-pin, IC, less core 1070-112-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, IC, less core 1070-112-A02-7 NoneRequired
6-pin, Security 1010-112-A02 NoneRequired
6-pin, Security IC 1090-112-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid High Security 1020-112-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security 1030-112-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid Security 1027-112-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC 1037-112-A02 NoneRequired
Description Part Number Cylinder Ring 57 Function Part Number Cylinder Ring**
6-pin 3000-058 NoneRequired 3000-200N* NoneRequired
7-pin 3000-058-7 422F88 3000-200-7 422F88
6-pin, IC 3080-058 422F88 3080-178 422F88
7-pin, IC 3080-058-7 686F98 3080-178-7 686F98
6-pin, IC, less core 3070-058 422F88 3070-178 422F88
7-pin, IC, less core 3070-058-7 686F98 3070-178-7 686F98
6-pin, Security 3010-058 NoneRequired 3010-200 422F88
6-pin, Security IC 3090-058 422F88 3090-178 422F88
7-pin, Pyramid 3020-058 422F88 3020-200N 422F88
7-pin, Pyramid IC 3030-058 422F88 3030-178 422F88
7-pin, Pyramid Security 3027-058 422F88 3027-200N 422F88
7-pin, Pyramid Security 3037-058 422F88 3037-178 422F88
700 Series KRM* &
Cylinder Dogging
Mortise cylinders Description Part Number
Cylinder
Dogging
Collars
Key Removable Mullions*
Part Number Cylinder Ring
6-pin 1000-118-A02 N/A 1000-118-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin 1000-114-A02-7 270F15 1000-114-A02-7 NoneRequired
6-pin, IC 1080-114-A02 270F15 1080-114-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, IC 1080-112-A02-7 654F07 1080-112-A02-7 447F42
6-pin, IC, less core 1070-114-A02 270F07 1070-114-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, IC, less core 1070-112-A02-7 654F07 1070-112-A02-7 447F42
6-pin, Security 1010-118-A02 N/A 1010-118-A02 NoneRequired
6-pin, Security IC 1090-114-A02 270F15 1090-114-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid Security 1027-114-A02 270F15 1027-114-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC 1037-114-A02 270F15 1037-114-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid High Security 1020-114-A02 270F15 1020-114-A02 NoneRequired
7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security 1030-114-A02 270F15 1030-114-A02 NoneRequired
*The 700 series key removable mullion was discontinued on January 1, 2010. The cylinders and cylinder rings are listed for reference only.
Cylinders
ED5000
ED5000.54
900 Series KRM
Mortise cylinders
Description Part Number
6-Pin 1000-118-A62
7-Pin 1000-114-A62-7
6-Pin, IC 1080-114-A62
7-Pin, IC 1080-112-A62-7
7-pin, Pyramid High Security 1020-114-A62
7-pin, Pyramid Security 1027-114-A62
7-pin, Pyramid High Security IC 1030-114-A62
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC 1037-114-A62
Security 1010-118-A62
Security IC 1090-114-A62
6-pin, IC, less core 1070-114-A62
7-pin, IC, less core 1070-112-A62-7
Mullion Series Cylinder Length and Type
1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" IC 1-1/2" IC
WS707AKM
WS708AKM 447F42* 610F01* 609F36*
907BKM
908BKM
910KM
610F01* 447F43* 609F37*
Note: Cylinder collar packets contain a collar and spring washer.
*Specify finish when ordering packets.
900 Series
KRM Cylinder
Collar Packet
Description Part Number Cylinder Ring
6-pin 3000-200 270F15
7-pin 3000-200-7 654F07
6-pin, IC 3080-178 654F07
7-pin, IC 3080-178-7 654F08
6-pin, IC, less core 3070-178 654F07
7-pin, IC, less core 3070-178-7 654F08
6-pin, Security 3010-200 654F07
6-pin, Security IC 3090-178 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid 3020-200 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid IC 3030-178 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid Security 3027-200 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid Security 3037-178 654F07
Inside Cylinder For
ED5602 Double Cylinder
Exit Device
Rim cylinders
Description Part Number Cylinder Ring
6-pin 3000-138 270F15
7-pin 3000-138-7 654F07
6-pin, IC 3080-114 654F07
7-pin, IC 3080-114-7 654F08
6-pin, IC, less core 3070-114 654F07
7-pin, IC, less core 3070-114-7 654F08
6-pin, Security 3010-138 654F07
6-pin, Security IC 3090-114 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid 3020-138 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid IC 3030-114 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid Security 3027-138 654F07
7-pin, Pyramid Security 3037-114 654F07
ED5202 Double Cylinder
Exit Device
Rim cylinders
ED5202 Double Cylinder Exit Device
Rim cylinders
ED5602 Double Cylinder Exit Device
Rim cylinders
900 Series KRM
Mortise cylinders
Description Part Number
Rim Thumbturn - 1-3/8"3300 -138
Rim Thumbturn - 1-3/8" - Ergonomic 3300-138-M34
Rim Thumbturn - 2"3300-200
Rim Thumbturn - 2" - Ergonomic 3300-200-M34
Rim Thumbturn
Description Specify
Less cylinder(s) (standard)
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Security HS
Security interchangeable core (IC) CHS
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Red) CT6R
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue) CT6B
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Green) CT6G
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core CT6D
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with less core CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core CT6SD
IC 7-pin (rim only) C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Red) CT7R
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue) CT7B
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Green) CT7G
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core CT7
IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core CT7D
IC 7-pin less core (rim only) CL7
SFIC 7-pin with less core CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core3
CT7SD
Pyramid Security fixed core PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid IC PCHS
Pyramid with temporary construction core CTP
Pyramid less core CLP
Blockout function BO
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Quick Codes
ED5000
ED5000.55
Cylinder and Keying
Strikes
Description Specify
Rim x vertical rod on pairs of doors S02
Surface and concealed vertical rod
Bottom strike for 1/2" thresholds or flush
mount
S09
MortiseANSIstrikeforpairsofdoorswith
astragal SS078
Open back strike for 1-3/4" doors SB134
Open back strike for 2-1/4" doors SB214
Door Width
Door Width Specify
24" (610mm) W024
36" (914mm) (standard)
48" (1219mm) W048
Door Height
Door Height Specify
ED5400(A) and ED5470(B) devices
7'0" (standard)
7'2" H0702
7'6" H0706
8'0" H0800
ED5800(A) devices
8'0" (standard)
ED5470(B), ED5860(B) devices only
9'0" H0900
10'0" H1000
Description Specify
Visual key control (VKC)
Nokeyingdatastampedonkeyorcylinder VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Cylinders and keys (not for HS or CHS) VKC2
Cylinders only (not for HS or CHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
CKC cylinders only CKC3
2 keys per cylinder (standard with cylinder)
Other than 2 keys KY#(e.g.,KY6)
Cylinder and Keying (cont)
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx® head screws M04
ANSIwroughtstrikebox(mortise) M17
Knurling outside and inside (embossed touchbar -
device side)1M20
Knurling outside only (trim side)1M21
Knurling inside only (embossed touchbar -
device side) M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device) M23
Abrasive coat inside only (device side) M24
Abrasive coat outside only (trim side) M25
24", 36" and 48" PathLite™ Photoluminescent
Touchbar Cover M49
Less dogging M51
Cylinder dogging M52
Sexnutsandbolts(SNBs) M54
Less bottom vertical rod (ED5470(B)/ED5860(B) Only) M55
NarrowStileCover M56
Mullion stabilizer M57
Shim kit (for vision light) M58
Parabolic escutcheon M60
Wood screws for use on fire-rated solid wood or
wood core doors M64
Flush transom top strike bracket (ED5400 and
ED5400A only) M67
Door frame filler block for double rabetted frames M95
Door frame angle bracket for aluminum frames M96
Windstorm Certified products for ED5200S(A) and
ED5470(B) Only2, 3, 4, 5 M107
High Impact End Clamp M109
Flush End Cap M110
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Quick Codes
ED5000
ED5000.56
Description Specify
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US10B Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed 613
US14 BrightNickelPlated 618
US15 SatinNickelPlated 619
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®626C
US32 Bright Stainless Steel 629
US32D Stain Stainless Steel 630
Stain Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®630C
— Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed 722
Finish
Notes:
1. NotavailablewithVT9,VTL9,VT9MandVTL9Mtrim.
2. ED5200S(A) x M107 requires through bolts.
3. ED5470(B) maximum opening height is 8'0".
4. Contact Ceco, Curries® or Fleming for detailed frame/door requirements and limitations.
5. Notavailablewithelectricdogging(M97).
Door Thickness
Door Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Quick Codes
ED5000
ED5000.57
Electrified Options for Exit Devices Electrified Accessories
Description Specify
Exit Alarm Device (cylinder not included) M61
Bolt Position Monitoring M91
Request to Exit/Touchbar Monitoring or Signaling M92
Outside Trim Monitoring or Signaling M93
Electric Latch Pullback M94
Electric Dogging M97
Mortise Device Lock with Outside Trim Control (Fail
Safe) SAF*
Mortise Device Lock with Outside Trim Control (Fail
Secure) SEC*
Delayed Egress (15 second delay standard) D
30 second delay (may be accepted by local
jurisdiction)(with“D”optiononly) M88
BOCA15-seconddelay(with“D”optiononly) M89
BOCA30-seconddelay(with“D”optiononly) M90
Security Monitor M98^
TrimGasket M99
*Only available with ED5600L and 5600(A)L
^9903/9905 trims only.
Description Part Number
Controller (Required for Electric Latch
Pullback(M94)) 782
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-1
Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-3
Power Supply 1 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-1
Power Supply 2 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-2
Power Supply 4 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-4
SPDT Maintained Switch MKA
SPDT Momentary Switch MK
SPDTMomentaryNSSwitch MKN
DPDT Momentary Switch MK2
DPST Maintained (Al. Action) Switch PB3EA
Sonalert 90lbs. @ 2 ft. 12-24VDC mounted on one
gang stainless steel plate PZ1
Alarm Kit (cylinder is not included)* ED50AK
Concealed transfer for over 120° swing doors EPTL
Key Removable Mullions
Description Specify
U p  t o  7 ' 0 "  S t e e l  M u l l i o n  -  1 - 1 / 2  H o u r  F i r e  R a t e d  907BKM1
U p  t o  8 ' 0 "  S t e e l  M u l l i o n  -  1 - 1 / 2  H o u r  F i r e  R a t e d  908BKM1
Upto10'0"(ED5200,ED5200Sonly)SteelMullion
- Panic Rated
910KM1
Upto7'0"SteelMullion-3HourFireRated,
Windstorm Certified
WS707AKM1
Upto8'0"SteelMullion-3HourFireRated,
Windstorm Certified
WS708AKM1
Description Specify
U p  t o  7 ' 0 "  S t e e l  M u l l i o n  -  P a n i c  R a t e d  907
U p  t o  8 ' 0 "  S t e e l  M u l l i o n  -  P a n i c  R a t e d  908
Upto10’0”(ED5200,ED5200Sonly)SteelMullion
- Panic Rated
910
U p  t o  7 ' 0 "  S t e e l  M u l l i o n  -  3  H o u r  F i r e  R a t e d  907A
U p  t o  8 ' 0 "  S t e e l  M u l l i o n  -  3  H o u r  F i r e  R a t e d  908A
Upto7'0"SteelMullion-3HourFireRated,
Windstorm Certified
FE707A1
Upto8'0"SteelMullion-3HourFireRated,
Windstorm Certified
FE708A1
Removable Mullions
Note:
1.ForusewithULlisteddoorassembliesthatcomplytoFEMA361andFEMA320guidelines.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at corbinrusswin.com
Note:
1. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately. See page 53.
How to Order
ED5000
ED5000.58
Quantity Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door Thickness Optional Strike Door Width Misc. Options
65 ED5600L N9M55 605 LHR D214 SB214 W048 M51-M54
Exit Device with Trim
Exit Device Only*
Ordering Examples
Functions and Trims
Rim and
Vertical Rod ........... Pg 20
Mortise ...................... Pg 30
Cylinders and Keying .. Pg 55
Door Height ............... Pg 55
Door Width ................ Pg 55
Strike ......................... Pg 55
Finish ......................... Pg 56
Door Thickness ........... Pg 56
Handing ..................... Pg 56
Miscellaneous
Options ...................... Pg 56
Removable Mullion .... Pg 57
Trim Only
Contract/Detailed Order – Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device with Trim
*To order mortise exit device only, see Mortise Exit Only below.
Mortise Exit Only
Quantity Series/
Function Finish Hand Misc.
Options
65 ED5200S 626 RHR M51
Quantity Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door
Thickness
24 N955 625 RHR D214
Quantity Keyset Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door Height Door Width Misc. Options Cylinder
Option
36 AA1 ED5470 C955 626 LHR H1000 W048 M52-M54 7P
LHR RHR
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Note: Arrow ( ) indicates secure side of door.
LHR RHR
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Trim Type Functions Panic Fire
Knob
Passage ED5600K ED5600AK
Classroom
Nightlatch ED5657K ED5657AK
Dummy
Lever or Flat
Plate
Passage ED5600L ED5600AL
Classroom
Double Cylinder
(Classroom function lever
Trim only)
ED5602L ED5602AL
Nightlatch ED5657L ED5657AL
Thumbpiece
Dummy
ED5600T ED5600ATPassage
Classroom
Nightlatch ED5657T ED5657AT
Dummy
Removable Mullion
Quantity Mullion Misc. Options
6908A M96
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes
ED5000.59
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Levers
ED5000
Muséo® Piet Lever Collection Trim and Finish Options
Leather Insert Santoprene™ Insert Wood Insert Plain
21L 21S 21W 25M
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank Finish Specify Insert Finish Specify Grip Finish* Specify
21L 629 or 630 29 or 30 Black or Brown BKorBN 629 or 630 29 or 30
21S 629 or 630 29 or 30 Black BK 629 or 630 29 or 30
21W 629 or 630 29 or 30 Birch BH 629 or 630 29 or 30
25M 629 or 630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629 or 630 29 or 30
Polished with Satin With Raised Band
Insert 23M
21M
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank
Finish Specify Insert
Finish Specify Grip Finish Specify
21M 629 29 630 30 629 29
23M 629 29 N/A 00 630 30
*Grip finish must match shank finish
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Levers
ED5000
ED5000.60
21L, 21M, 21S, 21W 23M 25M
Grip
Insert
Shank
Grip
Shank
Grip
Shank
Trim Only
Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Trim/
Function
Lever
Finish
Lock
Finish Hand
2 21M910 293029 629 RHR
Quantity Exit Device Trim/Function Lever
Finish
Lock
Finish Hand Cylinder
Option
Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Door
Width
2ED5600LN 21W9M10 29BH29 629 LHR 6P D200 SB214 W048
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection
Helpful Terms
ED5000
ED5000.61
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to
provide a non-slip tactile surface for
the visually impaired.
Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
operable from the trim side.
Astragal
A vertical member applied to one or
both sides of a pair of doors at the
meeting edges. The astragal closes the
gap between the two doors.
Coordinator
A device used on a pair of doors to
ensure that the inactive door closes
before the active door.
Deadlocking Latch
A supplemental latch that
automatically deadlocks the latchbolt
when pressure is applied to it.
Dogging
A mechanism that allows the latchbolt
to remain retracted, permitting the
door to operate as if it were a push-
pull; it cannot be used on fire-rated
exit devices.
Double Egress
A pair of doors of the same hand
that swing in opposite directions,
commonly found in corridors.
Dummy Trim
Trimonly.Usuallyusedontheinactive
door of a pair of doors for design
balance.
Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushpad
or crossbar which, when pressed,
allows instant exit (egress).
Fire Exit Hardware
An exit device listed by an
independent testing laboratory as
meeting panic, fire and hose stream
test standards; used on fire-rated
openings.
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Inactive Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
inoperable from the trim side.
Latchbolt
A lock component that has a beveled
end and projects into a strike, holding
the door in a closed position.
Mullion
A fixed or removable vertical member
that divides a door opening and
provides a latch surface for a pair of
rim exit devices.
Open Back Strike
For mortise exit devices, used on the
inactive door (usually the vertical rod
door) of a pair of doors that swing
in the same direction. It permits
the inactive door to open or close
independently.
Reversible
Pertains to a product that may be
changed in the field to accommodate
any hand of the door.
Shim Kit
Pieces of metal that permit mounting
of an exit device on a door that has
a surface projecting vision light (glass
bead) molding.
Split Astragal
An astragal that is split through the
middle on a pair of doors, allowing
both doors to operate independently.
Threshold
A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical
rod exit device.
Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece
used on the outside of an exit device
door to control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on
doors of either hand without any
modifications.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarily blocked from operating. It
is set by a blockout key.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location that is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which
keys will operate.
Security Cylinder
A cylinder which provides extra
resistance to picking and unauthorized
duplication of keys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in
standard industry format (e.g., 1AA,
AA1, etc.) which indicates exactly how
a key or cylinder fits into a keying
system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate
with keys of different levels of access.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of
the front of a cylinder.
How to Specify
ED5000
ED5000.62
Suggested Specification for Panic and Fire-Rated Exit Devices
Exit devices shall be ED5000 Series Pushpad Exit Devices as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
The exit device chassis shall be cold forged steel, electroplated for corrosion resistance, and shall be architecturally finished
brass, bronze or stainless steel. The pushpad mechanism shall be constructed of extruded aluminum and shall be scalped with
architecturally finished brass, bronze or stainless steel. The maximum projection shall be 3-1/4" when the pushpad is active and
2-3/4"whenthepushpadisdoggeddown.Nylonbearingsandstainlesssteelspringsshallbeusedforlonglifeanddurability;only
torsion springs are acceptable. Rear and active case covers shall be wrought brass or bronze and shall be plated to match the exit bar.
Plastic or painted covers are not acceptable. Latchbolts shall be steel and shall incorporate a deadlocking latch for increased security.
Devices without deadlocking latches are not acceptable. Mounting screws shall be concealed to deter tampering. Devices shall be
closed on all sides with no pinch points. All exit devices shall be easily field sized to accommodate various door widths.
Panic-listed exit devices shall have single-point, one quarter turn hex key dogging standard. Optional cylinder dogging shall be
available on panic listed devices only. Devices with hex key dogging shall be easily field converted to cylinder dogging. Panic-listed
devices shall be available less dogging.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners. Escutcheon and pull type trims shall be constructed of brass or bronze. All
lever trims shall use cast or forged levers. On trims with cylinders, the mechanism that locks and unlocks the trim shall be housed in
the trim and not in the active case of the exit device. Rim and vertical rod lever trims shall be Free Wheeling with clutch mechanism
allowing lever to rotate 60° when locked to prevent vandalism. Lever trims shall match those on Corbin Russwin Mortise and
Cylindrical Locksets.
Exit devices and trims shall be furnished in BHMA standard architectural finishes.
ExitdevicesshallbelistedbyUnderwritersLaboratories(UL)forsafetyaspanichardware.Fire-rateddevicesshallbelistedforAlabel
and lesser class doors.
Certification:
ANSIA156.3,Grade1
Devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
Devices and 900 series trim shall carry a five-year limited warranty.
Electronic components shall carry a two-year limited warranty.
How to Specify
ED5000
ED5000.63
Suggested Specification for Delayed Egress Exit Devices
Delayed egress exit devices shall be ED4000/ED5000 series (rim, SecureBolt®,mortiseorconcealedverticalrod)withthe“D”suffix,
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
The delayed egress exit device secures the door in the locked mode. Depressing the pushpad for less than three seconds will sound the
device nuisance beep without initiating the alarm. Depressing the pushpad longer than three seconds will initiate an irreversible local
audible beeping tone and allow the device to release for egress after 15 seconds (or 30 seconds may be accepted by local jurisdiction)
and sound the alarm. The alarm will continue until reset by the mechanical key switch located on the device.
Devices shall be 24 volts DC.
The exit device chassis shall be cold forged steel, electroplated for corrosion resistance, and shall be architecturally finished brass,
bronze or stainless steel. The pushpad mechanism shall be constructed of extruded aluminum and shall be scalped with architecturally
finished brass, bronze or stainless steel. The maximum projection shall be 3-1/4" when the push pad is active and 2-3/4" when the
pushpadisdepressed.Nylonbearingsandsteelspringsshallbeusedforlonglifeanddurability.Activecaseandalarmendcover
shall be wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel and shall be plated to match the exit bar. Painted or plastic covers or end caps are
not acceptable. Latch bolts shall be steel and shall incorporate a deadlocking latch for increased security. Devices without deadlocking
latches are not acceptable. Mounting screws shall be concealed to deter tampering. Devices shall be closed on all sides with no pinch
points. Device active cover and end cap attaching screws shall be security Torx® pin.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners. Escutcheon and pull-type trims shall be constructed of brass, bronze or
stainless steel. All lever trims shall use cast or forged levers. On trims with cylinders, the mechanism that locks and unlocks the trim
shall be housed in the trim and not in the active head of the Exit Device. Rim and vertical rod lever trims shall be Free Wheeling with
clutch mechanism allowing lever to rotate 60° when locked to prevent vandalism. Lever trims shall match those on Corbin Russwin
mortise and cylindrical locksets.
DevicesshallbelistedbyUL/cULasControlledExitPanicDevicesorSpecialLockingArrangementandmeetallrequirementsfor
NFPA101.
Certification:
ANSI156.3,Grade1/ANSI156.24
UL/cULFUKD/FUKD7-ControlledPanicDevice
UL/cULFWAX/FWAX7-SpecialLockingArrangements
Exit devices, trims and cylinders must be from one manufacturer.
Exit devices and heavy-duty trims shall have a five-year warranty. Electronics shall have a two-year warranty.
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design®, SecureBolt® and Muséo®areregisteredtrademarksofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.PathLite™andVineyard™are
trademarksofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners
andarementionedforreferencepurposesonly.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,
anASSAABLOYGroupcompanyreservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2000,2013
CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.is
prohibited.
45063-2/13
ElectroLynx®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovative,fastandeffectivehighsecuritysolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrands
offer ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx®isaregisteredtrademarkofASSAABLOYInc.
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology,
asilver-basedantimicrobialcoatingdesignedtoinhibitthegrowthofbacteria.MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,
anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
ED6000 Series
Crossbar Exit Devices
Introduction
ED6000
Table of Contents
Introduction .................................. 2
Applications and Listings ............... 3
Rim Exit Features ........................... 5
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Features .. 7
Rim/Surface Vertical Rod
Trims and Functions ................. 9
Fire-Rated Rim Exit Features ........ 13
Fire-Rated Rim Trims
and Functions ........................ 15
Mortise Exit Features ................... 18
Mortise Trims and Functions ....... 20
Concealed Vertical Rod
Exit Features .......................... 24
Concealed Vertical Rod
Trims and Functions ............... 26
ED66900 ECE Applications .......... 27
ECE Features ............................... 28
ECE Functions ............................. 29
Options and Accessories ............. 30
Mullions ...................................... 33
Cylinders ..................................... 34
How to Order ............................. 35
Quick Codes ............................... 36
Helpful Terms ............................. 38
How to Specify ........................... 39
www.corbinrusswin.com
ED6000.2
Applications
Since patenting some of the first exit devices nearly a century ago, Corbin Russwin has
met rigorous life safety and security requirements, while offering pleasing aesthetics
and trouble-free operation. Designed for applications in high-use, high-abuse situations,
ED6000 Crossbar Exit Devices can be teamed with a variety of Corbin Russwin trims
to provide desired functions, styles and finishes in new construction and renovations,
including:
• Schoolsanduniversities
• Healthcarefacilities
• Governmentandmunicipalbuildings
• Commercialandindustrial
• Officeandretailcomplexes
• Transportationfacilities
• Hotelsandconferencecenters
• Religiousfacilities
Advantages
•MeetsANSIGrade1requirements
•Heavy-dutyconstruction
•Basemetals(brass,bronzeandstainlesssteel)fordurability
• Easy-to-usecrossbaroperationforquickegressandADAcompliance
• Doggingstandardonallpaniclisteddevices
• Thru-boltedtrimsforstrengthandsecurity
• Widerangeoffinishes,trimsandstylestomatchotherCorbinRusswinproducts
• Devicesavailabletosatisfypanicandfireopeningrequirements
ED6000 Series
ED6000.3
Applications and Listings
ED6000
UL listed as fire exit hardware by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
UL
Max. Door
Opening
Fire Door Ratings
ApplicationA B, D C, E
3 Hr. 90 Min. 45 Min. 30 Min. 20 Min.
Rim
ED6200 4'* Devices are panic listed only. Surface applied; single
point latching.
ED6200A 4' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
Vertical Rod
ED6400 4' x 10' Devices are panic listed only. Surface applied; two point
latching.
ED6400A 4' x 7'2" Fire ratings do not apply for single door applications.
Mortise
ED6600 4'* Devices are panic listed only. Mortised in door; two
point latching.
ED6600A 4' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED6800 4' x 10'8" Devices are panic listed only. Rods concealed in door;
two point latching.
ED6800A 4' x 7'2" Fire ratings do not apply for single door applications.
Single Door
Pair of Doors with Removable Mullion
Max. Door
Opening
Fire Door Ratings
ApplicationA B, D C, E
3 Hr. 90 Min. 45 Min. 30 Min. 20 Min.
Rim x Rim
ED6200 x ED6200 x 507 8' x 7'2" Devices are panic listed only.
2 independent, active
doors with removable
mullion.
ED6200 x ED6200 x 510 8' x 10' Fire ratings do not apply.
ED6200A x ED6200A x 507 8' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.
Applications and Listings
ED6000
ED6000.4
Pair of Doors
Max. Door
Opening
Fire Door Ratings
ApplicationA B, D C, E
3 Hr. 90
Min.
45
Min.
30
Min.
20
Min.
Vertical Rod (Swinging in the Same Direction)
ED6400 x ED6400 8'* Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal not required.
ED6400A x ED6400A 8' x 7'2" —UL UL UL UL
Vertical Rod (Swinging in Opposite Directions)
ED6400 x ED6400 8'* Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal required for 3 hour
openings.
ED6400A x ED6400A 8' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
Vertical Rod x Mortise
ED6400 x ED6600 8'* Devices are panic listed only. Overlapping astragal required
for 3 hour openings.
Coordinator required with
standard strike.
ED6400A x ED6600A 8' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
ED6400A x ED6600A
x Open back strike 8' x 7'2" — UL UL UL UL
Vertical Rod x Rim
ED6400 x ED6200 x S02 8'* Devices are panic listed only.
Non-preppeddoorsonly;S02
strike required on inactive door;
coordinator recommended.
Concealed Vertical Rod (Swinging in the Same Direction)
ED6800 x ED6800 8'* Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal not required.
ED6800A x ED6800A 8' x 7'2" — UL UL UL UL
Concealed Vertical Rod (Swinging in Opposite Directions)
ED6800 x ED6800 8'* Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors with 2
point latching – overlapping
astragal required for 3 hour
openings.
ED6800A x ED6800A 8' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
*UL does not set a door height limitation on panic applications.
Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.5
ED6200 Panic Listed Rim Exit Device
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard:36"(914mm)barfitsupto36"
(914mm)door.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barfitsupto48"
(1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Backset
2-5/8" for 1/2" stop, 2-3/4" for 5/8" stop.
(Backsetchangeswhenmullionisused.)
Stile
Minimum width with 1/2" stop and standard
strike4"(102mm).
Latchbolt
3/4"(19mm)pivoted.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavywrought,7-1/4"(184mm)x2-9/16"
(65mm).
Projection
5-3/4"(146mm);4-1/2"(114mm)
depressed.
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"(1mm)x1-3/8"(35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Standard on ED6200 devices.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts or spanner
head screws; specify M54.
Strike:
See Options and Accessories, page 30.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 33.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, page 9.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol on
active case cover indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA622 FlatBlackCoated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 SatinChromiumPlated
626C SatinChromiumPlated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.6
ED6200 Rim Exit Device
3/4" throw pivoted latchbolt
Oval seamless crossbar design with
interlocking expansion collects and
roll pins to reduce chance of crossbar
loosening
Durable drop forged lever arms
Field reversible, durable heavy wrought cases
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteelexterior
Dogging standard
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.7
ED6400 Panic Listed Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED6400A 3-Hour Fire Listed Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device handed but easily field reversible; specify
hand.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard:36"(914mm)barfitsupto36"
(762mm-914mm)door.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barfitsupto48"
(1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm).
Stile
Minimumwidth4-1/8"(105mm).
Door Height
Alltoprodseasilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard on ED6400 devices; top rod for doors
up to 7'6".
Optional on ED6400 devices; top rod for doors
up to 10'; see How to Order, page 35.
Standard on ED6400A devices; top rod for 7'2"
door.
Latchbolt
ED6400 devices:
Top: 5/8" throw.
Bottom:3/4"throw;actsindependently,
allowing top latch to remain engaged even
when bottom latch is not projected.
ED6400A devices:
Top: 3/4" steel, jamb mounted; projects into
pusher on device.
Bottom:3/4"throwsteel.
Latchbolt Operation
Standard on ED6400 and ED6400A devices:
latchbolts held in retraced position until door
closes.
Optional on ED6400 devices: free-latching
latchbolts; see How to Order, page 35.
Vertical Rods
Inverted U-shaped rectangular.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavywrought,7-1/4"(184mm)x2-9/16"
(65mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"(1mm)x1-3/8"(35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless steel
crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Standard on ED6400 devices.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED6400A devices.
Projection
5-3/4"(146mm);4-1/4"(108mm)depressed.
Fasteners
Standard on ED6400 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED6400 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED6400A devices; sex nuts and
bolts.
Optional on ED6400 and ED6400A devices;
spanner head screws; specify M02.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 31.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and thumbpiece
trims available with wide range of functions;
see Trims and Functions, page 9.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic hardware;
devices comply with UL 305 standards for panic
hardware. 3-hour fire-rated devices listed as fire
exit hardware for A label and lesser class 8' x
7'2" double doors. UL symbol on active head
indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specificsituation.Whenretrofittinganyportion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health and
Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply with
NFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Lever trims and pulls comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA622 FlatBlackCoated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 SatinChromiumPlated
626C SatinChromiumPlated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
ED6400 Vertical Rod Surface
Exit Device
ED6400A Vertical Rod Surface
Exit Device
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.8
3/4" throw steel
bottom latchbolt
3/4" throw, jamb-mounted
stainless steel top latchbolt
5/8" throw
top latchbolt
3/4" throw
bottom
latchbolt
Oval seamless crossbar design
with interlocking expansion
collects and roll pins to reduce
chance of crossbar loosening
Field reversible, durable heavy wrought case
Brass,bronzeor
stainless steel
exterior
Doggingstandard(ED6400)
Durable drop forged lever arms
Durable drop forged lever arms
Rim/SVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.9
Device with Trim
Rim Exit Device ANSI Type Type ANSI No. Function Description
ED6200 2Exit Only 01 Exitonly;notrim.(Acceptsalltrimslistedon
pages9-12).
Vertical Rod
Exit Device ANSI Type Type ANSI No. Function Description
ED6400 2 Exit Only 01 Exit only; no trim.
ED6400A 2 Exit Only 01 3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim.
Device Only
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No. 02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03
Armstrong
A3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
A310 A350 A355 A357
Citation
C2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
C210 C250 C255 C257
Vertical Rod
Exit Device
Accepts Trim/Function Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)
ANSI Type Type ANSI No.
ED6410 2Passage(10) — - Free at all times.
ED6410A 2 Passage(10) — - 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times.
ED6450 2 Dummy(50) 02 - Always rigid.
ED6450A 2 Dummy(50) 02 - 3-hour fire-rated; always rigid.
ED6410 2 Classroom(55) 05/08 - Free at all times, except when locked by key.
ED6410A 2 Classroom(55) 05/08 - 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times, except when locked by
key.
ED6457 2Classroom(55) 03/04/06
- Free only when key is turned. Key removable only when
locked.
- Notavailablefire-rated.
ED6458 2LatchHold-Backx
NighlatchTrim(57) 04/06
- Always inactive. Locked except when latch is held in
retractedpositionbykey.(Outsidecylinderdogging)
- Notavailableonfire-rateddevices.
Rim/SVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.10
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No. 02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04
Dirke
D2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
D210 D250 D255 D257
Essex
E2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
E210 E250 E255 E257
Lustra
L2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
L210 L250 L255 L257
Newport
N3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
N310 N350 N355 N357
Regis
R2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
R210 R250 R255 R257
Princeton
PR2
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
PR210 PR250 PR255 PR257
Rim/SVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.11
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No. 02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04
Belmont
B3
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
B310 B350 B355 B357*
Global
G4
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
G410 G450 G455 G457*
D Grip
T3
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
T310 T350 T355 T357*
Round Grip
T4
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
T410 T450 T455 T457*
D Grip Sectional
T5
Grip:Extruded
Cylinder: Rim T510 T550 T555 T557*
Round Grip Sectional
T6
Grip:Extruded
Cylinder: Rim T610 T650 T655 T657*
*WhenusedwithED6458device,provideslatchhold-backforANSINo.04function.
OffsetPullTrims
ED6000
ED6000.12
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F50MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F51MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F52MxFinish1
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4"
3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
Fire-Rated Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.13
ED6200A 3-Hour Fire Listed Rim Exit Device
Features
Handing
Handed; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard:36"(914mm)barfitsupto36"
(762mm-914mm)door.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barfitsupto48"
(1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm)with6/8"(19mm)stop.
(Backsetchangeswhenmullionisused.)
Stile
Minimum width with 5/8" stop and standard
strike:4-1/8"(105mm).
Latchbolt
3/4"(19mm)throwstainlesssteel,with
stainless steel deadlocking plunger.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavywrought,8-3/8"(213mm)x2-5/8"
(67mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"(1mm)x1-3/8"(35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Notavailable.
Projection
5-3/4"(146mm);3"(76mm)depressed.
Fasteners
Sex nuts and bolts standard.
Optional: spanner head screws; specify M02.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 30.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 33.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, page 15.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. 3-hour
fire-rated devices listed as fire exit hardware
for A label and lesser class 8' x 7'2" double
doors. UL symbol on active head indicates
listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
maybeinanyspecificsituation.When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA622 FlatBlackCoated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 SatinChromiumPlated
626C SatinChromiumPlated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
Fire-Rated Rim Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.14
3/4" throw pivoted latchbolt with
deadlocking steel plunger
ED6200A Rim Exit Device
Durable heavy wrought case
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteelexterior
Durable drop-forged lever arms
Oval seamless crossbar design with interlocking
expansion collects and roll pins to reduce chance of
crossbar loosening
Fire-Rated Rim Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.15
Rim Exit Device ANSI Type Type ANSI No. Function Description
ED6200A 1Exit Only 01 3-hourfire-ratedexitonly;notrim.(Accepts
alltrimslistedonpages15-17.)
Device with Trim
Device Only
Rim Exit
Device
Accepts Trim/Function Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)
ANSI Type Type ANSI No.
ED6200A 1Passage(10) — - 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times.
ED6200A 1 Dummy(50) — - 3-hour fire-rated; always free wheeling.
ED6200A 1 Classroom(55) 05/08 - 3-hour fire-rated; free at all times, except when locked by
key.
ED6257A 1 Nightlatch(57) 03/04/06/06
- 3-hour fire-rated; always rigid. Entrance by trim when
latchbolt is retracted by key. Key removable only when
locked.
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/F06
Armstrong
A4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
A410 A450 A455 A457
Citation
C3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
C310 C350 C355 C357
Fire-Rated Rim Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.16
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/F06
Dirke
D3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
D310 D350 D355 D357
Essex
E3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
E310 E350 E355 E357
Lustra
L3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
L310 L350 L355 L357
Newport
N4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
N410 N450 N455 N457
Regis
R3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
R310 R350 R355 R357
Princeton
PR3
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
PR310 PR350 PR355 PR357
Fire-Rated Rim Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.17
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/F06
Belmont
B4
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
B410 B450 B455 B457
Global
G5
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Rim
G510 G550 G555 G557
D Grip
T7
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
T710 T750 T755 T757
Round Grip
T8
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
T810 T850 T855 T857
D Grip Sectional
T9
Grip:Extruded
Cylinder: Rim T910 T950 T955 T957
Round Grip Sectional
T10
Grip:Extruded
Cylinder: Rim T1010 T1050 T1055 T1057
Mortise Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.18
ED6600 Panic-Listed Mortise Exit Device
ED6600A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Mortise Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device handed but easily field reversible;
specify hand. Strike is not field reversible.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard:36"(914mm)barfitsupto36"
(762mm-914mm)door.
Optional:48"(1219mm)barfitsupto48"
(1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm).
Stile
Minimumwidth5"(127mm).
Projection
5-3/4"(146mm);4-1/2"(114mm)
depressed.
Latchbolt
Brass,3/4"(19mm)throw.
Auxiliary Latch
Brass.
Front
8"x1-1/4"(203mmx32mm)heavygauge
steel.
Accommodates flat doors and doors beveled
1/8"(3mm)in2"(51mm).
Latch Hold-Back
On ED6600 devices with keyed function
trim, latchbolt may be held in retracted
position by pushing in latchbolt and
turning key.
NotavailableonED6600Adevices.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavywrought,7-1/4"(184mm)x2-9/16"
(65mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"(1mm)x1-3/8"(35mm)
oval seamless tubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Standard on ED6600 devices.
Optional less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED6600A devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED6600 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED6600 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED6600A devices; sex nuts
and bolts.
Optional on ED6600 and ED6600A
devices; spanner head screws; specify
M02.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 32.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, knob, pull and
thumbpiece trims available with wide
range of functions; see Trims and
Functions, page 20.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. 3-hour fire-
rated devices listed as fire exit hardware for
A label and lesser class 4'x7'2" double doors.
UL symbol on active head indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specificsituation.Whenretrofittinganyportion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to
section 13144.1 of the California Health
and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA622 FlatBlackCoated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 SatinChromiumPlated
626C SatinChromiumPlated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
Mortise Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.19
ED6600 and ED6600A
Mortise Exit Devices
3/4" throw latchbolt
Oval seamless crossbar design with interlocking
expansion collects and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening
Durable drop-forged lever arms
Field reversible, durable heavy wrought cases
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteelexterior
Dogging standard on ED6600 devices
Mortise Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.20
Device with Trim
Mortise Exit
Device
Accepts Trim/Function Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)
ANSI Type Type ANSI No.
ED6600 3Exit Only F01 -Exitonly;notrim.(Accepts all trims listed on
 pages20-23.)
ED6600A 3 Exit Only F01 - 3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim.
(Acceptsalltrimslistedonpages20-22.)
ForPassage,Dummy,
ClassroomandNightlatch
functions, see Trim Designs
below.
Passage(10) — - Free at all times.
Dummy(50) F02 - Always free wheeling.
Classroom(55) F05/F08 - Free at all times, except when locked by key.
Nightlatch(57) F03 - Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by key.
Key removable only when locked.
ED6600 — Latch hold back — - Latchbolt held in retracted position by pushing in
latchbolt and turning key.
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F05/F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03
Armstrong
A4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
A4M10 A4M50 A4M55 A4M57
Citation
C3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
C3M10 C3M50 C3M55 C3M57
Mortise Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.21
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F05/F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03
Dirke
D3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
D3M10 D3M50 D3M55 D3M57
Essex
E3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
E3M10 E3M50 E3M55 E3M57
Lustra
L3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
L3M10 L3M50 L3M55 L3M57
Newport
N4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
N4M10 N4M50 N4M55 N4M57
Regis
R3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
R3M10 R3M50 R3M55 R3M57
Princeton
PR3M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-3/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
PR3M10 PR3M50 PR3M55 PR3M57
Mortise Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.22
Knob or Thumbpiece Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F05/F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03
Belmont
B4M
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam
B4M10 B4M50 B4M55 B4M57
Global
G5M
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam
G5M10 G5M50 G5M55 G5M57
D Grip
T7M
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
T7M10 T7M50 T7M55 T7M57
Round Grip
T8M
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
T8M10 T8M50 T8M55 T8M57
D Grip Sectional
T9M
Grip:Extruded
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
T9M10 T9M50 T9M55 T9M57
Round Grip Sectional
T10M
Grip:Extruded
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02 Cam
T10M10 T10M50 T10M55 T10M57
OffsetPullTrims
ED6000
ED6000.23
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F50MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F51MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F52MxFinish1
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4" 3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
Overview
ED6000
ED6000.24
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.24
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard 36" bar fits doors up to 36"
(914mm).
Optional48"barfitsupto48"(1219mm)
doors;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)only(properlyreinforced
doors).
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm).
Stile
Minimumwidth4-1/8"(108mm).
Door Height
Alltoprodseasilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard on ED6800 devices: top rod for
doors up to 8'6".
Optional on ED6800 devices: top rod for
doors up to 10' x 8"; see Quick Codes,
page 36.
Standard on ED6800A devices: top rod for
7'2" door.
Projection
5-3/4"(150mm);4-1/2"(114mm)
depressed.
Latchbolts
Top:3/4"(19mm)pivotedanddeadlocking.
Bottom:13/16"(20mm)throwrounded
steel.
Rods
Top:3/8"(10mm)solidsteel.
Bottom:1/2"(13mm)O.D.steeltubing.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavywrought,7-1/4"x2-9/16"(184mm
x65mm)
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"x1-3/8"(20mmx
35mm)ovalseamlesstubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar or stainless
steel crossbar; see Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Standard on ED6800 devices.
Optional on ED6800 devices: less dogging,
specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED6800A
devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED6800 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED6800 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Optional on ED6800 and ED6800A
devices: spanner head screws; specify
M02.
Strikes
See Options and Accessories, page 31.
Trims and Functions
Through-bolted knob and operator trims
available with wide range of functions. See
Trims and Functions, page 26.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. 3-hour fire-
rated devices listed as fire exit hardware for
A label and less class 8' x 7'2" double doors.
UL symbol on active head indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to a
fire-rated opening can potentially impact the
fire rating of the opening, and Corbin Russwin,
Inc. makes no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may be in any
specificsituation.Whenretrofittinganyportion
of an existing fire-rated opening, or specifying
and installing a new fire-rated opening, please
consult with a code specialist or local code
official(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. Fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
ED6800 Panic-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod
Exit Device
ED6800A 3-Hour Fire-Listed Concealed Vertical Rod
Exit Device
For use with metal doors only.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA622 FlatBlackCoated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 SatinChromiumPlated
626C SatinChromiumPlated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
Field reversible, durable heavy wrought cases
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteelexterior
Dogging standard on ED6800 devices
Durable drop-forged lever arms
13/16" throw rounded steel bottom deadbolt
Oval seamless crossbar design with
interlocking expansion collects and roll pins to
reduce chance of crossbar loosening
ED6800 and ED6800A
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
For use with metal doors only.
1-3/4" door thickness only.
3/4" throw pivoted
deadlocking top latchbolt
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED6000
ED6000.25
CVR Trims and Functions
ED6000
ED6000.26
Concealed
Vertic al Rod
Exit Device
Accepts Trim/Function Function Description
(See Trim Designs Below)
ANSI Type Type ANSI No.
ED6800 8Exit Only F01 -Exitonly;notrim.(Acceptsalltrimslistedbelow.)
ED6800A 8 Exit Only F01 - 3-hour fire-rated exit only; no trim.
(Acceptsalltrimslistedbelow.)
ForPassage,Dummy,Classroom
andNightlatchfunctions,see
Trim Designs below.
Passage(10) — - Free at all times.
Dummy(50) F02 - Always free wheeling.
Classroom(55) F08/F11 - Free at all times, except when locked by key.
Nightlatch(57) F03/F04/
F09/F12
- Always rigid. Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by
key. Key removable only when locked.
ED6800 8 Latch hold back F04 - Latchbolt held in retracted position by depressing bar and
turningkey.(OutsideCylinderDogging.)
*KeyalsoholdstopandbottomlatchboltsinretractedpositionforANSINo.04function.NotavailablewithED6800Adevices.
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F08/F11
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03/F04/
F09/F12
Belmont
B5
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam
B510 B550 B555 B557
Global
G6
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02 Cam
G610 G650 G655 G657
D Grip Operator
01
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise with
A92 cam
N/A 0150 0155
0157
0156*
Round Grip Operator
02
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise with
A92 cam
N/A 0250 0255
0257
0256*
Overview
ED6000
ED6000.27
ED66900 ECE Applications
ED6000
ED6000.27
Applications
This series offers the safety features of a
heavy-duty mortise crossbar exit devices
with the added security of an electrically
controlledexit(ECE).Solenoid-operatedunits
are designed for optimum versatility and
flexibility,providingbothpowerlock(fail
safe)andpowerunlock(failsecure)functions
in AC as well as DE systems. This devices is
best used in:
• Stairtowerdoors
• Perimeterdoors
• Securityareas
• Computerareas
• Controlledenvironments
Advantages
• Provenreliabilityanddurabilityofthe
Corbin Russwin Mortise Lockset
• Availableasfailsafeorfailsecure
• Keyalwaysretractslatchbolt
• Integralsolenoid
• LowvoltageACorDCsystemsavailable
• Acceptswiderangeoftrims
ElectroLynx®
ElectroLynx, a new quick-connect feature
ofASSAABLOYGroupcompanies,takes
the guesswork out of installing electrified
door hardware products.
It’s...hardwiringMadeEasy.Byusing
standard “plug and play” connectors,
a simple “click” links power from the
incoming source to electrified locking
products, including hinges, locks, exit
devices, magnetic holders, and strikes.
Whatnormallytakesanhourormorecan
be connected in virtually minutes.
ED66900 Series Electrically Controlled Mortise Exit Devices
ECE Features
ED6000
ED6000.28
ED66900 Panic-Listed ECE Mortise Exit Device
Features
Handing
Field reversible device; specify hand.
Mortise lock and strike are not reversible.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard 36" bar fits doors up to 36"
(914mm).
Optional 48" bar fits doors up to 48"
(1219mm);specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm).
Optional:2"(51mm)and2-1/4"(57mm);to
order specify D200 or D214.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm).
Stile
Minimumwidth:5"(127mm).
Latchbolt
Brass,3/4"(19mm)throw.
Auxiliary Latch
Brass.
Front
8"x1-1/4"(203mmx32mm)heavygauge
steel.
Accommodates flat doors and doors beveled
1/8"to2"(3mmto51mm).
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavy wrought, 7-1/4" x 2-9/16"
(184mmx65mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"x1-3/8"(20mmx
35mm)ovalseamlesstubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar
or stainless steel crossbar; see
Quick Codes, page 36.
Dogging
Dogging standard.
Optional: less dogging. Specify M51.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts; specify M54.
Optional: spanner head screws; specify
M02.
Strike
Standard:ANSIstrike.
Optional:openbackstrikeandANSIwrought
strike box available; see Options and
Accessories, page 32.
Trim
Accepts trims listed on pages 20-22.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
How to Order, page 34.
Operating Current
12VAC 0.8AMPS
12VDC 0.8AMPS
24VAC 0.4AMPS
24VDC 0.4AMPS
See How to Order, page 35.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
C-UL US
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL 305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol on
active head indicates listing.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
6-pin solid
bass cylinder
standard;
Corbin
Russwin and
competitive
cylinder
compatibility
available
Can
accommodate
knob, lever or
thumbpiece
trim
Fits standard door prep
Self-contained solenoid
Utilizesindustryproven
Corbin Russwin ML2200
Series Mortise Lockset
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA622 FlatBlackCoated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 SatinChromiumPlated
626C SatinChromiumPlated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
ECE Functions
ED6000
ED6000.29
Thefollowingfunctionsarelockedwhenpowerison(FailSafe).
Thefollowingfunctionsareunlockedwhenpowerison(FailSecure).
Inside Outside Function Function Description
ED66902
-Whenenergized,solenoidlocksoutsidetrim;thumbpieceisthenfree-actingand
disengaged.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
-MortiseLockNo.MLE10.
ED66904
-Whenenergized,solenoidlocksoutsidetrim;knoborleveristhenfree-actingand
disengaged.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
-MortiseLockNo.MLE10.
Inside Outside Function Function Description
ED66901
-Whenenergized,solenoidunlocksoutsidetrim.
- Thumbpiece retracts latchbolt.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
-MortiseLockNo.MLE11.
ED66903
-Whenenergized,solenoidunlocksoutsidetrim.
- Knob or lever retracts latchbolt.
- Key retracts latchbolt at all times.
-MortiseLockNo.MLE11.
Options and Accessories
ED6000
ED6000.30
Rim Strikes
(ScrewsIncluded)
Rim Strike
Standard on ED6200
devices. For doors
with1/2"(13mm)
or5/8"(16mm)
stop. Adjustable
to compensate
for shrinkage and
swelling of door.
Nylonanti-friction
inserts for quieter
operation. 3-1/4" x
1-1/16"(82mmx
27mm).Toorder
separately, specify
145F55.1/8"(3mm)
shim available for 1/2"
(13mm)stop;specify
184F82.
Mortised
Adjustable Rim
Strike
Optional for
ED6200 devices
only. Adjustable
to compensate for
shrinkage and swelling
of door.
3-3/4" x 1-9/16"
(95mmx40mm).To
order with device,
specify option S04.
To order separately
specify 142F43.
Open Rim Strike
Optional for ED6200
devices. Adjustable
to compensate
for shrinkage and
swelling of door.
Nylonanti-friction
inserts for quieter
operation. 3-1/4" x
1-3/32"(82mmx
28mm).Toorderwith
device, specify S05.
To order separately,
specify 145F56.
Rim x Vertical Rod
Strike
Required for ED6200
devices when used with
ED6400 device on a pair
of doors. To order with
device, specify option
S02. To order separately,
specify 467F73.
Fire-Rated Rim
Strike
Standard on ED6200A
devices. Steel with black
nylon coating. Surface
application; reversible,
adjustable. 4-3/8" x
1-9/32"(111mm
x32mm).Toorder
separately, specify
499F59.
Options and Accessories
ED6000
ED6000.31
Vertical Rod Strikes
(ScrewsIncluded)
Top Strike for
Latch Hold-
Back
Standard on ED6400
devices with latch
hold-back. 2-3/32" x
1-3/4" x 2-5/32"
(53mmx44mmx
55mm)high.To
order separately,
specify 392F24.
Non-Hold-Back
Top Strike
Standard on ED6400
devices without latch
hold-back. 1-1/2" x
1-3/4"x7/8"(38mm
x44mmx22mm)
high. To order
separately, specify
392F22.
Flush Transom
Strike Bracket
Optional for ED6400
devices when
mounting top strike
on flush transom. To
order with device,
specify option M67.
To order separately,
specify 176F65.
Surface
Projecting
Bottom Strike
Standard on ED6400
devices.
2-9/16" x 19/32"
x5/8"(65mmx
15mmx16mm)
high. To order
separately, specify
502F96.
Flush Bottom
Strike
Optional for ED6400
devices. 3-1/2" x
1-3/4"x7/8"(99mm
x44mmx22mm)
deep. To order with
devices, specify
option S03. To order
separately, specify
392F28.
Bottom Strike
Standard on
ED6400A devices.
To order separately,
specify 502F75.
Bottom Strike
for Threshold
Optional on ED6400A
devices. For use with
threshold. To order
with device, specify
option S06. To order
separately, specify
304F34.
Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(ScrewsIncluded)
Top Strike
Standard on ED6800
devices. To order
separately, specify
503F55.
Fire-Rated Top
Strike
Standard on ED6800A
devices. To order
separately, specify
503F56.
Bottom Strike
Standard on ED6800
and ED6800A devices.
To order separately,
specify 503F52.
Options and Accessories
ED6000
ED6000.32
Mortise Strikes
Straight Lip
ANSI Strike
Standard on ED6600
and ED6600A. On
stainless steel exit
devices, stainless
steel strike furnished
standard. 4-7/8" x
1-1/4" x 1-1/8"
(124mmx32mmx
28mm)liptocenter,
for1-3/4"(44mm)
doors. To order
separately,specifyPart
No.
Open Back
Strike
Optional for use with
ED6400 x ED6600
devices on a pair of
doors. See How to
Order, page 35. To
order separately,
specifyPartNo.x
Door Thickness x
Finish.
ANSI Wrought
Strike Box
Optional for use with
Mortise Strike on
ED6600 and ED6600A
devices; specify
option M17. To order
separately, specify
120F76-8.
Filler Plates
Optional for use on stock metal doors when
required.Toorder,specifyPartNo.xFinish.
Hand Part No.
RHR 405L14
240L51(stainlesssteel)
LHR 405L13
240L50(stainlesssteel)
Front
334F99-8 600
Strike
236L708018
Front
077F19-8 600
Hand Door Thickness Part No.
LHR
1-3/4" 411L62016FIN
2" 411L62018FIN
2-1/4" 411L62020FIN
RHR
1-3/4" 411L63016FIN
2" 411L63018FIN
2-1/4" 411L63020FIN
Mullions
ED6000
ED6000.33
500 Series and 900 Series Removable Mullions
The 500 series and 900 series mullions are used to install two ED7200 Rim Exit Devices
in a double door opening. They may be quickly and easily removed, then reinstalled,
when a full double door opening is temporarily required. The 500 series and 900
seriesmullionsmeetANSIA156.3,Type22.
Materials and Finish
Steelmullionwithmalleableirontopandbottomplates;furnishedwithzincplated
fasteners for metal frames and concrete floors. May be cut, drilled and tapped in the
fieldforRimExitDevices.The500seriesmullionsareprimedforpainting,BHMA600,
greyandthe900seriesmullionsareprimedforpainting,BHMA600,red.
500 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire Rating1Mullion Opening
Height2
Catalog
Number
3-Hour Up to 7'2" 507
PanicOnly Up to 8'0" 508
PanicOnly Up to 10'0" 510
Notes:
1. UL label on mullion indicates listing.
2. May be field cut for doors.
900 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire Rating1Mullion Opening
Height2
Catalog
Number
PanicOnly Up to 7'0" 907
PanicOnly Up to 8'0" 908
PanicOnly Up to 10'0" 910
3-Hour Up to 7'0" 907A
3-Hour Up to 8'0" 908A
Key Removable Mullions
UL Fire Rating1Mullion Opening
Height2
Catalog
Number
1-1/2 Hour Up to 7'0" 907BKM3
1-1/2 Hour Up to 8'0" 908BKM3
PanicOnly Up to 10'0" 910KM3
Notes:
1. UL label on mullion indicates listing.
2. May be field cut for doors.
3. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately.
See Cylinders on page 34.
500 Mullion
900 Mullion
900 Series Mullions - Options
M95- Spacer Block
Recommended for double
rabbeted frames where the
stop face width is less than the
mounting hole spacing and also
fordoorframes5-3/4"(176mm)
or less. To order with a mullion,
specify M95. To order separately,
specifyPartNo.683F29-8.
M96- Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header
configuration with less than 3"
(76mm)ofmountingsurface.To
order with a mullion, specify M96.
Toorderseparately,specifyPart
No.655F63-8.
M57- Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the
mullion. Recommended for
opening over 7' high, or whenever
door movement must be
minimized.Toorderwithmullion,
specify M57. To order separately,
specifyPartNo.653F11-1x695
or 628.
TopPlate
BottomPlate
Cylinders
ED6000
ED6000.34
Cylinders
• L4keywaystandard;specifyotherkeyways.
• SpecifyCollar.
• ToorderwithExitDevice,seeHowtoOrder,page35.
• Toorderseparately,specifyPartNo.xKeywaysFinish(e.g.,
 3000-200xL4x626).
Cylinder Type Part No. Description
Rim 3000-200 6-pin,horizontaltailpiece
3000-200-7 7-pin,horizontaltailpiece
3010-200 6-pin,horizontaltailpiece,Security
3012-178 6-pin, blockout function, Security
3020-200 7-pin,PyramidHighSecurity
3027-200 7-pinPyramidSecurity
3027-178 7-pinPyramidICSecurity
3030-178 7-pin,PyramidICHighSecurity
3040-178 6-pin SFIC Rim Housing
3040-178-7 7-pin SFIC Rim Housing
3060-200 6-pin, master ring
3070-178 6-pin,interchangeablecore(IC)lesscore
3070-178-7 7-pin, IC less core
3080-178 6-pin, IC
3080-178-7 7-pin, IC
3090-178 6-pin, Security IC
1000-112-A02 6-pin, 1-1/2” straight cam
Mortise 1000-112-A02-7 7-pin, 1-1/2” straight cam
1000-114-A02-7 7-pin, 1-1/4” straight cam
1000-114-A92-7 7-pin,1-1/4”(O1andO2trimsonly)
1000-118-A02 6-pin, 1-1/8” straight cam
1000-118-A92 6-pin,1-1/8”(O1andO2trimsonly)
1000-134-A02 6-pin, 1-3/4” straight cam
1000-134-A02-7 7-pin, 1-3/4” straight cam
1010-112-A02 6-pin, 1-1/2” Security straight cam
1010-118-A02 6-pin, 1-1/8” Security, straight cam
1010-118-A92 6-pin,1-1/8”Security(O1andO2trimsonly)
1010-134-A02 6-pin, 1-3/4” Security straight cam
1012-114-A02 6-pin, 1-1/4” Security with blockout
1012-114-A92 6-pin,1-1/4”Securityblockout(O1andO2trimsonly)
1020-112-A02 7-pin,PyramidHighSecurity1-1/2”
1020-114-A02 7-pin,PyramidHighSecurity1-1/4”
1027-112-A02 7-pin,PyramidSecurityIC1-1/2”
1027-114-A02 7-pin,PyramidSecurity1-1/4”
1030-114-A02 7-pin,PyramidICHighSecurity1-1/4”
1037-114-A02 7-pin,PyramidSecurityIC1-1/4”
1040-112 7-pin, 1-1/2" SFIC Mortise Housing
1040-114 6-pin, 1-1/4" SFIC Mortise Housing
1040-134 7-pin 1-3/4" SFIC Mortise Housing
1040-138 7-pin, 1-3/8" SFIC Mortise Housing
1070-114-A02 6-pin, 1-1/4” IC less core
1080-112-A02 6-pin, 1-1/2” IC straight cam
1080-112-A02-7 7-pin, 1-1/2” IC straight cam
1080-114-A02 6-pin, 1-1/4” IC straight cam
1080-134-A02 6-pin, 1-3/4” IC straight cam
1080-134-A02-7 7-pin, 1-3/4” IC straight cam
1090-112-A02 6-pin, 1-1/2” IC Security straight cam
1090-114-A02 6-pin, 1-1/4” IC Security straight cam
1090-134-A02 6-pin, 1-3/4” IC Security straight cam
900 Series Key
Removable Mullion
Mortise Cylinders
1000-118-A62 6-Pin
1000-114-A62-7 7-Pin
1080-114-A62 6-Pin,IC
1080-112-A62-7 7-Pin,IC
1020-114-A62 7-pin,PyramidHighSecurity
1027-114-A62 7-pin,PyramidSecurity
1030-114-A62 7-pin,PyramidHighSecurityIC
1037-114-A62 7-pin,PyramidSecurityIC
1010-118-A62 Security
1090-114-A62 Security IC
1070-114-A62 6-pin, IC, less core
1070-112-A62-7 7-pin, IC, less core
Mullion
Series
Cylinder Length and Type
1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" IC 1-1/2" IC
907BKM
908BKM
910KM
610F01* 447F43* 609F37*
Note: Cylinder collar packets contain a collar and spring washer.
*Specify finish when ordering packets.
900 Series Key Removable Mullion
Cylinder Collar Packet
How to Order
ED6000
ED6000.35
Quantity Exit Device Trim/Function Finish Hand Door Thickness Optional Strike DoorWidth Misc. Options
18 ED6200 N355 605 LHR D200 S04 W048 M53
Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Keyset Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Door
Width
Door
Options
Misc.
Options
Cylinder
Keying Keyway
68 AA1 ED6200 C255 626 RHR D200 W048 M50-M54 7P VKC3 59A1
Contract/Detailed Order - Rim Exit Device with Trim
Ordering Examples - ED66900 Series
Lock Only (Includeslockcase,armoredfront,
strikeandscrewpack)
Quantity Mortise
Lock Finish Hand Voltage
16 MLE10 626 LHR 24D
Contract/Detailed Order
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes
Functions and Trims
RimandVerticalRod Pages9-12
Fire-RatedRim Pages15-17
 Mortise Pages20-23
 ConcealedVerticalRod Page26
RemovableMullion Page33
CylinderandKeying Page36
MiscellaneousOptions Page36
Finish Page37
Handing Page37
DoorThickness Page37
Strike Page37
DoorWidth Page37
DoorHeight Page37
Quantity Exit Device Finish Hand Misc. Options
27 ED6200 630 RHR M51-M54
Rim Exit Device
Quantity Mullion
9507
Removable Mullion
Quantity Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door
Thickness
34 L210 625 RHR D214
Trim Only (For Rim ExitDevice)
Quantity Keyset Exit Device Trim/Function Finish Hand Voltage Options Misc. Options Cylinder Keying Keyway
34 AA1 ED66904 C3M55 626 RHR 12A M53-M54 6P VKC3 59A1
Handing
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.
Quick Codes
ED6000
ED6000.36
1. NotavailableonO1andO2trim.
2. Rim only.
3. Complete rim and vertical rod devices are available with master ring trim. However, complete master ring
mortise devices are discontinued. Master ring mortise trim is available to support old master ring mortise
devices in the field.
4. NotavailableinED6600,A4M,C3M,D3M,E3M,L3M,N4M,PR3M,R3M,B4M,G5Mtrims.
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
PyramidSecurityfixedcore4PS
PyramidSecurityIC1PCS
PyramidHighSecurityfixedcore4PHS
PyramidHighSecurityIC1PCHS
PyramidICwithtemporaryconstructioncore1CTP
PyramidICwithtemporarydisposablecore1CTPD
PyramidIClesscore1CLP
Security HS
Security IC1CHS
Blockoutfunctioncylinder BO
IC 6-pin 1C6
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Red)1CT6R
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Blue)1CT6B
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Green)1CT6G
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core1CT6
IC 6-pin with temporary disposable core1CT6D
IC 6-pin less core1 CL6
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT6SD
IC 7-pin 1, 2 C7
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Red)1CT7R
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Blue)1CT7B
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore(Green)1 CT7G
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core 1, 2 CT7
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT7SD
IC 7-pin with temporary disposable core 1, 2 CT7D
IC 7-pin less core 1, 2 CL7
Less master ring cylinder 3MR-LC
Master Ring 3 MR
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
(notavailableforPyramid)
Nokeyingdatastampedonkeyorcylinder VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Cylindersandkeys(notforHS,CHS,PHSorPCHS) VKC2
Cylindersonly(notforHS,CHS,PHSorPCHS) VKC3
Concealedkeycontrol(CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
 -CKCcylindersonly(notforHS,CHS,PHSorPCHS) CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys KY#(e.g.,KY6)
Cylinder and Keying Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
ANSIwroughtstrikebox M17
Knurlingoutside&inside(trim
& device; not available with
M50)
M20
Knurlingoutsideonly(trim
side) M21
Knurlinginsideonly(device
side;notavailablewithM50) M22
Abrasive coat outside and
inside(trimanddevice) M23
Abrasive coat inside only
(deviceside) M24
Abrasive coat outside only
(trimside) M25
Stainlesssteelcrossbar(not
availablewithM20orM22) M50
Less dogging M51
Steel reinforced crossbar M53
Sexnutsandbolts(SNBs) M54
Mullionstabilizerkit M57
Shim for 2-3/4" backset on
doorswith1/2"stop(rim
devicesonly)
M59
Freelatching latchbolts
(ED6400devicesonly) M65
Flush transom bracket M67
Quick Codes
ED6000
ED6000.37
Description Specify
US3 BrightBrass 605
US4 SatinBrass 606
US9 BrightBronze 611
US10 SatinBronze 612
US10B DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,oil
rubbed 613
US14 BrightNickelPlated 618
US15 SatinNickelPlated 619
US19 FlatBlackCoated 622
US26 BrightChromiumPlated 625
US26D SatinChromiumPlated 626
—SatinChromePlated
with MicroShield®626C
US32 BrightStainlessSteel 629
US32D Satin Stainless Steel 630
—Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®630C
—Blackoxidizedbronze,oilrubbed 722
Door Height
Description Specify
Rim
Mortised adjustable S04
Open S05
Rim x Vertical Rod S02
Vertical Rod
Flushbottom(ED6400devicesonly) S03
3-hour fire-rated bottom for use with threshold S06
Mortise
Open back strike
1-3/4" door thickness SB134
2" door thickness SB200
2-1/4" door thickness SB214
StraightLipANSIStrike
1-3/4" door thickness (standard)
2" door thickness SS114
2-1/4" door thickness SS138
Strike
Door Specify
7'2"(ED6400AandED6800A
devices) (standard)
7'6"(ED6400devices) (standard)
8'6"(ED6800devices) (standard)
10'0"(ED6400devicesonly) H1000
10'8"(ED6800devicesonly) H1008
Handing
Door Thickness
Door Width
Voltage
Hand Specify
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Door Specify
36"(914mm) (standard)
48" (1219mm) W048
Door Specify
1-3/4"(44mm) (standard)
2"(51mm)(exceptED6800) D200
2-1/4"(57mm)(exceptED6800) D214
Door Specify
12 volt alternating current 12A
12 volt direct current 12D
24 volt alternating current 24A
24 volt direct current 24D
Finish
Helpful Terms
ED6000
ED6000.38
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to provide
a non-slip tactile surface for the visually
impaired.
Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is operable
from the trim side.
Astragal
A vertical member applied to one or both
sides of a pair of doors at the meeting
edges. The astragal closes the gap
between the two doors.
Coordinator
A device used on a pair of doors to ensure
that the inactive door closes before the
active door.
Deadlocking Latch
A supplemental latch that automatically
deadlocks the latchbolt when pressure is
applied to it.
Dogging
A mechanism that allows the latchbolt to
remain retracted, permitting the door to
operate as if it were a push-pull; it cannot
be used on fire-rated exit devices.
Double Egress
A pair of doors of the same hand that
swing in opposite directions, commonly
found in corridors.
Dummy Trim
Trim only. Usually used on the inactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.
Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushpad
or crossbar which, when pressed, allows
instantexit(egress).
Fire Exit Hardware
An exit device listed by an independent
testing laboratory as meeting panic, fire
and hose stream test standards; used on
fire rated openings.
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Inactive Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
inoperable from the trim side.
Latchbolt
A lock component that has a beveled end
and projects into a strike, holding the door
in a closed position.
Mullion
A fixed or removable vertical member that
divides a door opening and provides a
latch surface for a pair of rim exit devices.
Narrow Stile Door
Usually a door having a stile of less than
2-3/4" wide, commonly seen on aluminum
or glass front applications.
Open Back Strike
For mortise exit devices, used on the
inactivedoor(usuallytheverticalroddoor)
of a pair of doors that swing in the same
direction. It permits the inactive door to
open or close independently.
Reversible
Pertainstoaproductthatmaybechanged
in the field to accommodate any hand of
the door.
Shim Kit
Piecesofmetalthatpermitmounting
of an exit device on a door that has a
surfaceprojectingvisionlight(glassbead)
molding.
Split Astragal
An astragal that is split through the middle
on a pair of doors, allowing both doors to
operate independently.
Threshold
A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical rod
exit device.
Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece used
on the outside of an exit device door to
control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on doors
of either hand without any modifications.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarily blocked from operating. It is
set by a blockout key.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
a cylinder in a location that is not visible
once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which keys
will operate.
Security Cylinder
A cylinder which provides extra resistance
topickingandunauthorizedduplication
of keys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in standard
industryformat(e.g.,1AA,AA1,etc.)
which indicates exactly how a key or
cylinder fits into a keying system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug through
which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparationofacylindertooperatewith
keys of different levels of access.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
keys and on the visible portion of the front
of a cylinder.
How to Specify
ED6000
ED6000.39
Suggested Specification
ED6000 Series
All exit devices shall be ED6000 Series Crossbar Exit Devices as
manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
The maximum projection shall be 5-3/4", and 4-1/2" when
crossbar is depressed. Exit devices shall have matched twin
cases mounted with concealed fastening screws and shall be
constructedofbrass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.Non-matched
twin cases shall not be acceptable. Crossbar lever arms shall be
drop forged. Devices shall be field reversible.
Crossbars shall be oval-shaped and shall be a minimum of .065"
thick. Crossbars shall interlock into the lever arms by expansion
collects and interlocking roll pins. Crossbars attached with rivets
shall not be acceptable. Reinforced crossbars and stainless steel
crossbars shall be available. All exit devices shall be easily field
sizedtoaccommodatevariousdoorwidths.
Paniclistedexitdevicesshallhavedoggingstandard.Dogging
screws shall seat into heat-treated pivots for long life and
minimumwear.Paniclisteddevicesshallbeavailableless
dogging.
All exit devices shall have ample allowances for easy alignment.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners.
Escutcheon, rose and pull trims shall be constructed of brass,
bronzeorstainlesssteel.Alllevertrimsshallusecastlevers.
Wroughtleversshallnotbeacceptable.Levertrimsshallmatch
those on Corbin Russwin Mortise and Cylindrical Locksets.
All devices and trims shall be furnished in architectural finishes.
AlldevicesshallbelistedbyUnderwritersLaboratories(UL)for
safety as panic hardware. Fire-rated devices shall be UL listed for
A label and lesser class doors, 4' x 7'2" single and 8' x 7'2" pair.
Certification:
ANSIA156.3,Grade1
ANSIA117.1AccessibilityCode
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.
All devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All mechanical devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited
warranty.
All electro-mechanical devices shall carry a two-year limited
warranty.
Suggested Specification
ED66900 Series
All exit devices shall be ED66900 Series Electrically Controlled
Exit Devices, as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware.
Allmortiselockfunctionsshallbeavailableinonesizecase,
manufactured from heavy-gauge steel, minimum thickness
3/32", completely chrome plated for corrosion resistance and
lubricity of parts. Cases shall be closed on all sides to protect
internal parts. Locks shall have adjustable, beveled and armored
fronts, standard 2-3/4" backset, a full 3/4" throw two-piece
mechanical anti-friction latchbolt, and shall be available for
1-3/4", 2" and 2-1/4" thick doors. Internal parts shall be heavy
gaugesteel,zincdichromateplatedforcorrosionresistance.
DevicesshallfitANSIstandardstrikepreparation.Otherthanfor
wiring, no special door or frame preparation shall be required.
Devices shall be available 12 or 24 volt, AC or DC, and fail safe
or fail secure.
Mechanical cylinder override shall be available. Optional cylinders
shall include interchangeable core, security and blockout types.
Locktrim(knob,leverorthumbpiece)shallbethrough-bolted
through the lockcase to ensure correct alignment and proper
operation.
Certification:
ANSIA156.3,Grade1
ANSIA117.1AccessibilityCode(leverhandletrim)
California State Fire Marshal pursuant to section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.
All devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All mechanical devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited
warranty.
All electro-mechanical devices shall carry a two-year limited
warranty.
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorizedCorbinRusswinDistributororSalesRepresentative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin,CT06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
Fax: 1-905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswinInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.All
contentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompanyreservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,
construction, and/or its materials. Other products brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference
purposesonly.Copyright©2003,2011CorbinRusswinInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.Reproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpress
written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45066-4/11R
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology, a silver-
based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOY
Groupcompany.
ElectroLynx®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovative,fastandeffectivehighsecuritysolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffer
ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening. ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of ASSA
ABLOYInc.
ED7000 Series
Narrow Stile Crossbar Exit Devices
Table of Contents
Applications ........................ 2
Applications and Listings .... 3
Features, Trims and Functions
Rim Exit ............................ 4
Mullions ............................ 7
Vertical Rod Exit ................ 8
Mortise Exit ..................... 12
Concealed Vertical
Rod Exit .......................... 16
Options and Accessories ... 19
How to Order ....................22
Helpful Terms ................... 25
How to Specify ................. 26
www.corbinrusswin.com
ED7000.2
Narrow Stile Crossbar Exit
Devices ED7000 Series
Applications
Since patenting some of the first exit
devices nearly a century ago, Corbin
Russwin has met rigorous life safety and
security requirements, while offering
pleasing aesthetics and trouble-free
operation. ED7000 Series Crossbar Exit
Devices are designed for high-use, high-
abuse applications on narrow and regular
stile doors in new construction and
renovations including:
• Schoolsanduniversities
• Healthcare
• Government
• Commercialandindustrial
• Officeandretail
• Transportationandutilities
• Hotelsandconferencecenters
• Religious
Advantages
• MeetsorexceedsallANSIGrade1
requirements
• Heavy-dutyconstruction
• Basemetals(brass,bronzeandstainless
steel) for durability
• Easy-to-usecrossbaroperationassures
quick egress and ADA compliance
• Doggingstandardonallpaniclisted
devices
• Through-boltedtrimsforstrengthand
security
• Widerangeoftrimstylesandfinishes
to match other Corbin Russwin
products
• Devicesavailabletosatisfypanicand
fire opening requirements
Applications
ED7000
Applications and Listings
ED7000
ED7000.3
Single Door Max. Door
Opening
Fire Door Ratings
Application
A B, D C, E
3 Hr. 1-1/2 Hr. 3/4 Hr. 1/2 Hr. 1/3 Hr.
Rim
ED7200 None Devices are panic listed only. Surface applied; single
point latching
Vertical Rod
ED7400 4' x 10' Devices are panic listed only. Surface applied; two point
latching
Mortise
ED7600 None Devices are panic listed only. Mortised in door; single
point latching
ED7600A 4' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED7800 4' x 10'8" Devices are panic listed only. Rods concealed in door;
two point latching
ED7800A 4' x 7'2" UL UL UL UL UL
ULListedbyUnderwritersLaboratories,Inc.,asfireexithardware
Rim x Rim
ED7200 x ED7200 x 507 8' x 7'2" Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent, active
doors with removable
mullion
ED7200 x ED7200 x 510 8' x 10' Devices are panic listed only.
Pair of Doors with Removable Mullion
Pair of Doors
VerticalRod(Swinginginthe
same direction)
ED7400 x ED7400 8' x 10' Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors with
2 point latching — do not
use overlapping astragal
VerticalRod(Swingingin
Opposite Directions)
ED7400 x ED7400 8' x 10' Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors with
2 point latching
Vertical Rod x Mortise
ED7400 x ED7600 8' x 10' Devices are panic listed only. Coordinator recommended
with standard strike
ED7400 x ED7600 x
OpenBackStrike 8' x 10' Devices are panic listed only.
Concealed Vertical Rod
(Swinginginsamedirection)
ED7800 x ED7800 8' x 10'8" Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors with
2 point latching — do not
use overlapping astragal.
ED7800A x ED7800A 8' x 7'2" — UL UL UL UL
Concealed Vertical Rod
(Swinginginoppositedirections)
ED7800 x ED7800 8' x 10'8" —Devices are panic listed only. 2 independent doors
with 2 point latching
— overlapping astragal
required for 3 hour openings
ED7800A x ED7800A 8' x 7'2" — UL UL UL UL
Rim Exit Features
ED7000
ED7000.4
ED7200 Panic Listed Rim Exit
Device
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard36"(914mm)barfitsdoorsupto
36"(914mm).
Optional48"(1219mm)barfitsdoorsup
to48"(1219mm)doors;seeHowtoOrder
page 24.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3
/
4"(44mm).
Optional:2"(51mm)and2-1/4"(57mm);
see How to Order, page 24.
Backset
1-3
/
4"(44mm)withstandardstrikeand
1/2"(13mm)stop.(Backsetchangeswhen
mullion is used).
Stile
Minimumwidth2-1/2"(64mm)with
standardstrikeand1/2"(13mm)stop.
Projection
4-7/8"(124mm);3-1/8"(79mm)
depressed.
Latchbolt
5/8"(16mm)throwpivoted.
Latch Hold-Back
Standard: latch remains in hold-back
position by full rotation of key outside.
Optional: less latch hold-back; see How to
Order, page 23.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavycast,7-1/2"(191mm)x1-1/4"
(32mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"(21mm)x1-3/8"
(35mm)ovalseamlesstubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.
Dogging
Standard on ED7200 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.
Fasteners
Standard: machine screws.
Optional: sex nuts and bolts or spanner
head screws; see How to Order, page 23.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 19.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 7.
Trims and Functions
Through-bolted pull trims available; see
Trims and Functions, page 6.
Cylinders
Brass,6-pin,L4keyway,0-bittedstandard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /ULC
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active head indicates listing.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices and pull trims comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
ED7000.5
Field reversible, durable cast cases
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteelexterior
Dogging standard
Oval seamless crossbar design
with interlocking expansion
collets and roll pins to reduce
chance of crossbar loosening
Durable drop forged lever arms
5/8" throw pivoted latchbolt
ED7200 Rim Exit Device
Rim Exit Features
ED7000
ED7000.6
Rim Exit Device ANSI Type Type ANSI No. Function
Description
ED7200 4 Exit Only 01 • Exitonly;notrim.(Acceptsalltrimslistedbelow)
For Dummy and Nightlatch functions, see
Trim Designs below.
Dummy 02 •Alwaysrigid.
Nightlatch 03/04/09 •Alwaysrigid.Keyremovableonlywhenlocked.
Pull Trim Design
Trim/Function
Dummy
ANSI No. 02
Nightlatch
ANSI No. 03/04/09
D Grip Pull
P4
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim 12-1/8"
(305mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
P450 P457
Round Grip Pull
P5
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim
12-1/8"
(305mm)
1-5/8"
(26mm)
5-7/8"
(149mm)
2"
(51mm)
P560 P557
Pull
P6
Grip:Wrought
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim 7”
(178mm)
1-5/8”
(41mm)
2-1/2”
(64mm)
P650 P657
Plate
P7
Escutcheon:Wrought
Cylinder: Rim 7"
(178mm)
1-5/8"
(26mm)
N/A P757
Rim Trims and Functions
ED7000
Offset Pull Trims/Mullions
ED7000
ED7000.7
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2"
Specify Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"
Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"
Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4"
3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
500 Series Removable Mullions
The 500 series mullions are used to install two ED7200 Rim Exit Devices
in a double door opening. They may be quickly and easily removed, then
reinstalled, when a full double door opening is temporarily required. The 500
seriesmullionsmeetANSIA156.3,Type22.
Materials and Finish
Steelmullionwithmalleableirontopandbottomplates;furnishedwithzinc
plated fasteners for metal frames and concrete floors. May be cut, drilled and
tappedinthefieldforRimExitDevices.Primedforpainting,BHMA600,grey.
Mullion Opening Height
•507-Accommodatesfire-rateddooropeningsupto7'2"high.Maybe
field cut for doors under 7'2".
•508-Accommodatespanic-listeddooropeningsupto8'0"high.Maybe
field cut for doors under 8'0".
•510-Accommodatespanic-listeddooropeningsupto10'0"high.Maybe
field cut for doors under 10'0".
How to Order
UL Fire Rating2Mullion Opening Height Catalog Number
3-Hour Up to 7'2" 507
Panic Only Up to 8'0" 508
Panic Only Up to 10'0" 510
Note:
2. UL label on mullion indicates listing.
500 Mullion
1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
ED7000.8
ED7400 Panic Listed Vertical
Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard36"(914mm)barfitsdoorsupto
36"(914mm).
Optional48"(1219mm)barfitsdoorsup
to48"(1219mm)doors;seeHowtoOrder
page 24.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3
/
4"(44mm).
Optional:2"(51mm)and2-1/4"(57mm);
see How to Order, page 24 .
Backset
1-1/8"(26mm)minimumfor1/2"(13mm)
stop
1-1/4"(32mm)minimumfor5/8"(16mm)
stop.
Stile
Minimumwidth1-7/8"(47mm)for1/2"
(13mm)stop;2"(51mm)for5/8"(16mm)
stop.
Door Height
Alltoprodseasilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard; top rod for 7'6" door.
Optional; top rod for doors up to 10'; see
How to Order, page 24.
Projection
4-7/8"(124mm);3-1/8"(79mm)
depressed.
Latchbolts
Top:1/2"(13mm)throwpivoted.
Bottom:5/8"(16mm)throwpivoted.
Bottomlatchactsindependently,allowing
top latch to remain engaged even when
bottom latch is not projected.
Vertical Rods
InvertedU-shapedrectangularwith
concealed rod guides.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavy cast.
Activecase:8"x1-1/4"(203mm)x
(32mm).
Inactivecase:7-1/2"x1-1/4"(191mm)x
(32mm).
Toplatch:5-11/16"x1-1/4"(144mm)x
(32mm).
Bottomlatch:5-5/8"x1-1/4"(143mm)x
(32mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"x1-3/8"(21mm)x
(35mm)ovalseamlesstubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.
Dogging
Standard on ED7400 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.
Strikes
See Options and Accessories, page 19.
Trims and Functions
Through-bolted lever, pull and operator
trims available; see Trims and Functions,
page 10.
Cylinders
Brass,6-pin,L4keyway,0-bittedstandard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /ULC
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active head indicates listing.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)
Levers with returns comply.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code.
ADA
Exit devices, pull trims and lever trims
comply with Americans with Disabilities
Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7400
Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7400
ED7000.9
1/2" throw pivoted
top latchbolt
Oval seamless crossbar designs with interlocking
expansion collets and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening
Durable drop forged lever arms
ED7400 Panic Listed Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED7000.10
Vertical Rod
Exit Device ANSI Type Type ANSI No. Function
Description
ED7400 5 E xit Only 01 • Exitonly;notrim.(Acceptsoperatortrim.)
ED7401 5 Exit Only 01 • Exitonly;notrim.(Acceptslevertrim.1-3/4"
door only.)
For Dummy and Nightlatch functions, see
Trim Designs below.
Classroom 08/11 • Freeatalltimes,exceptwhenlockedbykey.
Nightlatch 03/04/09/12 • Alwaysrigid.Keyremovableonlywhenlocked.
Lever Trim Design
(Available with ED7401 devices only.)
Trim/Function
Classroom
ANSI No. 08
Nightlatch
ANSI No. 03/04/09
Citation
C4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02
*1-3/4 thick door only 3"
(76mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
5"
(127mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
4-1/2"
(114mm)
2-7/8"
(73mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
4-1/2"
(114mm)
3-1/2"
(89mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
3-3/8"
(86mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
C455 C457
Dirke
D4
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02
*1-3/4 thick door only
3"
(76mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
5"
(127mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
4-1/2"
(114mm)
2-7/8"
(73mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
4-1/2"
(114mm)
3-1/2"
(89mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
3-3/8"
(86mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
D455 D457
Vertical Rod Trims and Functions
ED7400
*KeyalsousedtoholdtopandbottomlatchboltsinretractedpositionforANSINo.4function.
Operator Trim Design
(Available with ED7400 devices only.)
Trim/Function
Classroom
ANSI No. 11
Nightlatch
ANSI No. 03/04/12
D Grip Operator
03
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02
5-7/8"
(149mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
12-1/4"
(311mm)
1-7/8"
(48mm)
0355 0357
0356*
Round Grip Operator
04
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Mortise A02
MR Cylinder: 4266-001-A02
6-1/2"
(165mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
12-3/4"
(324mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
0455 0457
0456*
Vertical Rod Trims and Functions
ED7400
ED7000.11
ED7000.12
ED7600 Panic Listed Mortise
Exit Device
ED7600A 3 Hour Fire Rated
Mortise Exit Device
Features
Handing
Device is field reversible, but strike is not;
specify hand.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard36"(914mm)barfitsdoorsupto
36"(914mm).
Optional 48" bar fits doors up to 48"
(1219mm)doors;seeHowtoOrderpage
24.
Door Thickness
Standard: 1-3
/
4"(44mm).
Optional:2"(51mm)and2-1/4"(57mm);
see How to Order, page 24.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm).
Stile
Minimumwidth5"(127mm).
Projection
4-7/8"(124mm);3-1/8"(79mm)
depressed.
Latchbolt
StainlessSteel,3/4"(19mm)throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
Stainless Steel.
Latch Hold-Back
Standard on ED7600 devices with keyed
function trim; latchbolt may be held in
retracted position by pushing in latchbolt
and turning key.
Optional: less latch hold-back; see How to
Order, page 23.
Latch hold-back not available on ED7600A
devices.
Front
Heavygaugesteel,8"(203mm)x1-1/4"
(32mm).Accommodatesflatdoorsand
doorsbeveled1/8"(3mm)in2"(51mm).
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavycast,7-1/2"(191mm)x1-1/4"
(44mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"(21mm)x1-3/8"
(35mm)ovalseamlesstubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.
Dogging
Standard on ED7600 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.
Dogging not available on ED7600A
devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED7600 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED7600 devices: sex nuts and
bolts: see How to Order, page 23.
Standard on ED7600A devices: sex nuts
and bolts.
Optional on ED7600 and ED7600A
devices: spanner head screws; see How to
Order, page 23.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 20.
Trims and Functions
Through-bolted lever, knob and
thumbpiece trims available; see Trims and
Functions, page 14.
Cylinders
Brass,6-pin,L4keyway,0-bittedstandard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /ULC
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active head indicates listing.
3 hour fire-rated devices listed as fire exit
hardware for A label and lesser class 4'
x 7'2" single doors. UL symbol on active
head indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin,Inc.makesnorepresentationsor
warranties concerning what such impact
maybeinanyspecificsituation.When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)
Levers with returns comply.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. Fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices and lever trims comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
Mortise Exit Features
ED7600
Mortise Exit Features
ED7600
ED7000.13
Field reversible, durable cast cases
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteelexterior
Dogging standard on ED7600 devices
Oval seamless crossbar designs with interlocking
expansion collets and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening
Durable drop forged lever arms
3/4" throw latchbolt with
deadlocking auxiliary latch
ED7600 and ED7600A Mortise Exit Devices
Lever or Knob Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04/06/09
Citation
C4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For1-3/4"Doors)
3"
(76mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
5"
(127mm)
C4M10 N/A C4M55 N/A
Dirke
D4M
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For1-3/4"Doors)
2-7/8"
(73mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
4-1/2"
(114mm)
D4M10 N/A D4M55 N/A
Belmont
B5M
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For1-3/4"Doors) 3-1/2"
(89mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
B5M10 B5M50 B5M55 N/A
Global
G6M
Knob:Wrought
reinforced
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/2" Mortise
A02
(For1-3/4"Doors) 3-3/8"
(86mm)
7-1/4"
(184mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
G6M10 G6M50 G6M55 N/A
ED7000.14
Mortise Exit Device ANSI Type Type ANSI No. Function Description
ED7600 10 E xit Only 01 • Exitonly;notrim.(Acceptsalltrimslistedonpages14and15)
ED7600A 10 Exit Only 01 •3-hourfire-ratedexitonly;notrim.(Acceptsall 
trims listed on pages 14 and 15.
For Passage, Dummy, Classroom and
Nightlatch functions, see Trim Designs
below and on page 15.
Passage — •Freeatalltimes.
Dummy 02 •Alwaysrigid.
Classroom 05/08 •Freeatalltimes,exceptwhenlockedbykey.
Nightlatch 03/04/06/09 •Alwaysrigid.Keyremovableonlywhenlocked.
Mortise Trims and Functions
ED7600
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance: 2-1/2" Specify Part Number, 716F50M x Finish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance: 2-1/2"
Specify Part Number, 716F51M x Finish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance: 2-1/2"
Specify Part Number, 716F52M x Finish1
Thumbpiece Trim
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
03/04/06/09
D Grip
T11M
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02
(For1-3/4"Doors)
12-1/4"
(311mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
5-7/8"
(149mm)
1-7/8"
(48mm)
T11M10 T11M50 T11M55 T11M57
Round Grip
T12M
Grip:Extruded
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: 1-1/4" Mortise
A02
(For1-3/4"Doors)
12-1/4"
(311mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
6"
(152mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
T12M10 T12M50 T12M55 T12M57
Mortise Trims and Functions
ED7600
ED7000.15
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4"
3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
ED7000.16
ED7800 Panic Listed Concealed
Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED7800A 3 Hour Fire Rated
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit
Device
FOR USE WITH METAL DOORS
ONLY
Features
Handing
Field reversible; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard36"(914mm)barfitsdoorsupto
36"(914mm).
Optional48"(1219mm)barfitsdoorsup
to48"(1219mm)doors;seeHowtoOrder
page 24.
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4"(44mm)only(requiresproperly
reinforced door).
Backset
1-3/8"(35mm)onsingledoorwith
5/8"(16mm)stop.1"(25mm)onpairof
doors.
Stile
Minimumwidth:2-1/8"(54mm)onsingle
door;1-3/4"(44mm)onpairofdoors.
Door Height
Alltoprodseasilyfieldcuttosize.
Standard on ED7800 devices; top rod for
doors up to 8'6".
Optional on ED7800 devices; top rod for
doors up to 10'8"; see How to Order, page
24.
Standard on ED7800A devices; top rod for
7'2" doors.
Projection
4-7/8"(124mm);3-1/8"(79mm)
depressed.
Latchbolts
Top:3/4"(19mm)throwpivotedand
deadlocking.
Bottom:13/16"(21mm)throwrounded
steel.
Vertical Rods
Top:3/8"(10mm)solidsteel.
Bottom:1/2"(13mm)O.D.steeltubing.
Materials
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteel.
Cases
Heavycast,7-1/2"(191mm)x1-1/4"
(32mm).
Crossbar
Standard:13/16"(21mm)x1-3/8"
(35mm)ovalseamlesstubing.
Optional: reinforced crossbar and stainless
steel crossbar; see How to Order, page 23.
Dogging
Standard on ED7800 devices.
Optional: less dogging; see How to Order,
page 23.
Dogging not available on ED7800A
devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED7800 devices: machine
screws.
Optional on ED7800 and ED7800A
devices: spanner head screws; see How to
Order, page 23.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 20.
Trims and Functions
Operator trim available with nightlatch
function; see Trims and Functions, page
18.
Cylinders
Brass,6-pin,L4keyway,0-bittedstandard.
Optional cylinders available; see How to
Order, page 23.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.3,Grade1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
UL /ULC
All exit devices listed for safety as panic
hardware; devices comply with UL305
standards for panic hardware. UL symbol
on active head indicates listing.
3 hour fire-rated devices listed as fire exit
hardware for A label and lesser class 4' x
7'2" single and 8' x 7'2" double doors.
UL symbol on active head indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin,Inc.makesnorepresentationsor
warranties concerning what such impact
maybeinanyspecificsituation.When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
NFPA
All exit devices comply with NFPA 101 Life
Safety Code. Fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices and lever trims comply with
Americans with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
BHMA605 BrightBrass
BHMA606 SatinBrass
BHMA611 BrightBronze
BHMA612 SatinBronze
BHMA613 OxidizedBronze,oilrubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA619 Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated
BHMA626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chrome Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Blackoxidizedbronze,oil
rubbed
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7800
Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Features
ED7800
ED7000.17
Field reversible, durable cast cases
Brass,bronzeorstainlesssteelexterior
Dogging standard on ED7800 devices
Oval seamless crossbar designs with interlocking
expansion collets and roll pins to reduce chance
of crossbar loosening
Durable drop forged lever arms
3/4" throw pivoted
deadlocking top latchbolt
13/16" throw rounded steel
bottom deadbolt
ED7800 and ED7800A Concealed Vertical Rod Exit Devices
FOR USE WITH METAL
DOORS ONLY
ED7000.18
Concealed Vertical
Rod Exit Device ANSI Type Type ANSI No. Function
Description
ED7800 6 E xit Only 01 • Exitonly;notrim.(Accepts05operatortrim.)
ED7800A 6 Exit Only 01 •3-hourfire-ratedexitonly;notrim.(Accepts05
operator trim.)
For Nightlatch function, see Trim Design
below. Nightlatch 09 •Alwaysrigid.Keyremovableonlywhenlocked.
Operator Trim Design
Trim/Function
Nightlatch
ANSI No. 09
Operator
05
Escutcheon: Cast
Cylinder: Special Mortise
2-5/8"
(67mm)
1-11/16"
(43mm)
1-1/4"
(32mm)
0557
Concealed Vertical Rod Trim and Function
ED7800
Options and Accessories
ED7000
ED7000.19
Open Rim Strike
Standard on ED7200 devices, 3-1/4"
x1-3/32"(83mm)x(28mm).
Includesnylonanti-frictioninserts
for quieter operation. To order
separately 145F56.
Rim Strike
Optional on ED7200 devices.
Includesnylonanti-frictioninserts
for quieter operation. 3-1/4" x
1-1/16"(83mm)x(27mm),for
doorswith5/8"(16mm)or1/2"
(12.7mm)stop.Toorderwithexit
device, specify option S07. To order
separately, specify 145F55. To order
with1/8"(3mm)shimfordoorwith
1/2"(12.7mm)stop,specify145F55
x 184F82.
Rim Strikes
(Screwsincluded)
Rim Strike for Aluminum Frame
with Blade Stop
OptionalonED7200devices.Blade
strikewithwearplate.Includes
nylon anti-friction inserts for quieter
operation. To order with exit
device, specify option S08. To order
separately, specify 300F71 strike
packet. Packet includes wear plate
213F05-7and1/8"(3mm)shim
184F82fordoorwith1/2"(12.7mm)
stop.
Mortised Adjustable Rim Strike
Optional on ED7200 devices;
adjustable to compensate for
shrinkage and swelling of door.
3-3/4"(95mm)x1-9/16"(40mm).To
order with exit device, specify option
S04. To order separately specify
142F43.
Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screwsincluded)
Top Strike
Standard on ED7400
devices. 1-1/2" x
1-3/16"(38mm)x
(30mm)with15/16"
(24mm)projection.
To order separately,
specify 446F21.
Bottom Strike
Standard on ED7400
devices. 2-1/4" x 1"
(57mm)x(25mm)
with9/16"(14mm)
projection. To order
separately, specify
packet 446F22.
Flush Bottom Strike
Optional on ED7400
devices. To order with
exit device, specify
option S03. To order
separately specify
361F91.
Options and Accessories
ED7000
ED7000.20
Mortise Strikes
Mortise Strike
Standard on ED7600 and
ED7600A devices. Heavy gauge
steel, nylon coated; stainless
steel standard for stainless steel
devices. 4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x
1-1/8"(124mm)x(32mm)x
(29mm)liptocenterstandard;
specify other lip lengths from
1-1/4"to3"(32mm)x(76mm).
To order separately, specify Part
No.
Open Back Strike
(Screwsincluded)
Optional for use with ED7400
x ED7600 devices on pair
of doors. To order with exit
device, see How to Order, page
24. To order separately, specify
Part No. x Door Thickness x
Finish.
Description Hand Part No.
Heavy gauge
steel
LHR 405L13
RHR 405L14
Stainless steel LHR 240L50
RHR 240L51
Hand Door Thickness Part No.
LHR 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4" 411L62
RHR 1-3/4", 2", 2-1/4" 411L63
Concealed Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screwsincluded)
Top Strike
Standard on ED7800 devices.
To order separately, specify
503F55.
3-Hour Fire-Rated Top
Strike
Standard on ED7800A devices.
To order separately, specify
503F56.
Bottom Strike
Standard on ED7800 and
ED7800A devices. To order
separately, specify; 503F52
for ED7800 devices; 503F53
forED7800Adevices(includes
stainless steel screws).
ED7000.21
Cylinders
L4 keyway standard; specify other keyways.
Collar not included.
To order with Exit Device, see How to Order, page 23.
Toorderseparately,specifyPartNo.xKeywayxFinish(e.g.,3000-200-7xL4x605).
Cylinder Type Part No. Description
3000-200
3000-200-7
3010-200
3012-178
3070-178
3070-178-7
3080-178
3080-178-7
3090-178
3020-200
3027-200
3030-178
3037-178
6-pin,horizontaltailpiece
7-pin,horizontaltailpiece
6-pin,horizontaltailpiece,highsecurity
6-pin, blockout function, high security
6-pin,interchangeablecore(IC)lesscore
7-pin,IClesscore
6-pin,IC
7-pin,IC
6-pin,highsecurityIC
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid Security fixed core
PyramidHighSecurityIC
PyramidSecurityIC
1000-118-A02
1000-114-A02-7
1010-118-A02
1012-114-A02
1070-114-A02
1080-114-A02
1090-114-A02
1000-118-A91
1000-114-A91-7
1000-138-A01
1000-138-A01-7
1010-138-A01
1070-138-A01
1080-138-A01
1090-138-A01
1000-112-A02
1000-112-A02-7
1010-112-A02
1080-112-A02
1080-112-A02-7
1090-112-A02
1020-114-A02
1020-112-A02
1027-114-A02
1027-112-A02
1030-114-A02
1030-138-A02
1030-112-A02
1037-114-A02
1037-138-A02
1037-112-A02
6-pin, 1-1/8" straight cam
7-pin, 1-1/4" straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/8" high security straight cam
6-pin, 1-1/4" high security with blockout
6-pin,1-1/4"IClesscore
6-pin,1-1/4"ICstraightcam
6-pin,1-1/4"IChighsecuritystraightcam
6-pin,1-1/8"(for02and03trimsonly)
7-pin,1-1/4"(for02and03trimsonly)
6-pin, 1-3/8"
7-pin, 1-3/8"
6-pin, 1-3/8" high security
6-pin,1-3/8"IClesscore
6-pin,1-3/8"IC
6-pin,1-3/8"IChighsecurity
6-pin,1-1/2"straightcam(forB4M,C4MandE4Mtrimsonly)
7-pin,1-1/2"straightcam(forB4M,C4MandE4Mtrimsonly)
6-pin,1-1/2"highsecuritystraightcam(forB4M,C4MandE4Mtrimsonly)
6-pin,1-1/2"ICstraightcam(forB4M,C4MandE4Mtrimsonly)
7-pin,1-1/2"ICstraightcam(forB4M,C4MandE4Mtrimsonly)
6-pin,1-1/2"IChighsecuritystraightcam(forB4M,C4MandE4Mtrimsonly)
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid High Security fixed core
Pyramid Security fixed core
Pyramid Security fixed core
PyramidHighSecurityIC
PyramidHighSecurityIC
PyramidHighSecurityIC
PyramidSecurityIC
PyramidSecurityIC
PyramidSecurityIC
Rim
Mortise
Options and Accessories
ED7000
How to Order
ED7000
ED7000.22
Rim Exit Device with Trim
Ordering Examples Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes
Trims and Functions
Rim Pages 4-7
Vertical Rod Pages 8-11
Mortise Pages 12-15
Concealed
Vertical Rod Pages 16-18
Removable Mullion Page 22
Finish Page 23
Miscellaneous Options Page 23
CylinderandKeying Page23
Handing Page 24
Door Thickness Page 24
Strike Page 24
DoorWidth Page24
Door Height Page 24
Quantity Exit Device Finish Finish Misc. Options
36 ED7200 606 RHR M51-M54
Rim Exit Device
Removable Mullion
Quantity Mullion
12 507
Quantity Exit Device Trim/Function Finish Hand Door Thickness Optional Strike DoorWidth Misc. Options
23 ED7200 P457 630 LHR D214 S08 W048 M53
Trim Only
(For Rim Exit Device)
Quantity Trim/
Function Finish Hand
15 P657 630 LHR
Contract/Detailed Order -
Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Keyset Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Door
Width
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
32 AA1 ED7200 P557 625 LHR D200 W048 M54 C6 VKC3
ED7000.23
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Pyramid Security fixed core PS
PyramidSecurityIC PCS
Pyramid High Security fixed core PHS
PyramidHighSecurityIC PCHS
PyramidICwithtemporaryconstruction
core CTP
PyramidIClesscore CLP
Lesscylinder(s) LC
High security HS
Highsecurityinterchangeablecore(IC) CHS
IC6-pin C6
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore
(Red) CT6R
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore
(Blue) CT6B
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore
(Green) CT6G
IC6-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore CT6
IC6-pinlesscore CL6
SFIC6-pinwithSFICdisposabletemporary
core CT6SD
IC7-pin(rimonly) C7
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore
(Red) CT7R
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore
(Blue) CT7B
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore
(Green) CT7G
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore CT7
IC7-pinlesscore(rimonly) CL7
SFIC7-pinwithSFICdisposabletemporary
core CT7SD
SFIC6-or7-pinSmallFormatDisposableC
ore CTSD
Masterring(ED7400only) MR
Blockoutfunction BO
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyedrandom KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Visualkeycontrol(VKC)
No keying data stamped on key or cylinder VKC0
Keysonly VKC1
Cylindersandkeys(notforHSorCHS) VKC2
Cylindersonly(notforHSorCHS) VKC3
Concealedkeycontrol(CKC)
CKCcylinderswithVKCkeys CKC2
CKCcylindersonly CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
More than 2 keys KY#(e.g.,KY3)
Description Specify
US3 BrightBrass 605
US4 SatinBrass 606
US9 BrightBronze 611
US10 SatinBronze 612
US10B DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,
oil rubbed 613
US14 BrightNickelPlated 618
US15 Satin Nickel Plated 619
US26 BrightChromiumPlated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
— Satin Chrome Plated with MicroShield® 626C
US32 BrightStainlessSteel 629
US32D Stain Stainless Steel 630
— Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield® 630C
—Blackoxidizedbronze,oilrubbed 722
Cylinder and Keying Finish
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
ANSIwroughtstrikebox M17
Knurlingoutsideandinside(trimanddevice;not
available with M50) M20
Knurlingoutsideonly(trimside) M21
Knurlinginsideonly(deviceside; not available with
M50) M22
Abrasive coat outside andinside(trimanddevice) M23
Abrasive coatinsideonly(deviceside) M24
Abrasivecoatoutsideonly(trimside) M25
Stainless steel crossbar(notavailablewithM20orM22) M50
Less dogging M51
Steel reinforced crossbar M53
Sexnutsandbolts(SNBs)
(NotavailablewithED7800(A)devices) M54
Shim for 2-3/4" backset ondoorswith1/2"stop(rim
devices only) M59
Less latchhold-back(ED7200andED7600devicesonly) M66
How to Order
ED7000
ED7000.24
Strikes
Description Specify
Rim
Openrim(ED7200devices) (standard)
Rim S07
For aluminum frame with blade stop S08
Mortised adjustable S04
Vertical Rod
Top(ED7400devices) (standard)
Surfaceprojectingbottom(ED7400
devices) (standard)
Flushbottom(ED7400devicesonly) S03
Concealed vertical rod
Top(ED7800devices) (standard)
3-hourfire-ratedtop(ED7800Adevices) (standard)
Bottom(ED7800andED7800Adevices) (standard)
Mortise
ANSIstrike (standard)
Open back
1-3/4" door thickness SB134
2" door thickness SB200
2-1/4" door thickness SB214
Door Width
Door Width Specify
36" (standard)
48" W048
Door Height
Door Height Specify
7'6"(ED7400devices) (standard)
7'2"(ED7400AandED7800A
devices) (standard)
10'0"(ED7400devicesonly) H1000
10'8"(ED7800devicesonly) H1008
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" (standard)
2"(exceptED7401xlevertrim
and ED7800) D200
2-1/4"(exceptED7401xlevertrim
and ED7800) D214
How to Order
ED7000
Helpful Terms
ED7000
ED7000.25
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to a
knob or lever to provide a non-slip
tactile surface for the visually impaired.
Active Door
Inapairofdoors,thedoorthatis
operable from the trim side.
Astragal
A vertical member applied to one or
both sides of a pair of doors at the
meeting edges. The astragal closes the
gap between the two doors.
Coordinator
A device used on a pair of doors to
ensure that the inactive door closes
before the active door.
Deadlocking Latch
A supplemental latch that
automatically deadlocks the latchbolt
when pressure is applied to it.
Dogging
A mechanism that allows the latchbolt
to remain retracted, permitting the
door to operate as if it were a push-
pull.Itcannotbeusedonfire-rated
exit devices.
Double Egress
A pair of doors of the same hand
that swing in opposite directions,
commonly found in corridors.
Dummy Trim
Trim only, without a lock. Usually used
on the inactive door of a pair of doors.
Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushbar
or crossbar which, when pressed,
allowsinstantexit(egress)
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Inactive Door
Inapairofdoors,thedoorthatis
inoperable from the trim side.
Latchbolt
A lock component that has a beveled
end and projects into a strike, holding
a door in a closed position.
Mullion
A fixed or removable vertical member
that divides a door opening and
provides a latch surface for a pair of
rim exit devices.
Narrow Stile Door
Usually a door having a stile of less
than 2-3/4" wide, commonly seen on
aluminum or glass front applications.
Open Back Strike
For mortise exit devices, used on the
inactivedoor(usuallytheverticalrod
door) of a pair of doors that swing
inthesamedirection.Itpermits
the inactive door to open or close
independently.
Reversible
Pertains to a product that may be
changed in the field to accommodate
any hand of the door.
Shim Kit
Pieces of metal that permit mounting
of an exit device on a door that has
asurfaceprojectingvisionlight(glass
bead) molding.
Split Astragal
An astragal that is split through the
middle on a pair of doors, allowing
both doors to operate independently.
Threshold
A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door.Itservesasastop,preventsheat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical
rod exit device.
Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece
used on the outside of an exit device
door to control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on
doors of either hand without any
modifications.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarilyblockedfromoperating.It
is set by a blockout key.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location that is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation that allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination that determines which
keys will operate.
Flex Head Cylinder
A cylinder with built-in adjustment
for minor variations in door and trim
thickness.
High Security Cylinder
A cylinder which provides extra
resistancetopickingandunauthorized
duplication of keys.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installed quickly with a control key by
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Symbol
A letter/number combination in
standardindustryformat(e.g.,1AA,
AA1, etc.) which indicates exactly how
a key or cylinder fits into a keying
system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug
through which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate
with keys of different levels of access.
Master Ring Cylinder
A cylinder which offers a wider range
of keying.
Visual Key Control (VKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of
the front of a cylinder.
ED7000.26
Suggested Specification
All exit devices shall be ED7000 Series Narrow Stile Crossbar Exit Devices as manufactured by Corbin Russwin
ArchitecturalHardware,Berlin,Connecticut,USA.
The maximum exit device projection shall be 4-7/8", and 3-1/8" when crossbar is depressed. Exit devices shall have
matchedtwincasesmountedwithconcealedfasteningscrews,andshallbeconstructedofbrass,bronzeorstainless
steel. Non-matched twin cases shall not be acceptable. Crossbar lever arms shall be drop forged. Devices shall be field
reversible.
Crossbars shall be oval shaped and shall be a minimum of .065" thick. Crossbars shall interlock into the lever arms by
expansion collets and interlocking roll pins. Crossbars attached with rivets shall not be acceptable. Reinforced crossbars
andstainlesssteelcrossbarsshallbeavailable.Allexitdevicesshallbeeasilyfieldsizedtoaccommodatevariousdoor
widths.
Panic listed exit devices shall have dogging standard. Dogging screws shall seat into heat-treated pivots for long life and
minimum wear. Panic listed devices shall be available less dogging.
AlldevicesshallbelistedbyUnderwritersLaboratories(UL)forsafetyaspanichardware.Fire-rateddevicesshallbe
UL listed for A label and lesser class doors, 4' x 7'2" single and 8' x 7'2" pair.
All exit devices shall have ample allowances for easy alignment.
Trims shall be through-bolted with concealed fasteners. Escutcheon, rose and pull trims shall be constructed of brass,
bronzeorstainlesssteel.Alllevertrimsshallusecastlevers.Wroughtleversshallnotbeacceptable.Levertrimsshall
match those on Corbin Russwin Mortise and Cylindrical Locksets.
All devices and trim shall be furnished in architectural finishes and shall match the trims and finishes on corresponding
locksets.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-1820
ANSIA156.3Grade1
All devices, trims, and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited warranty.
How to Specify
ED7000
Notes
ED7000
ED7000.27
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorizedCorbinRusswinDistributororSalesRepresentative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin,CT06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
CanadaL4K4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 1-905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology, a silver-based antimicrobial coating
designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheir
respectiveownersandarementionedforreferencepurposesonly.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSA
ABLOYGroupcompanyreservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2000,2011CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOY
Groupcompany.Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
45072-3/11R
ED8000 Series
Pushpad Exit Devices
Introduction
ED8000
Table of Contents
Introduction ...........................2
Applications and Listings ....... 3
Rim Exit Features ....................4
Surface Vertical Rod
Exit Features .....................6
Rim/Vertical Rod Trims
and Functions ...................8
Options & Accessories ..........11
Cylinders ..............................12
Mullions ...............................13
Electrified Options ................14
How to Order ......................15
Quick Codes ........................16
Helpful Terms ......................18
How to Specify ................... 19
www.corbinrusswin.com
ED8000.2
Applications
Heavy-duty steel construction and Grade 1 performance, priced for outstanding value.
Meets rigorous life safety and security requirements, while offering pleasing aesthetics and
trouble-free operation. Designed for high-use, high-abuse situations, ED8000 Pushpad Exit
Devices can be teamed with a variety of Corbin Russwin trims to provide desired functions,
styles and finishes in new construction and renovations, including these settings:
• SchoolandUniversity
• HealthCare
• GovernmentandPublic
• CommercialandIndustrial
• OfficeandRetail
• TransportationandUtilities
• HotelsandConferenceCenters
• Religious
Advantages
•MeetsANSIGrade1requirements
•Easy-to-usepushpadforquickegressandADAcompliance
•Heavy-dutysteelconstruction
• 3/4"latchboltstandardonrimdevice
• Lowprofileandprojectionforbarrier-freecodecompliance
• Noprojectingpartstoinhibitegress
• Devicesaccommodatevarioustrimfunctionsforflexibility
• WiderangeoftrimstylesandfinishestomatchotherCorbinRusswinproducts
• One-pointdoggingstandardonpanic-listeddevices
• DevicesavailabletosatisfyC-ULUSsafetyandfirerequirements
Applications and Listings
ED8000
ED8000.3
WHI ListedbyWarnockHerseyInternationalInc.,asfireexithardware.
C-UL US ListedbyUnderwritersLaboratoriesInc.,asfireexithardware.
Note:AllED8000SeriesPushpadExitDevicesareUL305paniclisted.
*ULdoesnotsetadoorheightlimitationonpanicapplications.
Single Door Listing Maximum Opening Application
Rim
ED8200
ED8200B
ED8200A
Panic
1-1/2Hr.WHI
3Hr.UL
4' x *
4' x 8'
4' x 8'
Surface applied; single point
latching.
Surface Vertical Rod
ED8400 Panic 4' x 10' Surface applied; two point latching.
Pair of Doors with Removable
Mullion Listing Maximum
Opening Application
Rim x Rim
ED8200 x ED8200 x 510/910
ED8200B x ED8200B x 508/908A
ED8200A x ED8200A x 508/908A
Panic
1-1/2Hr.WHI
3Hr.UL
8' x 10'
8' x 8'
8' x 8'
2 independent active doors with
removable mullion.
Pair of Doors Listing Maximum Opening Application
Surface Vertical Rod
x
Surface Vertical Rod
ED8400 x ED8400
ED8400A x ED8400A
Panic
1-1/2Hr.UL
8' x 10'
8' x 8'
2 independent doors with 2 point
latching, swinging in the same
direction. Overlapping astragal may
not be required.
Surface Vertical Rod
x
Surface Vertical Rod
(Double Egress)
ED8400 x ED8400
ED8400A x ED8400A
Panic
3Hr.UL
8' x 10'
8' x 8'
2 independent doors with 2 point
latching, swinging in opposite
directions. Overlapping astragal
required for 3-hour openings.
Surface Vertical Rod x Rim
ED8400 x ED8200 x S02 Panic 8' x 10'
S02 strike required on inactive door;
coordinator recommended.
ED8200 Panic Listed Rim Exit Device
ED8200B 1-1/2 Hour Fire Listed Rim Exit Device
ED8200A 3-Hour Fire Listed Rim Exit Device
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard:36"barfits31"-36"
(787mm-914mm) door.
Optional:30"barfits28"-30"
(711mm-762mm)door;specifyW030.
Optional:42"barfits37"-42"
(940mm-1067mm)door;specifyW042.
Optional:48"barfits43"-48"
(1092mm-1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm).Deviceandtrimcover
standardANSIA115.2(Type161)cylindrical
lock preparation. (Backset changes when
mullion is used.)
Stile
Minimumwidth5"(127mm).
Projection
2-1/2"(64mm)lowprofileforbarrier-free
access.
Latchbolt
3/4"(19mm)stainlesssteelpullman-type
with stainless steel deadlocking latch.
Materials
Heavy-duty wrought steel chassis and
pushpad; aluminum front and rear bar
covers; stainless steel springs; nylon
bearings.
Dogging
Standard on ED8200 devices: single point
1/4 turn dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED8200A and
ED8200B devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED8200 devices: machine
screws and wood door fasteners.
Optional on ED8200 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED8200A and ED8200B
devices: sex nuts and bolts.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 11.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, pull and knob trims
available with wide range of functions; see
Trims and Functions, pages 8-10.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 16.
Removable Mullion
See Mullions, page 13.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over glass
bead vision light; specify M58.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Exit Alarm
Optional on ED8200 and ED8200B devices,
with and without delay feature. See
Electrified Options, page 14, or Quick Codes,
page 17.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 1, Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware;devicescomplywithUL305
standardsforpanichardware.ULsymbolon
rear cover label indicates listing. Three-hour
fire-rated devices listed as fire exit hardware
for A label and lesser class 4' x 8' single or 8'
x8'doubledoors;ULsymbolonrearcover
label indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
maybeinanyspecificsituation.When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Warnock Hersey International Inc.
ED8200B listed as fire exit hardware for
installation on up to 1-1/2 hour fire doors,
up to 8' x 8'.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Exit devices, lever trims and pulls comply
with Americans with Disabilities Act.
Rim Exit Features
ED8000
ED8000.4
Finishes
Painted finishes available on devices and some trims.
BHMA 689 Silver Aluminum Painted
BHMA 690 Dark Bronze Painted
BHMA 691 Light Bronze Painted
Plated finishes available on trims only.
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 622 Flat Black Coated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C* Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze, oil
rubbed
*G10, A6, N6 & PR6 trims are available with MicroShield®.
ED8200 and ED8200B
Rim Exit Devices
3/4"throwstainlesssteel
pullman-type latchbolt
with stainless steel auxiliary
deadlocking latch standard
Easytouse-7/16"actiongainsexit
Lowprofile-2-1/2"projection
Heavy-duty wrought steel
construction
Closed on all sides
One-point, 1/4 turn dogging standard
on ED8200 devices
ED8200A Rim
Exit Device
3/4"throwstainlesssteel
pullman-type latchbolt
with stainless steel auxiliary
deadlocking latch standard
Easytouse-7/16"actiongainsexit
Lowprofile-2-1/2"projection
Heavy-duty wrought steel
construction
Closed on all sides
Rim Exit Features
ED8000
ED8000.5
Vertical Rod Features
ED8000
ED8000.6
ED8400 Panic Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
ED8400A 3-Hour Fire Listed Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device
Features
Handing
Handed; specify hand.
Bar Length
Easily field cut to size.
Standard:36"barfits31"-36"
(787mm-914mm) door.
Optional:30"barfits28"-30"
(711mm-762mm)door;specifyW030.
Optional:42"barfits37"-42"
(940mm-1067mm)door;specifyW042.
Optional:48"barfits43"-48"
(1092mm-1219mm)door;specifyW048.
Door Thickness
1-3/4"(44mm)standard.
Optional:2"(51mm);specifyD200.
Optional:2-1/4"(57mm);specifyD214.
Backset
2-3/4"(70mm).Deviceandtrimcover
standardANSIA115.2(Type161)cylindrical
lock preparation.
Stile
Minimumwidth5"(127mm).
Door Height
All top rods easily field cut to size.
Standard on ED8400 devices: top rod for
7'6"door.
Optional on ED8400 devices: top rod for
doors up to 10'; specify H1000.
Standard on ED8400A devices: top rod for
8' door.
Projection
2-1/2"(64mm)lowprofileforbarrier-free
access.
Latchbolts
ED8400 devices:
Top:1/2"interlockingdroplatch.
Bottom:5/8"pivoted.
ED8400A devices:
Top:3/4"(19mm)steelpullmantypewith
steeldeadlockinglatch.Bottom:3/4"
(19mm) deadbolt.
Vertical Rods
InvertedU-shapedrectangular.
Materials
Heavy-duty wrought steel chassis and
pushpad; steel vertical rods; aluminum bar
and latch covers; stainless steel springs;
nylon bearings.
Dogging
Standard on ED8400 devices: single point
1/4 turn dogging.
Optional: less dogging; specify M51.
Dogging not available on ED8400A devices.
Fasteners
Standard on ED8400 devices: machine
screws and wood door fasteners.
Optional on ED8400 devices: sex nuts and
bolts; specify M54.
Standard on ED8400A devices: sex nuts
and bolts.
Strike
See Options and Accessories, page 11.
Functions and Trims
Thru-bolted lever, pull and knob trims
available with wide range of functions; see
Trims and Functions, pages 8-10.
Cylinders
Cylinder not included unless specified. See
Quick Codes, page 16.
Applications and Listings
See page 3.
Shim Kit
Optional for mounting device over glass
bead vision light; specify M58.
Warranty
One-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.3, Type 2, Grade 1.
C-UL US
All devices listed for safety as panic
hardware;devicescomplywithUL305
standardsforpanichardware.ULsymbol
on rear cover label indicates listing. Three-
hour fire-rated devices listed as fire exit
hardware for A label and lesser class 8' x 8'
doubledoors;ULsymbolonrearcoverlabel
indicates listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
maybeinanyspecificsituation.When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
This product has been approved by the
California State Fire Marshal (CSFM)
pursuant to Section 13144.1 of the
California Health and Safety Code.
NFPA
AllexitdevicescomplywithNFPA101Life
Safety Code. All fire-rated devices comply
withNFPA80FireDoorsandWindows.
ADA
Lever trims and pulls comply with Americans
with Disabilities Act.
Finishes
Painted finishes available on devices and some trims.
BHMA 689 Silver Aluminum Painted
BHMA 690 Dark Bronze Painted
BHMA 691 Light Bronze Painted
Plated finishes available on trims only.
BHMA 605 Bright Brass
BHMA 606 Satin Brass
BHMA 611 Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed,
available lacquered
BHMA 618 BrightNickelPlated
BHMA 619 SatinNickelPlated
BHMA 622 Flat Black Coated
BHMA 625 Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 Satin Chromium Plated
626C* Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed
*G10, A6, N6 & PR6 trims are available with MicroShield®.
Vertical Rod Features
ED8000
ED8000.7
ED8400A Surface Vertical
Rod Exit Device
Nopinchpoints–closed
on all sides
Lowprofile-2-1/2"projection
Heavy-duty wrought steel
construction
Easytouse-5/8"action
gains exit
3/4"bottom
deadbolt
standard
Easytouse-7/16"actiongainsexit
Heavy-duty wrought
steel construction
Lowprofile-2-1/2"
projection
One-point, 1/4 turn dogging standard
on ED8400 devices
3/4"throwsteel
pullman-type top
latchbolt with steel
auxiliary deadlocking
latch standard
1/2"interlockingdroplatch
ED8400 Surface Vertical
Rod Exit Device
5/8"pivoted
Functions
ED8000
ED8000.8
Rim
ED8200
ED8200B
ED8200A
Inside Outside
Surface Vertical Rod
ED8400
ED8400A
Inside Outside
Type ANSI No. Function Descriptions
Exit Only F01 • Exitonly;notrim.
Dummy F02 • Entrancebytrimwhenactuatingbarislocked
down.
Nightlatch F03 • Entrancebytrimwhenlatchboltisretractedby
key. Key removable only when locked.
Classroom F08 • Entrancebyknoborlever.Keylocksorunlocks
knob or lever.
Passage — • Latchboltretractedbyknoborlever.
Storeroom
(Lever
Active)
F09 • Entrancebyknoborleveronlywhenreleasedby
key. Key removable only when locked.
Indicates rigid grip when locked.
Note:Trimsshownareforfunctionrepresentationonly.Seepages9and10foravailabletrims.
Functions
ED8000
ED8000.9
Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage Dummy
ANSI No. F02
Classroom
ANSI No. F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No. F03
Storeroom
ANSI No. F09
Armstrong
A6
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose:Wroughtbrass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-lever
Available in plated finishes
only.
A610 A650 A655 A6572A659
Newport
N6
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose:Wroughtbrass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-lever
Available in plated finishes
only.
N610 N650 N655 N6572N659
Princeton
PR6
Lever: Die cast zinc
Rose:Wroughtbrass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-lever
Available in plated finishes
only.
PR610 PR650 PR655 PR6572PR659
Global
G10
Knob:Wrought
Rose:Wroughtbrass
or bronze
Cylinder: Key-in-knob
Available in plated finishes
only.
G1010 G1050 G1055 G10572G1059
Flat Plate
F1
Plate: Steel
Cylinder: Rim
Available in plated and
painted finishes.
N/A F1501N/A F1572N/A
Z-Pull
P1
Pull: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim
Available in plated finishes
only.
8"
4-1/2"
2"
N/A P150 N/A P1572N/A
Notes:
1.BlankplatewithnoANSIfunction.
2.NotrecommendedforusewithED8400orED8400ASurfaceVerticalRoddevices.
3-1/2"
4"
Offset Pull Trim: P12, P13, P14
Offset Pull
P12
Clearance:2-1/2" SpecifyPartNumber,716F50MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P13
Clearance:2-1/2"
SpecifyPartNumber,716F51MxFinish1
Offset Pull
P14
Clearance:2-1/2" SpecifyPartNumber,716F52MxFinish1
Functions
ED8000
ED8000.10
2.NotrecommendedforusewithED8400orED8400ASurfaceVerticalRoddevices.
Trim Design
Trim/Function
Passage
Dummy
ANSI No.
F02
Classroom
ANSI No.
F08
Nightlatch
ANSI No.
F03
Wing Pull
P8
Pull: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim
Available in painted
finishes only.
N/A P850 N/A P8572
Offset Pull
P2
Pull: Extruded
Cylinder: Rim
Available in plated finishes only.
4-13/16"
5-3/4"
2-1/4"
N/A P250 N/A P2572
Key Only
KO
Cylinder: Rim
Note:Availablewith
cylinder option only.
Ex: K057 x 6P
N/A N/A N/A KO572
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4" 3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4"
4"
3"
10" 10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
P12 P13 P14 Clearance
2-1/2"
4" 4"
3"
10"
10"
11"
18"
19"
10-3/4"
1. Available in 605, 606, 612, 613, 626, 629 and 630 finishes.
Options and Accessories
ED8000
ED8000.11
Rim Strikes
(Screws Included)
Rim Strike
Standard on ED8200 and ED8200B devices.
To order separately, specify 386F45.
Rim x Vertical Rod Strike
Required for ED8200 devices when used
on pair of doors with ED8400 device. To
order with exit device, specify S02. To order
separately, specify 468F30 x finish.
3-Hour Fire-Rated Rim Strike
Standard on ED8200A devices. To order
separately, specify 518F06.
Rim Strike Shim
Fordoorswith1/2"stop,specifyM59.To
order separately, specify 391F575
Vertical Rod Strikes
(Screws Included)
Top Strike
Standard on ED8400 devices. To order
separately, specify 446F21.
Surface Projecting Bottom Strike
Standard on ED8400 devices. To order
separately, specify 446F22.
Flush Bottom Strike
Optional for ED8400 devices only. To order
with exit device, specify S03. To order
separately, specify 463F92.
Fire-Rated Top Strike
Standard on ED8400A devices. To order
separately, specify 526F52.
Fire-Rated Bottom Strike
Standard on ED8400A devices. To order
separately, specify 526F53.
For ED8200 & ED8200B
PartNo.557F928 622
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
For ED8400
PartNo.557F948 622
For ED8200A
PartNo.557F938 622
For ED8400A
PartNo.557F958 622
Shim Kits
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
3-1/4"
(83mm)
1-1/8"
(29mm)
1-5/8"
(41mm)
Mullion Series Cylinder Length and Type
1-1/8" 1-1/4" 1-1/4" IC 1-1/2" IC
907BKM
908BKM
910KM
610F01* 447F43* 609F37*
Cylinders
ED8000
ED8000.12
Cylinders
L4 keyway standard. To order with Exit Device, see Quick Codes, page 16. To order
separately,specifyPartNo.xkeywayxFinish(e.g.,2000-033-7xL4x626).
Cylinder Type Part No. Description
Key-in-Lever
forA6,N6andPR6
trim
2000-033
2000-033-7
2010-033
2020-033
2027-033
6-pin
7-pin
6-pin, Security
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security
Key-in-Knob
for G10 trim
2000-033H
2010-033H
2020-033H
2027-033H
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece
6-pin, Security, horizontal tailpiece
Pyramid High Security, horizontal tailpiece
Pyramid Security, horizontal tailpiece
Interchangeable
Core
OptionalforA6,N6,
PR6 trim
8000
8000-7
8010
8020
8027
6-pin
7-pin
6-pin, Security
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security
Rim
for all other trim
3000-200
3000-138
3000-200-7
3010-200
3012-178
3080-178
3070-178
3070-178-7
3080-178-7
3090-178
3020-200
3027-200
3027-138
3030-178
3037-178
3037-114
3080-114
3070-114
3080-114-7
3070-114-7
3020-138
3030-114
3040-178
3040-178-7
6-pin
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece for exit alarm supplied when M61 or M62 is ordered
7-pin, horizontal tailpiece
6-pin, horizontal tailpiece, Security
6-pin, blockout function, Security
6-pin, interchangeable core (IC)
6-pin, IC less core
7-pin, IC less core
7-pin, IC
6-pin, Security IC
Pyramid High Security
Pyramid Security
Pyramid Security for M61, M62
7-pin Pyramid, IC High Security
Pyramid Security IC
Pyramid Security IC for M61,M62
6-pin, IC for exit alarm supplied when M61 or M62 is ordered
6-pin, IC less core for M61 or M62
7-pin, IC for M61 or M62
7-pin, IC less core for M61 or M62
7-pin Pyramid High Security, horizontal tailpiece for exit alarm supplied when M61 or
M62 is ordered
7-pin Pyramid High Security, IC for exit alarm supplied when M61 or M62 is ordered
6-pin, SFIC with Less Core
7-pin, SFIC with Less Core
900 Series Key
Removable Mullion
Mortise Cylinders
1000-118-A62
1000-114-A62-7
1080-114-A62
1080-112-A62-7
1020-114-A62
1027-114-A62
1030-114-A62
1037-114-A62
1010-118-A62
1090-114-A62
1070-114-A62
1070-112-A62-7
6-Pin
7-Pin
6-Pin, IC
7-Pin, IC
7-pin, Pyramid High Security
7-pin, Pyramid Security
7-pin, Pyramid High Security IC
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC
Security
Security IC
6-pin, IC, less core
7-pin, IC, less core
Note: Cylinder collar packets contain a collar and spring washer.
*Specify finish when ordering packets.
900 Series Key Removable Mullion Cylinder Collar Packet
Cylinders/Mullions
ED8000
ED8000.13
Compatibility with Competitive Cylinders (N6 and PR6 trims only)
Competitive Cylinder Complete Trim Tailpiece for Optional Cylinders
Schlage® conventional 21-002, 23-001 or 23-013 Specify M06 682F39-8 Tailpiece
Schlage Primus 20-548, 20-550, 20-748 or 20-750 Specify M06 682F39-8 Tailpiece
Best® style core, 6 or 7-pin Specify M08 682F958 Tailpiece
Sargent® 13-3266 Specify M09 682F96-9 Tailpiece kit and Special Lever
Schlage IC Core Specify M69 697F94-2 Tailpiece
IC 6-Pin Specify C6 682F918 Tailpiece kit
IC 7-Pin Specify C7 682F918 Tailpiece kit
For Assa and Medeco retrofit cylinders, consult those manufacturers' catalogs.
500 Series and 900 Series Removable Mullions
The 500 series and 900 series mullions are used to install two ED7200 Rim Exit Devices
in a double door opening. They may be quickly and easily removed, then reinstalled,
when a full double door opening is temporarily required. The 500 series and 900 series
mullionsmeetANSIA156.3,Type22.
Materials and Finish
Steel mullion with malleable iron top and bottom plates; furnished with zinc plated
fasteners for metal frames and concrete floors. May be cut, drilled and tapped in the
field for Rim Exit Devices. The 500 series mullions are primed for painting, BHMA 600,
grey and the 900 series mullions are primed for painting, BHMA 600, red.
500 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire
Rating1Mullion Opening Height2Catalog
Number
3-Hour Upto7'2" 507
Panic Only Upto8'0" 508
Panic Only Upto10'0" 510
Notes:
1.ULlabelonmullionindicateslisting.
2. May be field cut for doors.
900 Series Mullions - How to Order
Removable Mullions
UL Fire
Rating1Mullion Opening Height 2Catalog
Number
Panic Only Upto7'0" 907
Panic Only Upto8'0" 908
Panic Only Upto10'0" 910
3-Hour Upto7'0" 907A
3-Hour Upto8'0" 908A
Key Removable Mullions
UL Fire
Rating1Mullion Opening Height2Catalog
Number
1-1/2 Hour Upto7'0" 907BKM3
1-1/2 Hour Upto8'0" 908BKM3
Panic Only Upto10'0" 910KM3
Notes:
1.ULlabelonmullionindicateslisting.
2. May be field cut for doors.
3. Cylinder and collars not included, specify separately. See
Cylinders on page 12.
500 Mullion
900 Mullion Top Plate
Bottom Plate
900 Series Mullions - Options
M95- Spacer Block
Recommended for double rabbeted
frames where the stop face width is
less than the mounting hole spacing
andalsofordoorframes5-3/4"
(176mm) or less. To order with
a mullion, specify M95. To order
separately,specifyPartNo.683F29-8.
M96- Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header
congurationwithlessthan3"
(76mm) of mounting surface. To order
with a mullion, specify M96. To order
separately,specifyPartNo.655F63-8.
M57- Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the
mullion. Recommended for opening
over 7' high, or whenever door
movement must be minimized. To
order with mullion, specify M57. To
orderseparately,specifyPartNo.
653F11-1 x 695 or 628.
ED8000.14
Exit Alarm
Optional on ED8200 and ED8200B devices;
emits audible alarm, signaling emergency
or unauthorized use of door. To order,
specify option M61.
Exit Alarm With 20-Second Delay
Optional on ED8200 and ED8200B
devices; permits controlled authorized
entrance or egress. For authorized exit,
turninsidekeytoOFF,thenbacktoON.
This allows 20-second interval to exit
without sounding alarm. To enter, use key
outside. Alarm will not sound if door is
closed within 20 seconds. To order, specify
option M62.
Features
Solidstatecircuitrywithadjustable
sensitivity.
Volume
85db at 10 feet.
Light Emitting Diode (LED)
Indicates power on, alarm on, delay
feature on.
No wiring required
Recommended power source: one
9-volt alkaline battery (not included).
One additional battery may be used for
extended alarm.
Tamper resistant design
Willnotobstructemergencyexit;provides
easy access for battery changes.
Size
3-7/8"(98mm)x9-3/4"(248mm)x2-5/8"
(67mm).1-3/4"(44mm),2"(51mm)and
2-1/4"(57mm)doorthickness;2-3/4"
(70mm) backset.
Door Size
Standard36"(914mm)exitdevicefits31"
(787mm)-36"(914mm)doors.
Optional:30"(762mm)fits28"(711mm)
-30"(762mm)doors;42"(1067mm)
fits37"(940mm)-42"(1067mm)doors;
48"(1219mm)fits43"(1092mm)-48"
(1219mm) doors.
Non-handed
Warning decal
EMERGENCYEXITONLY–ALARMWILL
SOUND.Appliedinfield;willnotaffect
handing.
Inside cylinder
Rim. For keying options see page 16. To
order cylinder separately, see page 12.
Keying
Whenalarmisorderedwithexitdeviceand
outside trim, inside and outside cylinders
will be keyed alike.
Trim
Available with all trims for ED8200 and
ED8200B devices; see pages 9 and 10.
Retrofitting
To add standard alarm to existing device,
order ED82AK x Finish.To add alarm
with time delay to existing device, order
ED82AK x M62 x Finish. To order time
delay switch separately, specify 490F71 for
all bar lengths.
Electrified Options
ED8000
How to Order
ED8000
ED8000.15
LHR RHR
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Ordering Examples
Rim Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Exit Device Finish
20 ED8200 689
Rim Exit Device
Removable Mullion
Quantity Mullion
6508
Quantity Exit Device Trim/
Function
Finish Hand Door
Thickness Door Width Misc.
Options
Trim Device
65 ED8200A A610 613 690 LHR D200 W048 M58
Where to find ordering
information and Quick
Codes
Functions and Trims
Rim and Vertical Rod Pages 8-10
Removable Mullion Pages 13
Finish Page 16
Handing Page 16
Door Thickness Page 16
Strike Page 17
DoorWidth Page16
Door Height Page 16
Miscellaneous Options Page 17
Cylinders and Keying Page 16
Contract/Detailed Order - Rim Exit Device with Trim
Vertical Rod Exit Device with Trim
Quantity Exit Device Trim/
Function
Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Door
Width
Door
Height
Misc.
Options
Trim Device
28 ED8400 N655 626 689 RHR D214 S03 W048 H1000 M54
Quantity Keyset Exit
Device
Trim/
Function
Finish
Hand Door
Thickness
Door
Width
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
Trim Device
32 AA1 ED8200 P857 626 689 LHR D200 W048 M54 C6 VKC3
Handing
Note: Arrow ( ) indicates secure side of door.
ED8000.16
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
IC 6-pin3C6
IC 7-pin3 C7
Pyramid High Security fixed core PHS
Pyramid Security fixed core PS
Pyramid High Security IC3PCHS
Pyramid Security IC3PCS
Security HS
Security IC3CHS
IC 6-pin less core3CL6
IC 7-pin less core3CL7
Pyramid IC with temporary construction core3CTP
Pyramid IC with temporary disposable core3CTPD
Pyramid IC less core3CLP
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Red)3CT6R
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)3CT6B
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core (Green)3CT6G
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core3CT6
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core3CT6D
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core3 (Rim Cylinder Only) CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core3
(Rim Cylinder Only) CT6SD
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Red)3CT7R
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Blue)3CT7B
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core (Green)3CT7G
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core3CT7
IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core3CT7D
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core3 (Rim Cylinder Only) CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core3
(Rim Cylinder Only) CT7SD
Blockout function BO
0-Bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Master Keyed (all cylinders except (8000, 8020, 8027
IC core) specify keyset
Master Keyed Pyramid specify keyset
Master Keyed Security
(including IC cylinder and core) specify keyset
Master Keyed 8000, 8020, 8027 IC core specify keyset
Master Keyed to customer bittings or sample key specify keyset
Construction master keyed1CMK
Visual key control (VKC)
-NoStamping VKC0
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and Keys2VKC2
- Cylinders only2VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only2CKC3
Cylinders and Keying
Notes:
1. CMK construction master keying is not available in Pyramid or Security Series.
2. VKC2, VKC3, CKC3 are not available in Pyramid or Security series.
3.NotavailableforG10trim.
Description Specify
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US10B Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, oil
rubbed 613
US14 BrightNickelPlated 618
US15 SatinNickelPlated 619
US19 Flat Black Coated 622
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Satin Chromium Plated with
MicroShield®*626C
Silver Aluminum Painted 689
Dark Bronze Painted 690
Light Bronze Painted 691
Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed 722
Finishes
*G10,A6,N6,PR6seriestrimsonly.
Door Specify
1-3/8"(35mm)* D138
1-3/4"(44mm) (standard)
2"(51mm) D200
2-1/4"(57mm) D214
Door Thickness
Quick Codes
ED8000
Door Specify
30"(762mm) W030
36"(914mm) (standard)
42"(1067mm) W042
48"(1219mm) W048
Door Width
Door Specify
7'6"(2.29m)(ED8400devices) (standard)
8'0"(2.44m)(ED8400A devices) (standard)
10'0"(3.05m)(ED8400devices only) H1000
Door Height
Hand Specify
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Handing
*G10,A6,N6&PR6trimsareavailablewithMicroShield®.
Quick Codes
ED8000
ED8000.17
Description Specify
Less cylinder, with tailpiece for Schlage® cylinder M06
Lever to accept Best®typecore(N6andPR6trims
only) M08
Lever to accept Sargent®cylinder(N6andPR6trims
only) M09
Lever to accept Schlage IC core M69
Knurling outside only (trim side) M21
Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device) M23
Abrasive coat inside only (device side) M24
Abrasive coat outside only (trim side) M25
Less dogging M51
Sexnutsandbolts(SNBs)1M54
Mullion stabilizer kit M57
Shim kit (for vision light) M58
Shimfor2-3/4"(70mm)backsetondoorswith1/2"
(13mm) stop (rim devices only) M59
Exit alarm (rim devices only) M61
Exit alarm with delay (rim devices only) M62
Miscellaneous Options
1.NotavailablewithD138option.
Description Specify
Rim
Rim x vertical rod S02
Vertical Rod
Flush bottom
(ED8400 devices only) S03
Strike
ED8000.18
Abrasive Coat
Hard granular material applied to provide
a non-slip tactile surface for the visually
impaired.
Active Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is operable
from the trim side.
Astragal
A vertical member applied to one or both
sides of a pair of doors at the meeting
edges. The astragal closes the gap
between the two doors.
Coordinator
A device used on a pair of doors to ensure
that the inactive door closes before the
active door.
Deadlocking Latch
A supplemental latch that automatically
deadlocks the latchbolt when pressure is
applied to it.
Dogging
A mechanism that allows the latchbolt to
remain retracted, permitting the door to
operate as if it were a push-pull; it cannot
be used on fire-rated exit devices.
Double Egress
A pair of doors of the same hand that
swing in opposite directions, commonly
found in corridors.
Dummy Trim
Trimonly.Usuallyusedontheinactive
door of a pair of doors for design balance.
Exit Device (Panic Hardware)
A door locking device with a pushpad
or crossbar which, when pressed, allows
instant exit (egress).
Fire Exit Hardware
An exit device listed by an independent
testing laboratory as meeting panic, fire
and hose stream test standards; used on
fire-rated openings.
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Inactive Door
In a pair of doors, the door that is
inoperable from the trim side.
Latchbolt
A lock component that has a beveled end
andprojectsintoastrike,holdingthedoor
in a closed position.
Mullion
A fixed or removable vertical member that
divides a door opening and provides a
latch surface for a pair of rim exit devices.
Narrow Stile Door
Usuallyadoorhavingastilelessthan
2-3/4"(70mm)wide,commonlyseenon
aluminum or glass front applications.
Shim Kit
Pieces of metal that permit mounting
of an exit device on a door that has a
surfaceprojectingvisionlight(glassbead)
moulding.
Split Astragal
An astragal that is split through the middle
on a pair of doors, allowing both doors to
operate independently.
Threshold
A strip fastened to the floor beneath a
door. It serves as a stop, prevents heat
loss, and provides a strike location for
latching the bottom rod of a vertical rod
exit device.
Trim
A knob, lever, pull, or thumbpiece used
on the outside of an exit device door to
control access to an area.
Universal Exit Device
An exit device that may be used on doors
of either hand without any modifications.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Blockout Cylinder
A cylinder which allows all keys to be
temporarily blocked from operating. It is
set by a blockout key.
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols on
a cylinder in a location which is not visible
once the cylinder installed.
Helpful Terms
ED8000
How to Specify
ED8000
ED8000.19
All exit devices shall be ED8000 Series Pushpad Exit Devices as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
Themaximumexitdeviceprojectionshallbe2-1/2"(64mm).Theexitdevicebarshallbeconstructedofheavywroughtsteel.The
pushpad shall be constructed of wrought steel; scalped pushpads or pushpads with plastic or Lexan coatings shall not be acceptable.
The pushpad shall cover the entire length of the devices. Pushpads which cover less than the entire length of the device shall not be
acceptable.Nylonbearingsandstainlesssteelspringsshallbeusedforlonglifeanddurability;onlytorsionspringsareacceptable.All
device covers shall be of aluminum; plastic or metal stamping shall not be acceptable. Mounting screws shall be concealed to deter
tampering. All ferrous parts shall be zinc coated to prevent rusting.
Single point, one quarter turn hex key dogging shall be standard on non-fire-rated devices.
AlldevicesshallbelistedbyUnderwritersLaboratoriesforsafetyaspanichardware.FirerateddevicesshallbeUL/C-ULlistedforA
label and lesser class doors, 4' x 8' single and 8' x 8' pair. The model number shall be located on the end cap; devices having the
model number located other than on the end cap shall not be acceptable.
On trims with cylinders, the locking and unlocking of the trim shall be housed in the trim and not in the active head of the device.
Trim shall be throughbolted and fasteners shall be concealed.
All trims shall be furnished in architectural finishes and shall match the trims and finishes on corresponding locksets.
Certification:
ANSIA156.3,Grade1
All devices, trims and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All devices and trims shall carry a one-year limited warranty.
Suggested Specification
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
www.corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 1-905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology, a silver-based antimicrobial
coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswinInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Allcontentscurrentattimeof
publication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompanyreservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Otherproductsbrand
namesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveownersandarementionedforreferencepurposesonly.Copyright©2002,2010CorbinRusswinInc.,anASSAABLOYGroup
company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45075-3/11R
®
artful
An
approach to
every opening
all openings
One lever for
®
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
For beautiful door hardware that helps to ensure life safety and
security, Corbin Russwin presents Muséo®. Designers and architects
will appreciate this aesthetic line of door levers that creates a cohesive
overall design, without compromising quality and functionality.
Whether your project is about constructing sleek, structured spaces or
creating bright, playful environments, Muséo art-inspired designer levers
carry your vision throughout the facility.
Backed by coordinating commercial grade Corbin Russwin door
hardware, Muséo opens up an expansive world of possibilities for
design excellence.
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
Mortise Lock
Campus Access Control
Access Control
Tubular Lock
Exit Device Trim
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
®
MORTISE LOCKS FOR:
• Healthcare buildings
• School & university
applications
• Government facilities
& performance
Unifying art
Muséo® is ideal for commercial projects such as offices, campuses, museums, and hotels as well as large
residential projects such as condominium complexes. Designed for use with a full complement of Corbin Russwin
commercial door hardware, Muséo levers coordinate seamlessly with our exit devices, tubular locks, mortise
locks and access control hardware, so specification is simple and unified.
TUBULAR LOCKS FOR:
• Hotel guest rooms
• High-end apartments
• Condominiums
• Office buildings
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
EXIT DEVICES FOR:
• Conference rooms
• Theaters
• All egress doors
ACCESS CONTROL FOR:
• Corporate institutions
• Healthcare facilities
• Any door that requires
electronic security control
CAMPUS ACCESS
CONTROL FOR:
• Dorm rooms
• Library
• Computer rooms
• Book store
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
®
Jumpstart your creativity with Inspire™
roseless trim. The harmonious union
of lever and door creates an artful
approach to every opening.
Is door hardware obvious? Sometimes.
But subtlety is key to good design. Select
a stunning Museo lever, combine it with
Inspire trim, and create a masterpiece!
Offered with most Museo levers, this
exquisite trim by Corbin Russwin will
inspire you and the door openings in
your facilities to be works of art.
Features:
• Compatible with TL3700 tubular
locks, ML2000 mortise locks and
Access 600™ RNE1 mortise access
control lock
• 13 architectural finishes available
including MicroShield® antimicrobial
coating
• Maiman and Graham wood doors,
Ceco Door and Curries hollow metal
doors can be expertly prepared for
Inspire trim
Benefits:
• Lever and trim fade into the door
for a subtle, refined look
• Variety of decorative levers offered
to complement your design
• One lever on all openings creates
a consistent theme throughout
your building
The art of
inspiration
roseless trim
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
®
Georgia
Muséo® offers a wide variety of lever styles and finishes
for commercial door hardware, providing a solution
for any opening. The possibilities are endless.
The Art of the Opening
*Not available with Inspire roseless trim
Pablo
117 126
104*124 125
102 103
101*
Suggested
Thumbturn
Pairing: MT2
4-1/4"
108.08mm
2-15/32"
62.88mm
2-7/8"
73.03 mm 3/8"
9.53 mm
5-1/8"
130.16 mm
5"
127.03mm
2-1/4"
57.03mm
2-1/2"
63.13mm
4-13/16"
121.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85 mm
5-1/8"
130.18 mm
3/8"
9.53 mm
2-17/32"
64.52mm
5-3/8"
136.40mm
2-11/16"
68.26 mm
5-5/16"
134.94 mm
3/8"
9.53 mm
2-3/16"
55.75mm
4-13/32"
111.76mm
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
123
Salvador
21M*
Piet
108
106 107
109 110
128 129
21L*
21G*
23M*
25M*
21S*
27M*
21W*
The Art of the Opening
*Not available with Inspire roseless trim
Suggested
Thumbturn
Pairing: MT3
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5 1/4"
133.35mm
3 3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5 1/4"
133.35mm
3 3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
Brown or black
leather insert
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
Santoprene™ insert
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
Birch insert
4-11/16"
118.80mm
2-17/32"
64.26mm
2-15/32"
62.59mm
5-1/2"
139.83mm
5-3/8"
136.13mm
2-1/2"
63.75mm
4-3/8"
111.13mm
2-25/32"
70.99mm
5 13/32"
137.03mm
2-19/32"
65.79mm
4-31/32"
126.21mm
2-1/2"
63.5mm
7/16"
11.11mm
4 19/32"
116.90mm
2 15/32"
62.74mm
7/16"
11.02mm
4 5/8"
117.86mm
3/8"
9.53mm
2 13/16"
71.37mm
Jackson
Marc
131
111*112 113*
114 115 116
130 132
127
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
®
*Not available with Inspire roseless trim
122
121*
119
105 120
Suggested
Thumbturn
Pairing: MT1
4-17/32"
115.09mm
2-1/8"
53.97mm
5-5/32"
130.90mm
2-3/4"
69.87mm
2-7/8"
73.03 mm
5-1/4"
133.35 mm
3/8"
9.53 mm
5-1/8"
129.85mm
2-7/8"
73.02mm
2-7/8"
73.03 mm 3/8"
9.53 mm
5-5/16"
134.94 mm
5-7/32"
132.25mm
3"
76.08mm 2-3/4"
69.81mm
5-3/8"
136.28mm
2-15/32"
62.34mm
2-21/32"
67.29mm
5-1/4"
133.36 mm
2-15/16"
58.74 mm 3/8"
9.53 mm
3-1/16"
78.10mm
5-1/16"
128.97mm
5-3/32"
129.66mm
2-5/16"
58.36mm
2-15/16"
74.61 3/8"
9.53 mm
5-3/8"
136.53 mm
2-17/32"
64.58mm
4-31/32"
125.94mm
4-23/32"
119.99mm
2-27/32"
71.88mm
2-3/4"
69.87mm
5-1/8"
130.03mm
2-13/32"
61.34mm
5-3/8"
136.56mm
TL3700 Tubular Lock Roses
R ESCUTCHEON
L ESCUTCHEON
ML2000 Mortise Lock Roses
ML2000 Mortise Lock Escutcheons
Y ROSE
W ROSE
X ROSE MT1 MT2 MT3
Muséo Trim
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
InspireTM Roseless Trim
J COLLAR
V ROSE
U ROSE
T ROSE E2 ROSE*
ML2000 Mortise Lock
Thumbturns
Note: Thumbturn back plate will match
shape of rose chosen (i.e. round or square)
V ROSE
U ROSE
T ROSE E2 ROSE*
E3 ROSE*
* Square cylinder collar and thumbturn plate
included when ordering E2 and E3 roses
Compatible with:
TL3700 tubular locks,
ML2000 mortise locks and
Access 600™ RNE1 mortise
access control locks
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-11/16"
68.26mm
2-11/16"
68.26mm
2-1/8"
53.98mm
2-5/16"
55.63mm
2-3/16"
55.56mm
2-1/16"
52.39mm
1-1/2"
38mm
dia
1-1/2"
38mm
dia
1-1/2"
38mm
dia
2-3/16"
55.56mm
9-3/16"
233.36mm
1-3/4"
44.5mm
8-1/2"
215.9mm
3/4"
19.05mm
1-1/2"
38.10mm
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
®
Finishes
605 Polished brass, clear coated 611 Polished bronze, clear coated 612 Satin bronze, clear coated
606 Satin brass, clear coated
613 Dark oxidized satin bronze,
oil rubbed Also available 613L Dark
oxidized satin bronze, clear coated
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated
618 Polished nickel 619 Satin nickel 625 Polished chrome
626 Satin chrome 629 Polished stainless steel 630 Satin stainless steel
722 Black oxidized bronze, oil rubbed
Muséo trim is available in 13 architectural finishes including MicroShield® antimicrobial coating.
Note: Piet Collection offered in stainless steel finishes (629/630) only.
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
®
Georgia Salvador Pablo Piet* Jackson Marc
117
126
101*
102
103
104*
124
125
105
119
120
121*
122
127
106
107
108
109
21L
21M
21S
111*
112
113*
114
115
116
130
131
132
110
123
128
129
21G
23M
25M
21W
27M
*Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim
With ASSA ABLOY, it’s not just about good looking door hardware…it’s about the entire opening.
beautiful wood doors and frames, pulls, hinges, coat hooks, door stops and of course…locks, access
control and exit devices with superbly stylized levers. ASSA ABLOY group companies offer suited
door openings in the epic pursuit of Good Design and the Total Aesthetic Opening.
Visit www.thegooddesignstudio.com to learn more.
ADAMS RITE CECO DOOR CORBIN RUSSWIN CURRIES GRAHAM MAIMAN
McKINNEY RIXSON ROCKWOOD SARGENT
GRAHAM Custom, multi-species
Sketch Door™
MAIMAN Wood
Frame and casing
McKINNEY
Hinges
CORBIN RUSSWIN
Mortise lock with Inspire™ roseless
trim and Museo decorative lever
&
®
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
®
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
One of many collections offered through ASSA ABLOY Group
brands and showcased at The Good Design Studio.
®
Corbin Russwin, Inc.
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037-4004
Phone 800.543.3658
Fax 800.447.6714
corbinrusswin.com
corbinrusswinmuseo.com
Corbin Russwin and Muséo® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY
Group company. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. Other products’ brand names may be
trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only.
All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the
right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright
© 2009, 2012 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole
or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
corbinrusswinMUSEO.com
45145-712R
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
table of contents
levers 2
finishes, roses & escutcheons 6
mortise locksets 7
exit devices 8
access control devices 9
master key systems 9
VINEYARD
The Vineyard Collection is made up of choice materials,
classical lines, curves and lush finishes. Elegantly designed
levers of rare quality are available for the finest commercial
openings. Vineyard Collection — Corbin Russwin’s
unparalleled level of creativity and achievement in decorative
door hardware.
select vineyard for your high-profile
commercial projects
Vineyard Collection levers blend beauty with security.
These levers are ideal for executive office areas, high-end
condominiums, airport business clubs, banking centers,
hotels, municipal buildings, exclusive retail shops, and
upscale theatres.
p
distinctively styled lever trims
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
Merlot
Frascati
Zinfandel
Tuscany
1
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
MSG
LEVER: CAST
ROSE: CAST
MSL
LEVER: CAST
ESCUTCHEON: CAST
2800.543.3658
LEVERS | Merlot
Like its namesake, the
Merlot blends with
– and enhances – any
décor. A
TRIM DESIGNS
Merlot
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
FSG
LEVER: CAST
ROSE: CAST
Specify Hand.
FSL
LEVER: CAST
ESCUTCHEON: CAST
Specify Hand.
800.543.3658 3
LEVERS | Frascati
TRIM DESIGNS
Fresh yet classic, the
Frascati exudes the casual,
timeless elegance of the
Roman hills. A
TRIM DESIGNS
Frascati
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
Zinfandel Vigorous and complex in
design, the Zinfandel adds
finesse to any opening. A
TRIM DESIGNS
ZSG
LEVER: CAST
ROSE: CAST
Specify Hand.
ZSL
LEVER: CAST
ESCUTCHEON: CAST
Specify Hand.
4800.543.3658
LEVERS | Zinfandel
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
TRIM DESIGNS
5
800.543.3658
Tuscany In true Renaissance spirit,
the Tuscany brings balance
and beauty to every
interior. A
TRIM DESIGNS
TSG
LEVER: CAST
ROSE: CAST
TSL
LEVER: CAST
ESCUTCHEON: CAST
LEVERS | Tuscany
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
800.543.3658
FINISHES, ROSES
& ESCUTCHEONS
6
Finishes, Roses & Escutcheons
G rose
L escutcheon
605-E* Polished brass,
Infini-T®
606-E* Satin brass,
Infini-T®
611 Polished bronze,
clear coated
612 Satin bronze,
clear coated
613 Dark oxidized satin
bronze, oil rubbed
Also available 613L
Dark oxidized satin
bronze, clear coated
618 Polished nickel
619 Satin nickel
625 Polished
chrome
626 Satin chrome
722 Black oxidized bronze,
oil rubbed
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
*Infini-T® finish is a technologically advanced finish produced
by a coating technology called Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD).
Infini-T® provides the ultimate surface protection against the
elements and everyday wear and tear.
2-9/16”
65.09mm
2-3/16”
55.56mm
9-3/16”
233.36mm
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
800.543.3658 7
FINISHES, ROSES
& ESCUTCHEONS
MORTISE
LOCKSETS
Mortise Locksets
ML2000 Series Mortise Locksets
The ML2000 series is a Grade 1 mortise lock designed to meet the
rigors of high-traffic commercial, institutional, industrial and government
applications. Constructed of heavy-gage steel, the lockbody features
our patented Quick Reversible latchbolt (Patent # 6,349,982) and
a 1" stainless steel deadbolt.
A wide variety of trim designs and functions and a 10-year warranty lend
to the ML2000’s versatility and reliability, making it the ideal choice for
projects requiring distinctive styling.
order example:
12 ML2055 ZSL --- 626 --- RHR
24 ML2051 MSG MSG 605 625 LH
Qty Series/Function Outside Inside Outside Inside Hand
Trim Finish
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
800.543.3658
EXIT DEVICES
8
Exit Devices
Parabolic Trim
Specify M60
Standard Trim
ED5000 Series Exit Devices
VineyardTM offers the power of choice. With a wide variety of
devices, trims, lever designs, and electrified hardware, a high security,
aesthetically pleasing locking system can be designed for any building
and application. Design Suite: A parabolic design option to match our
Access 800® styling for a suited look. Electronics: The Corbin Russwin
ED5000 series electrified exit devices offer a complete range of options
that may be integrated into the monitoring security and alarm systems
of most buildings. The continuum of appearance is maintained, as well
as the security and function of the ED5000 mechanical exit device.
Heavy-Duty Trim: Patented lever release (free wheeling) mechanism for
vandal resistance (Patent # 4,920,773). SecureBolt™: Deadbolt-style latch
design provides increased physical security and vandal resistance. Delayed
Egress Exit Device: Increases security in many applications such as retail
stores and health care facilities.
order example:
24 ED5600 FR9M55 626 RHR 6P
16 ED5400 TS910 606 RH ---
Qty Exit Device Trim/Function Finish Hand Cylinder Option
Exit Device with Trim
D200 SB134 WO48 ---
--- --- --- M60
Door Thickness Optional Strike Door Width Misc. Options
12 M957 605 RH --- D214 M60
36 M955 625 LH 6P --- ---
Qty Trim/Function Finish Hand Cylinder Option Door Thickness Misc Options
Trim Only
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
800.543.3658 9
EXIT DEVICES ACCESS CONTROL
& PYRAMID
Access Control & Pyramid
Master Key Systems
Pyramid®, Corbin Russwin’s patented cylinder
(Patent # 6,125,674), is the most secure locking
system available. Pyramid cylinders are available
in both High Security and Security versions. The
High Security version is certified by Underwriters
Laboratories to UL437 standards.
Pyramid High Security and Pyramid Security cylinders
can be combined on the same master key system and
one key can operate both cylinder types!
Access Control Devices
The Access 800® AC2 is a motor driven, battery powered stand-alone
system with no hardwiring required, but available if desired. Choose
from a variety of mortise and exit device versions for new or retrofit
applications.
• Stand-alone access control; no hardwiring necessary
• HID compatible; supports 26, 33, 34 & 35 bit formats
• Fully programmable for time zones, holidays and audit trail
• 9 volt hardwire option available
• Easy to use software
• Interior or exterior applications
• Supporting up to 2000 users
®
®
®
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
corbinrusswinVINEYARD.com
Corbin Russwin, Inc.
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037-4004
Phone 800.543.3658
Fax 800.447.6714
corbinrusswin.com
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc.
VineyardTM is a trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc. These materials are protected
under US copyright laws. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference
purposes only. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc.
reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design,
construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2007 Corbin Russwin, Inc. All rights
reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission
of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45065 0108
ML2000 Series
Mortise Locksets
Overview
ML2000
ML2000.2
Quality
The ML2000 series is a Grade 1 mortise
lock designed to meet the rigors of
high-traffic commercial, institutional,
industrial and government applications.
Constructed of heavy-gauge steel, the
lockbody features our patented Quick
Reversible latchbolt, and a 1” stainless
steel deadbolt. A wide variety of trim
designs and functions and a 10-year
warranty lend to the ML2000’s versatility
and reliability, making it the ideal choice
for use in offices, schools, hospitals, hotels
and other high-use applications.
Security
Further discourage intrusion and abuse
with the ML2000HS (High Security) or
ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant) series
mortise lock. Both locks feature vandal-
resistant stainless steel escutcheons with
tapered edges and Torx® pin tamper
resistant screws. When matched with
Corbin Russwin patented high-security
Pyramid cylinders, any door can become a
formidable barrier to intruders.
Aesthetics
Complement any application with the full
range of trim designs and finishes offered
with ML2000 Series. From stainless steel
security trims to bright brass Vineyard™
levers, design continuum can be achieved
without forfeiting aesthetics. For
additional information regarding designer
trim, see the Corbin Russwin Vineyard™
Collection and Muséo® Collection
catalogs.
Key Advantages
• PatentedQuickReversiblefeature
enables reversal of hands without
disassembling the lock case (Patent #
6,349,982)
• Securitytrimsprovideavandal-resistant
barrier
• Canbeusedwithneworexisting
Corbin Russwin key systems, including
patented high-security Pyramid
cylinders. (Patent # 6,125,674) Also
accepts cylinders of most other
manufacturers.
• Provideslifesafetyandsecurityina
single door prep, saving the additional
cost of a deadlock
• Through-boltedtrimdesignsforproper
alignment and increased security
Table of Contents
ML2000 Overview ...................2
ML2000 Features .................3-4
ML2000 Functions ...............5-9
ML20900 ECL Applications ...10
ML20900 ECL Features .........12
ML20900 ECL Functions .......13
Trim Designs ....................14-35
Muséo® Trim .........................36
Muséo® Inspire™
Roseless Trim ........................37
Muséo® Levers .................38-46
Vineyard™ Collection
Trim .................................47-50
High Security Series
Trim (HS) ...............................51
Vandal Resistant Trim (VR) ...... 52
Behavioral Health
Trim (BHSS)............................53
Behavioral Health Lever
Trim (BLSS) ............................54
Push/Pull Trim (HPSK) ............. 55
Anti-Harm Trim (HSS) ............. 56
Options and Accessories ....57-64
How to Order ..................65-67
Quick Codes ....................68-70
How to Specify ................71-72
Reversing Handing ................73
www.corbinrusswin.com
Features
ML2000
ML2000.3
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lock case; see page 66.
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 66.
Backset
2-3
/
4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7
/
8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15
/
16" (24mm).
Optional: non-ferrous lockcase for
corrosion resistance; see Quick Codes,
page 66.
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1
/
4"
(32mm) x -3
/
32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1
/
8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm). Furnished 1-1
/
16" (27mm),
optional D138, wide for 1-3
/
8" (35mm)
doors.
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front. ML2000HS & ML2000VR utilizes
security Torx® screws.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5
/
8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3
/
4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9
/
16" (14mm) effective throw and
3
/
8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Occupancy Indicator
Occupancy indicators for use with ML2000
x sectional trim. Design features option
for dual indicators on double cylinder
functions, confirming door is secured from
either side. Emergency override standard
for all non-keyed functions.
Hub
• Knob:stainlesssteel,9
/
32" (7mm) x
9
/
32" (7mm). 3
/
8" (10mm)
stainless steel.
• Lever:steel,5/16"(8mm).(Including)
Spacing
C. to c. knob/lever to cylinder: 3-5
/
8"
(92mm).
C. to c. knob/lever to thumbturn: 2-7
/
16"
(62mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 66.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Brass, fixed 6-pin conventional fixed
core cylinder, L4 keyway standard for
ML2000HS.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, page 65.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Plug only to show (concealed shell)
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Master ring cylinder
Blockout cylinder
Flex head cylinder
Warranty
Ten-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single or
8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair (3 hour fire
door). Letter F and UL symbol on armored
front indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)
All levers with returns, return to within
1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Windstorm/Hurricane
Certified (refer to local codes).
Indicates ML2000HS (High Security) availability.
Indicates ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant) availability.
HS
VR
HS
VR
Finishes
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass
605-E* Bright brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)
606-E* Satin brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 (US10B) Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed, available lacquered
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel Plated
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA 625 (US26) Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield®
BHMA 722 Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed
ML2000.4
Patented latchtail
enables easy
handing changes
(Patent # 6,349,982)
Heavy-gauge
internal parts provide
security, reliability,
and durability
Armored front conceals lock
mounting screws and one-
piece heavy- gauge steel front
Heavy-duty
3/4" throw
latchbolt with
stainless steel
insert provides
positive secure
latching
1" throw,
one-piece
deadbolt
meets
security
Grade 1
Indicates ML2000HS (High Security) availability.
Indicates ML2000VR (Vandal Resistant) availability.
HS
VR
Features
ML2000
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
Deadbolt at 1"
throw will project
further than
latchbolt at 3/4"
throw
*Available with Vineyard™ Collection trim only.
Infini-T® finish is a technologically advanced finish
produced by a coating technology called Physical
Vapor Deposition (PVD). Infini-T® provides the
ultimate surface protection against the elements and
everyday wear and tear.
VR
HS
VR
HS
ML2000.5
Functions
ML2000
Indicates Indicator
option is available
Indicates Indicator
option is available
* When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.
Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
ML2002 Classroom
Intruder
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked
by key either side.
• Outsidegriplockedorunlockedbycylindereitherside.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
ML2003 Classroom
• Lockorunlockoutsidegripbykey.
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
• Auxiliary latch deadlocks latch.
ML2010
Passage
or Closet F01 •Latchboltbygripeitherside.
•Bothgripsalwaysfree.
ML2011 Deadlock F18 •Deadboltbykeyoutside.
•Noinsideoperation.
ML2012 Deadlock F16 •Deadboltbykeyeitherside.
ML2013 Deadlock F17 • Deadboltbykeyoutsideorbythumbturngripinside.
ML2017 Classroom
Deadlock F29
• Deadboltbykeyoutside.
• Thumbturngripinsideretractsdeadboltonly;willnot
project deadbolt.
ML2020
Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F02
• Latchboltbygrip*eitherside,whendeadboltisretracted.
• Deadboltbythumbturngripinsideorbyemergency
release tool outside.
• Nosimultaneousdeadboltandlatchretraction
• Non-panicrelease
• NotavailablewithM19SroM19SN
HS VR
A01 A01
A01
HS VR
A01
A01 A01
A01
A01
HS
VR
VR
R
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
R
R
Functions
ML2000
ML2000.6
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
ML2022 Store Door F14
• Latchboltbygrip*eithersidewhendeadboltisretracted.
• Deadboltbykeyeitherside.
• Non-panicrelease.
• Nosimultaneousdeadboltandlatchretraction
ML2024 Entrance or
Storeroom F21
• Latchboltbygrip*eithersidewhendeadboltisretracted.
• Deadboltbykeyoutsideorbythumbturngripinside.
• Non-panicrelease.
• Nosimultaneousdeadboltandlatchretraction
ML2029 Hotel or
Motel F15
• Latchboltbygripinsideandbyguestkeyormasterkeyoutside.
• Outsidegripalwaysrigid.
• Deadboltbythumbturngripinsideorbyemergencykeyoutside.
• Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt.
• Emergencykeyshutsoutallotherkeys.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2029HS Hotel or
Motel —
• Latchboltbygripinsideandbyguestkeyormasterkeyoutside.
• Outsidegripalwaysrigid.
• Emergencykeythrowsdeadbolt,shuttingoutallotherkeysand
preventing exit from inside.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2030
Privacy
Bedroom or
Bathroom
F19
• Latchboltbygripeithersideunlessoutsidegriplockedbythumbturn
•Deadboltbythumbturngripinsideorbyemergencyreleasetool
outside.
• Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadboltand
unlocks outside grip.
• NotavailablewithM19SorM19SN
ML2032 Institution or
Utility F30
•Latchboltbykeyeitherside.
•Bothgripsalwaysrigid.
•Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
Note: This function does not allow free egress and can pose a life
safety hazard in event of an emergency. Installation should be in
accordance with approved codes only.
ML2042
Entrance
or Public
Restroom
F09
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedbykey
from inside.
• Latchboltbykeyoutsidewhenoutsidegripislocked.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
ML2048
Entrance
or
Apartment
F08
F10
• Latchbolt*bykeyoutsideorbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegrip
is locked by toggle-action stop.
• Deadboltbykeyoutsideorbythumbturngripinside.
• Insidegripfreewhendeadboltisretracted.
• Non-panicrelease.
• Nosimultaneousdeadboltandlatchretraction
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2050
Half
Dummy
Trim
—• Gripactsaspullonly;nooperation.
A01 A01
A01
A01
(Hotel Cylinder)
A01
HS VR
HS VR
VR
HS VR
HS VR
HS VR
HS VR
Indicates Indicator
option is available
Indicates Indicator
option is available
* When lever handles are furnished, both outside and inside are locked when deadbolt is projected.
Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.
Indicates rigid grip.
HS
VR
A01 A01
A01 A02
A01
(Hotel Cylinder)
HS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
R
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
ML2051 Entrance
or Office F04
• Latchboltbykeywhenoutsidegriplockedbytoggleaction
stop.
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedby
toggle-action stop.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
ML2052 Classroom
Intruder F32
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedby
key either side.
• Latchboltbykeywhenoutsidegriplocked.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
• Outside grip remains locked unless unlocked by key either side.
Note: Not available with indicator, specify ML2002.
ML2053 Entrance
or Office —
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedor
unlocked by key or thumbturn.
• Unlockedbykeyorthumbturn.
• Outsidegriplockedorunlockedbykeyorthumbturn.
• Latchboltbykeywhenoutsidegriplocked.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
ML2054 Entrance
or Office F04
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked.
• Outsidegriplockedorunlockedbythumbturn.
• Latchboltbykeywhenoutsidegriplocked.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
ML2055 Classroom F05
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedby
key outside
• Latchboltbykeywhenoutsidegripunlocked
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt
• Insidegripalwaysfree
• Outsidegripremainslockedunlessunlockedbykey
Note: Not available with indicator, specify ML2003
ML2056 Classroom
Holdback F06
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedor
unlocked by key.
• Latchboltbykeyoutsidewhenoutsidegripislocked.
• Latchboltcanbeheldinaretractedpositionbykey,or
released by key.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
Note: Not approved for use on U.L. fire listed applications.
ML2057 Storeroom
or Closet F07
• Latchboltbygripinsideorbykeyoutside.
• Outsidegripalwaysrigid.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
ML2058 Entrance or Office
Holdback —
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked.
• Outsidegriplockedorunlockedbykeyorthumbturn.
• Latchboltretractedbykeyoutsidewhenoutsidegripis
locked.
• Latchboltcanbeheldinaretractedpositionbykeyor
thumbturn, or released by key or thumbturn.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
Note: Not approved for use on U.L. fire listed applications.
ML2000.7
HS VR
HS VR
HS VR
A02
A01
A02
A02
Indicates rigid grip. Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.
HS
VR
A01
A02 A02
A02
A01
Functions
ML2000
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
ML2059
Security
Storeroom
or Closet —
• Latchboltanddeadboltbygripinsideorbykeyoutside
• Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractsdeadbolt&latchbolt
• Outsidegripalwaysrigid
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt
• Insidegripalwaysfree
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2060 Privacy F22
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,exceptwhenoutsidegripis
locked by thumbturn inside.
• Operatinginsidegrip,closingdoororoperating
emergency key outside unlocks outside grip.
•Insidegripalwaysfree.
• NotavailablewithM19SorM19SN
ML2062 Intruder
Deadbolt F33
•Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked
by projection of deadbolt
• Deadboltthrownorretractedbykeyfromeitherside
•Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt
and unlocks outside grip
•Insidegripalwaysfree
ML2065 Dormitory or
Entrance F13
• Latchboltbygripeithersideunlessoutsidegriplockedby
projection of deadbolt.
• Deadboltthrownorretractedbykeyoutsideorbythumbturn
grip inside.
• Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt
and unlocks outside grip.
•Insidegripalwaysfree.
ML2067
Apartment
or
Dormitory
F20
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked
by toggle-action stop or by projection of deadbolt.
• Deadboltthrownorretractedbykeyoutsideorbythumbturn
grip inside.
• Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt;
outside grip remains locked.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
•Outsidegripunlockedbytoggle-actionstop
Note: Occupancy Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2068
Privacy
or
Apartment
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked
•Outsidegriplockedorunlockedbykeyorthumbturn
• Operatinginsidegrip,closingthedoororusingkey
unlocks outside grip
• Insidegripalwaysfree
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatch
ML2069 Institutional
Privacy F26
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,exceptwhenoutsideislockedby
thumbturn inside.
• Operatinginsidegriporclosingdoorunlocksoutsidegrip.
• Keyoutsideretractslatchatalltimes,evenifthumbturnis
held in locked position.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML2070
Full
Dummy
Trim
—• Gripsactaspullsonly;nooperation.
ML2000.8
A01
HS VR
HS VR
A01 A01
A01
A01
Indicates Occupancy Indicator
option is available
Indicates Indicator
option is available
Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.
Indicates rigid grip.
HS
VR
A01
A02
Functions
ML2000
HSS
HSS
HSS
HSS
R
R
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No. Function Description
ML2072 Classroom
Intruder —
•Latchboltbygripfromeithersideunlessoutsidegripislockedby
projection of deadbolt
•Deadboltthrownorretractedbykeyfromeitherside
•Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
•Keyeithersideunlocksoutsidegrip;outsidegripremainslocked
unless unlocked by key
•Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2073 Classroom
Security —
•Latchboltbygripfromeithersideunlessoutsidegripislockedby
projection of deadbolt
•Deadboltthrownorretractedbykey
•Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
•Keyunlocksoutsidegrip;outsidegripremainslockedunless
unlocked by key
•Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2075
Security
Entrance
or Office
—
•Latchboltbygripfromeithersideunlessoutsidegripislockedby
projection of deadbolt
•Deadboltthrownorretractedbyoutsidekeyorinside
thumbturn
•Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
•Keyunlocksoutsidegrip;outsidegripremainslockedunless
unlocked by key
•Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2080
Half Active
Dummy
Trim
—• Non-latchingoperation
• Gripalwaysactive;actsaspushorpullonly
ML2082 Dormitory
or Exit F11
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislocked
by toggle-action stop or by projection of deadbolt
• Deadboltthrownbykeyfromeitherside
• Deadboltandlatchboltretractedbyoutsidekeywhen
outside grip locked
• Outsidegripunlockedbytoggle-actionstop
• Insidegripsimultaneouslyretractslatchboltanddeadbolt;
outside grip remains locked
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
ML2090
Full Active
Dummy
Trim
—• Non-latchingoperation
• Bothgripsalwaysactive;actsaspushorpullsonly
ML2092
Security
Institution
or Utility
—
• Latchboltbykeyeitherside
• Deadboltthrownandretractedbykeyeitherside
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt
• Insideandoutsidegripsremainlockedatalltimes
Note: Indicator shows deadbolt position only
Note: This function does not allow free egress and can pose a life
safety hazard in event of an emergency. Installation should be in
accordance with approved codes only.
Functions
ML2000
ML2000.9
A01 A01
A01
A01 A01
A01 A01
Indicates rigid grip. Indicates Indicator option
is available
A01
R
HS VR
HS VR
HS VR
HS VR
HS VR
HSS
HSS
Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
Indicates function available in Anti-Harm Trim.
HS
VR
HSS
ML2000.10
ML20900 ECL Series
Electrified Mortise Lockset
Simplicity
Combine simplicity and access control
with the Corbin Russwin ML20900
ECL series electrically controlled
mortise lock. Utilizing the proven
ML2000 Series mortise lockset
with the patented quick reversible
latchbolt, the ML20900 series provides
solenoid-operated remote locking and
unlocking. The self-contained
integral continuous-duty solenoid
allows installation in standard mortise
prep with slight modification by door
manufacturer. The ML20900 ECL is
ideal for use where increased security
is necessary at all times, such as tenant
space, pharmacies, computer rooms,
and high security areas.
Security
In applications where increased
security is required, look no further
than the ML2000VR Vandal Resistant
Trim. This cast stainless steel trim
features tapered edges, double
through bolts, torx-pin tamper
resistant screws and the lever remains
attached to the escutcheon when
the spindle is broken. Also available is
the patented Pyramid cylinder from
Corbin Russwin, the most secure
locking system available. Pyramid
is especially recommended for
installations that require superior
protection against picking, drilling
and other surreptitious entry. See
the Pyramid catalog for additional
information.
Aesthetics
Access control doesn’t mean a loss of
visual appeal. The Vineyard™
Collection and the Muséo® Collection
feature beautifully designed levers,
perfect for high-profile applications
where pleasing aesthetics is a must.
Key Advantages
•Availablein12or24voltAC/DC
•FailSafeorFailSecure
•Minimalpowerrequirements–lock
is designed to lock or unlock as the
situation demands
•Mechanicalkeyoverride
•PatentedQuickReversiblelatchbolt,
Patent # 6,349,982
•Fulllineoftrimsavailable,including
the Vineyard Collection, the Muséo
Collection and Vandal Resistant
•Increasedsecurityavailableby
adding Pyramid cylinders
BPS
Supply
Series
Power
Supply Power Input
Door Control
PB Push Buttons
ML20900 ECL
Electric Thru
Wire Hinge
EPT
EPTL
Power Transfers
Wires in Conduit
(If Frames Are Filled)
Mortar Guard
(If Frames Are Filled)
Door Cable
Typical Application
Applications
ML20900 ECL
Typical System Components (For Reference Only)
ML20900 ECL
ML2000.11
ML20903
Electric
Mortise Lock
Wire Transfer
Hinge
EPT
EPTL
BPS
115VAC
Input
2 x 18AWG
To Fire Alarm Power
Supply
Wires in
Conduit
(If Frames
Are Filled)
Operation:
Free egress at all times. Door is locked at all times preventing
entry from the stairwell to a floor. Fire alarm activation will allow
re-entry from the stairwell to the floor. Power failure will allow
re-entry from the stairwell to the floor.
ML20905
Electric
Mortise Lock
Wire Transfer
Hinge
EPT
EPTL
BPS
115VAC
Input
2 x 18AWG
Power
Supply
Wires in
Conduit
(If Frames
Are Filled)
Access
Control
Reader
HID
Prox
Operation:
Free egress at all times. Door is locked at all times preventing
unauthorized entry. Authorized entry is permitted by presenting a
valid user card.
Tower Stairwell Access Control on Employee Entrance
ML20905 x
M91 x M92
Electric
Mortise Lock
Wire Transfer
Hinge
EPT
EPTL
BPS
115VAC
Input
2 x 18AWG
6 x 22AWG
Power
Supply
Wires in
Conduit
(If Frames
Are Filled)
Access
Control
Reader
HID
Prox
Alarm Horn
Operation:
Free egress at all times. User exits through the door which
triggers the M92 switch which shunts the alarm. Door is locked
at all times preventing unauthorized entry. Authorized entry is
permitted by presenting a valid user card. Forced entry will trigger
M91 switch and activate alarm. Alarm is deactivated by a valid
user card.
Controlled Entry With Alarm
Red +
Black -
AC/DC
Red +
Black -
Blue
Brown
Yellow
Red +
Black -
Blue
Brown
Yellow
Red +
Black -
AC/DC
White
Green
Orange
Power Leads Power Leads x M92
(Request to Exit)
Power Leads x M91
(Latchbolt Monitor)
Power Leads x M105
(Security Monitor)
Consult factory for electrical system layouts, riser and wiring diagrams.
ElectroLynx®, a system of universal
Molex® plug-in connectors and
standardized color-coded wiring,
makes installing electrified doorway
components a snap!
Red +
Black -
AC/DC
Red +
Black -
Blue
Brown
Yellow
Red +
Black -
Blue
Brown
Yellow
Red +
Black -
AC/DC
White
Green
Orange
Lock Schematics
ML2000.12
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lockcase.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard. Optional door
thicknesses available; see Quick Codes,
page 66.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7/8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 3/32" (2mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical anti-friction insert,
5/8" (16mm) x l" (25mm) x 3/4" (19mm)
throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Hub
• Knob:stainlesssteel,9
/
32" (7mm) x
9
/
32" (7mm).
• Lever:steel,5/16"(8mm).(Including)
• 3
/
8" (10mm) stainless steel.
Spacing
C. to c. knob/lever to cylinder: 3-5/8"
(92mm)
C. to c. knob/lever to thumbturn: 2-7/16"
(62mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8'' (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 66.
Trim
Available with all ML2000 Series trim
designs including the Vineyard™
Collection and the Muséo® Collection. See
pages 38-50.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 65.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Warranty
Ten-year limited warranty on ML2000
mortise lockset. Two-year limited warranty
on electronic components.
See the Corbin Russwin Vineyard™
Collection catalog for warranty
information on the Infini-T® finish.
Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, page 67.
Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT
switch which monitors the activation of
the trim. (Both levers activate switch)
M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.
Note: Monitoring
options may
only be ordered
together as
follows:
M91xM92,
M92xM105.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, operational
Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair.
Letter F and UL symbol on armored front
indicate listing. Meets requirements of
UL1034.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)
All levers with returns comply; levers return
to within l/2" of door face.
One-piece, corrosion-
resistant, heavy-gauge
steel front
Auxiliary
latch
Completely self-contained
solenoid; lock fits in
standard mortise door
prep
6-pin solid brass cylinder;
Corbin Russwin and
competitive cylinder
compatibility available
Available to match
Corbin Russwin trim
designs
Heavy-gauge
internal parts
HS
VR
Features
ML20900 ECL
Functions
ML20900 ECL
ML2000.13
Outside Inside Series/Function Description
ML20930
• Latchboltbygripeithersideonlywhensolenoidisenergized.
• Outsidegriplockedwhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML20940
• Latchboltbygripeithersideonlywhensolenoidisenergized.
• Bothgripslockedwhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML20904
• Latchboltbygripeithersideonlywhensolenoidisenergized.
• Bothgripslockedwhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Latchboltbykeyoutsidewhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML20912
• Latchboltbygripeithersideonlywhensolenoidisenergized.
• Bothgripslockedwhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Latchboltbykeyinsideoroutsidewhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt
ML20905
• Latchboltbygripeithersideonlywhensolenoidisenergized.
• Outsidegriplockedwhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Latchboltbykeyoutsidewhensolenoidisnotenergized.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
Outside Inside Series/Function Description
ML20910
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedbyenergizingsolenoid.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML20920 • Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessbothgripsarelockedbyenergizingsolenoid.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML20901
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessbothgripsarelockedbyenergizingsolenoid.
• Latchboltbykeyoutsidewhensolenoidisenergized.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML20902
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessbothgripsarelockedbyenergizingsolenoid.
• Latchboltbykeyinsideoroutsidewhensolenoidisenergized.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
ML20903
• Latchboltbygripeitherside,unlessoutsidegripislockedbyenergizingsolenoid.
• Latchboltbykeyoutsidewhensolenoidisenergized.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
• Auxiliarylatchdeadlockslatchbolt.
Fail Safe
The following functions are unlocked when power is off and locked when the power is on.
Fail Secure
The following functions are locked when power is off and unlocked when the power is on.
VR
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
HS
VR HS
VR HS
VR HS
VR HS
VR HS
VR HS
VR HS
VR HS
VR HS
Indicates function availability in ML2000HS.
Indicates function available in Vandal Resistant Trim.
HS
VR
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.14
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
LWA
Lever: Wrought
Rose: Wrought
LWB
Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast
LSA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
Lustra
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1
/
2" (13mm) of door face. Brass, bronze or
stainless steel.
LSB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
LWF
Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast
LSF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
LWA
2-1/4
(57)
5-1/8
(130)
2-1/2*
(64)
LWF
2-7/8
(73)
5-1/8
(130)
2-1/2*
(64)
Dimensions:
inches
millimeters
ML2000.15
*
LWN
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
LWM
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
LSM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
LSN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
LWP
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
LSP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
LWR
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel; forged
brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
LSR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel,
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or
escutcheon.
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.16
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Regis
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
RWA
Lever: Wrought
Rose: Wrought
RSB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
RWB
Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast
RSA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
2-1/4
(57)
4-7/8
(124)
2-1/2*
(64)
2-1/4
(57)
4-3/8
(111)
2-1/2*
(64)
RSF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
RWF
Lever: Wrought
Rose: Cast
2-7
/8
(
73
)
2-1/2*
(
64
)
4-7/8
(124)
2-7
/
8
(
73
)
2-1/2*
(
64
)
4-3/8
(111)
**
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or
escutcheon.
ML2000.17
**
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
**
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
**
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
RWM
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
RSM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
RWN
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
RSN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
RWP
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
RSP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
*
*
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
**
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
**
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
**
*
*
*
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSM
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSN
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RSP
4-7/8
(124)
*
4-3/8
(111)
RWR
RWR
Lever: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel; forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
RSR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel; forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.18
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Citation
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
CSA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
CSB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
CSA/CSB
2-1/4
(57)
4-3/8
(111)
2-5/8*
(67)
CSF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
CSF
2-7/8
(73)
4-3/8
(111)
2-5/8*
(67)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
ML2000.19
CSM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
2-5/8*
(67)
4-3/8
(111)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
CSM
CSN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
CSP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
CSR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
CSN
2-5/8*
(67)
4-3/8
(111)
2-5/8*
(67)
4-3/8
(111)
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
CSR
CSP
4-3/8
(111)
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
2-5/8*
(67)
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.20
Newport
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1
/
2" (13mm) of door face.
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
NSA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
NSB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-1/4
(57)
4-13/16
(122)
2-5/8*
(67)
NSF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-7/8
(73)
4-13/16
(122)
2-5/8*
(67)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
ML2000.21
NSM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring 4-13/16
(122)
2-5/8*
(67)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
NSM
NSN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
NSP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
NSR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
4-13/16
(122)
2-5/8*
(67)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
4-13/16
(122)
2-5/8*
(67)
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
4-13/16
(122)
2-5/8*
(67)
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.22
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Armstrong
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
ASB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-1/4
(57)
2-5/8*
(67)
4
(102)
ASF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-7/8
(73)
2-5/8*
(67)
4
(102)
ASA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
ML2000.23
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
ASM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring 4-1/2
(114)
2-5/8*
(67)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
ASM
ASN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
ASP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
ASR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
4-1/2
(114)
2-5/8*
(67)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
ASN
4-1/2
(114)
2-5/8*
(67)
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
4-1/2
(114)
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-5/8*
(67)
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.24
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Dirke
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
•Notreversible
•Handedlevers
DSA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
Specify hand
DSB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand
DSA
2-1/4
(57)
2-9/16*
(65)
4-1/2
(114)
DSF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand
DSF
2-7/8
(73)
2-9/16*
(65)
4-1/2
(114)
ML2000.25
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
DSN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Specify hand
DSP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Specify hand
DSR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
Specify hand
2-9/16*
(65)
4-1/2
(114)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
DSN
2-9/16*
(65)
4-1/2
(114)
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-9/16*
(65)
4-1/2
(114)
DSM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
Specify hand
2-9/16*
(65)
4-1/2
(114)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
DSM
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.26
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Essex
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1
/
2" (13mm) of door face.
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
ESA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
ESB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
ESA
2-1/4
(57)
2-3/8*
(60)
4-5/8
(117)
ESF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
ESF
2-7/8
(73)
2-3/8*
(60)
4-5/8
(117)
ML2000.27
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
ESN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
ESP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
ESR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
4-5/8
(117)
2-3/8*
(60)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
ESN
4-5/8
(117)
2-3/8*
(60)
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
4-5/8
(117)
2-3/8*
(60)
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
ESM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
4-5/8
(117)
2-3/8*
(60)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
ESM
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.28
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Princeton
Complies with codes requiring lever to return to
within 1
/
2" (13mm) of door face.
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
PSA
Lever: Cast
Rose: Wrought
PSB
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
PSA
2-1/4
(57)
2-1/2*
(64)
5-1/4
(133)
PSF
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
PSF
2-7/8
(73)
2-1/2*
(64)
5-1/4
(133)
ML2000.29
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
PSN
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
PSP
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
PSR
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
PSN
5-1/4
(133)
2-1/2*
(64)
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
2-1/2*
(64)
5-1/4
(133)
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-1/2*
(64)
5-1/4
(133)
PSM
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
2-1/4
(57)
7-1/2
(190)
PSM
5-1/4
(133)
2-1/2*
(64)
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.30
2-7/8*
(73)
2-1/8
(54)
3
(76)
GWE
GRE
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced
GWE
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
GRC
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced
GWC
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
GRD
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced
GWD
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
GSA
Knob: Cast
Rose: Wrought
Global
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
2-7/8
(73)
3*
(76)
2-1/4
(57)
GRC
2-7/8
(73)
2-7/8*
(73)
2-1/8
(54)
GWC
3-1/2
(89)
3*
(76)
2-1/4
(57)
GWD
3-1/2
(89)
2-7/8*
(73)
2-1/8
(54)
GWD
GSF
Knob: Cast
Rose: Cast
2-1/4
(57)
2-3/4*
(64)
2
(51)
GWD
2-7/8
(73)
2-3/4*
(64)
2
(51)
GSF
GRC GWC
GRD GWD
3
(76)
3*
(76)
2-1/4
(57)
GRE
GRE GWE
GSB
Knob: Cast
Rose: Cast GSA GSF
GSB
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.31
7-1/2
(190)
2-7/8*
(73)
2-1/8
(54)
2-1/4
(57)
GWN
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
2-7/8*
(73)
2
(51)
GSP
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
2-3/4*
(70)
2-1/8
(54)
GWP
GSP
Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
GRP
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought
GSR1, 2
Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Solid stainless
steel; forged brass
7-1/2
(190)
3*
(76)
2-1/4
(57)
2-1/4
(57)
GRN
7-1/2
(190)
2-3/4*
(70)
2
(51)
2-1/4
(57)
GSN
GRN GSN GWN
GRP GSP GWP
GWN
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
GSN
Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
7-1/2
(190)
2-7/8*
(73)
2-1/8
(54)
2-1/4
(57)
GWM
7-1/2
(190)
3*
(76)
2-1/4
(57)
2-1/4
(57)
GRM
7-1/2
(190)
2-7/8*
(73)
2
(51)
2-1/4
(57)
GSM
GRM GSM GWM
GRM1
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought
GRN
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought
GSM1
Knob: Cast
Escutcheon: Wrought
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
3*
(76)
2-1/4
(57)
GSR
1. Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
2. Door thickness: 1-3
/
8" (35mm), 1-3
/
4" (44mm), 2-1
/
4" (57mm)
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
GWR1, 2
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless
steel; forged brass
GRR1, 2
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Solid stainless
steel; forged brass
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
3*
(76)
2
(51)
GSR
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-7/8*
(73)
2-1/4
(57)
GRR
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-1/2*
(64)
2-1/8
(54)
GWR
GSR GRR GWR
GWM1
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
GWP
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.32
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
BRE
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced
BWE
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
BRC BWC
BRD BWD
BRE BWE
3
(76)
2-13/16*
(71)
2-3/16
(55)
BRE
2-3/4*
(70)
2-1/8
(54)
3
(76)
BWE
BRC
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced
BWC
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
BRD
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Rose: Wrought reinforced
BWD
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought reinforced
Belmont
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
2-7/8
(73)
2-13/16*
(71)
2-3/16
(55)
BRC
2-7/8
(73)
2-3/4*
(70)
2-1/8
(54)
BWC
3-1/2
(89)
2-13/16*
(71)
2-3/16
(55)
BRD
3-1/2
(89)
2-3/4*
(70)
2-1/8
(54)
BWD
ML2000.33
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
BWN
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
BWP
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
BRP
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought
BRN
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought 7-1/2
(190)
2-13/16*
(71)
2-3/16
(54)
2-1/4
(57)
BRN
7-1/2
(190)
2-3/4*
(70)
2-1/8
(54)
2-1/4
(57)
BWN
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
2-13/16*
(71)
BRP
2-3/16
(55)
1-5/8
(41)
7
(178)
2-3/4*
(70)
BWP
2-1/8
(54)
1. Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
2. Door thickness: 1-3
/
8" (35mm), 1-3
/
4" (44mm), 2-1
/
4" (57mm)
BRN BWN
BWM1
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
BRM1
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Wrought 7-1/2
(190)
2-13/16*
(71)
2-3/16
(55)
2-1/4
(57)
BRM
7-1/2
(190)
2-3/4*
(70)
2-1/8
(54)
2-1/4
(57)
BWM
BRM BWM
BRP BWP
BWR1, 2
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
BRR1, 2
Knob: Wrought reinforced
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel;
forged brass
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-13/16*
(71)
BRR
2-3/16
(55)
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-1/2*
(64)
BWR
2-1/8
(54)
BRR BWR
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.34
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Yankee
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
YWA
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought
YWB
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Cast
YWF
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Cast
YWM
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
Optional: Plug only to show; master ring
*
2-7/8
73
2-1/4
(57)
2-1/4*
(57)
*
ML2000.35
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
YWN
Knob: Wrought
Rose: Wrought
YWR
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Solid stainless steel or
forged brass
Optional: Plug only to show
Door thickness: 1-3/8" (35mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
YWP
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Wrought
*
*
*
Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Muséo® Trim
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.36
Muséo® Collection Roses1 and Escutcheons
V Rose
Wrought
U Rose
Wrought
T Rose
Wrought
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm 2-3/4"
69.85mm
Y Rose
Wrought
X Rose
Wrought
W Rose
Wrought
2-3/16"
55.56mm 2-1/8"
53.98mm
2-5/16"
58.97mm
L Escutcheon
Cast Brass
9-3/16"
233.36mm
2-3/16"
55.56mm
R Escutcheon
Solid Stainless Steel
or Forged Brass
8-1/2"
215.9mm
1-3/4"
44.45mm
Inspire™ Roseless Trim
Brass or Stainless Steel
1-1/2"
38.1mm
3/4"
19mm
1-1/2"
3/4"
E2 Rose2
Wrought
2-11/16
68.26mm
E3 Rose2
Wrought
MT1 MT2 MT3
1-1/2" dia
38.1mm
1-1/2"
38.1mm 1-1/2" dia
38.1mm
Thumbturns3
2-1/16
52.39mm
Notes:
1. Roses and Inspire trim are only available with
Muséo levers.
2. Square cylinder collar and thumbturn
backplate automatically supplied with E2 and
E3 roses.
3. Thumbturn back plate will match shape of
rose chosen (i.e. round or square).
Inspire™ Roseless Trim
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.37
Inspire™ Roseless Trim
Inspire roseless trim blends the lever and the door creating an artful apprach to every opening. Offered with most Muséo®
decorative levers, this exquisite trim will inspire the creation of beautiful openings.
Features:
•CertiedtoandexceedsANSIA156.13,Series1000,OperationalGrade1andSecurityGrade1
•Attachmentmethodsimilartostandardtrim
•Availablewithallmortiselockfunctions
•CompatiblewithmostMuséo Collection levers (except 104,111,113, 121 and Piet levers)
•Selectedleversreturnwithin1/2"ofthedoorface
•Allstandardcylinderoptionsareavailable
How to Order
Inspire Roseless Trim
Quantity Series/Function Trim* Finish Hand
50 ML2055 102J 626 RHR
Exploded view of the
ML2000 lockbody with
Inspire roseless trim
*Specify J for the rose when ordering Inspire roseless trim.
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
1012/3
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
103
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.38
2 11/16"
68.3mm
3/8"
9.5mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
102
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
Georgia
Timeless elegance in forms inspired by the
natural world.
1042
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
1241
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
1251
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
2 3/4"
69.85mm
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3/8"
9.5mm
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
3. Contact factory for current lead times.
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.39
Pablo
Diminutive, yet distinctive and
striking in style.
117
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
1261
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 3/4"
120.7mm
3/8"
9.5mm
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
1053
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
119
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
122
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1212
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1 1/4"
31.45
1 5/32"
29.03
3 1/16"
78.10mm
15/16"
23.46
1"
25.49
4 11/16"
119.06mm
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 1/2"
114.30mm
2 15/32"
62.34mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 9/16"
65.09mm
4 9/16"
115.89mm
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
Marketing Spec
Harry Proscino 20Dec05
XP33-816-16 - SH3
Rev 1 27Dec05
2 21/32"
67.29mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.40
2 15/16"
74.6mm
4 3/4"
120.7mm
3/8"
9.5mm
1271
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
Jackson
Intuitive shapes, moving with the energetic
rhythm of modern life.
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
3. Contact factory for current lead times.
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.41
Salvador
Dreamlike beauty manifested in solid,
familiar forms.
106
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
107
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
108
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.42
1291
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
4-19/32"
116.90mm
2-15/32"
62.74mm
7/16"
11.02mm
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
Salvador
Dreamlike beauty manifested in solid,
familiar forms.
109
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed lever
110
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
1231
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
4 1/2"
114.3mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
7/16"
11.11mm
25/32"
20.07mm
2"
50.72mm
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
1281
Lever: Cast
Non-handed lever
4-5/8"
117.86mm
3/8"
9.53mm
2-13/16"
71.37mm
ML2000.43
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
1 1/4"
31.45
1 5/32"
29.03
3 1/16"
78.10mm
15/16"
23.46
1"
25.49
4 11/16"
119.06mm
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 1/2"
114.30mm
2 15/32"
62.34mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 9/16"
65.09mm
4 9/16"
115.89mm
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
Marketing Spec
Harry Proscino 20Dec05
XP33-816-16 - SH3
Rev 1 27Dec05
2 21/32"
67.29mm
Marc
Fluid lyricism expressed through whimsical
lines and dynamic contours.
1112
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
112
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1132
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
114
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
2 13/32"
61.34mm
27/32"
21.80
2 17/32"
64.52mm
7/8"
21.84
2 15/32"
62.59mm
3/4"
19.05
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 21/32"
118.3mm
3/16"
5.04 13/32"
10.48
5"
127.0mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
6.94
9/32"
2"
50.72
4 29/32"
124.6mm
15/16"
23.75
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
4 3/4"
120.7mm
15/32"
12.19
2"
50.72
3/4"
19.05
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 1/4"
57.03mm
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
19/32"
14.99
2"
50.72
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
25/32"
20.07
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 1/2"
114.3mm
4 9/64"
105.2mm
2 21/32"
67.80mm
4 19/64"
109.1mm
2 27/32"
71.88mm
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
4 3/16"
106.4mm
7/8"
21.92
2 3/4"
69.85mm
9/16"
14.40
23/32"
18.14 7/8"
21.97
2 3/16"
55.75mm
5/8"
15.70
3/8"
9.19
25/32"
19.83
13/16"
20.96
5/8"
15.73
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
2"
50.72
4 5/8"
117.5mm
50.72
2"
5/16"
8
2"
50.72
21/32"
16.50
17.69
50.72
11/16"
2"
7/16"
11.44
2"
50.72
3 29/32"
99.2mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 3/4"
69.85mm
1203
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 1/2"
114.3mm
2 15/16"
74.6mm
3/8"
9.5mm
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 3/4"
120.7mm
3/8"
9.5mm
1 1/4"
31.45
1 5/32"
29.03
3 1/16"
78.10mm
15/16"
23.46
1"
25.49
4 11/16"
119.06mm
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 1/2"
114.30mm
2 15/32"
62.34mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 9/16"
65.09mm
4 9/16"
115.89mm
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
Marketing Spec
Harry Proscino 20Dec05
XP33-816-16 - SH3
Rev 1 27Dec05
2 21/32"
67.29mm
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.44
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 15/16"
125.4mm
3/8"
9.5mm
Marc
Fluid lyricism expressed through whimsical
lines and dynamic contours.
115
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
116
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1 1/4"
31.45
1 5/32"
29.03
3 1/16"
78.10mm
15/16"
23.46
1"
25.49
4 11/16"
119.06mm
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 1/2"
114.30mm
2 15/32"
62.34mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
2 9/16"
65.09mm
4 9/16"
115.89mm
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2"
50.72
2"
50.72
Marketing Spec
Harry Proscino 20Dec05
XP33-816-16 - SH3
Rev 1 27Dec05
2 21/32"
67.29mm
1301
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1311
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1321
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
3. Contact factory for current lead times
ML2000.45
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
Piet2
Striking levers with sleek, clean lines.
21L
Leather Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever
21M
Polished with Satin Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever
21S
Santoprene™ Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever
21W
Wood Insert
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
*Refer to page 62 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
21G
Grooved Insert
Lever: Stainless Steel
Non-Handed Lever
5 1/4"
133.35mm
3 3/32"
78.58mm
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.46
Piet2
Striking levers with sleek, clean lines.
23M
With Raised Band
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever
25M
Plain
Lever: Cast
Non-Handed Lever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
*Refer to page 62 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
27M
Plain with Two Grooves
Lever: Stainless Steel
Non-Handed Lever
5 1/4"
133.35mm
3 3/32"
78.58mm
ML2000.47
Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Merlot
Like its namesake, the Merlot blends
with — and enhances — any decor.
MSG
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
MSL
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.48
Frascati
Fresh yet classic, the Frascati exudes the
casual, timeless elegance of the Roman
hills.
•Non-Reversible
•HandedLevers
FSG
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand.
FSL
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Specify hand.
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.49
Zinfandel
Vigorous and complex in
design, the Zinfandel adds
finesse to any opening.
•Non-Reversible
•HandedLevers
ZSG
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
Specify hand.
ZSL
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
Specify hand.
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
4-13/16"
(122mm)
4-13/16"
(122mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
4-13/16"
(122mm)
4-13/16"
(122mm)
ML2000.50
Vineyard™ Collection Trim Designs
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Tuscany
In true Renaissance spirit, the
Tuscany brings balance and
beauty to every interior.
TSG
Lever: Cast
Rose: Cast
TSL
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Cast
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
5-1/16"
(129mm)
5-1/16"
(129mm)
2-5/8"
(67mm)
2-1/2"
(64mm)
5-1/16"
(129mm)
5-1/16"
(129mm)
Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000.51
SST
Knob: Cast brass or bronze
Escutcheon: Cast brass or bronze
Optional: Blank inside escutcheon (M07)
Door thickness:1-3/4" (44mm),
2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm)
Surety
Brass or bronze
1-3/4
(44)
8-1/2
(216)
2-1/8*
(54)
SST
2-3/16
(55)
Note: This is the only trim that is available on the ML2000HS. It is not available on the standard ML2000 lockset.
ML2000HS High Security
Mortise Trim
Applications
Designed for high-traffic commercial,
industrial, institutional and government
buildings that require a greater degree
of security than traditional mortise trim
provide. Applications may include:
•Computerrooms
•Hospitalpharmacies
•Banks
•Storagefacilities
•Governmentinstallations
•Prisonsanddetentionfacilities
•Evidencerooms
•Weaponsstorage
Advantages
•Flush-mountedconventionalfixedcore
cylinder
•Castescutcheonsandknobs,double
through-bolted
•Torx® pin tamper resistant security screws
•Armoredfronttoprotectagainst
tampering
•1"throw1-piecestainlesssteeldeadbolt
•10-yearlimitedwarranty
ML2000.52
Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000VR Series Vandal-
Resistant Mortise Trim
Applications
Designed for high-traffic commercial,
industrial, institutional and government
buildings that require a greater degree of
security and vandal resistance not found
on other mortise trims. Applications may
include:
•Schoolsanduniversities
•Computerrooms
•Hospitalpharmacies
•Banks
•Storagefacilities
•Governmentinstallations
•Prisonsanddetentionfacilities
•Evidencerooms
•Weaponsstorage
*
*
Newport
NSV
Lever: Cast stainless steel
Escutcheon: Cast stainless steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) standard,
2" (51mm) specify D200, 2-1/4" (57mm)
specify D214
Citation
CSV
Lever: Cast stainless steel
Escutcheon: Cast stainless steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) standard,
2" (51mm) specify D200, 2-1/4" (57mm)
specify D214
Advantages
•Flush-mountedconventionalfixedcore
cylinder
•Castescutcheonsandlevers;double
through-bolted
•Torx® pin tamper resistant security screws
•Armoredfronttoprotectagainst
tampering
•Free-floatingspindleself-adjustsfordoor
thicknesses from 1-3/4" to 2-1/4"
•Leversremainattachedifspindleis
broken
Notes: This trim only available for ML2000VR and ML20900VR locksets.
Only available in 32D/630 finish.
Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000.53
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish* Hand
100 ML2010 BHSS 630 RHR
BHSS*
Part of the Behavioral Health Series™ of products, the
ML2000 mortise lock with BHSS trim provides an innovative
solution for behavioral health environments. The unique
integrated lever and escutcheon combines aesthetics with
safety. Ease of operation, along with the strength and
versatility of the ML2000 mortise lock allows its use in many
applications.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.
BHSS
Stainless Steel
How to Order
BHSS
* BHSS is not available in 625 (Bright Chrome) or 626 (Satin Chrome) finishes. Please order 629
(Bright Stainless Steel) or 630 (Satin Stainless Steel) instead.
Thumbturn - BHSS
Stainless Steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm)
through 2-1/4" (57mm)
*Although these products are better designed for behavioral health applications than traditional trim, they do not eliminate the risk that an object can
be affixed to, or around them.
2-1/4"
(56mm)
7-1/4"
(183mm)
7-1/2"
(190mm)
3/4"
(18mm)
2"
(51mm)
Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000.54
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish* Hand
100 ML2010 BLSS 630 RHR
BLSS*
The BLSS trim is part of the Behavioral Health Series™ of
products. With an array of functions, this trim can be used
on virtually any opening in healthcare applications. Sloping
surfaces and overlapping rose and lever address safety
concerns common in behavioral health. Optimal for tough
environments, the ML2000 mortise lock provides impressive
strength and reliability.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.
BLSS
Stainless Steel
How to Order
BLSS
* BLSS is not available in 625 (Bright Chrome) or 626 (Satin Chrome) finishes. Please order 629
(Bright Stainless Steel) or 630 (Satin Stainless Steel) instead.
1-3/4"
(44mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
1"
(25mm)
Thumbturn - BLSS
Stainless Steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm)
through 2-1/4" (57mm)
*Although these products are a better design for behavioral health applications than traditional trim, they do not eliminate the risk that an
object can be affixed to, or around them.
6"
(152mm)
2-1/4"
(56mm)
3"
(76mm)
Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000.55
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish* Hand
100 ML2010 HPSK 630 RHR
6"
(152mm)
2-3/4"
(70mm)
5-1/4"
(134mm)
2-4/5"
(71mm)
U.S. Patent Numbers: D646,548S; D646,549S
HPSK
The ML2000 mortise lock with push/pull paddle trim
provides an aesthetically pleasing alternative to products
with standard push/pull trim. Its heavy-duty design and ANSI/
BHMA Grade1 strength help it to withstand abuse from
rigorous environments. Multiple mounting orientations,
hands free operation and a sleek, aesthetic form, make the
ML2000 mortise lock ideal for use in healthcare facilities and
educational facilities.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.
HPSK
Covers: Cast stainless steel or brass
Paddles: Cast stainless steel or brass
Specify hand.
How to Order
HPSK Push/Pull
Thumbturn - HPSK
Brass or Stainless Steel
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) through 2-1/4" (57mm).
2-3/4"
(70mm)
2"
(50mm)
7/8"
(22mm)
* HPSK is not available in 625 (Bright Chrome) or 626 (Satin Chrome) finishes. Please order 629
(Bright Stainless Steel) or 630 (Satin Stainless Steel) instead.
Trim Designs
ML2000
ML2000.56
*Dimension from face of door, not surface of rose or escutcheon.
Notes: On lever trim x HSS Knob, the outside lever will be retained with a set screw.
HSS Knob is only available with the rose shown. No optional roses or escutcheons.
Knob: Brass
Door thickness: 1-3/4" (44mm) through 4" (102mm).
Finishes: 606, 626, and 626C
Anti-Harm Knob
HSS
Brass
2-3/4"
(70)
1-7/8"
(48)
How to Order
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – HSS Knob x HSS Knob
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
6 ML2032 HSS 626 RH
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
Outside Inside
6 ML2055 NSA HSS 626C RH
1-3/4"
(44mm)
1-3/4"
(44mm)
1"
(25mm)
Thumbturn - HSS
Standard for all ML2000 x HSS
thumbturn functions
Anti-Harm Knob HSS
The anti-harm knob is designed for safety and security by
eliminating catch points with a tapered knob recessed into the
rose, a tapered thumbturn (for mortise lock thumbturn functions)
with Torx® pin security screws, tapered cylinder collars and
concealed mounting screws. Available as sectional trim, the anti-
harm knob features recessed finger holes for a better grip and the
reliability of the ML2000 ANSI/BHMA grade 1 mortise lock. Ideal
for psychiatric or detention facilities.
Refer to the Specialty Hardware Catalog (45205) for more information.
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – Lever Trim x HSS Knob
Options & Accessories
ML2000
ML2000.57
Standard Thumbturn
Cast brass or bronze. Standard on functions utilizing
thumbturn. Sectional Trim.
Turn Size: 1-1
/
4" (32mm)
Spindle Size: 3
/
16" (5mm)
Plate Size: 1-3
/
8" (35mm) diameter
Surface screw mounted To order separately, see table.
• Roundbackplateandstandardturndefaultforall
round roses.
• Squarebackplateandstandardturndefaultfor
E2 and E3 roses.
Decorative Thumbturn MT1
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order with lock and trim, specify Quick Code MT1.
To order separately, see table.
Turn Size: 1-3/10" (33mm)
Plate Size: 1-1/2" (38.1mm) diameter
• Rosedesignwilldesignateshapeofthumbturn
backplate.
 •T,U,V,W,X,Yroses-roundbackplate
 •E2andE3roses-squarebackplate
Door Packet
Round Square
1-3
/
8" (35mm) 723F70M x FIN 723F71M x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 723F76M x FIN 723F77M x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 723F88M x FIN 723F89M x FIN
Up to 4"
(102mm) 723F82M x FIN 723F83M x FIN
Decorative Square Thumbturn MT2
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order with lock and trim, specify Quick Code MT2.
To order separately, see table.
Turn Size: 1-3/10" (33mm)
Plate Size: 1-1/2" (38.1mm) square
• Rosedesignwilldesignateshapeofthumbturn
backplate.
 •T,U,V,W,X,Yroses-roundbackplate
 •E2andE3roses-squarebackplate
Door Packet
Round Square
1-3
/
8" (35mm) 723F72M x FIN 723F73M x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 723F78M x FIN 723F79M x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 723F90M x FIN 723F91M x FIN
Up to 4"
(102mm) 723F84M x FIN 723F85M x FIN
Decorative Cylinder Thumbturn MT3
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order with lock and trim, specify Quick Code MT3.
To order separately, see table.
Turn Size: 1-3/10" (33mm)
Plate Size: 1-1/2" (38.1mm) diameter
• Rosedesignwilldesignateshapeofthumbturn
backplate
 •T,U,V,W,X,Yroses-roundbackplate
 •E2andE3roses-squarebackplate
Door Packet
Round Square
1-3
/
8" (35mm) 723F74M x FIN 723F75M x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 723F80M x FIN 723F81M x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 723F92M x FIN 723F93M x FIN
Up to 4"
(102mm) 723F86M x FIN 723F87M x FIN
Door Packet
Round Square
1-3
/
8" (35mm) 519F09 x FIN 814F10 x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 519F10 x FIN 814F11 x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 519F11 x FIN 814F12 x FIN
Up to 4"
(102mm) 581F96 x FIN 814F13 x FIN
Options & Accessories
ML2000
ML2000.58
BLSS Thumbturn
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter
HPSK Thumbturn
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-3/4" (70mm) x 2" (50mm)
Door Packet
1-3
/
8" (35mm) 723F72M x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 723F78M x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 723F90M x FIN
Up to 4" (102mm) 723F84M x FIN
HSS Thumbturn
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter
Door Packet
1-3/4" (44mm) 723F04M x FIN
2" (51mm) 723F05M x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 723F06M x FIN
Door Packet
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 813F92M x FIN
2" (51mm) 813F93M x FIN
2-1/4" (57mm) 813F94M x FIN
BHSS Thumbturn
Stainless steel. Used on functions utilizing a
thumbturn. Sectional trim only. To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-1/4" (57mm) diameter
Door Packet
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 813F177 x FIN
2" (51mm) 813F187 x FIN
2-1/4" (57mm) 813F097 x FIN
Emergency Turn
Stainless steel. Used on functions utilizing a
thumbturn. Sectional trim only. To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-1/4" (57mm) diameter
Door Packet
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 813F747 x FIN
2" (51mm) 813F757 x FIN
2-1/4" (57mm) 813F767 x FIN
Options & Accessories
ML2000
ML2000.59
Key Plate
Cast brass or bronze. Standard for privacy function with emergency release only. Sectional Trim.
Plate Size: 1-3
/
8"(35mm) diameter. To order separately, specify Packet 438F90 x Finish.
Hotel Occupancy Indicators
For use with ML2029 hotel locks. Furnished only
when ordered. When door is locked from inside,
push button cannot be depressed, indicating that the
room is occupied. To order specify quick code M19.
For use with sectional trim designs having 2-7
/
8"
(73mm) maximum rose diameter. Cylinder collar and
indicator combined.
Size: 3-1
/
16" (78mm) x 1-3
/
4" (44mm). To order
separately, see table. For use with escutcheon designs only. Indicator is fastened to escutcheon at
factory. It is included for illustration purposes only and is not sold separately.
Tapered Cylinder Collar
Furnished only for CSV or NSV trims with 1-1/4" cylinders, double cylinder functions or with 1-1/2"
cylinders, single cylinder functions.*
*1-3/4" thick doors. Only used with VR trims.
Collar and Indicator Assembly
Door Packet
1-3
/
8" (35mm) 429F08 x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 416F84 x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 484F74 x FIN
Ergonomic Thumbturn
Cast brass or bronze. Large profile
and offset center makes it easier
to grasp and rotate. Available on
both sectional and escutcheon
trim. To order with lock and trim,
specify Quick Code M34. To order
separately, see table.
Note: This lever is not available with the M19N,
M19SN, or M19VN indicators.
Door Packet
Escutcheon Trim up to 4" (102mm) 711F002
Sectional Trim
1-3
/
8" (35mm) - 1-5/8" (41mm) 707F57 x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) 707F58 x FIN
2" (51mm - 2-1
/
4" (57mm) 707F59 x FIN
2-3/8" (60mm) - 3" (76mm) 707F60 x FIN
3" (76mm) - 4" (102mm) 706F70 x FIN
2-1/2"
(64mm)
Square Cylinder Collar
Included when ordering Muséo® E2 and E3 square roses.
Used on all cylinder functions.
Size: 1.625" square
Contact TPS to determine correct collar size.
Options & Accessories
ML2000
ML2000.60
Indicators – Keyed Functions
• Canbeusedoneithersideofdoorfordoublecylinderfunctions
• Compatiblewithselectsectionaltrimrosedesigns:A,B,W,X,Y
Indicators – Non Keyed Functions
• InsideIndicatoralwaysreadsSecure/Unsecure
• OutsideIndicatorfeaturesslot-turnemergencyoverride
• Compatiblewithallsectionaltrimrosedesigns:A,B,C,D,E,F,G,T,U,V,W,X,Y
Thumbturn Indicator
• Locatedontheinsideofthedoorandreadssecure/unsecure
• Builtintotheoccupancyindicator
• OnlyavailableinML2013,ML2017,ML2020,ML2024,ML2029,ML2030,ML2048,ML2060,ML2065,
ML2067, ML2068, ML2069 and ML2075 functions
Occupancy Indicators
Occupancy indicators for use with ML2000 x sectional trim. Design features option for dual indicators on double cylinder
functions, confirming door is secured from either side. Emergency override standard for all non keyed functions.
Features:
•Designeliminatesunauthorizedentryviaindicatortampering
•Nonkeyedindicatorsavailablewithemergencyslotturnoverride
•Usewithbothkeyedandnon-keyedfunctions
•Foruseoutside,insideorbothsidesofdoor
•Chooseoutsideindicatortext:Vacant/OccupiedorSecure/Unsecure
•InsideindicatorsalwaysreadSecure/Unsecure
•Torxpinsecurityfasteners(standardwithcylinderindicators)
Inside Indicator
Outside Indicator
Secure
Door Packet
1-3/8" (35mm) 720F21 x Finish
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) 720F22 x Finish
2-1/4" (57mm) 720F24 x Finish
Over 2-1/4" (57mm) 720F25 x Finish
Vacant
Door Packet
1-3/8" (35mm) 741F21 x Finish
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) 741F22 x Finish
2-1/4" (57mm) 741F23 x Finish
Over 2-1/4" (57mm) 741F24 x Finish
Secure
Door Packet
1-3/8" (35mm) 721F16 x Finish
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) 721F17 x Finish
2-1/4" (57mm) 721F18 x Finish
Over 2-1/4" (57mm) 721F19 x Finish
Vacant
Door Packet
1-3/8" (35mm) 720F61 x Finish
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) 720F62 x Finish
2-1/4" (57mm) 720F64 x Finish
Over 2-1/4" (57mm) 720F65 x Finish
Door Packet
1-3/8" (35mm) 723F69 x Finish
1-3/4" (44mm) - 2" (51mm) 723F26 x Finish
2-1/4" (57mm) 791F59 x Finish
Over 2-1/4" (57mm) 791F60 x Finish
Options & Accessories
ML2000
ML2000.61
Occupancy Indicator Quick Codes and Functions
Quick
Code Outside Inside
ML2002
ML2003
ML2011
ML2012
ML2013
ML2017
ML2020
ML2022
ML2024
ML2029
ML2030
ML2048
ML2059
ML2060
ML2062
ML2065
ML2067
ML2068
ML2069
ML2072
ML2073
ML2075
ML2082
ML2092
Single Indicator
M19S Secure/Unsecure — XXXXXX XXX XX XXXXXXXXXX
M19V Vacant/Occupied —XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
M19N — Secure/Unsecure XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Double Indicator
M19SN Secure/Unsecure Secure/Unsecure XXXXXX XXX XX XXXXXXXXXX
M19VN Vacant/Occupied Secure/Unsecure XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
How to Order:
ML2060 x NSA x 626 x RH x M19V
Non keyed function x sectional trim x outside indicator with slot turn (text reads Vacant/Occupied)
ML2072 x NSA x 626 x RH x M19SN x PHS x KA
Double cylinder x sectional trim x outside indicator (Secure/Unsecure) x inside indicator (Secure/Unsecure) x keyed alike
Options and Accessories
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.62
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 63.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).
Indicates cylinder is available with ML2000HS lockset.
Indicates function is available with vandal resistant ML2000VR lockset.
**Not available for ML2017, ML2029, ML2060, ML2061, ML2068, ML2069, ML2032 x MR,
ML2000HS, ML2000VR, ML20900 and P escutcheons (all functions).
Note: Master ring cylinder meets BHMA operational Grade 1.
Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.
Cylinders ConventionalPyramid Interchangeable Core
(I.C.)
Pyramid
Shown
Plug only to show
(concealed shell)
Only the cylinder plug
face is visible when lock
trim is in place. Available with
“M”, “R”, and “L” escutcheons.
See individual trim designs
for availability.
Mortise
Cylinder Type Quick Code Hotel Function 42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions
All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions
Pyramid HS PHS N/A 1020-114-A02 1020-114-A01
Pyramid HS IC PCHS N/A 1030-114-A02 1030-114-A01
Pyramid Security PS N/A 1027-114-A02 1027-114-A01
Pyramid Security IC PCS N/A 1037-114-A02 1037-114-A01
Conventional 6-pin N/A 1001-114-A01 1000-118-A02 1000-118-A01
Conventional 7-pin 7P N/A 1000-114-A02-7 1000-114-A01-7
6-pin IC C6 1081-138-A01 1080-114-A02 1080-114-A01
7-pin IC C7 N/A 1080-112-A02-7 1080-112-A01-7
Security HS 1011-114-A01 1010-118-A02 1010-118-A01
Security IC CHS 1091-138-A01 1090-114-A02 1090-114-A01
Flex head 6-pin FX6 1101-118-A01 1100-100-A02 1100-100-A01
Flex head 7-pin FX7 N/A 1100-118-A02-7 1100-118-A01-7
Master ring** MR N/A 1060-118-A62 1060-118-A61
Master ring flex head** FXM N/A 1160-100-A62 1160-100-A61
Blockout BO N/A 1012-114-A02 1012-114-A01
Plug only to show-6-pin P06 1201-114-A01 1200-118-A02 1200-118-A01
Plug only to show 7-pin P07 N/A 1200-114-A02-7 1200-114-A01-7
Options and Accessories
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.63
Part No. Description
236L72 Straight Lip
340L60 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L61 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L73 Straight Lip
340L62 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L63 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L74 Straight Lip
236L70 Straight Lip
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 66.
To order separately, specify
120F76.
Open Back
Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 66. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 66.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).
Strikes
ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 7/8" (22mm), 1"
(25mm), , 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-1/4" (32mm),
1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4"
(44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm),
2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)
ANSI Curved Lip
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-3/8"
(35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2"
(51mm), 2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)
To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 66.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1
/
2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Open Back Strike
Hand Door Thickness Part
LHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L63 016
2" (51mm) 411L63 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L63 020
RHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L62 016
2" (51mm) 411L62 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L62 020
Strike Box
Part No. Hand
Latchbolt x
Deadbolt
318F66
318F69
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Latchbolt only 318F64
318F67
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Deadbolt only 318F65
318F68
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
LH Shown
LH Shown
Note: Only Available with ML2000
Latchbolt x Deadbolt
Latchbolt Only
Deadbolt Only
Blank Filler Plate
ML2000.64
Options and Accessories
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
Model Enclosure Input Output
BPS-24-1 12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 1 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-2 14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 2 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-4 15" (381mm) x 18" (457mm) x 6" (152mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 4 Amp @ 24VDC
BPS-12-1 12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 1 Amp @ 12 VDC
BPS-12-3 14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 3 Amp @ 12 VDC
BPS Power Supply
Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. All modular power supplies
are designed to meet UL 1481 Standards.
Recommended for the ML20900, delayed
egress exit devices and electric trim.
Features
• Firepanelemergencyreleaseinput
• PCBoardmountedsystemLED
indicator
• Regulatedandfilteredwithinput
and output protection
• Batterychargingisprovidedfroma
separate output terminal
Electrical Specifications
• Inputs:115VAC@600mA
• Outputs:12/24VDC@1Amp,1.5
Amp or 4 Amp, Filtered and
regulated output
Listings
• UL&cULlisted1012General
Purpose Power Supply
• Fire&BurglarAlarmPowerSupply
Unit URT2
• ReleasingdeviceAccessorySYSW
• AccessControlSystemsUnitsALVY
• BurglarAlarmSystemsPowerSupply
 APHY
Applications
• D–DelayedEgress
• M97–ElectricDogging
• SAF–FailSafemortisedevicetrim
control
• SEC–FailSecuremortisedevice
trim control
• ML20900
Note: Batteries are not included with the BPS power supply
To answer the demand for "smart" electronic access control
and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and cost-effective
installation,ASSAABLOYGroupbrandsusetheElectroLynx®
standardized plug-in connectors and color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired for easy
hookup to the power source. The key to the system is the transfer
device hinge that carries power from the frame to the locking
hardware.
Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makesiteasytobringpowertothelockinghardware
• Wireshaveconnectorsthatsnaptogether,likeplugging
a telephone into a jack
To connect a ML20900 electrified mortise lock to the electronic
access control system, the following items are required:
•ML20900electrifiedmortiselock
• ASSAABLOYDoorGrouppre-wireddoor,orElectroLynx
retrofit cable (order from McKinney)
• Electronictransferdevice(ElectroLynx electronic transfer
hinge or Electrical Power Transfer with standard hinge,
from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling
(order from McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge requirements and
order strings can be found in the McKinney Transfer Device
Solutions catalog. Consult 800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions
on application specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for all
ML20900 functions and electrified options.
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
Electrified Options & Accessories
ML20900 ECL
ML2000.65
Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches
MKA - (1) SPDT Maintained
MK - (1) SPDT Momentary
MKN - (1) SPDT Momentary NS
MK2 - (1) DPDT Momentary
MKPZ x MKS - (1) SPDT Momentary with
audio Double Gang x Additional Switch
Note: All key switches come standard with
12/24 VDC bi-color LED.
Specifications
• Keyswitchforoperationusinga
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• Contact Rating 5 Amps @ 12-24VDC
• SPDT3-position.
Push Buttons
PB2 - (1) SPDT Momentary
PB2 - (1) DPST Remote Momentary
PB3 - (1) DPST Momentary
PB3A - (1) DPST Maintained (Alt. Action)
PB3EA - (1) DPST Alternate
Specifications
• 3Amps@12-24VDC
Indicator
ZLP - (1) Red and Green LED on narrow
gang plate.
Audible/Visual Annunciators
PZ1 - Sonalert 90db @ 2ft. 12-24VDC.
Mounted on one gang stainless steel plate.
Digital Entry
DK-11 - Digital Keypad - 4 User
DK-26SS - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User -
SS Finish
DK-26BK - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User -
Black Finish
Power Transfers
TSB B-C - Door Cord
MKA PB3PB2 PZ1
How to Order
ML2000
ML2000.66
Working Trim Only
Contract / Detailed Order
Split Trim / Finish Order
Ordering Examples - ML2000 Series Where to find
ordering
information and
Quick Codes
ML2000 Series/Function 5-9
ML20900 ECL Series/Function 13
Trim Designs 14-54
Cylinder and Keying 65
Finish 65
Strikes 65
Miscellaneous Options 66
Door Thickness 66
Handing 67
(Includes grip and spindle,
rose or escutcheon,
thumbturn lever,
emergency key plate,
adapters and screws)
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 ML2055 LWA 626 RHR
50 ML2055HS SST 626 LHR
Stock Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML2055 LWA 626 RHR D214 SA200 M17-M26 C7 VKC3
12 AA1 ML2055HS SST 626 LHR D214 SS200 M07 C6 VKC1
6AA1 ML2055VR NSV 630 RH D214 SS114 M17 PCHS VKC1
Quantity Function Only Trim Finish Hand Door Thickness Misc. Options
6ML2055 LWA 626 RHR D214 M31
3ML2055HS SST 626 LHR D214 M31
1ML2055VR NSV 630 RH D214 M31
Quantity Series/
Function
Trim Finish Hand
Outside Inside Outside Inside
12 ML2055 LWA GRC 626 625 RHR
6ML2055HS SST —626 606 LHR
12 ML2055 ZSL —626 625 RHR
24 ML2051 MSG —605 625 LH
12 ML2055 102U —626 606 RHR
24 ML2051 122R 110R 605 625 LH
LH RH
LHR RHR
Left Hand Right Hand
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door.
How To Order
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.67
Lock Only (Includes lock case, armored front, strike and screw pack)
*TRIMKEY
KK Knob x Knob
LL Lever x Lever
LK Lever x Knob
KL Knob x Lever
HL Lever Inside Only
HK Knob Inside Only
Quantity Series/
Function Trim* Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
6ML2055 LL 626 RHR D138 SS078 M17
3ML2055HS KK 626 LHR D214 SA200 M29
Ordering Examples - ML20900 ECL Series
Lock Only (Includes lock case, armored front, strike and screw pack)
Quantity Series/
Function Trim* Finish Hand Voltage Misc.
Options Keying
6ML20901 LL 626 RHR 12AD M105 VKC3
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage Misc.Options Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML20904 LWA 626 RHR 12AD M20 7P VKC3
*TRIMKEY
KK Knob x Knob
LL Lever x Lever
LK Lever x Knob
KL Knob x Lever
HL Lever Inside Only
HK Knob Inside Only
ML2000.68
How to Order the Muséo® Piet Levers
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
RoseOptions:E2,E3,T,U,V,W,X,Y
Escutcheon Options: L, R
Quantity Series/
Function Trim Lever Finish Lock Finish Hand Thumbturn
Options
2 ML2055 21LU 29BK29 629 RH MT3
1 ML2051 23ML 290030 629 RH MT3
Grooved Insert
21G
Leather Insert
21L
Polished with
Satin Insert
21M
Santoprene™
Insert
21S
Wood Insert
21W
With Raised
Band
23M
Plain
25M
Plain with Two
Grooves
27M
BHMA Finish Piet Code* Description
630 30 Satin Stainless Steel
629 29 Bright Stainless Steel
N/A BH Birch (wood insert)
N/A BK Black (Santoprene™ or leather insert)
N/A BN Brown (leather insert)
N/A 00 No Insert
Piet Finish Codes
Lever Designation Lever Description Available Finishes (as ordered)
21G Grooved Insert 292929 or 303030
21L Leather Insert 29BK29, 29BN29 or 30BK30, 30BN30
21M Metallic Insert 293029** only
21S Santoprene Insert 29BK29 or 30BK30
21W Wood Insert 29BH29 or 30BH30
23M Raised Band 290029, 300030 or 290030**
25M Plain 290029 or 300030
27M Two Grooves 290029 or 300030
Piet Lever Descriptions & Available Finishes
**Two-tonenish-gripofleveris630,balanceofleveris629.Rose/escutcheonandlocknishwillbe629.
*CodeusedtospecifyPietCollectionnishesonly.Useavailablenisheslisttospecifydesirednishwhenordering.
Ordering Examples
Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.69
Cylinder and Keying
Indicates cylinder is available with ML2000HS lockset
Indicates availability with ML200VR lockset
Description Specify
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed (not
available for Pyramid) CMK
Visual key control
- No keying data stamped on key or
cylinder VKC0
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS,
PHS or PCHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or
PCHS)
CKC3
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys
(standard)
KY#(e.g.,KY6)
1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less cylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT6SD
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core1CLS6
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin less core CL7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT7SD
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1CLS7
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
Pyramid with temporary
construction core CTP
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-Pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-Pin Disposable Core CT7D
Master ring2MR
Blockout function cylinder BO
Flex head cylinder, 6-pin
(sectional trim) FX6
Flex head cylinder, 7-pin
(sectional trim) FX7
Flex head cylinder, master ring2
(sectional trim) FXM
Plug only to show, 6-pin (concealed shell;
M and R escutcheons only, single cylinder
only)
PO6
Plug only to show, 7-pin (concealed shell;
M and R escutcheons only, single cylinder
only)
PO7
Finishes
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass
605-E3Polished brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)
606-E3Satin brass, Infini-T® (Vineyard™ Trim Only)
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze
BHMA 613 (US10B) Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed, available
lacquered
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel Plated
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel Plated
BHMA 625 (US26) Bright Chromium Plated
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield®
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel
630C Satin Stainless Steel with MicroShield®
BHMA722 Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
HS
3. Available with Vineyard™ Collection trim only. Infini-T® finish is a technologically advanced finish
produced by a coating technology called Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD). Infini-T® provides the
ultimate surface protection against the elements and everyday wear and tear.
VR
Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.70
Miscellaneous Options Door Thickness
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws (not available for “N” escutcheon
trims (Standard for ML2000HS and VR. Optional for
other trims)
M04
Blank Escutcheon Inside (only available
for ML2000HS and VR, not available
for ML2000)
M07
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Hotel occupancy indicator (Only available for
ML2029) M19
Single Occupancy Indicator - Secure/Unsecure
(Outside) M19S
Single Occupancy Indicator - Vacant/Occupied
(Outside) M19V
Single Occupancy Indicator - Secure/Unsecure
(Inside) M19N
Double Occupancy Indicator - Secure/Unsecure
(Outside) Secure/Unsecure (Inside) M19SN
Double Indicator Vacant/Occupied (Outside) Secure/
Unsecure (Inside) M19VN
*Knurling outside and inside M20
*Knurling outside only M21
*Knurling inside only M22
*Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
*Abrasive coat inside only M24
*Abrasive coat outside only M25
Non-ferrous lockcase M26
Lead-wrapped case M29
Half trim (for ML2010, ML2020, ML2022, ML2024,
ML2029, ML2030, ML2032, ML2052, ML2053,
ML2055, ML2056, ML2057, ML2058, ML2059,
Ml2062, ML2065) (Supplied with inside trim only.
Includes cylinder)
M30
Working trim only M31
Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only) LHB**
*Not available with Vineyard™ or Muséo® levers.
** Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified
Door Thickness Sectional
Trim - Specify
Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify
1-3
/
8"(35mm)** D138 D138
1-3
/
4"(44mm) (standard) (standard)
1-7
/
8"(48mm) D178 D178
2" (51mm) D200 D200
2-1
/
8" (54mm) D218 D218
2-1
/
4" (57mm) D214 D214
2-3
/
8" (60mm) D238 D238
2-1
/
2" (64mm) D212 D212
2-5
/
8" (67mm) D258 D258
2-3
/
4" (70mm) D234 D234
2-7
/
8" (73mm) D278 D278
3" (76mm) D300 D300
3-1
/
8" (79mm) D318 D318
3-1
/
4" (83mm) D314 D314
3-3
/
8" (86mm) D338 D338
3-1
/
2" (89mm) D312 D312
3-5
/
8" (92mm) D358 D358
3-3
/
4" (95mm) D334 D334
3-7
/
8" (98mm) D378 D378
4" (102mm) D400 D400
* For 2-3
/
8" (60mm) to 4" (102mm) door thickness: throughbolts and
thumbturn lever spindle for 4" door will be provided; may be field cut. “R” &
“L” escutcheons only available 1-3
/
8" (35mm), 1-3
/
4" (44mm), and 2-1
/
4"(57mm).
** 1-1/16" (27mm) front standard for 1-3
/
8" (35mm) door
Vandal Resistant trim accommodates doors 1-3
/
4" (44mm) to 2-1
/
4"(57mm).
Door thicknesses other than 1-3
/
4" (19mm) must be specified.
Strikes
Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
Curved Lip
Specify
7
/
8" (22mm) SS078 N/A
1-1
/
8" (29mm) (standard) SA118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) SS114 SA114
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SS138 SA138
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SS112 SA112
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SS134 SA134
2" (51mm) SS200 SA200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SS214 SA214
2-1
/
2" (64mm) SS212 SA212
2-3
/
4" (70mm) SS234 SA234
3" (76mm) SS300 SA300
Open Back Strike Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SB134
2" (51mm) SB200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SB214
Rabbetedfrontandstrike –SpecifySR118
Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 ECL
ML2000.71
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand RH
Left Hand LH
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
These options may be ordered together only as follows:
M91xM92, M92xM105.
Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)
Description Specify
Latchbolt Monitor M91
Request to Exit M92
Security Monitor M105
Electric Accessories
Description Specify
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-1
Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-3
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-1
Power supply 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-2
Power supply 4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-4
Description Specify
12 volt alternating current/direct current 12AD
24 volt alternating current/direct current 24AD
Voltage
Thumbturns
Description Specify
Ergonomic M34
Decorative MT1
Decorative Square MT2
Decorative Cylinder MT2
See page 36 for images of decorative thumbturns
How To Specify
ML2000
ML2000.72
ML2000 Series Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be ML2000 Series Mortise
Locksets as manufactured by Corbin
Russwin Architectural Hardware.
Locks shall have all functions available in
one size case, manufactured from heavy
gauge steel, minimum thickness 3/32"
(2mm). The handing of all locks shall be
reversible without the disassembly of the
lockcase. Cases are to be closed on all
sides to protect internal parts. Locks are
to have adjustable, beveled and armored
fronts, standard 2-3/4" (70mm) backset,
a full 3/4" (19mm) throw two-piece
mechanical anti-friction latchbolt, and
a one-piece stainless steel 1" (25mm)
throw deadbolt, and shall be available
for a minimum door thickness of 1-3/8"
(35mm). Internal parts shall be heavygauge
steel, zinc dichromate plated for
corrosion resistance.
All locksets with latchbolts, regardless
of trim, shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair.
Locksets to be used on specified exterior
doors or doors subject to special
atmospheric conditions (roofs, pool areas,
chemical laboratories, sewage disposal
plants, etc.) shall have non-ferrous lock
cases and critical internal components.
Cylinder options shall include master
ring, flexible head, concealed shell,
interchangeable core, security, blockouts
and Pyramid types.
Lock trim (knob, lever, sectional or
escutcheon) shall be throughbolted
through the lockcase to ensure correct
alignment and proper operation.
Certification:
UBC - 7 - 2(1997) and UL10C - Positive
Pressure
Federal Specification FF-H-106G
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1, Accessibility Code, 1989
(formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard) (lever handle trim).
All locks, trim, and cylinders shall be from
one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a ten-year limited
warranty.
ML2000 Series
Mortise Locks with BHSS and BLSS Trim
A. Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type manufactured to
accepted OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and escutcheon trim. Locksets to be manufactured with a corrosion
resistant, formed steel case. Levers and escutcheons are manufactured from stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining
(lock body), Torx®fasteners,andAntimicrobialcoatingasspeciedinHardwareSets.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHW Series
 b.CorbinRusswin(RU)–ML2000BHSSSeries
 c.AccurateLock(AC)–CPCrescentPullSeries(withTeonpad)
B. Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type manufactured
to [accepted] [Use with caution] OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and rose trim. Locksets to be manufactured with a
corrosion resistant, formed steel case. Levers and roses are manufactured from stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining
(lock body), Torx®fasteners,andAntimicrobialcoatingasspeciedinHardwareSets.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHL Series
 b.CorbinRusswin(RU)–ML2000BLSSSeries
 c.BestLock(BE)–SPSLSeries
 d.TownSteel(TS)–MRX-LSeries
How To Specify
ML2000
ML2000.73
All locksets shall be ML2000VR Series
Mortise Locksets as manufactured by
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware.
Locks shall have all functions available in
one size case, manufactured from heavy
gauge steel, minimum thickness 3/32"
(2mm). The handing of all locks shall be
reversible without the disassembly of the
lockcase. Cases are to be closed on all
sides to protect internal parts. Locks are
to have adjustable, beveled and armored
fronts, standard 2-3/4" (70mm) backset,
a full 3/4" (19mm) throw two-piece
mechanical anti-friction latchbolt, and
a one-piece stainless steel 1" (25mm)
throw deadbolt, and shall be available
for a minimum door thickness of 1-3/4"
(44mm). Internal parts shall be heavy
gauge steel, zinc dichromate plated for
corrosion resistance.
High security escutcheon trim shall be
cast (stainless) steel with tapered design
top and bottom to resist forced entry,
excessive abuse and vandalism. Size to be
8-1/2" (216mm) high x 2-1/8" (54mm)
wide x 5/16" (8mm) thick with double
throughbolts and 2 post lugs to receive
torx® pin tamper-resistant security screws
through both escutcheons. Alignment
posts shall be located over and under the
spindle for rigidity and security and shall
project through the lock case to ensure
proper alignment. Escutcheons to accept
cast levers (Newport or Citation) which
accept free-floating spindles with a torque
resistance of 700 inch lbs. Size of spindle
to be 5/16" (8mm) and extend from both
sides of the escutcheon. Levers will remain
attached if spindle is broken. Lobular torx®
pin drive self-tapping screws and lobular
throughbolts furnished standard for vandal
resistance.
Locksets that are to be used on specified
exterior doors or doors subject to special
atmospheric conditions (roofs, pool areas,
chemical laboratories, sewage disposal
plants, etc.) shall have non-ferrous lock
cases and critical internal components.
Locksets to be furnished standard with
conventional 6-pin fixed core cylinders.
Optional cylinders shall include IC,
blockout, security and Pyramid. Furnish
a tapered vandal-resistant cylinder collar
where necessary.
Certification:
UBC - 7 - 2(1997) and UL10C - Positive
Pressure
Federal Specification FF-H-106G
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1, Accessibility Code, 1989
(formerly Title 19, California State Fire
Marshal Standard) (lever handle trim).
All locks, trim, and cylinders shall be from
one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a ten-year limited
warranty.
ML2000 Series Mortise Locksets with Vandal Resistant Trim
Suggested Specification
Mortise Locksets ML2000HS High Security Series
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be ML2000HS Series
High-Security Mortise Locksets as
manufactured by Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware.
Locks shall be manufactured from heavy-
gauge steel, minimum thickness 3
/
32"
(2mm). Cases are to be closed on all sides
to protect internal parts. Locks are to have
adjustable, beveled and armored fronts,
standard 2-3
/
4" (70mm) backset, a full
3
/
4" (19mm) throw two-piece mechanical
anti-friction latchbolt, and a one-piece
stainless steel 1" (25mm) throw deadbolt.
Internal parts shall be heavy-gauge steel,
zinc dichromate plated for corrosion
resistance.
High-security trim shall be cast brass or
bronze, designed to resist forcible removal.
Knobs shall have 3
/
8" (10mm) spindles on
both sides and shall be attached to the
escutcheons. Escutcheons shall be 8-1
/
2"
(216mm) x 1-3/4" (44mm) x 3
/
8" (10mm)
thick, having a 30° chamfer at top and
bottom to resist forcible removal. Locksets
shall be furnished with 4 through bolts
and 2 post lugs to receive security screws
through both escutcheons. Alignment
posts shall be located over and under
the knob spindle for rigidity and security,
and shall project through the lockcase to
ensure proper alignment. Cylinders shall
be mounted flush with the escutcheon. All
exposed screws shall be security type.
Certification:
UBC - 7 - 2(1997) and UL10C - Positive
Pressure
Federal Specification FF-H-106G
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1, Accessibility Code.
All locks, trim, and cylinders shall be from
one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a ten-year limited
warranty.
How To Specify
ML2000
ML2000.74
Locksets shall be ML20900 ECL Series
Electrically Controlled Mortise Locksets
as manufactured by Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware.
Functions available shall be in one size
case, manufactured from heavy gauge
steel, minimum thickness 3/32". Cases
shall be closed on all sides to protect
internal parts. Locks shall have adjustable,
beveled and armored fronts, standard
2-3/4" backset and a full 3/4" throw two-
piece mechanical anti-friction latchbolt,
and shall be available for a minimum door
thickness of 1-3/4". Internal parts shall be
heavy gauge steel, zinc dichromate plated
for corrosion resistance.
The locking solenoid shall be self-
contained in the mortise lockcase,
allowing the lockset to be installed in a
standard mortise door preparation
with a slight modification by door
manufacturer.
ML20900 ECL shall be available 12 or 24
volt, AC/DC, and fail safe or fail secure.
Lockset shall include an internal rectifier.
Locksets with latchbolts, regardless
of trim, shall be listed by Underwriters
Laboratories for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair.
Mechanical cylinder override shall be
available. Optional cylinders shall include
flexible head, concealed cylinder shell,
interchangeable core, security and
blockout types. Lock trim (knob, lever,
sectional or escutcheon) shall be through-
bolted through the lockcase to ensure
correct alignment and proper operation.
Certification:
Federal Specification FF-H-106C
ANSI A156.13 Series 1000, Grade 1
ANSI A117.1 Accessibility Code (lever
handle trim)
California State Reference Code, 1989
(formerly Title 19,
California State Fire Marshal Standard)
(lever handle trim)
Locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one
manufacturer.
Locksets shall carry a one-year limited
warranty.
ML20900 ECL Series
Suggested Specification
ML2000.75
Reversing Handing
ML2000
Instructions for reversing the hand of the ML2000.
Mortise Lock Handing Instructions
RED Locking Screw
Step 1) Move the Red locking screw to
side of lock-body being locked (Fig. 1)
Step 2) Push in latch then depress catch
plate with screw driver (Fig. 1)
Catch Plate
Step 3) Pull latch out of lock-body
and turn latch over (Fig. 2)
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
Step 4) Push in latch while holding
screw driver behind latch tail (Fig. 3)
Note: Push in latch until catch plate is
no longer depressed (Fig. 4)
Figure 5
Step 5) Rotate lock front to match
bevel of door as shown (Fig. 5)
MAKE SURE CATCH PLATE IS
EVEN W/ TOP SURFACE
GOOD BAD
Figure 4
WARNING:
LOCK-IN CAN
OCCUR IF LATCH
IS NOT PROPERLY
INSTALLED
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design®, Infini-T®, Infini-T and Design® and Muséo®areregisteredtrademarksofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Vineyard™isa
trademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveowners
and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an
ASSAABLOYGroupCompany,reservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2001,2012Corbin
Russwin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.
is prohibited.
45300-10/12
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield® technology, a silver-
based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
ElectroLynx®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovative,fastandeffectivehighsecuritysolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffer
ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening.
ElectroLynx®isaregisteredtrademarkofASSAABLOYInc.
Storm-Resistant Design
Helps Save Lives
FE5400S
Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Overview/Applications and Listings
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.2
The Corbin Russwin FE5400S is a robust three-point latching system engineered to help
protect lives by securing community shelter entries. Extra-heavy duty steel components
secure the door to the frame – at the top, bottom and center latch points – fortifying the
opening to withstand extreme wind speeds and flying debris.
› Community Shelters and Safe Rooms
› Corporate Campuses
› Schools
› Healthcare Facilities
› Government Facilities
Typical applications include
doors located in:
Features
Applications and Listings
› Three point auto deadlocking system
› All three latching points are activated
automatically when the door is
closed
› UL Listed and certified in accordance
with FEMA 361 and ICC 500
› UL 3-hour fire rating
› Available with a variety of trim styles
and finishes
› Through-bolts on door for solid
attachment
› Fortified with high tensile alloy Holo-
Krome® fasteners.
Table of Contents
Overview ...........................2
Applications and Listings ....2
Features .............................3
Functions ........................... 5
Trims and Functions ...........6
Electrified Exit Devices ......10
Mullions ...........................15
Options & Accessories ......16
Cylinders ..........................16
Facts & Figures .................17
Quick Codes ....................18
How to Order ..................21
Architectural
Specifications ...................22
Single Door UL Listing Maximum Opening
(W x H) Application
SecureBolt® x Surface Vertical Rod
FE5400S
FE5400SA
Panic
3 Hr.
4' x 8'
4' x 8'
Surface applied; three-
point latching.
Pairs of Doors UL Listing Maximum Opening
(W x H) Application
SecureBolt® x Surface Vertical Rod
FE5400S x FE5400S
FE5400SA x FE5400SA
Panic
3 Hr.
8' x 8'
8' x 8'
Two independent doors
with three-point latching.
Swinging in the same
direction with mullion.
FE5400S.3
Features
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Handing
› Device is non-handed.
› Lever trim is handed.
Bar Length
› Standard: 36" (914mm) bar fits 30"- 36"
(762mm-914mm) door.
› Optional: 32" (813mm) bar fits 30"-32"
(762mm-813mm) door; specify W032
› Optional: 42" (1067mm) bar fits 37"-42"
(940mm-1067mm) door; specify W042
› Optional: 48" (1219mm) bar fits 36"-
48" (914mm-1219mm) door; specify
W048.
› Consult factory for additional lengths.
Door Height
› 7'0" standard
› Optional: 7'2"; specify H0702
› Optional: 7'6”; specify H0706
› Optional: 8'0"; specify H0800
Door Thickness
› 1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
› Optional: 2" (51mm); specify D200.
› Optional: 2-1/4" (57mm); specify D214.
Stile
› Minimum width 4-1/2" (114mm).
Latchbolts
Top Latch
› 5/8" stainless steel latch housing.
Through hardened steel latchbolt, with
7/8" projection fortified with 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome-mounting screws.
Center Bolt
› Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1" (25mm)
wide, positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt.
Bottom Bolt
› 7/8" square stainless steel bolt with 5/8"
projection.
Materials
› Latchbolt: Nickel steel. Slide-action
deadbolt with positive deadlocking
by auxiliary bolt. Two-piece deadbolt
mechanism utilizing a roll back lever
which eliminates any contact (friction)
with the strike during relocking.
› Device: Heavy duty cold forged steel
chassis; heavy gauge steel mechanisms,
electroplated for corrosion resistance;
finished parts are brass, bronze or
stainless steel; stainless steel springs;
nylon bearings
Projection
› 3-1/4" (83mm) active, 2-3/4" (70mm)
dogged.
Dogging
› Standard on panic-rated devices; single-
point 1/4 turn hex key dogging.
› Optional: less dogging, specify M51.
› Optional: cylinder dogging; specify M52.
› Mechanical dogging not available on
fire-rated devices.
Fasteners
› Standard on both panic devices and fire-
rated devices: sex nuts and bolts.
End Cap Reinforcement
(Standard)
› A solid steel plate, welded to the end
bracket, evenly distributes impact forces
over a larger surface area, eliminating
point loading.
Strikes
Center Bolt Roller Strike
› Surface mounted 3/8" (10mm) diameter
roller strike, complete with positive locking
plate and shims, assuring low friction
relocking for a long, trouble-free life.
› Supplied with locking plate and two
1/16" (1.6mm) shims. For doors with
1/2" (13mm) or 5/8" (16mm) stop.
Adjustable to compensate for shrinkage
and swelling of door. 3-1/2" x 1-1/4"
(89mm x 32mm).
Bottom Strike
› Black nylon coated stainless steel
› 2-3/4" (70mm) x 2-5/16" (58mm) x 1/2"
(13mm)
Interlock Bracket
› Black powder coated
› Complies with all life safety, fire, and
windstorm codes while increasing security
› Works on single and pairs of doors with
removable mullion
› No additional door or frame preparation
or reinforcement required
Functions and Trims
› Through-bolted lever, knob, pull,
thumbpiece and electrified trims
available with wide range of functions;
see Trims and Functions, pages 6-11.
Electronics
› The FE5400S series offers electrified
options, including electrically controlled
trim. All options can be tied into existing
security and fire alarm systems for easy
monitoring. See page 11.
Mullion
› Removable Mullion
› See Mullions, page 15.
Cylinders
› Cylinder not included unless specified.
See Quick Codes, page 18.
Warranty
Seven-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
› UL/cUL Listed:
FVSR/FVSR7 - Panic Hardware
GXHX/GXHX7 - Fire Exit Hardware,
up to and including 3 hr. (A)
ZHLA - Windstorm Rated Assemblies
(4' x 8' single, 8' x 8' pairs)
› Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
› ANSI/BHMA Certified: A156.3 Type 9,
Grade 1
› FEMA 361
› ICC 500
› Fully integrated - FE5400S is part of
a complete ASSA ABLOY tornado and
hurricane shelter solution utilizing Ceco
StormPro® 361, Curries StormPro® 361,
Fleming F-5 doors and frames and
McKinney® SP hinges.
Features
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.4
Top Latch
5/8" stainless steel
housings, 3/4" projection
with 1/8" door gap
Center Bolt Roller Strike
Surface-mounted 3/8"
(10mm) diameter roller
strike, complete with
positive locking plate
and shims, assuring low
friction relocking for a long,
trouble-free life.
Center Bolt
Full 3/4" (19mm)
projection, 1" (25mm)
wide, positive deadlocking
by auxiliary bolt
Bottom Bolt
7/8" square stainless steel
bolt with 5/8" projection
5/8" stainless steel latch housing
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
7/8" projection, 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome® mounting screws
Full 3/4" (19mm) projection, 1"
(25mm) wide, positive deadlocking by
auxiliary bolt
Black nylon coated
stainless steel strike
7/8" square stainless steel bolt with
5/8" projection
1/2" O.D. tubular brass, bronze or
stainless steel with rod guides.
FE5400S.5
Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
*Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
FE5400S
Outside | Inside
Series/
Function
ANSI No. Function Description
Exit Only 01 Exit only; no trim.
Dummy 02 Entrance by trim when actuating bar is dogged down.
Classroom* 05 Entrance by thumbpiece. Key locks or unlocks
thumbpiece.
Passage 15 Entrance by trim when latch is retracted by
thumbpiece. Thumbpiece is always active, no cylinder.
Storeroom
(Thumbpiece Active) 06 Entrance by thumbpiece only when released by key.
Key removable only when locked.
Classroom* 08 Entrance by knob or lever. Key locks or unlocks knob
or lever.
Passage 14 Entrance by trim when latchbolt is retracted by knob
or lever. Knob or lever always active, no cylinder.
Storeroom
(Grip Active) 09 Entrance by knob or lever only when released by key.
Key removable only when locked.
Trim
Heavy-Duty Trim Designs and Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.6
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
* Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Pull Trim Design
Trim Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
ARMSTRONG
A9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
A910 A950 A9551A959
CITATION
C9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
C910 C950 C9551C959
DIRKE
D9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
D910 D950 D9551D959
ESSEX*
E9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
E910 E950 E9551E959
LUSTRA*
L9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
L910 L950 L9551L959
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges
• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty
FE5400S.7
Heavy-Duty Designs and Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Pull Trim Design
Trim Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
NEWPORT*
N9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
N910 N950 N9551N959
REGIS
R9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
R910 R950 R9551R959
PRINCETON*
PR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
PR910 PR950 PR9551PR959
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges
• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
* Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Heavy-Duty Designs & Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.8
Pull Trim Design
Trim Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
08
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
FRASCATI
FR9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
FR910 FR950 FR9551FR959
MERLOT
M9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
M910 M950 M9551M959
TUSCANY
TS9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
TS910 TS950 TS9551TS959
ZINFANDEL
Z9
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
Z910 Z950 Z9551Z959
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges
• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
Available with Muséo Collection levers.
FE5400S.9
Utility Trim Designs & Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Pull Trim Design
Trim Function
Passage
ANSI No.
14/15
Dummy
ANSI No.
02
Classroom
ANSI No.
05/08
Storeroom
ANSI No.
09
G900 TRIM
Knob: Wrought
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
3"
3-1/2"
10-1/4" G910 G950 G9551G959
TH900 TRIM
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Rim
3"
10-1/4"
2-1/2"
1-5/8"
16-1/2" TH910 TH950 TH9551TH959
OFFSET PULL
P9
Pull: Extruded
Escutcheon: Forged
Specify Hand. Field
Reversible.
3"
10-1/4"
3-3/16"
N/A P950 N/A N/A
1. Classroom function trims can be converted to Storeroom function by a simple field adjustment.
Features:
• Free Wheeling vandal-resistant design
• Beveled edges
• Through-bolted to exit device
• Flush cylinder with 6-pin cylinder applications
• 7-year limited warranty
Electrified Trim
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.10
Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim
Electrically controlled trim provides electric locking and unlocking
of the 900 Series heavy-duty lever trim. It easily retrofits into
existing applications and is ideal for door control.
Advantages
• Available in Fail Safe or Fail Secure operation
• 24VAC/VDC
• Internal rectifier accepts AC or DC voltage
• Free Wheeling lever when locked
• Key override (specify cylinder)
• Plug connector with 4’ wire lead (Exit device can be used
as the wire raceway)
Trim
Utilizes all 900 series trim lever designs including the Vineyard™
Collection
Electrical Specifications
• Solenoid: 330 mA @ 24 Volts
• Security Monitor Switch (M98): 4 AMP @ 250VAC
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional: 2” (51mm); specify D200.
Optional: 2-1/4” (57mm); specify D214.
Cylinder
Cylinder not included unless specified. See Quick Codes, page 18.
How to Order
See page 21 for how to order.
Electrically Controlled
Heavy-Duty Trim
FE5400S.11
Electrified Functions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Functions
x9903
(Fail Safe)
Description
• Lever is locked when power is off (Free Wheeling)
• Power on allows lever activation for entry
• Inside device is always active for egress
• Mechanical key override (09 Function – Key allows lever
to retract latch bolt. Key can only be removed in locked position.)
Fail Secure
The x9905 trim is locked when power is off and unlocked when power is on.
x9905
(Fail Secure)
Description
• Lever is locked when power is on (Free Wheeling)
• Power off allows entry from trim
• Inside device is always active for egress
• Mechanical key override (09 Function – Key allows lever
to retract latch bolt. Key can only be removed in locked position.)
Fail Safe
The x9903 trim is locked when power is on and unlocked when power is off.
Options
M92 Touchbar Monitor
M93 Trim Monitor
x = Lever trim design - Standard, Vineyard™ and Muséo®
Electrified Options
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.12
Yellow
Blue
Brown
NC
COM
NO
Tan
Gray
Pink
NC
COM
NO
Touchbar Monitoring - M92
Request to Exit - REX
Provides indication of the pushpad
being depressed. Used as a request to
exit to shunt alarm systems, release
electromagnetic locks or monitor egress.
Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
4 Amps @ 250 VAC contacts
Ordering
Specify Quick Code M92.
Outside Monitoring or Signaling - M93
Provides indication of the device being
operated from the outside. Used as a
request to enter signal switch to shunt
alarms; also used to monitor entry.
Listings
UL listed for both Panic and Fire Exit
Hardware.
Electrical Specifications
5 Amps @ 28VDC SPDT contacts
Ordering
Specify Quick Code M93.
Monitors - M92, M93
Operation
Monitors are used to indicate the authorized and unauthorized use of an opening or to signal and control other opening hardware,
such as magnetic locks. Each monitoring device is equipped with one internal single-pole double-throw (SPDT) switch per monitor.
FE5400S.13
Electrified Options & Accessories
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Model Enclosure Input Output
BPS-24-1 12” (304mm) x 9” (229mm) x 4” (102mm) 120VAC 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-2 14” (356mm) x 14” (356mm) x 4” (102mm) 120VAC 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-4 15” (381mm) x 18” (457mm) x 6” (152mm) 120VAC 4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS Power Supply
Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. Recommended for electric
trim.
Features
• Individual output circuit breakers
• Regulated and filtered fuse protected
outputs
• LEDs monitor zone status (voltage or no
voltage)
• Slide switches connect or disconnect
load from power (Not available on 1
Amp supplies)
• Internal Back-Up battery charging circuit
• Rugged steel enclosure
• Fire alarm interface
Electrical Specifications
• Inputs: 120VAC
• Outputs: 24 VDC @ 1 Amp, 2 Amp or
4 Amp, Filtered and regulated outputs
Listings
• UL-cUL CLASS 2
- Signal Appliances
- Access Control System Units
- Special Locking Arrangements -
Component
• CE
Applications
• 9903 – Fail Safe
• 9905 – Fail Secure
Note: Batteries are not included with the BPS power supply.
Electrified Options & Accessories
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.14
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
To answer the demand for “smart” electronic access control and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and cost-effective installation,
ASSA ABLOY Group brands use the ElectroLynx® standardized plug-in connectors and color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired for easy hookup to the power source. Key to the system is the transfer device
hinge that carries power from the frame to the locking hardware.
Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makes it easy to bring power to the locking hardware
• Wires have connectors that snap together, like plugging a telephone into a jack
To connect FE5400S series Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System hardware to the electronic access control system, the following items
are required:
• FE5400S series Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
• ASSA ABLOY Door Group pre-wired door, or ElectroLynx retrot cable (order from McKinney)
• Electronic transfer device (ElectroLynx electronic transfer hinge or Electrical Power Transfer with standard hinge, from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling (order from McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge requirements and order strings can be found in the McKinney Transfer Device Solutions
catalog. Consult 800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions on application specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for the 9903 function, the 9905 function and all options with the exception of
M93. The McKinney QC12 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for the M93 option.
FE5400S.15
Mullions
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Mullions
May be quickly and easily removed when
a full double door opening is temporarily
required.
Materials and Finish
Steel mullions, 2" x 3" with malleable iron
top and bottom retainers; furnished with
zinc-plated fasteners for metal frames and
concrete floors. May be cut, drilled and
tapped in the field. Mullion and Mullion
retainers are prime coat red paint.
Options
Mullion Stabilizer Kit
Controls the movement of the mullion.
Recommended for openings over 7' high, or
whenever door movement must be mini-
mized. To order with mullion, specify M57. To
order separately, specify Part No. 653F11-1 x
628 (aluminum).
Angle Bracket
Recommended for any header
configuration with less than 3" (76mm) of
mounting surface. To order with a mullion,
specify M96. To order separately, specify
Part No 655F63-8.
Spacer Block
Recommended for double rabbeted frames where the
stop face width is less than the mounting hole spacing
and also for door frames 5-3/4" (176mm) or less. To
order with a mullion, specify M95. To order separately,
specify Part No 683F29-8.
Door Height Description Specify
Quick Code
Up to 7'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified FE707A1
Up to 8'0" Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated, Windstorm Certified FE708A1
How to Order
Removable Mullions
Notes:
1 For use with UL listed door assemblies that comply to FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at corbinrusswin.com
(2) Shims
(2) Shims
Options & Accessories/Cylinders
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.16
900 Series Trim
Rim cylinders
Description Part Number Cylinder Ring
6-pin 3000-058 None Required
7-pin 3000-058-7 422F88
6-pin, IC 3080-058 422F88
7-pin, IC 3080-058-7 686F98
6-pin, IC, less core 3070-058 422F88
7-pin, IC, less core 3070-058-7 686F98
6-pin, Security 3010-058 None Required
6-pin, Security IC 3090-058 422F88
7-pin, Pyramid 3020-058 422F88
7-pin, Pyramid IC 3030-058 422F88
Pyramid Security 3027-058 422F88
Pyramid Security 3037-058 422F88
Cylinders
Surface Vertical Rod Extension Kits
Used to extend the height of standard length rods supplied with vertical rod exit devices. Available in 2”, 6” and 12” sizes. To order
with exit device, see Quick Codes, page 18. To order separately, specify Part No. x Finish.
Rod Extension Rod Extension Kit
Part No.
2” (50mm) 655F15 x Finish
6” (152mm) 655F16 x Finish
12” (305mm) 655F17 x Finish
Cylinder Dogging
To order Cylinder Dogging with exit device, specify M52. Cylinder not included unless specified. Cylinder dogging not available for
fire-rated devices. See Quick Codes, page 18.
Description Part Number Cylinder Ring
6-pin 1000-118-A02 N/A
7-pin 1000-114-A02-7 270F15
6-pin, IC 1080-11 4-A02 270F15
7-pin, IC 1080-112-A02-7 654F07
6-pin, IC, less core 1070-114-A02 270F07
7-pin, IC, less core 1070-112-A02-7 654F07
6-pin, Security 1010-118-A02 N/A
6-pin, Security IC 1090-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, Pyramid Security 1027-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, Pyramid Security IC 1037-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, Pyramid High Security 1020-114-A02 270F15
7-pin, Pyramid IC High Security 1030-114-A02 270F15
FE5400S.17
Facts & Figures
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
3-1/4"
(83mm)
Pad Extended
Pad Depressed
2-3/4"
(70mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
“B”
FE5400S Series
Series “A” “B”
FE5400S x W032 28-7/8"
(733mm)
18"
(457mm)
FE5400S 32-7/8"
(835mm)
18"
(457mm)
FE5400S x W042 38-7/8"
(987mm)
24"
(610mm)
FE5400S x W048 44-7/8"
(1140mm)
24"
(610mm)
Cover Detail
Quick Codes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.18
Description Specify
Less cylinder(s) (standard)
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Security HS
Security interchangeable core (IC) CHS
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Red) CT6R
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue) CT6B
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
(Green) CT6G
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC 6-Pin with temporary disposable core CT6D
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with less core CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core CT6SD
IC 7-pin (rim only) C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Red) CT7R
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Blue) CT7B
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
(Green) CT7G
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core CT7
IC 7-Pin with temporary disposable core CT7D
IC 7-pin less core (rim only) CL7
SFIC 7-pin with less core CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary
core CT7SD
Pyramid Security fixed core PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid IC PCHS
Pyramid with temporary construction core CTP
Pyramid less core CLP
Blockout function BO
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed CMK
Cylinder and Keying
Door Width
Door Width Specify
32" (813mm) W032
36" (914mm) (standard)
42" (1067mm) W042
48" (1219mm) W048
Door Height
Door Height Specify
7'0" (standard)
7'2" H0702
7'6” H0706
8'0" H0800
Description Specify
Visual key control (VKC)
No keying data stamped on key or cylinder VKC0
Keys only VKC1
Cylinders and keys (not for HS or CHS) VKC2
Cylinders only (not for HS or CHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
CKC cylinders only CKC3
2 keys per cylinder (standard with cylinder)
Other than 2 keys KY# (e.g., KY6)
Cylinder and Keying (cont)
FE5400S.19
Quick Codes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Knurling outside and inside (trim and device) M20
Knurling outside only (trim side) M21
Knurling inside only (device side) M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside (trim and device) M23
Abrasive coat inside only (device side) M24
Abrasive coat outside only (trim side) M25
PathLite™ Photoluminescent Touchbar Cover M49
Less dogging M51
Cylinder dogging M52
Parabolic escutcheon M60
Removable Mullion
Description Specify
Door frame filler block for double rabetted frames M95
Door frame angle bracket for aluminum frames M96
Mullion stabilizer M57
Up to 7’0” Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified FE707A1
Up to 8’0” Steel Mullion - 3 Hour Fire Rated,
Windstorm Certified FE708A1
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Description Specify
US3 Bright Brass 605
US4 Satin Brass 606
US9 Bright Bronze 611
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US10B Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
oil rubbed 613
US14 Bright Nickel Plated 618
US15 Satin Nickel Plated 619
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®626C
US32 Bright Stainless Steel 629
US32D Stain Stainless Steel 630
Stain Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®630C
— Black oxidized bronze,oil rubbed 722
Finish
Door Thickness
Door Specify
1-3/4” (44mm) (standard)
2” (51mm) D200
2-1/4” (57mm) D214
1. For use with UL listed door assemblies that comply to FEMA 361 and
ICC 500.
For the latest listings on compliant door assemblies visit our website at
corbinrusswin.com
Quick Codes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.20
Electrified Options Electrified Accessories
Description Specify
Request to Exit/Touchbar Monitoring or Signaling M92
Outside Trim Monitoring or Signaling M93
Security Monitor M98*
Trim Gasket M99
*9903/9905 trims only.
Description Part Number
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-1
Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-3
Power Supply 1 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-1
Power Supply 2 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-2
Power Supply 4 Amp @ 24 VDC Output BPS-24-4
SPDT Maintained Switch MKA
SPDT Momentary Switch MK
SPDT Momentary NS Switch MKN
DPDT Momentary Switch MK2
DPST Maintained (Al. Action) Switch PB3EA
Sonalert 90lbs. @ 2 ft. 12-24VDC mounted on one
gang stainless steel plate PZ1
LEDs mounted on one gang stainless steel plate
12-24VDC (Red and Green) ZLP-1
LEDs mounted on narrow gang plate (Red and
Green) ZLP
Concealed transfer for over 120° swing doors EPTL
FE5400S.21
How to Order
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Quantity Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door
Thickness Door Width Misc. Options
65 FE5400S N955 605 LHR D214 W048 M51
Exit Device with Trim
Exit Device Only
Ordering Examples
Where to find ordering
information and Quick Codes
Functions and Trims Page 6
Removable Mullion Page 15
Cylinders and Keying Page 18
Door Height Page 18
Door Width Page 18
Finish Page 19
Door Thickness Page 19
Handing Page 19
Miscellaneous Options Page 19
Electrified Options Page 20
Electrified Accessories Page 20
Trim Only
Contract/Detailed Order – Exit Device with Trim
Exit Device with Electrified Trim
Quantity Series/
Function Finish Hand Misc.
Options
65 FE5400S 626 RHR M51
Quantity Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door
Thickness
24 N955 625 RHR D214
Quantity Keyset Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door Height Door Width Misc.
Options
Cylinder
Option
36 AA1 FE5400S C955 626 LHR H0800 W048 M52 7P
Quantity Exit Device Trim/
Function Finish Hand Door
Thickness Door Width Misc.
Options
5 FE5400S N9903 626 RHR D214 W048 M98
LHR RHR
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Note: Arrow ( ) indicates secure side of door.
LHR RHR
Left Hand Reverse Right Hand Reverse
Architectural Specifications
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
FE5400S.22
FE5400S Series
Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
Multi-point exit device systems: Multi-point exit device auto deadbolt locking systems are engineered for use on entry door applica-
tions at windstorm safe shelter locations. Fortified steel construction secures the door to the frame at top, bottom and center latching
positions. All three latching points shall be automatically activated when the device is closed and retracted with one single motion of
pushbar operation upon exiting.
1. Provide three point locking system as part of an integrated door, frame, and exit hardware assembly UL approved severe windstorm
rating in accordance with FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
2. Units shall be manufactured in compliance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101 life-safety requirements and approved for usage on up to
3-hour, UL 10b or 10c fire rated openings.
3. Latchbolt construction:
a. Center latch: 3/4"(19mm) throw stainless steel slide action deadbolt with positive deadlocking by auxiliary bolt.
b. Top latch: Through-hardened steel latchbolt with 7/8" projection, and 5/8" stainless steel latch housing secured with ¼-20
Holo-Krome fasteners.
c. Bottom Latch: 7/8" square stainless steel bolt with 5/8" projection.
4. Provide devices with heavy-duty, brass escutcheon trim and solid cast levers matching the design style and architectural finishes as
the balance of the lockset and latches specified.
5. Heavy duty primed steel mullion is required for use with FE5400S when securing paired openings up to 8'0" x 8'0".
6. Cylinders and keying: Refer to separate part 2 Products - “Keying” paragraph sub-section for related keying requirements.
7. Three point locking system devices shall have seven-year limited warranty.
FE5400S.23
Notes
FE5400S Multi-Point Exit Device Latching System
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® and SecureBolt® are registered trademarks of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. PathLite™ and Vineyard™ are trademarks
of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners and are
mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or its materials. Copyright © 2010, 2011 Corbin
Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is
prohibited.
45167-3/11R
ElectroLynx®
As part of their promise to provide innovative, fast and effective high security solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands
offer ElectroLynx®, a universal quick-connect system that simplifies the electrification of the door opening. ElectroLynx® is a registered trademark of
ASSA ABLOY Inc.
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology,
a silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an
ASSA ABLOY Group company.
FE6700
Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
Storm-Resistant Design
Helps Save Lives
Applications
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
2
Index
Applications .............................. 2
Features .................................3-4
Trim Designs ..........................5-6
Functions and Options ..............7
Ordering Reference/
Quick Codes .............................8
How to Order ...........................9
Architectural
Specifications .......................... 10
The Corbin Russwin FE6700 is a robust three-point locking system
engineered to help save lives by securing the community shelter
window openings. Extra-heavy duty steel components secure the
shutter to the frame – at the top, bottom and center latch points –
fortifying the opening to withstand extreme wind speeds and flying
debris.
UL approved, the FE6700 is ideal for FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
› Community Shelters and
Safe Rooms
› Corporate Campuses
› Schools
› Healthcare Facilities
› Government Facilities
Typical applications
include window
openings located in:
Advantages
› Three-point auto deadlocking when
shutter closes. No manual operation
required
› Solid cast lever
› UL approved as a severe windstorm-
rated assembly in accordance with
FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
› Typical storm shutter applications
use the passage lever x blank plate
function (FE6780).
› Optional classroom function (FE6755)
and passage or closet function
(FE6710) also available.
› Through-bolts on shutter for
solid attachment
› Heavy duty component construction
with easy everyday use design
3
Features
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
Certification/
Compliance
UL approved:
› Meets FEMA 361 and ICC 500.
for inswing shutters 1'8" w x
3'0" h min to 4'0" w x 6'8" h
max.
› Fully integrated – FE6700 is
part of a complete ASSA ABLOY
severe windstorm solution
utilizing Ceco StormPro® 361,
Curries StormPro® 361, Fleming
F-5 shutters and frames and
McKinney® hinges
Handing
› Device is handed
Mortised Centerbolt
› Utilizes a one-piece heavy 13 gage
chrome plated steel lock case,
3/16" thick stainless steel front.
› Center bolt and trim height location
are set during installation allowing
them to always remain in the center
of the shutter, regardless of application
and shutter height.
Deadbolt
› One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" x
1-1/4" x 1" throw
Front
› 1-1/8" x 4-7/8" x 3/16" thick stainless
steel, one piece
Backset
› 2-3/4" standard
Center Bolt Strike
› 1/4" stainless steel strike
Top Latch
› 5/8" stainless steel latch housing.
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
with 7/8" projection fortified with
1/4-20 steel Holo-Krome®
mounting screws
Latch front
› 1/8" thick, through-hardened
steel front
Shutter Sizes
› 1'8" w x 3'0" h min to 4'0" w x
6'8" h max
› For door or window storm shutter
applications from 6'8" to 8'0", refer
to the FE6800 series catalog.
Shutter Heights
› 3'0" - 4'6"; specify H0400
› 4'6" - 6'8"; specify H0500
Bottom Bolt
› 3/4" diameter steel with 3/4"
projection with 1/8" steel
reinforcement plate
Strike
› Brass bottom strike with 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome fasteners
Shutter Thickness
› FE6700 is for use with standard
1-3/4" thick shutters
Optional Cylinders for
FE6755 Classroom Function
› Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted,
1-1/8" standard. Optional cylinders
available; see Quick Codes
Optional Keys
› Two nickel silver standard
Optional Keying Features
Available
› Master keying
› Construction master keying
› Visual key control
› Concealed key control
› 7-pin cylinder
› Security cylinder
› Pyramid cylinder
› Interchangeable core (IC)
› Security IC
› Pyramid IC
› Blockout cylinder
Warranty
› Seven-year limited
Features
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
4
Top Latch
5/8" stainless steel
housings, 3/4" projection
with 1/8" shutter gap
Center Bolt Strike
1/4" stainless steel strike
Center Bolt
Stainless steel deadbolt
with 1" projection
Bottom Bolt
3/4" diameter steel
with 3/4" projection
5/8" stainless steel latch
housing
Through-hardened steel
latchbolt, 7/8" projection,
1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome® mounting
screws
Mortised centerbolt utilizes
a one-piece stainless steel,
19/32" x 1-1/4" x 1" throw
bolt, 3/16" thick stainless
steel front, 13 gage steel
case & cap
Brass bottom strike, 1/4-20
steel Holo-Krome fasteners
1/8" steel reinforcement plate
3/4" steel nylon coated lower
bolt, 3/4" projection
11 gage steel 12" top
bolt reinforcement
1/8" thick,
through-hard-
ened steel front
11 gage steel 12" bottom
bolt reinforcement
Solid brass lever and heavy-
duty escutcheon
Trim Designs
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
5
ARMSTRONG
ASH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
CITATION
CSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
DIRKE
DSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
ESSEX
ESH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
LUSTRA
LSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
NEWPORT
NSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
REGIS
RSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Trim Designs
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
6
PRINCETON
PSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
FRASCATI
FSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
MERLOT
MSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
TUSCANY
TSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
ZINFANDEL
ZSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
7
Functions and Options
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
Function Description
Outside | Inside
Series/
Function Type
FE6755 Classroom
• Three-point auto deadlocking.
• Three-point latch retraction by grip either side,
unless outside grip is locked by key outside.
• Inside grip always free.
FE6710 Passage or Closet
• Three-point auto deadlocking.
• Three-point latch retraction by grip either side.
• Both grips always free.
Shutter Thickness
Shutter Thickness Specify
1-3/4" Standard
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx® head security screws M04
Shutter Height - Must be specified
Shutter Height Specify
3'0" - 4'6" H0400
4'6" - 6'8" H0500
Function Description
Outside | Inside
Series/
Function Type
FE6780 Passage Lever x
Blank Plate
• Three-point auto deadlocking.
• Three-point latch retraction by inside grip.
• Lever on one side, blank plate on the other.
• Lever always free.
• For inswing window storm shutters.
For Typical Shutter Applications
Optional Functions
Ordering Reference/Quick Codes
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
8
Cylinder Quick Codes
Mortise Cylinder Type Cylinder Catalog Number
Pyramid High Security (PHS) 1020-114-A02
Pyramid High Security Interchangeable Core (PCHS) 1030-114-A02
Conventional 6-pin 1000-118-A02
7-pin (7P) 1000-114-A02-7
6-pin IC (C6) 1080-114-A02
7-pin IC (C7) 1080-112-A02-7
Security IC (CHS) 1090-114-A02
Security (HS) 1010-118-A02
Optional Mortise Cylinders
• Conventional (standard for FE6700)
• Pyramid (optional)
• IC (optional)
• 2 nickel silver keys
Conventional
(Fixed Core)
Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Pyramid
Shown
Pyramid
(Fixed Core)
Specify Cylinder
Length
721F36 1-1/8"
721F37 1-1/4"
721F38 1-1/2"
FE6700 H-series escutcheon requires cylinder collars depending on length of
cylinder specified.
To order collars separately, see below:
Cylinders and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less Cylinder(s) LC
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
CTP
Pyramid Less Core CLP
IC 6-pin C6
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
CT6SD
IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin Less Core CL6
IC 7-pin C7
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable
temporary core
CT7SD
IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin Less Core CL7
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-pin Disposable Core CT7D
0-bitted with 2 Blank Keys
Keyed Random (Standard) KR
Construction Master Keyed CMK
Visual Key Control (VKC)
- No bitting or keyset stamping
on keys
VKC0
- Keys Only VKC1
- Cylinders and Keys
- (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)
VKC2
- Cylinders Only (not for
HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
VKC3
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with
VKC Keys
CKC2
- CKC Cylinders Only
(not for PHS, PCHS)
CKC3
2 Keys per Lock standard
More than 2 Keys KY#
(e.g., KY6)
9
How to Order
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Shutter Height
100 FE6780 FSH 626 RH H0400
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Shutter Height
50 FE6780 NSH 625 LH H0500
Ordering Examples
Function Trim Finish Hand Misc.
FE6755 Standard Vineyard 605 RH M04
FE6710 ASH FSH 606 LH
FE6780 CSH MSH 611
DSH TSH 612
ESH ZSH 613
LSH 618
NSH 619
RSH 625
PSH 626
626C
629
630
630C
722
Finish
Description Specify
Polished Brass, Clear Coated 605
Satin Brass, Clear Coated 606
Polished Bronze, Clear
Coated
611
Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 612
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
6131
Polished Nickel 618
Satin Nickel 619
Polished Chrome 625
Satin Chrome 626
Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®
626C
Bright Stainless Steel 6293
Satin Stainless Steel 6303
Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
630C
Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
7222
1 New, March 2007
2 Formerly 613 prior to March 2007
3 Escutcheon finished to match 629, 630 finish
Handing
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of shutter
LH
Left Hand
RH
Right Hand
Frame
Glass
Frame
Glass
Architectural Specifications
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
10
FE6700 Series
Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
Three-Point Locking System Devices: Three-Point, auto deadbolt locking devices
are engineered for use on inswing shutter applications at windstorm safe shelter
room locations. Concealed, fortified steel construction secures the shutter to the
frame at top, bottom and center latching positions. All three latching points shall
be automatically activated when the device is closed and retracted with one single
lever activation motion.
1. The Multi-Point latching system device is part of an integrated shutter, frame
and hardware assembly UL-approved to FEMA 361 and ICC 500 for inswing
applications.
2. Latchbolt Construction:
a. Mortised Centerbolt: Single piece, 13 gage chrome plated steel lockcase
with 3/16" thick stainless steel front. Stainless steel, 1" throw deadbolt.
2 3/4" backset standard with 1/4" stainless steel centerbolt strike.
b. Top Latch: Through-hardened steel latchbolt with 7/8" projection,
1/8" steel latchbolt front, and 5/8" stainless steel latch housing secured
with 1/4-20 Holo-Krome® fasteners.
c. Bottom Bolt: 3/4" diameter steel nylon coated bolt with 3/4" projection
and 1/8" steel reinforcement plate. Brass strike housing secured with
1/4-20 Holo-Krome fasteners.
3. Provide devices with heavy-duty, brass escutcheon trim and solid cast levers
matching the design style and architectural finishes as the balance of the
lockset and latches specified.
4. Inswinging storm shutters are furnished as a complete door, frame, and
hardware assembly for openings measuring from 1'8" x 3'0" minimum to 4'0"
x 6'8" maximum.
5. Three-Point locking system devices shall have a seven-year limited warranty.
6. Multi-Point latching system devices shall be FE6700 Series as manufactured by
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of Berlin, CT.
11
Notes
FE6700 Storm Shutter Multi-Point Latching System
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
Corbin Russwin and Design®is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time
of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. © 2009, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission
of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
45151-2/11R
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a
silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company.
FE6800
Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
Storm-Resistant Design
Helps Save Lives
Applications
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
2
Index
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Trim Designs. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Functions, Options
& Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Ordering Reference/
Quick Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
How to Order . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Architectural
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . 10
corbinrusswin.com
The Corbin Russwin FE6800 is a robust three-point locking system
engineered to help save lives by securing the community shelter entry.
Extra-heavy duty steel components secure the door to the frame –
at the top, bottom and center latch points – fortifying the opening
to withstand extreme wind speeds and flying debris.
UL approved, the FE6800 is ideal for both FEMA 361 and
FEMA 320 applications.
› Community Shelters and
Safe Rooms
› Corporate Campuses
› Schools
› Healthcare Facilities
› Government Facilities
Typical applications include
doors and inswing window
storm shutters located in:
Advantages
› Three-point auto deadlocking as door
closes. No manual operation required
› Solid cast levers
› UL approved as a severe windstorm-
rated assembly in accordance with
FEMA 320 and FEMA 361 guidelines
› UL 3-hour fire rating
› Three functions are available including
window shutter applications
› Through-bolts on door for
solid attachment
› Heavy duty component construction
with easy everyday use design
3
Features
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
Certification/
Compliance
UL approved:
› Meets FEMA 320 and FEMA
361 Guidelines for both
inswing and outswing doors;
single door 2'6" x 5'6" min
and 4'0" x 8'0" max.
› Fully integrated – FE6800 is
part of a complete ASSA ABLOY
severe windstorm solution
utilizing Ceco StormPro® 361,
Curries StormPro® 361, Fleming
F-5 doors and frames and
McKinney® hinges
UL /ULc:
› All locks listed for 3 hour
single doors
› UL compliant with fire and
windstorm markings
› Any retrofit or other field
modification to a fire-rated
opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening,
and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes
no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation.
When retrofitting any portion of
an existing fire-rated opening, or
specifying and installing a new
fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local
code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance
with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Handing
› Device is handed
Mortised Centerbolt
› Utilizes a one-piece heavy 13 gage
chrome plated steel lock case,
3/16" thick stainless steel front.
Deadbolt
› One-piece stainless steel,
19/32" x 1-1/4" x 1" throw
Front
› 1 1/8" x 4-7/8" x 3/16" thick
stainless steel, one piece
Backset
› 2-3/4" standard
Center Bolt Strike
› 1/4" stainless steel strike versus
1/8" standard wrought strike
Top Latch
› 5/8" stainless steel latch housing.
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
with 7/8" projection fortified with
1/4-20 steel Holo-Krome®
mounting screws
Latch front
› 1/8" thick, through-hardened
steel front
Door Height
› Standard for any door or window storm
shutter from 6'8" to 8'0" height.
› Optional top rods for 5'6" to 6'8"
door heights.
› For window storm shutter applications,
1'8" x 3'0" to 4'0" x 6'8" height refer
to the FE6700 series catalog.
Bottom Bolt
› 3/4" diameter steel with 3/4"
projection with 1/8" steel
reinforcement plate
Strike
› Brass bottom strike 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome fasteners
Door Thickness
› FE6800 is for use with standard 1 3/4"
thick doors and frames
Cylinder
› Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted,
1 1/8" standard. Optional cylinders
available; see Quick Codes
Keys
› Two nickel silver standard
Keying Features Available
› Master keying
› Construction master keying
› Visual key control
› Concealed key control
› 7-pin cylinder
› Security cylinder
› Pyramid cylinder
› Interchangeable core (IC)
› Security IC
› Pyramid IC
› Blockout cylinder
Warranty
› Seven-year limited
Features
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
4
Top Latch
5/8" stainless steel
housings, 3/4" projection
with 1/8" door gap
Center Bolt Strike
1/4" stainless steel strike
Center Bolt
Stainless steel deadbolt
with 1" projection
Bottom Bolt
3/4" diameter steel
with 3/4" projection
5/8" stainless steel latch housing
Through-hardened steel latchbolt,
7/8" projection, 1/4-20 steel
Holo-Krome® mounting screws
1/8" thick, through-hardened
steel front
Mortised centerbolt utilizes
a one-piece stainless steel,
19/32" x 1-1/4" x 1" throw
bolt, 3/16" thick stainless
steel front, 13 gage steel
case & cap
Solid brass lever and heavy
duty escutcheon
Brass bottom strike, 1/4-20
steel Holo-Krome fasteners
1/8" steel reinforcement plate
3/4" steel nylon coated lower
bolt, 3/4" projection
11 gage steel 12" top
bolt reinforcement
5
Trim Designs
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
ARMSTRONG
ASH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
CITATION
CSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
DIRKE
DSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
ESSEX
ESH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
LUSTRA
LSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
NEWPORT
NSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
REGIS
RSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
Trim Designs
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
6
PRINCETON
PSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
FRASCATI
FSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
MERLOT
MSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
TUSCANY
TSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
ZINFANDEL
ZSH
Lever: Cast
Escutcheon: Forged
Cylinder: Mortise
7
Functions, Options & Accessories
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
Cylinder Quick Codes
Mortise Cylinder Type Cylinder Catalog Number
Pyramid High Security (PHS) 1020-114-A02
Pyramid High Security Interchangeable Core (PCHS) 1030-114-A02
Conventional 6-pin 1000-118-A02
7-pin (7P) 1000-114-A02-7
6-pin IC (C6) 1080-114-A02
7-pin IC (C7) 1080-112-A02-7
Security IC (CHS) 1090-114-A02
Security (HS) 1010-118-A02
Mortise Cylinders
• Conventional (standard for FE6800)
• Pyramid (optional)
• IC (optional)
• 2 nickel silver keys
Conventional
(Fixed Core)
Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Pyramid
Shown
Pyramid
(Fixed Core)
Specify Cylinder
Length
721F36 1-1/8"
721F37 1-1/4"
721F38 1-1/2"
Function Description
Outside | Inside
Series/
Function Type
FE6855 Classroom
• Three-point auto deadlocking.
• Three-point latch retraction by grip either side,
unless outside grip is locked by key outside.
• Inside grip always free.
FE6810 Passage or Closet
• Three-point auto deadlocking.
• Three-point latch retraction by grip either side.
• Both grips always free.
FE6880 Passage Lever x
Blank Plate
• Three-point auto deadlocking.
• Three-point latch retraction by inside grip.
• Lever on one side, blank plate on the other.
• Lever always free.
FE6800 H-series escutcheon requires cylinder collars depending on length of cylinder specified.
To order collars separately, see below:
Quick Codes
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
8
Door Thickness
Door Thickness Specify
1-3/4" Standard
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Torx® head security screws M04
Cylinders and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin 6P
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less Cylinder(s) LC
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid High Security
Fixed Core
PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid with Temporary
Construction Core
CTP
Pyramid Less Core CLP
IC 6-pin C6
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core CLS6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC
disposable temporary core
CT6SD
IC 6-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin Less Core CL6
IC 7-pin C7
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core CLS7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC
disposable temporary core
CT7SD
IC 7-pin with Temporary
Construction Core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin Less Core CL7
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-pin Disposable Core CT7D
0-bitted with 2 Blank Keys
Keyed Random (Standard) KR
Construction Master Keyed CMK
Visual Key Control (VKC)
- No bitting or keyset
stamping on keys
VKC0
- Keys Only VKC1
- Cylinders and Keys
- (not for HS, CHS, PHS
or PCHS)
VKC2
- Cylinders Only (not for
HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS)
VKC3
Door Height
Door Height Specify
5'6" - 6'8" H0600
6'8" - 8'0" standard
Cylinders and Keying (cont.)
Description Specify
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
- CKC Cylinders with
VKC Keys
CKC2
- CKC Cylinders Only
(not for PHS, PCHS)
CKC3
2 Keys per Lock standard
More than 2 Keys KY#
(e.g., KY6)
9
How to Order
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
Contract/Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 FE6855 NSH 626 RHR PHS CKC2
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 FE6855 FSH 626 RHR
Split Trim/Finish Order
Quantity Series/Function
Trim
Outside Inside
Finish
Outside Inside Hand
12 FE6855 FSH NSH 626 625 RH
Ordering Examples
Function Trim Finish Hand Misc. Cyl.
FE6855 Standard Vineyard 605 RH M04 See Page
FE6810 ASH FSH 606 RHR 7
FE6880 CSH MSH 611 LH
DSH TSH 612 LHR
ESH ZSH 613
LSH 618
NSH 619
RSH 625
PSH 626
626C
629
630
630C
722
Finish
Description Specify
Polished Brass, Clear Coated 605
Satin Brass, Clear Coated 606
Polished Bronze, Clear
Coated
611
Satin Bronze, Clear Coated 612
Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
6131
Polished Nickel 618
Satin Nickel 619
Polished Chrome 625
Satin Chrome 626
Satin Chrome
with MicroShield®
626C
Bright Stainless Steel 6293
Satin Stainless Steel 6303
Satin Stainless Steel
with MicroShield®
630C
Black Oxidized Bronze,
Oil Rubbed
7222
1 New, March 2007
2 Formerly 613 prior to March 2007
3 Escutcheon finished to match 629, 630 finish
Handing
LH
Left Hand
LHR RH RHR
Right Hand
Note: Arrow indicates secure side of door
Architectural Specifications
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
10
FE6800 Series
Fortified Multi-Point Auto Deadlocking System
Three-Point Locking System Devices: Three-Point, auto deadbolt locking devices
are engineered for use on inswing and outswing door applications at windstorm
safe shelter room locations. Concealed, fortified steel construction secures the
door to the frame at top, bottom and center latching positions. All three latching
points shall be automatically activated when the device is closed and retracted with
one single motion upon exiting.
1. The Three-Point locking system device is part of an integrated door, frame and
hardware assembly UL-approved to both FEMA 361 and FEMA 320 guidelines
for both inswing and outswing doors.
2. Units shall be manufactured in compliance with NFPA 80 and NFPA 101
life-safety requirements and approved for usage on up to 3-hour, UL10b
or 10c fire rated openings.
3. Latchbolt Construction:
a. Mortised Centerbolt: Single piece, 13 gage chrome plated steel lockcase
with 3/16" thick stainless steel front. Stainless steel, 1" throw deadbolt.
2 3/4" backset standard with 1/4" stainless steel centerbolt strike.
b. Top Latch: Through-hardened steel latchbolt with 7/8" projection,
1/8" steel latchbolt front, and 5/8" stainless steel latch housing secured
with 1/4-20 Holo-Krome® fasteners.
c. Bottom Bolt: 3/4" diameter steel nylon coated bolt with 3/4" projection
and 1/8" steel reinforcement plate. Brass strike housing secured with
1/4-20 Holo-Krome fasteners.
4. Provide devices with heavy-duty, brass escutcheon trim and solid cast levers
matching the design style and architectural finishes as the balance of the
lockset and latches specified.
5. Cylinders and Keying: Refer to separate Part 2 Products - "Keying" paragraph
sub-section for related keying requirements.
6. Three-Point locking system devices shall have a seven-year limited warranty.
7. Three-Point Auto Deadlock Devices shall be FE6800 Series as manufactured by
Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware of Berlin, CT.
11
Notes
FE6800 Fortified Multi-Point Latching System
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
45067-3/11R
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at
time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction, and/or
its materials. Copyright © 2007, 2011 Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written
permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a
silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria. MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA
ABLOY Group company.
Specialty Hardware
Table of Contents
Specialty Hardware
Specialty Hardware.2
Table of Contents
ML2000 Mortise Lock with Behavioral Health Trim (BHSS)
Features ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 3
Cylinders ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 4
Strikes/Kits.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 5
How to Order .................................................................................................................................................................................... 6
Quick Codes ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Options .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 7
ML2000 Mortise Lock with Behavioral Health Lever Trim (BLSS)
Features ............................................................................................................................................................................................. 8
Cylinders ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 9
Strikes/Kits........................................................................................................................................................................................ 10
How to Order .................................................................................................................................................................................. 11
Quick Codes ................................................................................................................................................................................... 12
Options ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 12
ML2000 and ML20900 Series Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
ML2000 Features ............................................................................................................................................................................. 13
ML20900 Features ........................................................................................................................................................................... 14
Cylinders .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Strikes/Kits........................................................................................................................................................................................ 16
ML20900 Options ......................................................................................................................................................................17-18
How to Order .................................................................................................................................................................................. 19
Quick Codes ...............................................................................................................................................................................20-21
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Features ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 22
Functions ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 23
Strikes/Kits........................................................................................................................................................................................ 24
How to Order/Quick Codes ............................................................................................................................................................. 25
Anti-Harm Knob
Features ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 26
How to Order/Quick Codes ............................................................................................................................................................. 27
Architectural Specifications ......................................................................................................................................................... 28
Features
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim*
Specialty Hardware.3
Features
Handing
Handed - Must specify on order.
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 7.
Backset
2-3
/
4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7
/
8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15
/
16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1
/
4"
(32mm) x -3
/
32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1
/
8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought stainless steel attached by
machine screws to lockcase front. Utilizes
security Torx® screws. Torx® screws come
standard.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5
/
8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3
/
4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9
/
16" (14mm) effective throw and
3
/
8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Lever
Cast stainless steel.
Escutcheon
Cast stainless steel.
Strike
Wrought stainless steel, ANSI straight
lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 7.
Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, page 4.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, page 7.
Functions
Available with all ML20900 electrified
mortise lock functions. Refer to the
ML2000 mortise lock catalog (45300) for
function descriptions.
Available with all ML2000 functions except
ML2050, 2070 and 2080.
Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the activation of the trim.
(Both levers activate switch)
M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.
Note: Monitoring options may only be
ordered together as follows: M91xM92,
M92xM105.
Warranty
Ten-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single or
8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair.
Letter F and UL symbol on armored front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Part of the Behavioral Health Series™ of products, the ML2000 mortise lock with BHSS trim has
tapered surfaces and an integrated lever and escutcheon, bringing an elegant style to behavioral
health environments. The ML2000's heavy-duty design and ANSI/BHMA Grade 1 strength help it
to withstand abuse in any environment.
Patent Pending
*Although this product is better designed for behavioral health applications than traditional trim, it
does not eliminate the risk that an object can be affixed to, or around it.
Cylinders
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.4
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 7.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).
Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.
Cylinders ConventionalPyramid Interchangeable Core
(IC)
Pyramid
Shown
Mortise
Cylinder Type Quick Code Hotel Function 42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions
All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions
Pyramid HS PHS N/A 1020-114-A02 1020-114-A01
Pyramid HS IC PCHS N/A 1030-114-A02 1030-114-A01
Pyramid Security PS N/A 1027-114-A02 1027-114-A01
Pyramid Security IC PCS N/A 1037-114-A02 1037-114-A01
Conventional 6-pin N/A 1001-114-A01 1000-118-A02 1000-118-A01
Conventional 7-pin 7P N/A 1000-114-A02-7 1000-114-A01-7
6-pin IC C6 1081-138-A01 1080-114-A02 1080-114-A01
7-pin IC C7 N/A 1080-112-A02-7 1080-112-A01-7
Security HS 1011-114-A01 1010-118-A02 1010-118-A01
Security IC CHS 1091-138-A01 1090-114-A02 1090-114-A01
Blockout BO N/A 1012-114-A02 1012-114-A01
Strikes/Kits
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.5
Part No. Description
236L72 Straight Lip
340L60 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L61 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L73 Straight Lip
340L62 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L63 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L74 Straight Lip
236L70 Straight Lip
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 7.
To order separately, specify
120F76.
Open Back
Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 7. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 7.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).
Strikes
ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Stainless steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-1/4"
(32mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4"
(57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)
ANSI Curved Lip
Stainless steel
Handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2"
(38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)
To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 6.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1
/
2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Open Back Strike
Hand Door Thickness Part
LHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L63 016
2" (51mm) 411L63 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L63 020
RHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L62 016
2" (51mm) 411L62 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L62 020
Strike Box
Part No. Hand
Latchbolt x
Deadbolt
318F66
318F69
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Latchbolt only 318F64
318F67
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Deadbolt only 318F65
318F68
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
LH Shown
LH Shown
Note: Only Available with ML2000
Latchbolt x Deadbolt
Latchbolt Only
Deadbolt Only
Blank Filler Plate
How to Order
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.6
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML2055 BHSS 630 RHR D214 SA200 M17-M26 C7 VKC3
Ordering Examples - ML2000
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 ML2010 BHSS 630 RHR
50 ML2055 BHSS 630 LHR
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
12 AA1 ML2051 BHSS 630 LHR D214 SS200 M07 C6 VKC1
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML20904 BHSS 630 RHR 12AD M20 7P VKC3
Ordering Examples - ML20900
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage Misc. Options Keying
100 ML20901 BHSS 630 RHR 12AD M105 VKC3
Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BHSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.7
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less cylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT6SD
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core1CLS6
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin less core CL7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT7SD
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1CLS7
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
Pyramid with temporary construction core CTP
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-Pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-Pin Disposable Core CT7D
Blockout function cylinder BO
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed (not available for Pyramid) CMK
Visual key control
- No keying data stamped on key or cylinder VKC0
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or PCHS) CKC3
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys
(standard)
KY# (e.g.,
KY6)
1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.
Description Specify
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel 629
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel 630
630C Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield® 630C
Finishes
Miscellaneous Options
Door Thickness
Description Specify
Torx® head screws (standard)
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only) LHB*
* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified
Door Thickness Sectional
Trim - Specify
Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify
1-3
/
4" (44mm) (standard) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200 D200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) D214 D214
Strikes
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
Curved Lip
Specify
1-1
/
8" (29mm) (standard) SA118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) SS114 SA114
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SS138 SA138
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SS112 SA112
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SS134 SA134
2" (51mm) SS200 SA200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SS214 SA214
2-1
/
2" (64mm) SS212 SA212
2-3
/
4" (70mm) SS234 SA234
3" (76mm) SS300 SA300
Open Back Strike Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SB134
2" (51mm) SB200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SB214
Rabbeted front and strike – Specify SR118
Description Specify
Right Hand RH
Left Hand LH
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
Handing
Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)
Description Specify
Latchbolt Monitor M91
Request to Exit M92
Security Monitor M105
These options may be ordered together only as follows: M91xM92, M92xM105.
Voltage
Description Specify
12 volt alternating current/direct current 12AD
24 volt alternating current/direct current 24AD
Features
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim*
Specialty Hardware.8
Features
Handing
Non-handed.
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 12.
Backset
2-3
/
4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7
/
8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15
/
16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1
/
4"
(32mm) x -3
/
32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1
/
8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought stainless steel attached by
machine screws to lockcase front. Utilizes
security Torx® screws. Torx® screws come
standard.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5
/
8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3
/
4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9
/
16" (14mm) effective throw and
3
/
8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Lever
Cast stainless steel.
Outside lever release
feature: lever freely rotates
up to 45°.
Rose
Cast stainless steel.
Strike
Wrought stainless steel, ANSI straight
lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 12.
Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, page 9.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, page 12.
Functions
Available with all ML20900 electrified
mortise lock functions. Refer to the
ML2000 mortise lock catalog (45300) for
function descriptions.
Available with the following functions:
2010, 2022, 2024, 2030, 2032, 2042,
2054, 2052, 2055, 2057, 2060, 2062,
2065, 2067, 2069, 20902, 20903, 20905
and 20912.
Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the activation of the trim.
(Both levers activate switch)
M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.
Note: Monitoring options may only be
ordered together as follows: M91xM92,
M92xM105.
Warranty
Ten-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single or
8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair.
Letter F and UL symbol on armored front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Part of the Behavioral Health Series™, the ML2000 mortise lock with BLSS trim offers durability
and strength in behavioral healthcare settings. With a variety of available functions, it is flexible
enough to use in many applications, and the sloped surfaces and overlapping lever and rose
construction address common concerns in behavioral health.
*Although this product is better designed for behavioral health applications than traditional
trim, it does not eliminate the risk that an object can be affixed to, or around it.
45°
Rotation
Cylinders
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.9
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, page 12.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).
Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.
Cylinders ConventionalPyramid Interchangeable Core
(I.C.)
Pyramid
Shown
Mortise
Cylinder Type Quick Code Hotel Function 42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions
All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions
Pyramid HS PHS N/A 1020-114-A02 1020-114-A01
Pyramid HS IC PCHS N/A 1030-114-A02 1030-114-A01
Pyramid Security PS N/A 1027-114-A02 1027-114-A01
Pyramid Security IC PCS N/A 1037-114-A02 1037-114-A01
Conventional 6-pin N/A 1001-114-A01 1000-118-A02 1000-118-A01
Conventional 7-pin 7P N/A 1000-114-A02-7 1000-114-A01-7
6-pin IC C6 1081-138-A01 1080-114-A02 1080-114-A01
7-pin IC C7 N/A 1080-112-A02-7 1080-112-A01-7
Security HS 1011-114-A01 1010-118-A02 1010-118-A01
Security IC CHS 1091-138-A01 1090-114-A02 1090-114-A01
Blockout BO N/A 1012-114-A02 1012-114-A01
Strikes/Kits
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.10
Part No. Description
236L72 Straight Lip
340L60 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L61 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L73 Straight Lip
340L62 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L63 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L74 Straight Lip
236L70 Straight Lip
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately, specify
120F76.
Open Back
Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, page 12.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).
Strikes
ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Stainless steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-1/4"
(32mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4"
(57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)
ANSI Curved Lip
Stainless steel
Handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2"
(38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)
To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 11.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1
/
2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Open Back Strike
Hand Door Thickness Part
LHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L63 016
2" (51mm) 411L63 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L63 020
RHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L62 016
2" (51mm) 411L62 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L62 020
Strike Box
Part No. Hand
Latchbolt x
Deadbolt
318F66
318F69
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Latchbolt only 318F64
318F67
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Deadbolt only 318F65
318F68
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
LH Shown
LH Shown
Note: Only Available with ML2000
Latchbolt x Deadbolt
Latchbolt Only
Deadbolt Only
Blank Filler Plate
How to Order
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.11
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML2055 BLSS 630 RHR D214 SA200 M17-M26 C7 VKC3
Ordering Examples - ML2000
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 ML2010 BLSS 630 RHR
50 ML2055 BLSS 630 LHR
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
12 AA1 ML2051 BLSS 630 LHR D214 SS200 M07 C6 VKC1
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML20904 BLSS 630 RHR 12AD M20 7P VKC3
Ordering Examples - ML20900
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage Misc. Options Keying
100 ML20901 BLSS 630 RHR 12AD M105 VKC3
Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with BLSS Trim
Specialty Hardware.12
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less cylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT6SD
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core1CLS6
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin less core CL7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT7SD
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1CLS7
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
Pyramid with temporary construction core CTP
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-Pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-Pin Disposable Core CT7D
Blockout function cylinder BO
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed (not available for Pyramid) CMK
Visual key control
- No keying data stamped on key or cylinder VKC0
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or
PCHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or PCHS) CKC3
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys
(standard)
KY# (e.g.,
KY6)
1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.
Description Specify
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel 629
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel 630
630C Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield® 630C
Finishes
Miscellaneous Options
Door Thickness
Description Specify
Torx® head screws (standard)
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Working trim only M31
Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only) LHB*
* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified
Door Thickness Sectional
Trim - Specify
Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify
1-3
/
4"(44mm) (standard) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200 D200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) D214 D214
Strikes
Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
Curved Lip
Specify
1-1
/
8" (29mm) (standard) SA118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) SS114 SA114
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SS138 SA138
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SS112 SA112
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SS134 SA134
2" (51mm) SS200 SA200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SS214 SA214
2-1
/
2" (64mm) SS212 SA212
2-3
/
4" (70mm) SS234 SA234
3" (76mm) SS300 SA300
Open Back Strike Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SB134
2" (51mm) SB200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SB214
Rabbeted front and strike – Specify SR118
These options may be ordered together only as follows: M91xM92, M92xM105.
Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)
Description Specify
Latchbolt Monitor M91
Request to Exit M92
Security Monitor M105
Description Specify
12 volt alternating current/direct current 12AD
24 volt alternating current/direct current 24AD
Voltage
Features
ML2000 Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.13
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lock case.
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Backset
2-3
/
4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel, 5-7
/
8" (149mm) x 4"
(102mm) x 15
/
16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1
/
4"
(32mm) x -3
/
32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1
/
8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5
/
8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3
/
4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9
/
16" (14mm) effective throw and
3
/
8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Functions
Available with all ML2000 functions except
ML2050, 2070 and 2080.
Covers
Cast stainless steel or bronze.
Paddles
Cast stainless steel or bronze. Non-handed.
Mounting Options
Paddle trim can be mounted as
horizontal (up or down) and vertical
(sideways) orientations in the field.
Cover and Paddle Dimensions
Warranty
Ten-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single or
8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair.
Letter F and UL symbol on armored front
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
The ML2000 mortise lock with push/pull paddle trim provides an aesthetically pleasing alternative
to products with standard push/pull trim. Its heavy-duty design and ANSI/BHMA Grade1 strength
help it to withstand abuse from rigorous environments. Multiple mounting orientations, hands
free operation and a sleek, aesthetic form, make the ML2000 mortise lock ideal for use in
healthcare facilities and educational facilities.
6"
(152mm)
2-3/4"
(70mm)
5-1/4"
(134mm)
2-4/5"
(71mm)
U.S. Patent Numbers: D646,548S;
D646,549S
Features
ML20900 Electrified Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.14
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lockcase.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard. Optional door
thicknesses available; see Quick Codes,
page 15.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge chrome plated steel, 5-7/8"
(149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16" (24mm).
Front
Heavy gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x 3/32" (2mm).
Accommodates flat doors and doors
beveled 1/8" (3mm) in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical anti-friction insert,
5/8" (16mm) x l" (25mm) x 3/4" (19mm)
throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8'' (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Optional cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 15.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Electrical Specifications
(Fail Safe/Fail Secure)
12VAC/VDC @ 800mA
24VAC/VDC @ 390mA
Continuous duty solenoid.
Monitor Switch Rating: 4 amp @ 250 VAC
Note: Operating voltage not to exceed
+/- 10%.
See Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
Functions
Available with all ML20900 electrified
mortise lock functions. Refer to the
ML2000 mortise lock catalog (45300) for
the available functions and descriptions.
Monitor Options
M91 - Latchbolt Monitor
Latchbolt monitoring is a SPDT switch
which monitors the full extension of the
main latch.
M92 - Request to Exit Monitor
Request to Exit monitoring is a SPDT
switch which monitors the activation of
the trim. (Both levers activate switch)
M105 - Security Monitor
Security Monitor is two switches in series
that monitors lock status (locked or
unlocked) and Auxiliary Latch position.
Note: Monitoring options may only be
ordered together as follows: M91xM92,
M92xM105.
Covers
Cast stainless steel or bronze.
Paddles
Cast stainless steel or bronze.
Non-handed.
Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction
Mounting Options
Paddle trim can be mounted as
horizontal (up or down) and vertical
(sideways) orientations in the field.
Cover and Paddle Dimensions
Warranty
Ten-year limited warranty on ML2000
mortise lockset. Two-year limited warranty
on electronic components.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, operational
Grade 1.
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' x 10' single or 8' x 10' pair.
Letter F and UL symbol on armored front
indicate listing. Meets requirements of
UL1034.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
6"
(152mm)
2-3/4"
(70mm)
5-1/4"
(134mm)
2-4/5"
(71mm)
Cylinders
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.15
To order optional cylinder with lockset, see Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
To order cylinder separately, specify Part No. x Keyway x Finish
(e.g., 1000-118-A01 x L4 x 626).
Conventional (standard for ML2000)
Pyramid (optional)
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes: See Key Systems and Pyramid
catalogs.
Cylinders ConventionalPyramid Interchangeable Core
(I.C.)
Pyramid
Shown
Mortise
Cylinder Type Quick Code Hotel Function 42 (inside) 52, 53, 55, 56,
58, 69 Functions
All Other Keyed and 42
(outside)Functions
Pyramid HS PHS N/A 1020-114-A02 1020-114-A01
Pyramid HS IC PCHS N/A 1030-114-A02 1030-114-A01
Pyramid Security PS N/A 1027-114-A02 1027-114-A01
Pyramid Security IC PCS N/A 1037-114-A02 1037-114-A01
Conventional 6-pin N/A 1001-114-A01 1000-118-A02 1000-118-A01
Conventional 7-pin 7P N/A 1000-114-A02-7 1000-114-A01-7
6-pin IC C6 1081-138-A01 1080-114-A02 1080-114-A01
7-pin IC C7 N/A 1080-112-A02-7 1080-112-A01-7
Security HS 1011-114-A01 1010-118-A02 1010-118-A01
Security IC CHS 1091-138-A01 1090-114-A02 1090-114-A01
Blockout BO N/A 1012-114-A02 1012-114-A01
Strikes/Kits
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.16
Part No. Description
236L72 Straight Lip
340L60 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L61 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L73 Straight Lip
340L62 Curved Lip for RH/LHR
340L63 Curved Lip for LH/RHR
236L74 Straight Lip
236L70 Straight Lip
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with lockset, see
Quick Codes, pages 20-21.
To order separately, specify
120F76.
Open Back
Size: 5-1/4" (133mm) x 1/4" (32mm).
To order with lockset, see Quick
Codes, pages 20-21. To order
separately, specify Part No. x
Door Thickness x Finish (e.g.,
411L62 x 2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Brass or bronze
For 1/2" (13mm) rabbet
No optional lip lengths
To order with lockset,
see Quick Codes, pages
20-21.
To order separately,
specify Part No. x Finish
(e.g., 318F66 x 626).
Strikes
ANSI Straight Lip (standard)
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Non-handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8"
(29mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-1/8" (29mm), 1-1/4"
(32mm), 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2" (38mm),
1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm), 2-1/4"
(57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm), 2-3/4" (70mm),
3" (76mm)
ANSI Curved Lip
Brass, bronze or stainless steel
Handed
4-7/8" (124mm) x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) lip to center (standard)
Optional lip lengths: 1-3/8" (35mm), 1-1/2"
(38mm), 1-3/4" (44mm), 2" (51mm),
2-1/4" (57mm), 2-1/2" (64mm),
2-3/4" (70mm), 3" (76mm)
To order strike with lockset, see How to Order, page 19.
To order strike separately, specify Part No. x Lip Length x Finish
(e.g., 340L60 x 1-1
/
2" x 626).
Rabbeted Front and Strike
Open Back Strike
Hand Door Thickness Part
LHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L63 016
2" (51mm) 411L63 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L63 020
RHR
1-3/4" (44mm) 411L62 016
2" (51mm) 411L62 018
2-1/4" (57mm) 411L62 020
Strike Box
Part No. Hand
Latchbolt x
Deadbolt
318F66
318F69
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Latchbolt only 318F64
318F67
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
Deadbolt only 318F65
318F68
RH/LHR
LH/RHR
LH Shown
LH Shown
Note: Only Available with ML2000
Latchbolt x Deadbolt
Latchbolt Only
Deadbolt Only
Blank Filler Plate
Positive Pull Stop Kit
Used on openings where weather stripping is installed or
when door closers are not utilized, this kit prevents the
latch from retracting when pulling door closed. Contains 2
wood screws, 2 machine screws and instructions. To order,
specify 813F068.
Kits
Electrified Options & Accessories
ML20900 Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.17
To answer the demand for "smart" electronic access control
and locking solutions that require fast, easy, and cost-effective
installation, ASSA ABLOY Group brands use the ElectroLynx®
standardized plug-in connectors and color-coded wiring system.
With ElectroLynx, doorway components come pre-wired for easy
hookup to the power source. The key to the system is the transfer
device hinge that carries power from the frame to the locking
hardware.
Features of ElectroLynx:
• Makesiteasytobringpowertothelockinghardware
• Wireshaveconnectorsthatsnaptogether,likeplugging
a telephone into a jack
To connect a ML20900 electrified mortise lock to the electronic
access control system, the following items are required:
•ML20900electrifiedmortiselock
• ASSAABLOYDoorGrouppre-wireddoor,orElectroLynx
retrofit cable (order from McKinney)
• Electronictransferdevice(ElectroLynx electronic transfer
hinge or Electrical Power Transfer with standard hinge,
from McKinney)
• ElectroLynx cable from the hinge to above the ceiling
(order from McKinney)
Information regarding cable selection, hinge requirements and
order strings can be found in the McKinney Transfer Device
Solutions catalog. Consult 800-810-WIRE (9473) with questions
on application specifications and requirements.
The McKinney QC8 ElectroLynx Hinge is recommended for all
ML20900 functions and electrified options.
Model Enclosure Input Output
BPS-24-1 12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 1 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-2 14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 2 Amp @ 24 VDC
BPS-24-4 15" (381mm) x 18" (457mm) x 6" (152mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 4 Amp @ 24VDC
BPS-12-1 12" (304mm) x 9" (229mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 1 Amp @ 12 VDC
BPS-12-3 14" (356mm) x 14" (356mm) x 4" (102mm) 115VAC, 50/60 Hz. 3 Amp @ 12 VDC
BPS Power Supply
Operation
Power supplies are designed to provide
reliable filtered and regulated power for
long life to a variety of electrified hardware
components. All modular power supplies
are designed to meet UL 1481 Standards.
Recommended for the ML20900, delayed
egress exit devices and electric trim.
Features
• Firepanelemergencyreleaseinput
• PCBoardmountedsystemLED
indicator
• Regulatedandfilteredwithinput
and output protection
• Batterychargingisprovidedfroma
separate output terminal
Electrical Specifications
• Inputs:115VAC@600mA
• Outputs:12/24VDC@1Amp,1.5
Amp or 4 Amp, Filtered and
regulated output
Listings
• UL&cULlisted1012General
Purpose Power Supply
• Fire&BurglarAlarmPowerSupply
Unit URT2
• ReleasingdeviceAccessorySYSW
• AccessControlSystemsUnitsALVY
• BurglarAlarmSystemsPowerSupply
APHY
Applications
• D–DelayedEgress
• M97–ElectricDogging
• SAF–FailSafemortisedevicetrim
control
• SEC–FailSecuremortisedevice
trim control
• ML20900
Note: Batteries are not included with the BPS power supply
Requirements for Electrical and Data Transfer
Electrified Options & Accessories
ML20900 Mortise Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.18
Exit Controls and Switches
Key Switches
MKA - (1) SPDT Maintained
MK - (1) SPDT Momentary
MKN - (1) SPDT Momentary NS
MK2 - (1) DPDT Momentary
MKPZ x MKS - (1) SPDT Momentary with
audio Double Gang x Additional Switch
Note: All key switches come standard with
12/24 VDC bi-color LED.
Specifications
• Keyswitchforoperationusinga
standard 1-1/8" mortise cylinder (A02
cam) (cylinder not included).
• Contact Rating 5 Amps @ 12-24VDC
• SPDT3-position.
Push Buttons
PB2 - (1) SPDT Momentary
PB2 - (1) DPST Remote Momentary
PB3 - (1) DPST Momentary
PB3A - (1) DPST Maintained (Alt. Action)
PB3EA - (1) DPST Alternate
Specifications
• 3Amps@12-24VDC
Indicator
ZLP - (1) Red and Green LED on narrow
gang plate.
Audible/Visual Annunciators
PZ1 - Sonalert 90db @ 2ft. 12-24VDC.
Mounted on one gang stainless steel plate.
Digital Entry
DK-11 - Digital Keypad - 4 User
DK-26SS - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User -
SS Finish
DK-26BK - Digital Keypad NS - 59 User -
Black Finish
Power Transfers
TSB B-C - Door Cord
MKA PB3PB2 PZ1
How to Order
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.19
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML2055 HPSK 630 RHR D214 SA200 M17-M26 C7 VKC3
Ordering Examples - ML2000
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 ML2010 HPSK 630 RHR
50 ML2055 HPSK 630 LHR
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand Door
Thickness
Optional
Strike
Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
12 AA1 ML2051 HPSK 630 LHR D214 SS200 M07 C6 VKC1
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Keyset Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 ML20904 HPSK 630 RHR 12AD M20 7P VKC3
Ordering Examples - ML20900
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand Voltage Misc. Options Keying
100 ML20901 HPSK 630 RHR 12AD M105 VKC3
Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Specialty Hardware.20
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Keyed random KR
Construction master keyed (not
available for Pyramid) CMK
Visual key control
- No keying data stamped on key or cylinder VKC0
- Keys only VKC1
- Cylinders and keys (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS) VKC2
- Cylinders only (not for HS, CHS, PHS or PCHS) VKC3
Concealed key control (CKC)
- CKC cylinders with VKC keys CKC2
- CKC cylinders only (not for PHS or PCHS) CKC3
2 keys per lock
More than 2 keys
(standard)
KY# (e.g., KY6)
1. Not available with ML2029.
2. Not available for ML2017, ML2029 or ML2032 x MR, ML2000HS or ML2000VR.
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Conventional 7-pin 7P
Less cylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT6R
Blue CT6B
Green CT6G
IC 6-pin less core CL6
SFIC 6-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT6SD
SFIC 6-pin with Less Core1CLS6
IC 7-pin C7
IC 7-pin with temporary construction core
Red CT7R
Blue CT7B
Green CT7G
IC 7-pin less core CL7
SFIC 7-pin with SFIC disposable temporary core CT7SD
SFIC 7-pin with Less Core1CLS7
Security HS
Security IC CHS
Pyramid High Security Fixed Core PHS
Pyramid High Security IC PCHS
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
Pyramid with temporary
construction core CTP
Pyramid Security PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
Pyramid Disposable Core CTPD
6-Pin Disposable Core CT6D
7-Pin Disposable Core CT7D
Blockout function cylinder BO
Description Specify
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze 611
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA 613 (US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed 613
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated 613L
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel Plated 618
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel Plated 619
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel 629
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel 630
630C Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield® 630C
BHMA 722 (US10A) Black Oxidized Bronze, oil
rubbed 722
Finishes
Specialty Hardware.21
Quick Codes
ML2000 and ML20900 Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim (HPSK)
Miscellaneous Options Door Thickness
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Lead Lining M29
Working trim only M31
"PUSH & PULL" Identification** M38
Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only) LHB*
* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified
** Non-Handed
Door Thickness Sectional
Trim - Specify
Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify
1-3
/
4"(44mm) (standard) (standard)
1-7
/
8"(48mm) D178 D178
2" (51mm) D200 D200
2-1
/
8" (54mm) D218 D218
2-1
/
4" (57mm) D214 D214
Strikes
Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
Curved Lip
Specify
1-1
/
8" (29mm) (standard) SA118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) SS114 SA114
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SS138 SA138
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SS112 SA112
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SS134 SA134
2" (51mm) SS200 SA200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SS214 SA214
2-1
/
2" (64mm) SS212 SA212
2-3
/
4" (70mm) SS234 SA234
3" (76mm) SS300 SA300
Open Back Strike Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SB134
2" (51mm) SB200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SB214
Rabbeted front and strike – Specify SR118
Handing
Hand Specify
Right Hand RH
Left Hand LH
Right Hand Reverse RHR
Left Hand Reverse LHR
These options may be ordered together only as follows:
M91xM92, M92xM105.
Electric Monitor Options
(ML20900 Series Only)
Description Specify
Latchbolt Monitor M91
Request to Exit M92
Security Monitor M105
Electric Accessories
Description Specify
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-1
Power supply 3.0 Amp @ 12 VDC output BPS-12-3
Power supply 1.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-1
Power supply 2.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-2
Power supply 4.0 Amp @ 24 VDC output BPS-24-4
Description Specify
12 volt alternating current/direct current 12AD
24 volt alternating current/direct current 24AD
Voltage
Features
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Specialty Hardware.22
The HP3000 tubular Lock with push/pull paddle trim provides an aesthetically
pleasing alternative to products with standard push/pull trim. Its heavy-duty
design and ANSI/BHMA Grade1 strength help it to withstand abuse from
rigorous environments. Multiple mounting orientations, hands free operation
and a sleek, aesthetic form, make the HP3000 ideal for use in healthcare
facilities and educational facilities.
U.S. Patent Numbers: D646,548S;
D646,549S
Features
Handing
Passage (HP3010) function is non-
handed.
Privacy (HP3020) function is handed.
Specify hand.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available;
see Quick Codes, page 25.
Backset
5" (127mm) standard.
Optional: 2-3/4" (70mm) and 7"
(177mm); see Quick Codes, page 25.
Latchbolt
Brass, 1/2" (13mm) throw
Strike
ANSI curved lip strike standard,
4-7/8" x 1-1/4" x 1-1/4" lip to center.
Optional strikes, lip lengths and ANSI
wrought strike box available; See
Quick Codes, page 25.
Covers
Cast stainless steel or bronze
Paddles
Cast stainless steel or bronze
Mounting Options
Paddle trim can be mounted as
horizontal (up or down) and vertical
(sideways) orientations in the field.
Cover and Paddle Dimensions
Warranty
One-year limited
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.2 Series 1000 Grade 1.
UL/cUL
Listed for use on 3 hour fire doors (4' x
8' single and smaller doors). UL symbol
on front stamped letter F indicates
listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification
to a fire rated opening can potentially
impact the fire rating of the opening,
and Corbin Russwin, Inc. makes
no representations or warranties
concerning what such impact may
be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing
fire-rated opening, or specifying and
installing a new fire-rated opening,
please consult with a code specialist
or local code official (Authority Having
Jurisdiction) to ensure compliance with
all applicable codes and ratings.
ADA
Meets A117.1 Accessibility Code.
6"
(152mm)
2-3/4"
(70mm)
5-1/4"
(134mm)
2-4/5"
(71mm)
Functions
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Specialty Hardware.23
Functions
Series/Function Type Function Description
HP3010 Passage Set • Bothpaddlesretractlatch
• Idealforpatientroomsandclosets
HP3020 Privacy Set
• Insidepaddlealwaysretractslatch
• Outsidepaddleretractslatch,exceptwhenlockedbyinsidepushbutton
• Closingdoorunlocksoutsidepaddle
• Includesemergencyrelease
• Verticalorientationrequired
• Idealforbathrooms
Strikes/Kits
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Specialty Hardware.24
ANSI Curved Lip
(Standard)
Brass, bronze or stainless steel, 4-7/8"
(124mm) x 1-1/4" (57mm) x 1-1/4"
(57mm) lip to center.
To order with push/pull paddle trim,
see Quick Codes, page 25. To order
separately, specify 217L13 x Finish.
Full Lip Strike (SF114)
Brass, 2-1/4" x 1-3/4" x 1-1/4" lip to
center. No optional lip lengths.
To order separately specify 680L50M020
x Finish.
Anti-rattle tab.
Curved Lip Box
(Optional)
Brass, 2-3/4" (70mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) x
1-1/4" (57mm) lip to center.
To order with push/pull paddle trim,
see Quick Codes, page 25. To order
separately, specify 586L19 x Finish.
Full Lip Strike – 1/4" Radius Corners
(SFR114)
Brass, 2-1/4" x 1-3/4" x 1-1/4" lip to
center. No optional lip lengths.
To order separately specify 680L51M020
x Finish.
Anti-rattle tab.
ANSI Wrought Strike Box
To order with push/pull paddle trim, see
Quick Codes, page 25.
To order separately, specify 120F76.
Strikes
1/4" Radius Corners
Square Corners
Kit for Retrofitting
HP3000 Push/Pull Paddle
Trim
Use to cover prep from
HL10 series push/pull trim
and other manufacturer's
trim, when retrofitting
HP3000 trim. Contains 2
retrofit plates and 8 screws.
Available in 630 finish only.
To order, specify 791F39.
2-1/4"
(57mm)
2-1/4"
(57mm)
6-1/2"
(165mm)
6-1/2"
(165mm)
Positive Pull Stop Kit
Used on openings where
weather stripping is installed
or when door closers are
not utilized, this kit prevents
the latch from retracting
when pulling door closed.
Contains 2 wood screws,
2 machine screws and
instructions. To order,
specify 813F068.
Kits
How to Order/Quick Codes
HP3000 Series Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
Specialty Hardware.25
Contract / Detailed Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand* Optional Strike Misc. Options
12 HP3020 HPSK 630 RH SA214 M38
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Spanner head screws M02
Torx® head screws M04
Hex head screws M05
Latch front, rounded corners M13
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Lead lining. Specify Push or Pull side. M28
“PUSH & PULL” Identification* M38
*Non-Handed.
Backset (5" - Standard)
Description Specify
5" (127mm) (standard)
2-3/4" (70mm) B234
7" (177mm) B700
Lip to Center ANSI Curved
Lip, Specify
Curved Lip
Box, Specify
Full Lip,
Specify
1" (25mm) SA100 SC100 N/A
1-1/8" (29mm) SA118 SC118 N/A
1-1/4" (32mm) (standard) SC114 SF114**
1-3/8" (35mm SA138 SC138 N/A
1-1/2" (38mm) SA112 SC112 N/A
1-3/4" (44mm) SA134 SC134 N/A
2" (51mm) SA200 SC200 N/A
2-1/4" (57mm) SA214 SC214 N/A
2-1/2" (28mm) SA212 SC212 N/A
2-3/4" (70mm) SA234 SC234 N/A
3" (76mm) SA300 SC300 N/A
**Specify SFR114 for rounded corner.
Door Thickness
Description Specify
1-3/4" (44mm) (standard)
2" (51mm) D200
2-1/4" (57mm) D214
Description Specify
BHMA 605 (US3) Bright Brass 605
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass 606
BHMA 611 (US9) Bright Bronze 611
BHMA 612 (US10) Satin Bronze 612
BHMA 613 (US10B) Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze, Oil
Rubbed 613
613L Dark Oxidized Satin Bronze,
Clear Coated 613L
BHMA 618 (US14) Bright Nickel Plated 618
BHMA 619 (US15) Satin Nickel Plated 619
BHMA 629 (US32) Bright Stainless Steel 629
BHMA 630 (US32D) Satin Stainless Steel 630
630C Satin Stainless Steel with
MicroShield® 630C
BHMA 722 (US10A) Black Oxidized Bronze, oil rubbed 722
Strikes Finishes
Ordering Examples
* Note: Passage (HP3010) function is non-handed and privacy (HP3020) function is handed.
Stock Order
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
12 HP3010 HPSK 630 RH
Features/Functions
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS)
Specialty Hardware.26
The anti-harm knob is designed for safety and security by eliminating catch points with a tapered knob recessed
into the rose, a tapered thumbturn (for mortise lock thumbturn functions) with Torx® pin security screws, tapered
cylinder collars and concealed mounting screws. Available as sectional trim, the anti-harm knob features recessed
finger holes for a better grip and the reliability of the ML2000 ANSI/BHMA grade 1 mortise lock. Ideal for
psychiatric or detention facilities.
Features
Handing
Handed; quick reversible. The lockset can
be re-handed without disassembling the
lock case.
Door Thickness
1-3/4" (44mm) standard.
Optional door thicknesses available; see
Quick Codes, page 27.
Backset
2-3/4" (70mm).
Lockcase
Heavy-gauge steel,
5-7/8" (149mm) x 4" (102mm) x 15/16"
(24mm).
Front
Heavy-gauge steel, 8" (203mm) x 1-1/4"
(32mm) x -3/32" (2mm). Accommodates
flat doors and doors beveled 1/8" (3mm)
in 2" (51mm).
Armored Front
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel
attached by machine screws to lockcase
front.
Latchbolt
2-piece mechanical with anti-friction
insert, 5/8" (16mm) x 1" (25mm) x 3/4"
(19mm) throw.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
9/16" (14mm) effective throw and
3/8" (10mm) effective auxiliary latch
deadlocking.
Deadbolt
One-piece stainless steel, 19/32" (15mm) x
1-1/4" (32mm) x 1" (25mm) throw.
Hub
Lever: steel, 5/16" (8mm).
Strike
Wrought brass, bronze or stainless steel,
ANSI straight lip standard, 4-7/8" (124mm)
x 1-1/4" (32mm) x 1-1/8" (29mm) lip to
center. Optional strikes, lip lengths and
ANSI wrought strike box available; see
Quick Codes, page 27.
Thumbturn
Cast stainless steel construction. See page 28.
Cylinder
Brass, 6-pin, L4 keyway, 0-bitted standard.
Brass, fixed 6-pin conventional fixed
core cylinder, L4 keyway standard for
ML2000HS.
Optional cylinders available; see Quick
Codes, page 27.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Master keying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
7-pin cylinder
Security cylinder
Pyramid cylinder
Interchangeable core (IC)
Security IC
Pyramid IC
Blockout cylinder
Functions
Available with all ML2000 functions except
ML2050, 2070 and 2080
Warranty
Ten-year limited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
Meets A156.13 Series 1000, Operational
and Security Grade 1.
Federal
Meets FF-H-106C.
UL /ULC-UL10C Positive Pressure
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors, 4' (122cm) x 10' (305cm) single
or 8' (244cm) x 10' (305cm) pair. Letter F
and UL symbol on armored front indicate
listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofitting any portion of an existing fire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(Authority Having Jurisdiction) to ensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
Windstorm/Hurricane
Certified (refer to local codes).
Finish
BHMA 606 (US4) Satin Brass
BHMA 626 (US26D) Satin Chromium Plated
626C Satin Chromium Plated
with MicroShield®
How to Order/Quick Codes
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS)
Specialty Hardware.27
Miscellaneous Options Door Thickness
Description Specify
ANSI wrought strike box M17
Working trim only M31
Latch hold back (for ML2042, ML2052, ML2055,
ML2051, ML2057 only) LHB*
* Must use A02 cam when LHB is specified
Door Thickness Sectional
Trim - Specify
Escutcheon*
Trim - Specify
1-3
/
4"(44mm) (standard) (standard)
1-7
/
8"(48mm) D178 D178
2" (51mm) D200 D200
2-1
/
8" (54mm) D218 D218
2-1
/
4" (57mm) D214 D214
Strikes
Available for ML2000HS and ML2000VR
ANSI
Lip to Center
ANSI
Straight Lip Specify
Curved Lip
Specify
1-1
/
8" (29mm) (standard) SA118
1-1
/
4" (32mm) SS114 SA114
1-3
/
8" (35mm) SS138 SA138
1-1
/
2" (38mm) SS112 SA112
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SS134 SA134
2" (51mm) SS200 SA200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SS214 SA214
2-1
/
2" (64mm) SS212 SA212
2-3
/
4" (70mm) SS234 SA234
3" (76mm) SS300 SA300
Open Back Strike Door Thickness Specify
1-3
/
4" (44mm) SB134
2" (51mm) SB200
2-1
/
4" (57mm) SB214
Rabbeted front and strike – Specify SR118
How to Order
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – HSS Knob x HSS Knob
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
6 ML2032 HSS 626 RH
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
Outside Inside
6 ML2055 NSA HSS 626C RH
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS) Trim – Lever Trim x HSS Knob
Thumbturns
Anti-Harm Knob (HSS)
Specialty Hardware.28
BLSS Thumbturn
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter
HPSK Thumbturn
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-3/4" (70mm) x 2" (50mm)
Door Packet
1-3
/
8" (35mm) 723F72M x FIN
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 723F78M x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 723F90M x FIN
Up to 4" (102mm) 723F84M x FIN
HSS Thumbturn
Cast bronze or stainless steel. Used on functions
utilizing a thumbturn. Sectional trim only.
To order, see table.
Plate Size: 1-3/4" (44mm) diameter
Door Packet
1-3/4" (44mm) 723F04M x FIN
2" (51mm) 723F05M x FIN
2-1
/
4" (57mm) 723F06M x FIN
Door Packet
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 813F92M x FIN
2" (51mm) 813F93M x FIN
2-1/4" (57mm) 813F94M x FIN
BHSS Thumbturn
Stainless steel. Used on functions utilizing a
thumbturn. Sectional trim only. To order, see table.
Plate Size: 2-1/4" (57mm) diameter
Door Packet
1-3
/
4" (44mm) 813F177 x FIN
2" (51mm) 813F187 x FIN
2-1/4" (57mm) 813F097 x FIN
Architectural Specifications
Specialty Hardware.29
ML2000 Series
Mortise Locks with BHSS and BLSS Trim
A. Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type
manufactured to accepted OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and escutcheon trim. Locksets to be
manufactured with a corrosion resistant, formed steel case. Levers and escutcheons are manufactured from
stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining (lock body), Torx® fasteners, and Antimicrobial coating as
specified in Hardware Sets.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHW Series
b. Corbin Russwin (RU) – ML2000 BHSS Series
c. Accurate Lock (AC) – CP Crescent Pull Series (with Teflon pad)
B. Ligature Resistant, Mortise: ANSI/BHMA A156.13, Series 1000, Operational and Security Grade 1 mortise type
manufactured to [accepted] [Use with caution] OMH requirements with ligature-resistant lever and rose trim.
Locksets to be manufactured with a corrosion resistant, formed steel case. Levers and roses are manufactured
from stainless steel material. Provide optional lead-lining (lock body), Torx® fasteners, and Antimicrobial coating
as specified in Hardware Sets.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Sargent Manufacturing (SA) - 8200 BHL Series
b. Corbin Russwin (RU) – ML2000 BLSS Series
c. Best Lock (BE) – SPSL Series
d. Town Steel (TS) – MRX-L Series
ML2000 and ML20900 Series (HPSK)
Mortise Locks with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
1. All locksets shall be ML2000 Series Mortise Locksets as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware,
Berlin, CT.
2. Locks shall meet or exceed the requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.13 Series 1000, Operational Grade 1, and Security
Grade 1 with all standard trims.
3. Locks shall be easily re-handed without opening the lock body.
4. Locks required for fire doors shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories for ratings of A label (3 hours) and less, for
doors up to 4'0" (1.2m) x 10'0" (3.05m) and pairs of doors 8'0" (2.4m) x 10'0" (3.05m)
5. Construction:
a. Lock functions shall be manufactured in a single-sized case formed from 12 gauge steel minimum.
b. Lock cases shall be closed on all sides and back.
c. Locks shall have field adjustable, beveled, armored front, with a 1/8" (3mm) thickness minimum.
d. Locks shall have a one piece, 3/4" (19mm) throw anti-friction stainless steel latch.
e. Deadbolts, where specified, shall be full one inch (25mm) throw made of one-piece hardened stainless steel.
6. Lockset paddles shall be capable of horizontal or vertical mounting positions.
7. Locks shall have a 2-3/4" (70mm) backset, standard.
8. Strikes shall be non-handed with a curved lip.
9. Locks shall have brass 6-Pin cylinder, standard.
10. Locks shall have a 10 year limited warranty. 2 year limited warranty on electrified locks.
HP3000 Series
Architectural Specifications
Specialty Hardware.30
Tubular Lock with Push/Pull Paddle Trim
1. Tubular hospital locks shall be HP3000 series as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural Hardware, Berlin, CT.
2. Locks shall meet or exceed requirements of ANSI/BHMA A156.2 Series 1000 Grade 1.
3. Locks shall be easily re-handed with a non-handed curved lip strike.
4. Locks shall be listed for use on 3 hour fire doors (4' x 8' single and smaller doors).
5. Locks shall comply with UL10C and UBC 7-2 positive pressure requirements.
6. Lockset paddles shall be capable of horizontal or vertical mounting positions.
7. Locks shall have 2-3/4", 5" or 7" backset available.
8. Locks shall have one-year limited warranty.
Notes
Specialty Hardware.31
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
Exit Devices, Door Controls and Key Systems, contact your
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin, CT 06037
Phone: 800-543-3658
Fax: 800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSA ABLOY Door
Security Solutions Canada
160 Four Valley Drive
Vaughan, Ontario
Canada L4K 4T9
Phone: 800-461-3007
Fax: 905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
Corbin Russwin and Design® is a registered trademark of Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Other products’ brand names may be trademarks or
registered trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current
at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group Company, reserves the right to change availability of any item in this catalog, its design, construction,
and/or its materials. Copyright © 2011, 2013, Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the
express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45205-2/13
MicroShield®
As part of their promise to provide innovative solutions to their customers, certain ASSA ABLOY Group brands offer the MicroShield® technology, a
silver-based antimicrobial coating designed to inhibit the growth of bacteria.
MicroShield® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company.
TL3700 Series
Tubular Lock
Introduction
TL3700
TL3700.2
Table of Contents
Introduction ................................ 2
Functions .................................... 3
Muséo® Trim Designs .................. 4
Roses .......................................... 8
Finishes ....................................... 9
How to Order/Quick Codes ......... 9
Architectural Specifications ....... 11
TL3700 Series Tubular Lock
Corbin Russwin is pleased to present the TL3700
Series of tubular locks. This series is designed
to work with Corbin Russwin Muséo® levers.
Engineered for ease of installation with the quality
you expect from Corbin Russwin, the TL3700
Series will meet and exceed the expectations
of the most demanding architects and design
professionals. Ideal interior applications include
high-end apartments and condos.
General Information
• Fordoors1-3⁄8"(35mm)to1-3⁄4"(44mm)
thick standard
• 2-3/4"(70mm)backsetstandard
 Optional:2-3/8"(60mm);seequickcodes;page9
• CurvedlipT-Strike
• ANSIStandard161DoorPrep
• Latchboltbrass1⁄2"(12.7mm)projection
• Specifyhandoflockonorder;easilyeldreversible
• C-ULUS-AlllockslistedforAlabelandlesserclassdoors,4'(122cm)x10'
(305cm)singleor8'(244cm)x10'(305cm)pair.LetterFandULsymbolon 
armored front indicate listing.
• One-yearlimitedwarranty
TL3700 Series Tubular Lock with
Inspire™ Roseless Trim
Corbin Russwin Inspire roseless trim blends the
lever and the door creating an artful apprach
to every opening. Offered with most Muséo®
decorative levers, this exquisite trim will inspire
the creation of beautiful openings.
• AvailablewithallTL3700tubularlock
 functions(exceptsurfacemountedtrim)
• CompatiblewithmostMuséo Collection levers
(except104,111,113,121andPietlevers)
• Selectedleversreturnwithin1/2"ofthedoorface
General Information
• Fordoors1-3⁄4"(44mm)thick
• 2-3/4"(70mm)backsetstandard
 Optional:2-3/8"(60mm);seequickcodes;page9
• Latchboltbrass1⁄2"(12.7mm)projection
• CurvedlipT-Strike
• Specifyhandoflockonorder;easilyeldreversible
• C-ULUS-Alllockswith1/2"(13mm)throwlatchboltlistedforAlabelandlesser
class4'x10'singledoors.LetterFandULsymbolonlatchfrontindicatelisting.
• One-yearlimitedwarranty
Note: Special door prep templates required. This product is not compatible
with 160/161 cylindrical lock preparations.
On The Cover: TL3720 with 130 lever
Functions
TL3700
TL3700.3
Series/Function Type Description
TL3710
TL3710A
PassageSet
PassageSet-3hour
• Bothleversretractlatch
• Idealforclosets&bedrooms
TL3720
TL3720A
PrivacySet
PrivacySet-3hour
• Insideleveralwaysretractslatch
• Outsideleverretractslatch,exceptwhenlockedbyinsidepush
button
• Closingdoorunlocksoutsidelever
• Includesemergencyrelease
• Idealforbathrooms&homeofces
TL3750 Half Dummy Trim-
ThroughBolted
• Leveralwaysrigid
• Nolatchincluded
• Idealforpantries&closets
Note:Handingofdoorfordummytrimonlydependsonsideof
door lever trim installed.
TL3750S* Half Dummy Trim-
Surface Mounted
• Leveralwaysrigid
• Nolatchincluded
• Idealforpantries&closets
Note:Handingofdoorfordummytrimonlydependsonsideof
door lever trim installed.
TL3770 Full Dummy Trim-
ThroughBolted
• Leversalwaysrigid
• Nolatchincluded
• Idealforslidingdoors
Note:Handingofdoorfordummytrimonlydependsonsideof
door lever trim installed.
TL3780
TL3780A
Communicating Set
Communicating Set 3 hour
• Blankroseoutside
• Leverretractslatch
• Idealforadjoiningrooms
Note:Handdoorfromoutsideofdoor.
*Function not available with Inspire™ roseless trim
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700
TL3700.4
Pablo
Diminutive, yet distinctive and striking in style.
Jackson
Intuitive shapes, moving with the energetic rhythm of modern life.
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
117
Lever: Cast
Non-Handedlever
3 7/8"
98.4mm
2 15/32"
62.47mm
1261
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 3/4"
120.7mm
3/8"
9.5mm
119
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 1/2"
114.3mm
2 5/16"
58.36mm
1212
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 9/16"
65.09mm
4 9/16"
115.89mm
122
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 3/4"
69.85mm
4 5/8"
117.5mm
1271
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 15/16"
74.6mm
4 3/4"
120.7mm
3/8"
9.5mm
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700
TL3700.5
Salvador
Dreamlike beauty manifested in solid, familiar forms.
106
Lever: Cast
Non-handedlever
4 7/8"
123.8mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
107
Lever: Cast
Non-handedlever
4 5/16"
109.54mm
2 9/16"
65.09mm
108
Lever: Cast
Non-handedlever
4"
101.6mm
2 13/16"
71.44mm
1091
Lever: Cast
Non-Handedlever
2 15/32"
62.59mm
4 3/4"
120.7mm
110
Lever: Cast
Non-handedlever
5"
127.0mm
2 19/32"
65.79mm
1231
Lever: Cast
Non-handedlever
4 1/2"
114.3mm
2 1/2"
63.5mm
7/16"
11.11mm
1281
Lever: Cast
Non-handedlever
4-5/8"
117.86mm
3/8"
9.53mm
2-13/16"
71.37mm
1291
Lever: Cast
Non-handedlever
4-19/32"
116.90mm
2-15/32"
62.74mm
7/16"
11.02mm
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700
TL3700.6
Marc
Fluid lyricism expressed through whimsical lines and dynamic contours.
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
1112
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 3/16"
106.4mm
2 1/8"
53.59mm
112
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 21/32"
118.3mm
2 3/4"
69.85mm
1132
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3"
76.08mm2 3/4"
69.85mm
114
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 1/2"
114.30mm
2 15/32"
62.34mm
2 21/32"
67.29mm
115
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
3 1/16"
78.10mm
4 5/16"
109.54mm
116
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 11/16"
119.06mm
2 7/8"
73.02mm
1301
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
4 1/2"
114.3mm
2 15/16"
74.6mm
3/8"
9.5mm
1311
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 3/4"
120.7mm
3/8"
9.5mm
1321
Lever: Cast
Handed - Specify hand
Non-Reversible
2 7/8"
73.02mm
4 15/16"
125.4mm
3/8"
9.5mm
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700
TL3700.7
Piet2
Striking levers with sleek, clean lines.
*Refer to page 10 for how to order the Muséo® Piet Lever Collection.
21G
Grooved Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5 1/4"
133.35mm
3 3/32"
78.58mm
21L
Leather Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
21M
PolishedwithSatinInsert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
21S
Santoprene™ Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
21W
Wood Insert
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
23M
WithRaisedBand
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
25M
Plain
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
27M
PlainwithTwoGrooves
Lever: Stainless steel
Non-HandedLever
5 1/4"
133.35mm
3 3/32"
78.58mm
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
Muséo® Collection Trim Designs
TL3700
TL3700.8
V Rose
BrassorStainlessSteel
U Rose
BrassorStainlessSteel
T Rose
BrassorStainlessSteel
Muséo® Collection Roses
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm
2-3/4"
69.85mm
Inspire™ Roseless Trim
J Collar
BrassorStainlessSteel
1-1/2"
38.1mm
3/4"
19mm
102
Lever: Cast
Non-Handedlever
2 17/32"
64.52mm
4 29/32"
124.6mm
103
Lever: Cast
Non-Handedlever
2 1/2"
63.5mm
4 3/8"
111.1mm
1042
Lever: Cast
Non-Handedlever
2 3/16"
55.75mm
3 29/32"
99.2mm
1241
Lever: Cast
Non-Handedlever
2 3/4"
69.85mm
4 5/8"
117.5mm
3/8"
9.5mm
1251
Lever: Cast
Non-Handedlever
2 11/16"
68.3mm
3/8"
9.5mm
4 7/8"
123.8mm
Georgia
Timeless elegance in forms inspired by the natural world.
1. Complies with codes requiring lever to return to within 1/2" (13mm) of door face.
2. Not available with Inspire™ roseless trim.
How to Order/Quick Codes
TL3700
TL3700.9
Strikes
Lip to Center ANSI Curved
Lip, Specify
Curved Lip
Box, Specify
1"(25mm) SA100 SC100
1-1/8"(29mm) SA118 SC118
1-1/4"(32mm) SA114 (standard)
1-3/8"(35mm) SA138 SC138
1-1/2"(38mm) SA112 SC112*
1-3/4"(44mm) SA134 SC134
2"(51mm) SA200 SC200
2-1/4"(57mm) SA214 SC214
2-1/2"(28mm) SA212 SC212
2-3/4"(70mm) SA234 SC234
3"(76mm) SA300 SC300
*StandardforD214
Door Thickness
Measurement Specify
1-3/8"(35mm)upto1-3/4"(44mm) (D138)
1-3/4"(44mm)upto2-1/4"(57mm) (standard)
2-1/4"(57mm)upto2-1/2"(64mm) (D214)
(Consultfactoryifover2-1/2"(64mm))
Backset
Measurement Specify
2-3/4"(70mm) (standard)
2-3/8"(60mm) B238†
†1"frontsuppliedstandard
Micellaneous Options
Description Specify
Rounded corners on latch front M13
1"(25mm)latchfront,squarecorners M14**
1"(25mm)latchfront,roundedcorners M15
ANSIwroughtstrikebox M17
**Standardfor2-3/8"backset
Ordering Examples
Stock Order
TL3700 Series
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish
25 TL3710 102U 626
Stock Order
TL3700 with Inspire™ Roseless Trim
Quantity Series/Function Trim* Finish
25 TL3710 102J 626
* Specify J for the rose when ordering Inspire roseless trim.
Finishes
Description Specify
BHMA605 BrightBrass 605
BHMA606 SatinBrass 606
BHMA611 BrightBronze 611
BHMA612S atinBronze 612
BHMA613 DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,oil
rubbed 613
BHMA613L DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,Clear
Coated 613L
BHMA618 BrightNickelPlated 618
BHMA619 SatinNickelPlated 619
BHMA625 BrightChromiumPlated 625
BHMA626 SatinChromiumPlated 626
BHMA629 BrightStainlessSteel 629
BHMA630 Satin Stainless Steel 630
BHMA722 BlackOxidizedBronze,oilrubbed 722
HowtoOrderPietLeverCollection
TL3700
TL3700.10
25M, 27M21G, 21L, 21M, 21S, 21W 23M
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank Finish Specify Insert Finish Specify Grip Finish* Specify
21L 629or630 29 or 30 BlackorBrown BKorBN 629or630 29 or 30
21S 629or630 29 or 30 Black BK 629or630 29 or 30
21W 629or630 29 or 30 Birch BH 629or630 29 or 30
25M 629or630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629or630 29 or 30
27M 629or630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629or630 29 or 30
Ordering Examples
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
5-1/4"
133.35mm
3-3/32"
78.58mm
RoseOptions:T,U,V
Quantity Series/ Function Trim Lever Finish Lock Finish Hand
2 TL3710 21LU 29BK29 629 RH
5TL3710 25MT 290029 629 RH
Leather Insert Santoprene™ Insert Wood Insert Plain Plain with Two Grooves
21L 21S 21W 25M 27M
Lever Trim and Finish Options
* Grip finish must match shank finish
Trim Lever Finish Options
Lever Style Shank Finish Specify Insert Finish Specify Grip Finish Specify
21G 629or630 29 or 30 629or630 29 or 30 629or630 29 or 30
21M 629 29 630 30 629 29
23M 629or630 29 or 30 N/A 00 629or630 29 or 30
Grooved Insert
21G
Polished with Satin Insert
21M
With Raised Band
23M
Architectural Specifications
TL3700
TL3700.11
TL3700 Series Tubular Lock
1.LocksetsshallbeTL3700SeriesasmanufacturedbyCorbinRusswinArchitecturalHardware,Berlin,CT.
2. Locks shall be non-handed with bi-directional lever operation.
3.LocksshallmountinastandardANSI161doorprep(2-1/8"dia.)withoutadditionalthroughboltpreps.(Doesnot
 applytoInspire™roselesstrim)
4.Locksetleversshallbemadeofsolidmaterialwithnoplasticllers.
5.Locksshallhavea2-3/4"(70mm)backsetstandard,with2-3/8"(60mm)offeredasanoption.
6.Strikesshallbenon-handedwithacurvedlip.
7. Locks shall have a one year limited warranty.
TL3700 Series Exploded View
TL3700 Series with Inspire™ Roseless Trim Exploded View
For more information regarding Corbin Russwin Locksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyourautho-
rizedCorbinRusswinDistributororSalesRepresentative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
Architectural Hardware
225EpiscopalRoad
Berlin,CT06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax:800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160FourValleyDrive
Vaughan,Ontario
CanadaL4K4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
Fax:905-738-2478
www.assaabloy.ca
CorbinRusswinandDesign®andMuséo®areregisteredtrademarksofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Inspire™isatrademarkofCorbinRusswin,
Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.ThesematerialsareprotectedunderUScopyrightlaws.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarks
oftheirrespectiveownersandarementionedforreferencepurposesonly.Allcontentscurrentattimeofpublication.CorbinRusswin,Inc.anASSAABLOYGroupcompany
reservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2007,2011CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOY
Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Corbin Russwin, Inc. is prohibited.
45359-7/11R
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,ASSAABLOYGroupcompaniesoffertheMicroShield® technology, a silver-based
antimicrobial coating designed to stem the spread of germs and bacteria.
MicroShield®isatrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
MicroShield® Coating
• RevolutionaryfinishcoatingavailableonallCorbinRusswinproductlines,utilizesasilver-basedantimicrobialcompoundfromAgionTechnologies
• Asanintegralpartofthefinishcoating,MicroShield® lasts for the life of the hardware
• MicroShield® coating permanently suppresses the growth of bacteria, algae, fungus, mold and mildew. It is effective against a broad spectrum of bacteria.
• Non-toxicandcompletelysafe.TheAgionantimicrobialcompoundisEPAandNSFapprovedandFDAlistedforuseinmedicalandfoodpreparationequipment.
• Applications:Anywherethereisneedforacleanenvironment(hospitals,laboratories,schools,medicalcenters,daycare,foodprocessingetc.)
The Agion antimicrobial is not intended as a substitute for good hygiene. Coated products must still be cleaned to insure the surfaces will be free of
destructivemicrobes.ASSAABLOYmakesnorepresentationsorwarranties,expressorimplied,astotheefficacyoftheAgionantimicrobial.Acopyof
the Agion warranty is available upon request.
AgionisaregisteredtrademarkofAgionTechnologies,Inc.,Wakefield,MA,USA.
UT5200 Series
Pre-Assembled Unit Locksets
UT5200.2
Applications
This lock has provided decades
of service in some of the world's
most prestigious buildings. Its
pre-assembled, unitized construction is
ideal for projects where installation costs
are to be minimized. Typical high-traffic
commercial, institutional and industrial
applications include:
• Schoolsanduniversities
• Officebuildings
• Hospitals
• Municipalbuildings
• Historicbuildings
Advantages
• Factorypre-assembledforquick,
economical, one-piece installation: no
 jobsiteassemblyrequired
• 3/4"radiuslatchbolt,designedto
wedge more tightly into the strike
when tampered with, while meeting all
 ADAforce-to-latchrequirements.
Table of Contents
Applications ........................ 2
Features .............................  3 
Functions ............................ 4 
Trim Designs ....................... 5
OptionsandAccessories ..... 6
HowtoOrder ......................8
HelpfulTerms ................... 10
HowtoSpecify ................. 11
www.corbinrusswin.com
Applications
UT5200
Features
UT5200
UT5200.3
Features
Handing
Specify hand. All functions are handed.
Door Thickness
1-3
/
4"(44mm)only.
Backset
2-3
/
4"(70mm)only.
Lock Chassis
One-pieceinvestmentcastframe.
Machinedinternalpartsofsteel,bronze
and stainless steel. Zinc dichromated for
corrosion resistance.
Front
Beveled 1
/
8"(3mm)in2"(51mm).
Latchbolt
Brass,chromeplated,3/4"(19mm)throw
pivoted, swinging type.
Auxiliary Latch
Deadlocks latchbolt, preventing
manipulation when door is closed.
Strike
Wrought brass or bronze, ANSI strike
with nylon adjusting screw, standard.
4-7/8"(124mm)x1-1/4"(32mm)x1-1/4"
(32mm)liptocenter.
Optionalstrikesandliplengthsavailable;
seepages6and9.
Cylinder
Brass,6-pin,L4keyway,0-bittedstandard.
Keys
Two nickel silver standard.
Keying Features Available
Masterkeying
Construction master keying
Visual key control
Concealed key control
Interchangeablecore(IC)
Security
Security(IC)
PyramidHighSecurity
PyramidHighSecurity(IC)
Pyramid Security
PyramidSecurity(IC)
Masterring
Warranty
One-yearlimited.
Certification/Compliance
ANSI
MeetsA156.2Series2000.
MeetsA117.1AccessibilityCode(lever
designonly).
Federal
MeetsFF-H-106C.
California State Reference Code
(Formerly Title 19, California State Fire Marshal
Standard)
Allleverswithreturncomply;leversreturn
towithin1/2"(13mm)ofdoorface.
UL /ULC
All locks listed for A label and lesser class
doors,singleorpair,maximumdoorsize
3'8"(111.7cm)x7'2"(218.4cm)
All locksets also listed for B label doors,
singleorpair,maximumdoorsize4'x
8'.LetterFandULsymbolonlockframe
indicate listing.
Any retrofit or other field modification to
a fire-rated opening can potentially impact
the fire rating of the opening, and Corbin
Russwin, Inc. makes no representations or
warranties concerning what such impact
may be in any specific situation. When
retrofittinganyportionofanexistingfire-
rated opening, or specifying and installing
a new fire-rated opening, please consult
with a code specialist or local code official
(AuthorityHavingJurisdiction)toensure
compliance with all applicable codes and
ratings.
3/4"throwlatchboltprovides
security and meets all force-to-
latchrequirements
Precision machined internal
parts ensure smooth operation
and long life
Installation of preassembled lockset
requiresonlytighteningthreethrough
bolts, significantly reducing costs and
potential for error
Conventional, high security,
interchangeable core and
master ring cylinders available
forkeyingflexibility
612 US10 Satin Bronze
613 US10B OxidizedBronze,oil
rubbed,availablelacquered
625 US26 Bright Chromium Plated
626 US26D Satin Chromium Plated
626C —
Satin Chromium
Plated with
MicroShield®
Finishes
Functions
UT5200
UT5200.4
Indicatesoptionalinterchangeablecoreavailable;seeHowtoOrder,page9.
Indicates rigid grip.
Outside Inside Series/Function Type ANSI No.
Series 2000 Function Description
UT5210 Passage or Closet F36 • Latchboltbygripeitherside.
• Bothgripsalwaysfree.
UT5220 Privacy Bedroom or
Bathroom F37
• Latchboltbygripeitherside.
• Outsidegriplockedbypushbutton.
• Outsidegripunlockedbyemergencyrelease
tool outside, by rotating inside grip or by
closing door.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
UT5251 Entrance
orOffice F40
• Deadlockinglatchboltbygripeitherside,
exceptwhenturnbuttonlocksoutsidegrip.
• Keyoutsideretractslatchbolt.
• Outsidegripunlockedbyturnbutton.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
UT5255 Classroom F42
• Deadlockinglatchboltbygripeitherside,
exceptwhenkeyoutsidelocksoutsidegrip.
• Outsidegripunlockedbykeyoutside.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
UT5257 Storeroom
or Closet F44
• Deadlockinglatchboltbykeyinoutsidegrip
or by rotating inside lever.
• Outsidegripalwaysrigid.
• Insidegripalwaysfree.
UT5282 Store
Door F46
• Deadlockinglatchboltbygripeitherside,
exceptwhenkeyeithersidelocksboth
grips.
• Keyedalikeunlessspecifiedotherwise.
Trim Designs
UT5200
UT5200.5
4-1/8”
(105)
3-1/8”
(79)
2-7/16”
(62)
5-5/16”
(135)
4-1/8”
(105)
3-1/8”
(79)
2-3/4”
(70)
2-1/4”
(57)
4-1/8”
(105)
3-1/8”
(79)
2-3/4”
(70)
2-1/4”
(57)
Essex
Complieswithcodesrequiringlevertoreturntowithin1
/
2"
(13mm)ofdoorface.
Brass.
ESE
Lever: Forged
Escutcheon:Forged
OptionsandAccessories
UT5200
UT5200.6
Strikes
ANSI Curved Lip
Brass or bronze.
4-7/8"(124mm)x1-1/4"
(32mm)x1-1/4"(32mm)lipto
center.
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance.
No optional lip lengths.
Wroughtboxnotavailable.
Toorderwithlockset,seeHow
toOrder,pages8and9.To
orderseparately,specify236L75
xFinish.
ANSI Straight Lip
for Extended Lip
Escutcheon
Brass or bronze.
4-7/8"(124mm)x1-1/4"
(32mm)x15/16"(24mm)lipto
center.
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance.
Furnishedstandardwith
extendedlipescutcheonoption.
To order separately, specify
610L43xFinish.
ANSI Straight Lip for
Pairs of Doors
Brass or bronze.
4-7/8"(124mm)x1-1/4"
(32mm)x1"(25mm)lipto
center.
Non-adjustable.
Toorderwithlockset,seeHow
toOrder,pages8and9.
To order separately, specify
610L44xFinish.
Curved Lip Box
Brass or bronze.
3-1/4"(83mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)
x2-1/8"(54mm).
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance.
Optionalliplengths(measured
from back of strike to edge of
lip):2"(51mm),2-1/4"(57mm),
2-1/2"(64mm),2-3/4"(70mm),
3"(76mm).
Toorderwithlockset,seeHow
toOrder,page9.
To order separately, specify
083L96xLipLengthxFinish.
For Extended Lip
Escutcheon
Brass or bronze.
3-1/4"(83mm)x1-1/8"(29mm)
x1-13/16"(46mm)liplength.
Nylon set screw to adjust
clearance. Lip not curved.
Toorderwithlockset,seeHow
toOrder,page9.
To order separately, specify
293L14xFinish.
For Pairs of Doors
Brass or bronze. Non-adjustable
3-1/4"(83mm)x1-1/16"
(27mm)x1-13/16"(46mm).
Toorderwithlockset,seeHow
toOrder,page9.
To order separately, specify
82L67xFinish.
*Lip length for ANSI strikes
measured from lip to center
Lip
Length* Lip
Length*
*Lip length for non ANSI
strikes measured from back
of the strike to the lip.
OptionsandAccessories
UT5200
UT5200.7
Cylinders
Standard Cylinder
.552"plugdiameter
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes:606,626
.496"plugdiameterPyramid
Interchangeable Core
.509"plugdiameterconventional
.552"plugdiameterhighsecurity
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes:612,613,625,626
.496"plugdiameterPyramid
MasterRingCylinder
.552"plugdiameter
Brass, 6-pin
2 nickel silver keys
Finishes:606,626
Conventional 6-Pin 2000-052 8000 2060-052
Conventional7-Pin N/A 8000-7 N/A
Security 2010-052 8010 N/A
PyramidHighSecurity 2020-052 8020 N/A
Pyramid Security 2027-052 8027 N/A
Toorderoptionalcylinderwithlockset,seeHowtoOrder,page9.
Toordercylinderseparately,specifyPartNo.xKeywayxFinish)(e.g.,2000-052xL4x626).
HowtoOrder
UT5200
UT5200.8
Contract / Detailed Order
Split Finish Order
Ordering Examples Where to find
ordering
information and
Quick Codes
Series/Function Page4
Trim Designs Page 5
Finish Page9
Handing Page9
Strikes Page9
MiscellaneousOptions Page9
CylinderandKeying Page9
Quantity Series/Function Trim Finish Hand
100 UT5251 ESE 626 RH
Stock Order
Quantity Series/
Function Trim
Finish
Hand
Outside Inside
12 UT5251 ESE 626 625 RH
Quantity Keyset Series/
Function Trim Finish Hand OptionalStrike Misc.
Options
Optional
Cylinder Keying
24 AA1 UT5251 ESE 626 RHR SC200 M21 MR VKC3
HowtoOrder
UT5200
UT5200.9
Cylinder and Keying
Description Specify
Conventional 6-pin (standard)
Lesscylinder(s) LC
IC 6-pin C6
IC 6-pin with temporary construction core CT6
IC 6-pin less core CL6
IC7-pin(ESEtrimonly) C7
IC7-pinwithtemporaryconstructioncore
(ESEtrimonly) CT7
IC7-pinlesscore(ESEtrimonly) CL7
HighSecurity HS
HighSecurityIC CHS
Masterring MR
0-bitted with 2 blank keys (standard)
Keyedrandom KR
Construction master keyed CMK
PyramidSecurityFixedCore PS
Pyramid Security IC PCS
PyramidHighSecurityFixedCore PHS
PyramidHighSecurityIC PCHS
Pyramid IC with Temporary Construction
Core CTP
Pyramid IC with Temporary
Disposable Core CTPD
Pyramid IC Less Core CLP
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core(Red) CT6R
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core(Blue) CT6B
IC 6-pin with Temporary Construction
Core(Green) CT6G
IC 6-pin with Temporary Disposable Core CT6D
IC7-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core(Red) CT7R
IC7-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core(Blue) CT7B
IC7-pinwithTemporaryConstruction
Core(Green) CT7G
IC7-pinwithtemporaryDisposableCore CT7D
No Stamping VKC0
Keysonly VKC1
Cylindersandkeys(notforHSorCHS) VKC2
Cylindersonly(notforHSorCHS) VKC3
Concealedkeycontrol(CKC)
CKCcylinderswithVKCkeys CKC2
CKCcylindersonly CKC3
2 keys per lock (standard)
Morethan2keys KY#(e.g.,KY6)
Hand Specify
RightHand RH
LeftHand LH
RightHandReverse RHR
LeftHandReverse LHR
Lip Length ANSI
Curved Lip Specify
Curved Lip Box*
Specify
1-1
/
4"(32mm) (standard) N/A
2"(51mm) N/A SC200
2-1/8"(54mm) N/A SC218
2-1
/
4"(57mm) N/A SC214
2-1
/
2"(64mm) N/A SC212
2-3
/
4"(70mm) N/A SC234
3"(76mm) N/A SC300
Lip Length
ANSI* Straight Lip
for Door Pair
Specify
For Door Pair*
Specify
1-13/16"(46mm) SA136 SP136
Lip Length
ANSI Straight Lip
for Extended Lip
Escutcheon
For Extended Lip
Escutcheon
15/16"(24mm)
Standard when
extendedlip
escutcheon option
is specified
SX156
*Lip is measured from back of strike
Strikes
Miscellaneous Options
Description Specify
Delrin insert M01
Spanner head screws M02
Lever to accept Best®-type core M08
Knobto accept Best®-type core M10
Extendedlipescutcheon(forsingledoorreversebevel;
630finishtomatch626only) M11
Knurlingoutsideandinside M20
Knurlingoutsideonly M21
Knurlinginsideonly M22
Abrasive coat outside and inside M23
Abrasive coat inside only M24
Abrasive coat outside only M25
Lead-linedescutcheon(insideonly) M28
Unstaked lever retainer M33
MicroShieldCoating(626Conly) C
Description Specify
US10 Satin Bronze 612
US10B DarkOxidizedSatinBronze,
oil rubbed 613
US26 Bright Chromium Plated 625
US26D Satin Chromium Plated 626
Satin Chromium Plated with MicroShield 626C
Finish
Handing
HelpfulTerms
UT5200
UT5200.10
Abrasive Coat
Hardgranularmaterialappliedtoa
knob or lever to provide a non-slip
tactile surface for the visually impaired.
Auxiliary Latchbolt
A supplementary latch which, when
the door is closed, automatically
deadlocks the latchbolt. Protects the
latchbolt from forced retraction or
"creditcarding."
Backset
The distance from the front of the
lock to the centerline of the cylinder
orknob/leverhub.
Bevel
The angle of the edge of a door in
relation to the inside and outside
surfaces of the stile. The most
common bevel for commercial doors is
1/8"in2".
Box Strike
Astrikeequippedwithanenclosure
behindthehole(s)forthelatchbolt
and/ordeadbolt.Protectsthestrike
area from mortar and cement.
Chassis
The housing of a lockset, containing
most of the working parts.
Curved Lip Strike
A strike with the lip curved to conform
to the detail of the door frame.
Front
The part of a lock visible on the edge
of a door.
Hand
The direction a door swings.
Knurling
A permanently applied tactile warning
engraved in the metal of a knob or
lever to warn the visually impaired of
dangerous conditions on the other
side of the door.
Latchbolt
A lock component having a beveled
end that projects from the lock front
but may be forced back into the
lockcase by end pressure or drawn
back by action of the retractor. When
the door is closed, the latchbolt
projects into a hole provided in the
strike, holding the door in the closed
position.
Lead Lined
Pertains to a lockset whose trim has a
lining of lead to prevent the passage
ofradiation.Generallyusedinhospital
applications.
Lip of Strike
The projecting part of a strike which
firstengagesthelatch;maybecurved
or straight.
Return
The part of a lever handle which
angles or turns back toward the
face of the door. Also, the distance
between the end of the return of the
lever and the surface of the door.
Strike
A metal plate that is pierced or
recessed to receive the deadbolt or
latchboltofalock(sometimescalleda
keeper).
Throw
The distance that a lock's deadbolt or
latchbolt projects when in the locked
position. The effective throw is the
distance that a latchbolt projects when
deadlocked.
Wrought Strike Box
Ametalboxmountedbehindthe
strike to protect the strike opening
from mortar or cement.
Keying and Cylinder Terms
Concealed Key Control (CKC)
The marking of standard key symbols
on a cylinder in a location which is not
visible once the cylinder is installed.
Construction Core
An interchangeable core for
temporary use during construction.
It is replaced by the permanent core
when construction personnel no
longer need access.
Construction Master Keying (CMK)
A cylinder preparation which allows
temporary access by construction
personnel.
Control Key
A key used to remove and install
interchangeable cores.
Cylinder
A lock component containing the
combination which determines which
keys will operate.
Interchangeable Core (IC)
A cylinder which can be removed and
installedquicklywithacontrolkeyby
non-skilled personnel when rekeying is
required.
Key Section
The cross-section of a key blade, as
viewed from bow to tip.
Key Symbol
Aletter/numbercombinationinstandard
industryformat(e.g.,1AA,AA1,etc)
whichindicatesexactlyhowakeyor
cylinder fits into a keying system.
Keyway
The opening in a cylinder plug
through which the key enters.
Master Keying
Preparation of a cylinder to operate
with keys of different levels of access.
Master Ring Cylinder
A cylinder which offers a wider range
of keying.
Visual Key Control (VCK)
The marking of standard key symbols
on keys and on the visible portion of
the front of a cylinder.
HowtoSpecify
UT5200
UT5200.11
Suggested Specification
All locksets shall be UT5200 Series Pre-Assembled Unit Locksets, as manufactured by Corbin Russwin Architectural
Hardware,Berlin,Connecticut,USA.
Locksetsshallbetheunittype,completelypre-assembledatthefactory,requiringnodis-assemblytoinstallonthedoor.
Knobs/leversandescutcheonsshallbepartofthepre-assembledlockset.
The lock frame, levers, escutcheons and bolts shall be made from non-ferrous metals. Escutcheons shall be forged brass,
5/16"thick,andwheninstalledonspecifiedreversebeveldoorsshallbetheextendedliptypetoprovideadditional
security.Thelatchboltshallbeextrudedbrass,pivotedswingingtypewith3/4"throw.Thecylindershallbeuniversal
with a horizontal keyway to assure correct orientation. Conventional, high security, interchangeable core and master ring
cylinders shall be available.
Leverhandledesignsshallreturntowithin1/2"ofdoorsurface.
AlllocksetsshallbelistedbyUnderwritersLaboratoriesforAlabelandlesserclassdoors,singleorpair,maximumdoor
size3'8"x7'2".AlllocksetsshallalsobeULlistedforBlabeldoors,singleorpair,maximumdoorsize4'x8'.
Certification:
FederalSpecificationFF-H-106C
ANSI A156.2 Series 2000
ANSIA117.1AccessibilityCode(leverhandletrim)
CaliforniaStateReferenceCode,1989(formerlyTitle19,CaliforniaStateFireMarshalStandard)(leverhandletrim)
All locks, trim and cylinders shall be from one manufacturer.
All locksets shall carry a one-year limited warranty.
FormoreinformationregardingCorbinRusswinLocksets,
ExitDevices,DoorControlsandKeySystems,contactyour
authorized Corbin Russwin Distributor or Sales Representative.
In U.S.
Corbin Russwin
ArchitecturalHardware
225 Episcopal Road
Berlin,CT06037
Phone:800-543-3658
Fax:800-447-6714
corbinrusswin.com
In Canada
ASSAABLOYDoor
Security Solutions Canada
160FourValleyDrive
Vaughan,Ontario
CanadaL4K4T9
Phone:800-461-3007
MicroShield®
Aspartoftheirpromisetoprovideinnovativesolutionstotheircustomers,certainASSAABLOYGroupbrandsoffertheMicroShield®technology,asilver-basedantimicrobialcoating
designedtoinhibitthegrowthofbacteria.MicroShield®isaregisteredtrademarkofYaleSecurityInc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.
CorbinRusswinandDesign®isaregisteredtrademarkofCorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOYGroupcompany.Otherproducts’brandnamesmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheir
respective owners and are mentioned for reference purposes only. These materials are protected under US copyright laws. All contents current at time of publication. Corbin Russwin, Inc., an ASSA
ABLOYGroupcompanyreservestherighttochangeavailabilityofanyiteminthiscatalog,itsdesign,construction,and/oritsmaterials.Copyright©2000,2012CorbinRusswin,Inc.,anASSAABLOY
Groupcompany.Allrightsreserved.ReproductioninwholeorinpartwithouttheexpresswrittenpermissionofCorbinRusswin,Inc.isprohibited.
45090-11/12

Navigation menu